REVISED REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL V2

Selection of System Integrator for Upgradation, Operation and

Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0)

RFP Number: JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023

Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of Information Technology (JAPIT)

Ground Floor, Engineers Hostel #1,
Near Golchakkar, Dhurwa,
Ranchi-834004. Tel: 0651-2401044
Glossary of Terms
Abbreviation Description
AMC Annual Maintenance Contract
API Application Programming Interface
BOM Bill of Material
BOQ Bill of Quantity
BTA Business Transfer Agreement
CAPEX Capital Expenditure
CCN Change Control Note
CNS Change Note on Scope of Work
CPU Central Processing Unit
CSP Cloud Service Provider
CSC Common Service Centre
DC Data Centre
DCO Data Centre Operator
DIT Department of Information Technology
DoS Denial of Service
DDOS Distributed Denial of Service
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DNS Domain Name System
DMZ Demilitarized Zone
DraaS Disaster Recovery-as-a-Service
DSC Digital Signature Certificate
DR Disaster Recovery
EMD Earnest Money Deposit
FAQ Frequently Asked Question
GCC General Conditions of Contract
GoJ Government of Jharkhand
GST Goods & Services Tax
HDD Hard Disk Drive
HIPS Host Intrusion Prevention System
HIDS Host Intrusion Detection System
HLD High Level Design
IDS Intrusion Detection Sensor
INR Indian Rupees
IOPS Input/ Output Operations Per Second
IPS Intrusion Prevention System
IPSec Internet Protocol Security
ISP Internet Service Provider
ISO International Organization for Standardization
JHSDC Jharkhand State Data Centre
JAPIT Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT

Page 1 of 333
 Abbreviation Description
LLP Limited Liability Partnership
LAN Local Area Network
MeitY Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology
MSP Managed Service Provider
MPLS Multiprotocol Label Switching
NAS Network Attached Storage
NDA Non-Disclosure Agreement
NIDS Network Intrusion Detection System
NSP Network Service Provider
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OPEX Operational Expenditure
PBG Performance Bank Guarantee
PoC Proof of Concept
PCI-DSS Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard
RAM Random Access Memory
RDBMS Relational Database Management System
RFP Request for Proposal
ROC Registrar of Companies
RPO Recovery Point Objective
RTO Recovery Time Objective
SAN Storage Area Network
SAS Serial Attached SCSI
SCSI Small Computer System Interface
SDC State Data Centre
SDD System Design Documents
SIEM Security Information and Event Management
SITC Supply Installation Testing & Commission
SLA Service Level Agreement
STQC Standardisation Testing and Quality Certification
SSD Solid State Drive
SSH Secure Shell
SSL Secure Socket Layer
TLS Transport Layer Security
TRAI Telecom Regulatory Authority of India
UAT User Acceptance Testing
vCPU Virtual Central Processing Unit
VLBS Virtual Load Balancer Services
VM Virtual Machine
VTL Virtual Tape library
WAN Wide Area Network

Page 2 of 333
Contents
Glossary of Terms .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Contents ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
DISCLAIMER .................................................................................................................................................................................. 12
1 Notice Inviting Tender..................................................................................................................................................... 13
2 Fact Sheet .............................................................................................................................................................................. 14
3 Project Background .......................................................................................................................................................... 16
3.1 About JAPIT ........................................................................................................................................................... 17
3.2 About this REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) ........................................................................................... 18
4 Objective & Brief Scope of Work ................................................................................................................................. 19
4.1 Objective ................................................................................................................................................................. 19
4.2 Key Consideration ............................................................................................................................................... 20
4.2.1 Scalability .......................................................................................................................................................... 20
4.2.2 Availability ........................................................................................................................................................ 21
4.2.3 Interoperability ............................................................................................................................................... 21
4.2.4 Security ............................................................................................................................................................... 22
4.2.5 Manageability................................................................................................................................................... 22
4.2.6 Integration of SDC with SWAN ................................................................................................................. 22
4.2.7 IPv6 Compatibility ......................................................................................................................................... 22
4.2.8 Secure Internet Connectivity ..................................................................................................................... 23
4.2.9 Storage Availability........................................................................................................................................ 23
4.2.10 Cloud Services .................................................................................................................................................. 23
4.2.11 Application Hosting ....................................................................................................................................... 24
4.3 Brief Scope of Work............................................................................................................................................ 24
4.3.1 Scope of Work (Civil, Renovation & Restructuring) ........................................................................ 25
4.3.2 Scope of Work (Non-IT)............................................................................................................................... 25
4.3.3 Scope of Work (IT) ......................................................................................................................................... 26
4.3.4 HOTO of existing Infrastructure, Data and Applications ............................................................... 26
4.3.5 Acceptance Tests - PAT and FAT.............................................................................................................. 27
4.3.6 Operation & Maintenance with Comprehensive AMC & FMS ...................................................... 27
5 Pre –Qualification Criteria ............................................................................................................................................. 28
5.1 Pre-Qualification for JHSDC 2.0 ..................................................................................................................... 28
5.2 Technical Bid Evaluation Scoring Matrix .................................................................................................. 35
5.3 Opening of Bids .................................................................................................................................................... 40
5.4 Evaluation of Proposals .................................................................................................................................... 40
5.5 Evaluation of Financial Bids ........................................................................................................................... 42
6 Procedure to Submission of BID.................................................................................................................................. 44
Page 3 of 333
6.1 General..................................................................................................................................................................... 44
6.2 Instructions to Bidders ..................................................................................................................................... 45
6.3 Submission of Proposal .................................................................................................................................... 46
6.4 Details of documents to be furnished for online bidding ................................................................... 47
6.5 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) ...................................................................................................................... 47
6.6 Performance Bank Guarantee ........................................................................................................................ 48
6.7 Pre-bid Meetings Clarification ....................................................................................................................... 48
6.8 Responses to pre-bid queries and issue of corrigendum ................................................................... 49
6.9 Format & Signing ................................................................................................................................................. 49
6.10 Submission of Hardcopy of Pre-Qualification and Technical bid .................................................... 49
6.11 Completeness of Tender Offer ....................................................................................................................... 50
6.12 Authentication of Bid ......................................................................................................................................... 50
6.13 Validation of interlineations in Bid .............................................................................................................. 51
6.14 Cost for Bidding ................................................................................................................................................... 51
6.15 Language of Proposal & Correspondence ................................................................................................. 51
6.16 Modification and withdrawal of Bids .......................................................................................................... 51
6.17 Proposal Forms .................................................................................................................................................... 52
6.18 Local Conditions .................................................................................................................................................. 52
6.19 Contacting the JAPIT, Ranchi .......................................................................................................................... 52
6.20 Site Visit by Bidder ............................................................................................................................................. 53
6.21 Last Date for Receipt of Bids........................................................................................................................... 53
6.22 Late Bids.................................................................................................................................................................. 53
6.23 Tender Opening ................................................................................................................................................... 53
6.24 Tender Validity..................................................................................................................................................... 54
6.25 Documents Comprising the Bids................................................................................................................... 54
6.26 Bid Prices ................................................................................................................................................................ 55
6.27 Bidder Qualification ........................................................................................................................................... 55
6.28 Format and Signing of Bid ............................................................................................................................... 56
6.29 Revelation of Prices ............................................................................................................................................ 56
6.30 Proposal Validity Period................................................................................................................................... 56
6.31 Terms and Conditions of Bidders ................................................................................................................. 57
6.32 Modification and Withdrawal of Bids ......................................................................................................... 57
6.33 Contacting the Purchaser ................................................................................................................................. 57
6.34 Opening of Technical Bids by Purchaser ................................................................................................... 57
6.35 Purchaser's Right to Vary Scope of Contract ........................................................................................... 57
6.36 Notification of Award ........................................................................................................................................ 58
6.37 Award of Contract ............................................................................................................................................... 58
6.38 Purchaser's Right to Accept or Reject Any or All Bids ......................................................................... 58
Page 4 of 333
 6.39 Placing of Work Order ....................................................................................................................................... 59
6.40 Tender Related Condition................................................................................................................................ 59
6.41 Rejection Criteria ................................................................................................................................................ 59
6.42 Fraud and Corrupt Practices .......................................................................................................................... 60
6.43 Clarification of Bidding Documents ............................................................................................................. 62
6.44 Amendment of Bidding Documents............................................................................................................. 62
6.45 Clarification of Bids ............................................................................................................................................ 62
6.46 Notification of Acceptance of Proposal ...................................................................................................... 62
7 General Instructions of Contract ................................................................................................................................. 63
7.1 Definitions .............................................................................................................................................................. 63
7.2 General..................................................................................................................................................................... 65
7.3 Interpretations ..................................................................................................................................................... 67
7.4 Conditions Precedent ........................................................................................................................................ 68
7.5 Representations ................................................................................................................................................... 68
7.6 Warranty................................................................................................................................................................. 70
7.7 Scope of Contract................................................................................................................................................. 72
7.8 Key Performance Measurements ................................................................................................................. 73
7.9 Commencement and progress ....................................................................................................................... 73
7.10 Standards of Performance ............................................................................................................................... 74
7.11 Sub-contract .......................................................................................................................................................... 74
7.12 Bidder’s Obligations ........................................................................................................................................... 74
7.13 Bidder’s Personnel.............................................................................................................................................. 80
7.14 Contract Administration .................................................................................................................................. 80
7.15 Purchaser’s Right of Monitoring, Inspection and Periodic Audit .................................................... 81
7.16 Purchaser’s Obligations .................................................................................................................................... 81
7.17 Information Security .......................................................................................................................................... 82
7.18 Records of Contract Documents.................................................................................................................... 82
7.19 Ownership and Retention of Documents .................................................................................................. 83
7.20 Ownership of Equipment ................................................................................................................................. 83
7.21 Taxes & Duties ...................................................................................................................................................... 83
7.22 Change Orders / Alteration / Variation ..................................................................................................... 84
7.23 Change Order Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 86
7.24 Modification and withdrawal of bids .......................................................................................................... 89
7.25 Right to terminate the process ...................................................................................................................... 89
7.26 Right to accept and to reject any or all proposals.................................................................................. 89
7.27 Suspension of Work Order .............................................................................................................................. 89
7.28 Fraud and Corrupt practices .......................................................................................................................... 90
7.29 Issue Management Procedures ..................................................................................................................... 91
Page 5 of 333
 7.30 Insurance ................................................................................................................................................................ 94
7.31 Transfer of Ownership ...................................................................................................................................... 95
7.32 Limitation of the Bidder’s Liability towards the Purchaser .............................................................. 95
7.33 Conflict of Interest .............................................................................................................................................. 96
7.34 Publicity .................................................................................................................................................................. 96
7.35 “No Claim” Certificate ........................................................................................................................................ 96
7.36 Governing Law & Jurisdiction ........................................................................................................................ 96
7.37 IT Act 2008............................................................................................................................................................. 96
7.38 Contacting JAPIT .................................................................................................................................................. 96
7.39 Notices ..................................................................................................................................................................... 97
8 General Terms & Conditions of Contract ................................................................................................................. 98
8.1 Termination and Effects of Termination ................................................................................................... 98
8.2 Consequences of Termination .....................................................................................................................100
8.3 Consequences of Breach and penalties ....................................................................................................101
8.4 Statutory Compliances ....................................................................................................................................101
8.5 Indemnification ..................................................................................................................................................102
8.6 Dispute Resolution and Arbitration ..........................................................................................................103
8.7 Confidentiality ....................................................................................................................................................105
8.8 Limitation of Liability and Risk Purchase ...............................................................................................106
8.9 Liquidated Damages.........................................................................................................................................106
8.10 Applicability of Liquidated Damages ........................................................................................................107
8.11 Event of Default by the Bidder.....................................................................................................................107
8.12 Consequences of Event of Default ..............................................................................................................108
8.13 Force Majeure .....................................................................................................................................................109
8.14 Exit Management Plan.....................................................................................................................................111
8.15 Severability and Waiver .................................................................................................................................113
8.16 Intellectual Property Rights ..........................................................................................................................113
8.17 Failure to agree with terms & conditions of the contract.................................................................115
8.18 Audit, Access and Reporting .........................................................................................................................115
8.19 Ownership of Deliverables ............................................................................................................................115
8.20 Terms & Extension of the Project ...............................................................................................................116
9 Project Milestone, Timelines & Penalty ..................................................................................................................117
10 Payment schedule.......................................................................................................................................................122
10.1 Submission of Invoice......................................................................................................................................123
10.2 Payment of Tax ...................................................................................................................................................123
11 SLA & Penalties ............................................................................................................................................................124
11.1 SLA Definitions ...................................................................................................................................................124
11.2 Targets of Service Level Agreement ..........................................................................................................125
Page 6 of 333
 11.3 IT Infrastructure Service Level ....................................................................................................................126
11.4 Non-IT Infrastructure Service Level..........................................................................................................127
11.5 Virtual infrastructure related Service Levels ........................................................................................129
11.6 Security and Incident Management Service Levels.............................................................................131
11.7 Patch Management Service Levels .............................................................................................................132
11.8 Fire Suppression refilling Service Levels ................................................................................................133
11.9 Civil & Restructuring Work Service Levels.............................................................................................133
11.10 Help Desk Support Services Level ..............................................................................................................134
11.11 Human Resource Service Levels .................................................................................................................135
11.12 Compliance & Reporting Procedures ........................................................................................................137
11.13 SLA Change Control ..........................................................................................................................................138
11.14 Notes on SLA & Penalty ..................................................................................................................................138
12 Project Management..................................................................................................................................................139
12.1 Partial Acceptance Test (PAT) .....................................................................................................................140
12.2 Final Acceptance Testing (FAT) ..................................................................................................................140
12.3 Roles and Responsibilities.............................................................................................................................141
12.4 Responsibility (RACI) Matrix .......................................................................................................................143
13 Broad Scope of Work .................................................................................................................................................146
13.1 Brief description of the Scope of Work ....................................................................................................146
13.2 Renovation & Restructuring Work (Civil Infrastructure) ................................................................147
13.2.1 Restructuring of Media Room as a Telecom Room ........................................................................147
13.2.2 Construction of a New Room as a Breakout Room at terrace ....................................................148
13.2.3 Renovation of Storeroom ..........................................................................................................................149
13.2.4 Restructuring of Guard Room & Washroom Area ..........................................................................149
13.2.5 Restructuring of Ramps under Data Center premises ..................................................................149
13.2.6 Renovation of Server Farm Area............................................................................................................150
13.2.7 Renovation of DG Set Area........................................................................................................................150
13.2.8 Renovation of Seating Space under PM Room, NOC Room, Meeting Room, Spare Rooms
150
13.2.9 Waterproofing works for Roof................................................................................................................151
13.2.10 Denting & Painting for entire area of Data Center .....................................................................151
13.2.11 Notes on Renovation and Restructuring works..........................................................................152
13.3 Non-IT Infrastructure Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance .......................................154
13.3.1 Electrical Power and Distribution .........................................................................................................154
13.3.2 Building Management System................................................................................................................155
13.3.3 Safety, Security Surveillance and Monitoring ...................................................................................155
13.3.4 Presession and Comfort Air Conditioning..........................................................................................156
13.3.5 Diesel Generator and Panels ....................................................................................................................157
Page 7 of 333
 13.3.6 Earthing and Grounding ............................................................................................................................158
13.3.7 Fire Detection and Alarm System ..........................................................................................................159
13.3.8 Gas Based Fire Suppression System .....................................................................................................159
13.3.9 Provisioning of IT Racks ............................................................................................................................159
13.3.10 Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) and Battery .......................................................................160
13.3.11 Notes on Non-IT Infrastructure Support & Services.................................................................161
13.4 IT Infrastructure Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance .................................................162
13.4.1 Detailed functional Scope of Work for proposed IT Infrastructure ........................................162
13.4.2 Installation and Configuration of the Commissioned IT Infrastructure ................................165
13.4.3 Onsite Support ...............................................................................................................................................166
13.4.4 Technical Support ........................................................................................................................................166
13.4.5 Cyber Security................................................................................................................................................167
13.4.6 Network & Security Monitoring .............................................................................................................167
13.4.7 Backup & Restore .........................................................................................................................................168
13.4.8 Patch Management ......................................................................................................................................168
13.4.9 Container Platform ......................................................................................................................................169
13.4.10 Monitoring of IT & Non-IT Infrastructure .....................................................................................169
13.4.11 Notes on IT Infrastructure Support Services ...............................................................................170
13.5 Hand Over & Take Over (HOTO) .................................................................................................................172
13.5.1 HOTO from current DCO............................................................................................................................172
13.5.2 Migration of Existing Infra into JHSDC 2.0 .........................................................................................175
13.6 Acceptance Tests – PAT & FAT ....................................................................................................................176
13.7 Operation & Maintenance with Comprehensive AMC & FMS .........................................................177
13.7.1 Human Resource and Organization ......................................................................................................177
13.7.2 Resource Planning during Operation and Maintenance ..............................................................180
13.7.3 Resource Qualification and Experience ..............................................................................................180
13.7.4 Resource Job Responsibility ....................................................................................................................183
13.7.5 Policies and Procedures.............................................................................................................................186
13.7.6 Maintenance Program ................................................................................................................................187
13.7.7 Performance Monitoring & Management...........................................................................................188
13.7.8 Application Related Services ...................................................................................................................188
13.7.9 Reporting .........................................................................................................................................................189
13.7.10 MIS reports and deliverables..............................................................................................................189
13.7.11 Trainings and Induction .......................................................................................................................192
13.7.12 Documentation .........................................................................................................................................192
13.7.13 Certification ...............................................................................................................................................194
13.7.14 Visitor Management ...............................................................................................................................194
13.7.15 Notes on Operation and Maintenance Services ..........................................................................194
Page 8 of 333
 13.8 Notes on other scope and terms .................................................................................................................196
14 Minimum Bill of Quantity ........................................................................................................................................199
14.1.1 Bill of Quantity for IT material to be procured for JHSDC2.0..........................................................199
14.2 Bill of Quantity for IT material to provision AMC under JHSDC2.0 ..............................................203
14.3 Bill of Quantity for IT material to provision AMC & Upgrade OR provide new upgraded
solution for the same under JHSDC2.0 ........................................................................................................................205
14.4 Bill of Quantity that is under procurement, to be a part of operation and maintenance
under JHSDC2.0 .....................................................................................................................................................................206
14.5 Bill of Quantity for Non-IT material to be procured for JHSDC2.0 ...............................................207
14.6 Bill of Quantity for Non-IT material to provision AMC for JHSDC2.0 ..........................................209
14.7 Civil and Reconstructing work detail with all material & Services under JHSDC2.0 ............211
14.8 Bill of material to be procured in future for JHSDC2.0 ......................................................................213
14.9 Any Other material requirement for JHSDC2.0 ....................................................................................213
15 Minimum Technical Specification ........................................................................................................................214
15.1 Technical Specification for IT Equipment ...............................................................................................214
15.1.1. Blade Server....................................................................................................................................................214
15.1.2. Blade Server Enclosure ..............................................................................................................................215
15.1.3. Fabric Interconnect Switch ......................................................................................................................217
15.1.4. Hyper Converged Infrastructure for staging ....................................................................................218
15.1.5. Containerization Platform ........................................................................................................................218
15.1.6. Leaf Switch ......................................................................................................................................................220
15.1.7. Management Switch ....................................................................................................................................221
15.1.8. IP KVM Switch................................................................................................................................................221
15.1.9. Internet Router..............................................................................................................................................222
15.1.10. FC SAN Switch ...........................................................................................................................................223
15.1.11. Enterprise Storage (SAN 1 & SAN 2) ...............................................................................................224
15.1.12. Network Attached Storage (NAS) .....................................................................................................226
15.1.13. Link Load balancer..................................................................................................................................227
15.1.14. Server Load Balancer .............................................................................................................................228
15.1.15. IPS- Intrusion Prevention System.....................................................................................................229
15.1.16. WAF – Web Application firewall .......................................................................................................231
15.1.17. D2D Backup Appliance ..........................................................................................................................232
15.1.18. EMS, NMS & HMS Solution ...................................................................................................................234
15.1.19. Server Virtualization Hypervisor Solution....................................................................................243
15.1.20. DLP – Data loss prevention .................................................................................................................244
15.1.21. Web Security Solution ...........................................................................................................................245
15.1.22. HIPS- Host Intrusion Prevention System.......................................................................................248
15.1.23. Backup Software/Tool ..........................................................................................................................250

Page 9 of 333
 15.1 Technical Specification for Non-IT Equipment .....................................................................................252
15.2.1. Air-conditioning system ............................................................................................................................252
15.2.2. IT Racks & PDUs............................................................................................................................................252
15.2.3. IP Based CCTV System ................................................................................................................................253
15.2.4. Network Video Recorder (NVR).............................................................................................................253
15.2.5. Integrated Building Management System (IBMS) ..........................................................................254
15.2.6. Fire Alarm System ........................................................................................................................................258
15.2.7. Diesel Generator Set ....................................................................................................................................260
15.2.8. Video Screen 55" (3x2) (Wall Mount) .................................................................................................263
15.2.9. UPS Modules for existing UPS Frames .................................................................................................265
16 High Level Network Architecture for JHSDC2.0 .............................................................................................266
17 Existing Server, Storage & Application Detail .................................................................................................267
17.1 Current Server Infra Detail - JHSDC ...........................................................................................................267
17.2 Current Storage Infra Detail - JHSDC.........................................................................................................267
17.3 Current Application Detail - JHSDC............................................................................................................271
18 Proforma and Schedules ..........................................................................................................................................280
18.1 Proforma 1: Proposal Covering Letter .....................................................................................................280
18.2 Proforma 2: Authorization Certificate ......................................................................................................283
18.3 Proforma 3: Declaration of Acceptance of Terms & Conditions and SLA of RFP ....................285
18.4 Proforma 4: Pre-qualification Compliance Cover Letter ..................................................................286
18.5 Proforma 5: Pre-qualification Compliance Checklist .........................................................................287
18.6 Proforma 6: Technical Bid Cover Letter ..................................................................................................292
18.7 Proforma 7: Technical Qualification Compliance Checklist.............................................................293
18.8 Proforma 8: Format for furnishing Earnest Money Deposit ...........................................................296
18.9 Proforma 9: Format for Company Profile of Bidder ...........................................................................298
18.10 Proforma-10: Format for Pre-Bid queries /Request for Clarification.........................................300
18.11 Proforma 11: Format for Undertaking on Non-Blacklisted .............................................................301
18.12 Proforma 12: Format for Undertaking on Land Border ....................................................................302
18.13 Proforma 13: Format for Manufacturer/OEM Authorization Letter ...........................................303
18.14 Proforma 14: Format for OEM’s Support Form ....................................................................................304
18.15 Proforma 15: Warranty Certificate ............................................................................................................306
18.16 Proforma 16: Format for Annual Turnover & Net worth Detail ....................................................307
18.17 Proforma 17: Statement of Deviation from Requirement Specifications ..................................309
18.18 Proforma 18: Local Presence of Bidder ...................................................................................................310
18.19 Proforma 19: Citations Format....................................................................................................................311
18.20 Proforma 20: Format for providing detail & CVs of Key Personnel .............................................313
18.21 Proforma 21: Format for Performance for Bank Guarantee (PBG) ..............................................315
18.22 Proforma 22: Detail Timeline and Work Plan with proposed Manpower Strength ..............317
Page 10 of 333
18.23 Proforma 23: Format for Unpriced Bill of Material ............................................................................319
18.24 Proforma 24: Financial Proposal Cover Letter .....................................................................................320
18.25 Proforma 25: Financial Bid Proposal ........................................................................................................322
18.26 Proforma 26: Undertaking on Exit Management and Transition ..................................................324
18.27 Proforma 27: Site Visit Certificate ..............................................................................................................326
18.28 Proforma 28: Documentary Evidence to be submitted .....................................................................327
18.29 Proforma 29: JHSDC Site Visit Request Form ........................................................................................331
18.30 Proforma 30: Confirmation of submission of Cost Sheet in V-2 ....................................................333

Page 11 of 333
 DISCLAIMER

The information contained in this Request for Proposal (hereinafter referred to as "RFP")
document provided to the Bidders, by the Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of Information
Technology, Ranchi, hereinafter referred to as JAPIT, or any of their employees or advisors, is
provided to the Bidder(s) on the terms and conditions set out in this RFP document and all
other terms and conditions subject to which such information is provided.

JAPIT, their employees and advisors make no representation or warranty and shall incur no
liability under any law, statute, rules or regulations as to the accuracy, reliability or
completeness of the RFP document.

JAPIT may, in its absolute discretion, but without being under any obligation to do so, update,
amend or supplement the information in this RFP document.

The assumptions, assessments, statements and information contained in this Tender, may not
be complete or adequate. Each bidder should, therefore, conduct its own investigations and
analysis and should check the accuracy, adequacy, correctness, reliability and completeness of
the assumptions, assessments and information contained in this Tender and obtains
independent advice from appropriate sources. Information provided in this Tender to the
bidders is on a wide range of matters, some of which depends upon interpretation of law.

JAPIT also accepts no liability of any nature whether resulting from negligence or otherwise
however, caused arising from reliance of any bidder upon the statements contained in this
Tender.

JAPIT may in its absolute discretion, but without being under any obligation to do so, update,
amend or supplement the information, assessment or assumption contained in this tender. The
issue of this tender does not imply that JAPIT is bound to select a Bidder or bidders, as the case
may be, for the selection of JHSDC 2.0 solutions and JAPIT reserves the right to reject all or any
of the proposals without assigning any reasons whatsoever. The Bidder shall bear all its costs
associated with or relating to the preparation and submission of its Proposal including but not
limited to preparation, copying, postage, delivery fees, expenses associated with any
demonstrations or presentations which may be required by JAPIT or any other costs incurred
in connection with or relating to its proposal.

All such costs and expenses will remain with the bidder and JAPIT shall not be liable in any
manner whatsoever for the same or for any other costs or other expenses incurred by a bidder
in preparation or submission of the Bid proposal, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the
Selection process.

Page 12 of 333
1 Notice Inviting Tender

Selection of System Integrator for Upgradation, Operation and

Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0)

RFP Number: JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023

Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of Information Technology (JAPIT), the nodal agency of
Department of Information Technology & e-Governance, Government of Jharkhand invites
technical and financial proposals from eligible Bidders to be appointed as Selection of System
Integrator for Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0
(JHSDC 2.0). as detailed in the Scope of Work in this RFP.
The document can be downloaded from the website https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in, in
response to this tender shall be deemed to have been done after careful study and examination
of this document with full understanding of its implications. This section provides general
information about the Issuer, important dates and addresses and the overall eligibility criteria
for the parties.
Overall, Scope and objective of this RFP is to select a System Integrator for “Upgradation,
Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 at Ranchi. It includes the
Operation & Maintenance of the Project for a period of five years from the date of FAT.
The bidders are advised to study the tender document carefully. Submission of bids shall be
deemed to have been done after careful study and examination of the tender document with
full understanding of its implications. A firm shall be selected under procedures described in
this RFP.
Proposals must be received not later than time and date mentioned in the Fact Sheet. Proposals
that are received after the deadline WILL NOT be considered in this procurement process.
To obtain first-hand information on the assignment, Bidders are encouraged to attend a pre-
bid meeting. Attending the pre-bid meeting is optional.

Issuer / Address for Bid Submission and Correspondence

The CEO
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of Information Technology, Ranchi
Ground Floor, Engineers hostel 1,
Near Golchakkar, Dhurwa, Ranchi-834004.
Tel: 0651-2401044
Email: [email protected]

Page 13 of 333
2 Fact Sheet
S. Basic Requirement Specific Requirement
No.
1. Tender Ref No. JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023
2. Name of the Work Selection of System Integrator for Upgradation,
Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data
Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0)
3. Name & address of the issuer of The CEO,
this tender Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of Information
Technology (JAPIT)
Ground Floor, Engineers hostel 1,
Near Golchakkar, Dhurwa, Ranchi-834004.
Tel: 0651-2401044
Email: [email protected]
4. Date of download of tender 11/02/2023 at 10.30 PM
document
5. Date for sending Pre-Bid Query NA
to
[email protected]
as per Proforma -10 of RFP
6. Pre-Bid Meeting onsite at JAP- NA
IT
7. Site Visit Schedule 17/04/2023 to 21/04/2023
From 11.30 AM at 4.30 PM
8. Start Date for Submission of 01/05/2023 from 10:00 AM.
Bids online
9. Last Date for Submission of 15/05/2023 up to 6:00 PM.
Bids online
10. Submission of original copy of 17/05/2023 up to 3:00 PM.
tender cost & EMD
11. Date of Opening of Pre- 17/05/2023 at 3:30 PM
qualification & Technical Bid
12. Date and Time of Presentation To be announced latter
13. Date of Commercial Bid To be announced latter
opening
14. Address of Communication / The CEO,
Place of bid Submission / Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of Information
Opening of Bids / Contact / Technology,
Address Ground Floor, Engineers hostel 1,
Near Golchakkar, Dhurwa , Ranchi-834004.
Tel: 0651-2401044
Email: [email protected]

Page 14 of 333
 S. Basic Requirement Specific Requirement
No.

15. Cost of Tender Document Rs. 10,000/- (Rs. Ten Thousand only) non-
refundable through Demand Draft from any
Nationalized/Schedule Bank in favour of “CEO,
JAPIT“ payable at Ranchi to be submitted with the
Technical Bid.
16. Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) Rs. 3,00,00,000/- (Rupees Three Crore only) in
form of Bank Guarantee in favour of CEO, JAPIT
payable at Ranchi
17. RFP can be downloaded from Downloaded from
https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in. However, in this
case, the bidders are required to submit the tender
cost in the form of a demand draft (details
mentioned in above para) along with the Proposal.

The entire Bid process will be through e-tendering.

18. Validity of Proposal Proposals must remain valid 180 days after the
submission date
19. Method of Selection Quality cum Cost-Based Selection (QCBS)
20. Bid Submission Bidders must submit their complete tender
document which must include the pre-qualification,
technical qualification & Technical Bid document
along with technical presentation through online on
jharkhandtenders.gov.in within stipulated time
schedule as per RFP

Note:
I. JAPIT reserves the right to change any schedule of bidding process. Please visit
Procurement website https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in regularly for the same.

II. Proposals must be received not later than time, date and venue mentioned in the Fact
Sheet. Proposals that are received after the deadline WILL NOT be considered in this
procurement process.

III. The Bidders are advised to submit the Bids well in advance of the deadline as JAPIT/
GoJ will not be liable or responsible for non-submission of the bids because of any
technical glitches or any problems in connectivity services used by the Bidder.

Sd/-
Page 15 of 333
 (CEO, JAPIT)

3 Project Background
The upgraded Data Center should have the High Level IT Infrastructure and Non-IT Solution.
Basic Infrastructure such as civil facilities, Power, Cooling, etc. to cater all racks within Sever
farm area along with the other utility areas. The Data Centre is established in Ground Floor with
Server and Network racks.

The IT infrastructure for JHSDC 2.0 at Ranchi will require various set of IT components for
running additional applications. The bidder is responsible to Supply, Install, Configure, Test and
Maintain the entire solution for a period of five years from FAT. The bidder should propose only
one solution that is in accordance with the tender specifications.

The following is a list of categories of components that the bidder is expected to supply, install,
configure and test:

a. Computing Infrastructure such as Servers, Operating Systems and Hypervisor etc.

b. Network Infrastructure such as Routers, Core and Access Switches, etc.
c. Security Infrastructure such as Firewalls, NIPS, WAF etc.
d. Centralized Enterprise Management Solution, Patch Management, Antivirus, Backup
Software etc.
e. Enterprise Class Storage Area Network (SAN) system
f. Operation & Maintenance and Comprehensive AMC Services for a period of 5 years
from FAT.
The above list is indicative, though the bidder will be required to provide an infrastructure
which is scalable and provides for next generation latest technologies like virtualisation,
cloud computing etc. The bidder is free to add any additional components that are deemed
necessary for providing the overall solution as a whole. The bidder should also consider the
following while proposing the solution.

i. The bidder should ensure that all the peripherals, accessories, sub-components
required for the functionality and completeness of the solution, including but not
limited to the devices, equipment, accessories, software, licenses, tools, etc. should also
be provisioned according to the requirements of the solution.

ii. JAPIT will not be responsible if the bidder has not provisioned for any components,
sub-components, assemblies, sub-assemblies as part of bill of material in the bid
response. The bidder will have to provision to meet the solution requirements, the
same at no additional cost and time implications to JAPIT.

iii. The bidder should ensure there is a 24x7x365 comprehensive onsite support
arrangement for a period of 5 years after FAT. The bidder should ensure remote
Page 16 of 333
 support arrangement with all the OEM for respective IT components for complete
tenure.

iv. It is expected that bidder shall ensure that the new equipment/components being
supplied will be supported by respective OEMs for minimum 5 years from date of FAT.
If the same is de-supported by the OEM for any reason whatsoever, the bidder shall
replace it with an equivalent or better substitute without any additional cost to
department and without impacting the performance of the solution. In this case JAPIT
may take appropriate action against the respective OEM.

3.1 About JAPIT

Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of Information Technology (JAPIT) was conceptualized to
accelerate the growth of Information Technology in Jharkhand and implement the policies of
the State Govt. in the area of IT. The broad objectives were to provide IT inputs to Governments
Departments, Agencies and to assist them in computerization and networking, to co-ordinate
with investors and industry, trade organizations and financial institutions in public and private
sector. With above objectives, JAPIT geared up for implementing the projects assigned to them
and succeeded in disseminating the stride made by DoIT& e-Governance, Govt. of Jharkhand
through participation in various exhibitions, seminars etc. among the leading IT players of the
country and thereby attracting them in the state of Jharkhand.
JAPIT is committed to generate IT business for the public/private sector with a mandate from
the Government to develop IT in the state. This includes opportunities for software
development, supply of hardware & peripherals, networking and connectivity, web
applications, e-commerce, IT training and an entire gamut of direct and indirect IT businesses.
JAPIT believes that an opportunity for delivering solutions and IT services is beyond the routine
delivery of IT services and solutions, understand vision, mission of the organization, assess the
needs of the stakeholders, work towards measurable objectives and deliver value to the
beneficiaries by delivering superior value through its services and solutions

• Provide Excellent Electronic, IT Goods, IT Services to the Government of Jharkhand.

• Create a robust IT eco-system for enhancing competitiveness and productivity of the
key economic sectors affecting the lives of the majority of the population of the State.
• Disseminate IT and ITeS activities across the state so that rural population is equally
benefited.
• Provide seamless and reliable citizen-centric services and information for the public,
thereby enhancing efficiency, transparency and accountability of Government.
• Help its customers adapt themselves to the modern management techniques.
• To significantly enhance the availability of skilled manpower in the Government sector.

Page 17 of 333
 3.2 About this REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)

State Data Centres (SDC)’s are built for the States to consolidate services, applications and
infrastructure to provide efficient electronic delivery of G2G, G2C and G2B services. These
services can be rendered by the States through common delivery platform seamlessly
supported by core connectivity infrastructure such as State Wide Area Network (JharNet) and
Common Service Centre (CSC) connectivity extended up to village level. SDCs provide many
functionalities and some of the key functionalities are Central Repository of the State, Secure
Data Storage, Online Delivery of Services, Citizen Information/Services Portal, State Intranet
Portal, Disaster Recovery, Remote Management and Service Integration etc. SDCs would also
provide better operation & management control and minimize overall cost of Data
Management, IT Resource Management, Deployment and other costs.
The State Data Centre is a key-supporting element of e-Government Initiatives & businesses for
delivering services to the citizens with greater reliability, availability and serviceability. The
SDC provides better operations & management control and minimizes overall cost of Data
Management, IT Management, Deployment and other costs.
State Data Centre acts as a mediator and convergence point between open unsecured public
domain and sensitive government environment. It enables various State departments to host
their services/applications on a common infrastructure leading to ease of integration and
efficient management, ensuring that computing resources and the support connectivity
infrastructure (JharNet) is adequately and optimally used.
To extend the success of computerization, Government of Jharkhand (GoJ) in support with its
nodal agency JAPIT had set up State Data Centre for hosting the departmental applications. The
State Date Canter is catering the IT infrastructural needs of all departmental owned
applications and e-Gov. applications envisaged to provide a wider range of services to the
Citizens of Jharkhand by computerizing the operations of various department of GoJ.
Keeping in view of above objectives, Department of IT and e-Governance, Government of
Jharkhand had set up State Data Centre to provide efficient electronic service delivery of G2G,
G2C and G2B services, to enable various State departments to host their services/applications
on a common infrastructure leading to ease of integration and efficient management, ensuring
that computing resources and the support connectivity infrastructure is adequately and
optimally used, to provide better operations & management control, to minimize overall cost
of Data Management, IT Management and Deployment through use of common infrastructure.
All the IT initiatives taken by the State Government are being matured and most of the business
processes are being made paperless and are being kept digitally.
All the above, IT services are being provided and maintained from the Jharkhand State Data
Centre (JHSDC). JHSDC is located at Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of Information
Technology, Ground Floor, Engineers hostel 1, Near Golchakkar, Dhurwa, Ranchi-834004.

Page 18 of 333
The existing State Data Centre (SDC) is a core infrastructure project situated within the JAPIT
premises. JHSDC was made operational in November 2016. There are 22 Racks placed in JHSDC
and out of which 6 racks are for network infrastructure rest are for servers, storage, tape library
etc, over an area of 6000 Sq. ft which included the server farm area of 1475 Sq. ft.
JAPIT offers expansion of the Data Centre in the same building which is built exclusively and
dedicatedly for Jharkhand State Data Centre within the same campus. For the purpose of design,
supply, installation, configuration, operation & maintenance of renovation of civil, Non-IT and
IT infrastructure of JHSDC 2.0 proposals are invited from the perspective bidders through this
tender.

4 Objective & Brief Scope of Work

4.1 Objective
The proposed JHSDC 2.0 project shall facilitate consolidation of services, applications and
infrastructure including cloud services. JHSDC 2.0 would provide many functionalities out of
which some key functionalities are Central data repository, Secure Data Storage, Online
Delivery of Services, Citizen Information/ Services Portal, State Intranet Portal. JHSDC 2.0
project will offer to the various departments of the State to host their services/ applications on
a common infrastructure leading to ease of integration and efficient management, ensuring that
computing resources, support and the connectivity infrastructure is adequately and optimally
used. With the increased expectations from Government offices for online services and the
number of e-Governance Projects and other large-scale projects being launched by the
Government, the Data Centre and IT platform requirements are growing exponentially. There
is a need to set up strategic infrastructure that facilitates high availability, quick scalability,
efficient management & optimized utilization of resources. To fulfil this requirement, JAPIT
intends to upgrade the current legacy data centre as JHSDC 2.0 with high availability & facility
to facilitate the government offices to their day to day activity. It will provide better operations
and management control and minimize overall cost of Data Management, IT Management,
Deployment and other costs.
JHSDC 2.0 intends to unify the virtual and physical infrastructure with cloud and legacy systems
along with underlying infrastructure capability to support containers, bare metal, and
virtualized workloads while treating compute, storage, and network devices as flexible pools of
resources. It is envisaged that everything should work together seamlessly, as opposed to
fragmented silos and any particular technology should fit together into the overall, cohesive
picture while being a good fit for every use case and workload – be it the requirement of JAPIT
itself or the requirement of any line department of the state. JAPIT should be able to compose
and then recompose these flexible resources with automation depending on the individual
workload requirements or the application needs. As all workloads are not created equal,
JHSDC2.0 should offer flexibility to support this workload elasticity and agility such as it will
allow applications that need large amounts of storage, while allowing other applications that
need a lot of network bandwidth or relatively higher compute performance. Capacity planning
and their scalability needs should be the key consideration factors while doing the systems
engineering of JHSDC 2.0 in totality. Target intention is that the JHSDC2.0 should be more

Page 19 of 333
conducive to infrastructure fluctuations and more programmable while enabling the
underlying infrastructure to support containers, bare metal, and virtualized workloads.
Moreover, the planned JHSDC2.0 upgradation needs to be ready for both composable as well as
hyper-converged workloads in future.
The JHSDC 2.0 data centre will be a key-supporting element of e-Government initiatives &
businesses for delivering services to the citizens with greater reliability, availability and
serviceability.
As of now JHSDC has hosted 166 (126 in Production & 40 in Staging) applications. Considering
the growth of user base and quantum of data generated/ stored, projection of hosted
applications for next 5 years shall be 250 or more applications.
JHSDC’s existing utilization is shown below:

Existing Infrastructure UOM Utilization

Virtual Servers Nos. 307
CPU Cores 2881
RAM GB 10232
Storage TB 212
MSSQL - Enterprise Edition Cores 240
MySQL - Enterprise Edition Cores 416
MySQL - Community Edition Cores 524
Postgres - Enterprise Edition Cores 16
Postgres - Community Edition Cores 380
Mongo - DB Community Edition Cores 8
Maria - DB Community Edition Cores 8

4.2 Key Consideration

Some of the key considerations through upgradation of SDC have been covered in the following:
4.2.1 Scalability
All components of the JHSDC must support scalability to provide continuous growth to meet
the requirements and demand of various departments. A scalable system is one that can handle
increasing numbers of requests without adversely affecting the response time and throughput
of the system. The JHSDC should support both vertical (the growth of computational power
within one operating environment) and horizontal scalability (leveraging multiple systems to
work together on a common problem in parallel).

Page 20 of 333
All the additional hardware & software required i.e. Racks, Storage, Licenses etc would be
procured from the State funds by the State & would be maintained by the DCO. JAP-IT shall be
responsible for the procurement of all additionally required hardware & software at its own
cost. However, the DCO would extend support for the same as a part of operation &
maintenance of the State Data Centre.

DCO shall be responsible for the operation & maintenance of all additional hardware &
software. DCO responsibility shall include the following but not limited to:
i. In future, if any new additional hardware or software is procured by the
State/Department with AMC support, which will be hosted in the State Data Centre, the
DCO shall maintain the SLA for the same. Accordingly, DCO shall maintain the SLA of the
respective hardware and/or software with the additional O&M charge of 1% per quarter
of respective CAPEX cost of the hardware and/or software.
ii. In future, if any new additional hardware or software is procured by the
State/Department without AMC or warranty support, which will be hosted in the State
Data Centre, the DCO shall maintain the SLA for the same. Accordingly, DCO shall
provision the AMC of the hardware & software and maintain the SLA of the respective
hardware and/or software with the additional O&M charge of 3% per quarter of
respective CAPEX cost of the hardware and/or software.
iii. DCO will be responsible for providing required Space, Power, Cooling and monitoring
through EMS/NMS and Anti-Virus support for all the equipment/devices/ hardware or
Software installed/hosted in the SDC, without any additional cost.
iv. The new EMS tools deployed for the State Data Centre shall have the ability to manage the
entire IT infrastructure proposed by the bidder as part of the SDC solution. The bidder is
required to provide the sufficient licenses to meet the above mentioned requirement, at
no extra cost to JAPIT.
v. The monitoring & management of the entire JHSDC infrastructure is the responsibility of
the DCO and the DCO would provide adequate licenses for the monitoring & management
components to be brought in the JHSDC. All costs for the same should be factored by the
bidder in the JHSDC bid and no extra bills / invoices for the same would be entertained
once the bid is submitted. For ITIL based Helpdesk System, the bidder should support
concurrent helpdesk at the same time.
4.2.2 Availability
All the components of the JHSDC must provide adequate redundancy to ensure high availability
of the e-Governance applications and the Data Centre services. Designing for availability
assumes that systems will fail, and therefore the systems are configured to mask and recover
from component or server failures with minimum application outage.
4.2.3 Interoperability
The entire system/subsystem should be interoperable, in order to support information flow
and integration. Operating systems, database and storage technologies from several vendors
must interact well with each other. These systems should support the open architecture

Page 21 of 333
solutions such as XML, LDAP, SOAP, etc. where information/data can be ported to any system,
whenever desired. The system should adhere to the Interoperability framework for e-
Governance evolved by MeitY.
4.2.4 Security
The JHSDC shall be designed and upgrade for an end-to-end security blanket to protect
applications, services, data and the infrastructure from malicious attacks or theft from external
(through internet) and internal (through intranet) hackers. Using Firewalls and Intrusion
detection systems such attacks and theft should be controlled and well supported (and
implemented) with the security policy. JHSDC should be designed to make use of the SSL/VPN
technologies to have secured communication between Applications and its end users.
Furthermore, all the system logs should be properly stored & archived for future analysis and
forensics whenever desired.
The SDC layout should be divided into domains such as:
• Militarized Zone (MZ) –Militarized Zone is a Trusted Zone or secure zone which has a
restricted access. This zone mainly consists of storage, database and management
servers which are not directly accessible to the outside zone. The trusted zone is
separated using strong access control and a firewall, which provides an additional level
of security to the infrastructure.
• De-militarized Zone (DMZ) – De-militarized Zone would be a "neutral zone" between
SDC's internal network and the outside extranet network. It would prevent extranet
users from getting direct access to the servers. In other words, this is a small network
that lies between a trusted internal network (SDC LAN), and an un-trusted external
network (such as the public Internet). Mostly the DMZ contains devices accessible to
Internet traffic, such as Web, FTP, SMTP and DNS servers.
4.2.5 Manageability
The SDC must be designed and upgraded in an efficient way to ensure an ease in maintenance.
It must facilitate ease of configuration, ongoing health monitoring, and failure detection that
are vital to the goals of scalability, availability, and security. The SDC shall be designed to match
the growth of the environment including IT Infrastructure, Government data & information, etc
4.2.6 Integration of SDC with SWAN
Another most important aspect which should be taken care while designing and upgradation of
the SDC is about seamless integration with SWAN and CSC. Provisioning of connectivity
between the SDC and SWAN shall be the responsibility of JAPIT. However, the DCO should be
responsible for integrating SDC with SWAN.
4.2.7 IPv6 Compatibility
All the hardware and software (including but not limited to all the routers, switches, firewall,
servers, and operating systems) supplied under this tender shall be IPv6 ready from day one.
The performance as specified in the specification of each component in the RFP is for IPv6.
These components should also be ready to work on IPv4 whenever required.

Page 22 of 333
 4.2.8 Secure Internet Connectivity
Provisioning and upgradation of internet bandwidth will be the responsibility of State
Government Agency (SIA). DCO will only liaison with the ISPs. Internet Bandwidth from
different service providers will be provisioned at the SDC. The cost of procuring the fiber
backbone between the State Data Centre and SWAN is the responsibility of the SIA and Internet
Bandwidth shall be minimum aggregate bandwidth of100 Mbps (1:1) and as departments are
added, bandwidth can be scaled up accordingly by the SIA. Internet Bandwidth shall be
provided from different service providers with minimum 40 Mbps each.
4.2.9 Storage Availability
An assessment of the storage requirement for the entire SDC environment should also be taken
into consideration. This would be based on the number of applications, their database
structure, users and transactions volume. DCO should design the storage solution keeping in
mind the relevant requirement and its usage in line with SDC’s objective. The storage system
should be scalable enough to handle future requirements. The DCO should also adopt detailed
system and Data back-up processes and methodologies, using industry standard tools to
provide long term storage and archival solution.
4.2.10 Cloud Services
Overview
State Data Centers shall equipped with infrastructure which will enable State departments with
seamless, highly reliable/robust, shared and secured infrastructure with scalable capacity. For
better and optimal utilization of the compute infrastructure and using same infrastructure can
be shared amongst multiple applications, this can be achieved through adoption of adequate
technology components across all SDCs. This technology (Virtualization) will also drive
consolidation of IT resources resulting in power savings which will be a significant step towards
adopting Green technologies.
Virtualization is a step toward Cloud based services by inclusion of various other tools which
provide the framework for delivering the services on demand by using simple to use web
portals. To address issues typically faced by different departments of the State, such as long IT
infrastructure procurement cycles, underutilization of resources, need for dynamic Scalability,
appropriate disaster recovery of applications and data and for simplifying IT infrastructure
provisioning & availability or line departments to cloud based service delivery in accelerated
manner, to start with, it would be required to leverage the benefits of Cloud enabled services in
State Data Centre.
A holistic approach has been undertaken where the requirements are defined in a way that it
should cover the Cloud based services as an end goal wherein server virtualization is going to
be the integral part. These Cloud requirements would include all the necessary components/
modules which are necessary to provide Infrastructure / Platform / Software as a service to
various line departments within the State (Private Cloud). The following has been congregated
that need to be considered as requirement for Cloud requirements:
• Self Provisioning

Page 23 of 333
 • Service Catalogue
• Migration of VMs within and across SDCs
• Automation
• Utilization and Billing
• Capacity Optimization
While we are moving towards Cloud based service approach, it is also very essential that the
security requirements are adequately addressed. However, for a project (SDC Scheme) of this
nature it is prudent to assess the need for integrating latest but matured technology
advancements to make the project future proof for optimal utilization.
The implementation shall also include comprehensive training of the State Data Centre Team.
Comprehensive training shall hold key to successful operations and maintenance, hence the
bidder is required to undertake smart training.
4.2.11 Application Hosting
JHSDC offers the application hosting under two model format.
• Dedicated Services: In this model, state departments will host their application on the
JHSDC servers purchased under JHSDC project.
• Co-located: In this model, State department will transfer the entire application
infrastructure at JHSDC
JHSDC has offering the application hosting services for govt. department and DCO will be
responsible to facilitate the department for their application hosing at JHSDC. The majority of
the services would be based on dedicated hosting services and the other will be co-located
model services. In either case, DCO has to facilitate the required services in all the models such
as
• Storage & backup
• Security
• Networking
• Monitoring & Management
• Power, cooling & other basic infrastructure requirement etc.

4.3 Brief Scope of Work.

The minimum specified scope of work to be undertaken by the bidder for Design, Supply,
Installation, Testing, Commissioning, Operations and Maintenance of the proposed JHSDC 2.0
at Ranchi as per the scope mentioned below. The selected bidder shall ensure an uptime as per
SLA on a quarterly basis for period of five years after FAT of the Project.
This section describes the scope of work (SOW) of the System Integrator (SI) for creation of
Jharkhand State Data Centre – JHSDC 2.0. This SOW is not limited to the following as described
but includes all the possible scopes that may be required for execution of the project based on
standards and best practices. In case, any Bidder feels that any requirement that is not explicitly

Page 24 of 333
mentioned here but is essential to complete this project may, bring to the notice of the tender
authority during pre-bid meeting
The minimum specified work to be undertaken by the bidder for setting up and operating the
proposed JHSDC 2.0 has been categorized as under:
➢ Schedule I: Supply, Installation and Commissioning of the Civil and Renovation Work
including associated AMC & FMS for the proposed JHSDC 2.0 project
➢ Schedule II: Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of the newly proposed
Non-IT Infrastructure and AMC & FMS of exiting Non-IT infrastructure under JHSDC
2.0 project
➢ Schedule III: Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of the IT Infrastructure
and AMC & FMS for the exiting IT Infrastructure under JHSDC 2.0 project
➢ Schedule VI: HOTO of existing IT & Non-IT Infrastructure, Data and Applications from
current DCO Team.
➢ Schedule V: Acceptance Tests i.e. PAT and FAT
➢ Schedule VI: Operations and Maintenance services for the complete Infrastructure
under JHSDC 2.0 at project for the period of 5 years from the date of FAT.

Note: The bidders are requested to submit their proposals for these Schedules in their bid
which would be combined for evaluation purposes.
4.3.1 Scope of Work (Civil, Renovation & Restructuring)
The overall Scope of Work (SoW) for the bidder to be appointed through this Tender for the
renovation work (Civil Infrastructure) includes the following but not limited to:
➢ Construction of a Breakout Room
➢ Restructuring of Media room as an ISP/Network room
➢ Restructuring of Lift Room as a Storeroom
➢ Restructuring of Spare Room 1 & Spare Room 2
➢ Restructuring of Washroom Area
➢ Restructuring of Ramps under Data Center premises
➢ Renovation of Server Farm Area
➢ Renovation of DG Sets Area
➢ Renovation of Storeroom at terrace
➢ Renovation of Seating Space under NOC Room, Meeting Room etc.
➢ Waterproofing works for complete roof area
➢ Denting & Painting for entire Data Center area
➢ Maintenance of complete Interior works under Data Center premises

4.3.2 Scope of Work (Non-IT)

The overall Scope of Work (SoW) for the bidder to be appointed through this Tender for the
Non-IT Physical Infrastructure works includes the following but not limited to:
➢ Electrical Power and distribution works
➢ DG Set and AMF Panel replacement
➢ IBMS System Works
Page 25 of 333
 ➢ Network passive infrastructure works
➢ Safety, Security, Surveillance and Monitoring
➢ Comfort Air Conditioning works
➢ Fire Fighting System Works
➢ Earthing works as per the requirement
➢ LAN (Copper & OFC) & Electric (UPS & RAW Power) Cabling works

4.3.3 Scope of Work (IT)

The overall Scope of Work (SoW) for the bidder to be appointed through this Tender for the IT
Infrastructure includes the following but not limited to:

➢ Supply, installation and configuration, testing and commissioning of compute

infrastructure (hardware & software) such as Servers, Operating Systems and
virtualization etc.
➢ Supply, installation, configuration, testing and commissioning of Network
infrastructure like, Router, Core switch and Access switch, including laying of inter-
rack and intra-rack structured cabling (OFC and Copper).
➢ Supply, installation, configuration, testing and commissioning of Storage Area Network
with Storage system, SAN switches, Tape Library, backup and restore, including laying
of FC cables.
➢ Supply, installation, configuration, testing and commissioning of Security
infrastructure like Network Intrusion Prevention Systems, Web Application Firewall
etc.
➢ On premise Service Data Centre complete infrastructure, Patch Management, Antivirus,
Backup software and Enterprise Management System.
➢ Sustenance audit for below listed certification shall be responsibility of the bidder for
the entire contract period and these Data Centre Certification should be renewed and
upgraded (if certificated version upgrade) every year and all cost for maintaining and
upgrading below certification shall be borne by the DCO.
a. ISO 27001:2013
b. ISO 20000:2018

4.3.4 HOTO of existing Infrastructure, Data and Applications

The Scope of Work (SoW) for the bidder to be appointed through this tender under the Hand
Over Take Over (HOTO) of existing infrastructure, data and applications is includes the
following but not limited to:
➢ Existing IT & Non-IT infrastructure need to migrate into the new setup commissioned
with new set of IT & Non-IT infrastructure.
➢ Application and Database Migration from existing setup to new setup is an essential
part of the project. Before planning and finalisation of Application and Database
migration, JAPIT would share all the relevant technologies included with application
and database under this project.

Page 26 of 333
 ➢ The Data and Application migration will be the responsibility of the bidder. The bidder
will identify the GAP and pre-requisite for application migration and submit the detail
to JAPIT. The Application owner/department will fulfil the GAP and pre-requisite for
migration of application.
➢ All applications (including Application Data) need to be migrated from JHSDC to JHSDC
2.0 setup. On the request of bidder, JAIPT would align the respective application
vendors during the planning and implementation of application migration.

4.3.5 Acceptance Tests - PAT and FAT

➢ Bidder will be responsible to acknowledge the readiness for PAT & FAT inspection
➢ Bidder will provide the Test case document for PAT and support the department for
conducting PAT process successfully.
➢ Bidder will be responsible to resolution of observations recorded under PAT
inspection and after the resolution of all observations acknowledge about the
reinspection for FAT process.

4.3.6 Operation & Maintenance with Comprehensive AMC & FMS

The AMC & FMS services could be overall management of Jharkhand SDC and Wide Area
Network for providing the services to the users for availability of the applications / services at
their desktops/ Laptops such as - Internet & Intranet services, Email services, Remote Access
Services, Virtual Meeting Services and Application Software services as per the future
requirement.

The Scope of Work (SoW) for the bidder to be appointed through this tender under the
operation and facility management work is includes the following but not limited to:
➢ Five years on-site comprehensive maintenance and provisioning of services of all the
IT & Non-IT Infrastructure including all the components after successful execution and
acceptance by JAPIT.
➢ Annual Maintenance of complete IT equipment for entire contract period
➢ Annual Maintenance of complete Non-IT devices for entire contract period
➢ Annual Maintenance of complete Interior, furniture and systems etc. for entire contract
period
➢ Service Level Adherence
➢ Periodic Health Audit
➢ Onsite support for Data Centre Operations on 24x7x365 basis by qualified and trained
engineers/professionals for a period of five years to ensure more than 99.75% service
availability.

Page 27 of 333
5 Pre –Qualification Criteria
The bidder should have mandatory pre-qualification as per the following table. The
proposal of the bidder who is fulfilling the mandatory pre-qualification criteria shall be
consider for technical evaluation. The proposal will be rejected if any bidder does not fulfil
any pre-qualification criteria or not submitting requisite supporting documents /
documentary evidence for supporting eligibility criteria.

A bidder participating in the procurement process shall possess the following minimum
prequalification/ eligibility criteria

5.1 Pre-Qualification for JHSDC 2.0

S
Parameter Pre-Qualification Criteria Required Documentary Evidence
N
The Bidder should be Valid documentary proof of:
incorporated or registered under A) Certification of Incorporation
Companies Act, 1956 or as B) Certificate of Commencement
amended 2013 or LLP C) Certificate consequent to
firm/Partnership firm register change of name (if applicable)
under LLP Act 2008 since last five D) PAN Card
financial years as on March 31, E) GST registration
2022 F) Valid Document for subsidiary
company (Bidder) of its parent
organisation
NB: - A bid submitted by a Bidder G)
who has acquired a
Company/Division/Business Unit
Legal Entity NB: BTA or Board regulation of both
of a company OR subsidiary
1. company or valid order of merger &
company of its parent
acquisition from ROC and/or Court.
organisation OR a bidder
AND/OR Name change document (In
organisation undergone name
case of name change)
changes, shall also be considered
for evaluation if the eligibility and NB: The financial experience of
technical evaluation criteria is Parent company would be
met jointly by the bidder and the considered for eligibility, provided
parent Company/Division/ CA Certificate with CA’s Registration
Business Unit acquired. Number & Seal and copy of audited
profit & loss account and balance
• For a bidder to be eligible to
sheet of the last five years. (The
use the credentials of its
parent and subsidiary company
parent company; the parent
must operate in similar field of
company should hold at least
business)
70% ownership in the
Page 28 of 333
S
Parameter Pre-Qualification Criteria Required Documentary Evidence
N
subsidiary company (bidder).
At least 5 years of Operations in A) Valid Supportive Document
India as on bid submission date. having proof of 5 years of
Operations in India on
organization letter head.

Operation in NB: In case the Bidder is a subsidiary

2.
India of a company then the relevant
documentary evidence of both the
Parent Company and the Subsidiary
Company (Bidder) will be
considered for Pre-Qualification
compliance. (With valid
documentary proof)
The Bidder should have an A) Certificate from the Statutory
average annual turnover min INR Auditor/ Company Secretary/CA
500 Crores in last five financial with CA’s Registration Number,
year (i.e. FY 2016-17 to FY 20-21 Seal on turnover details for the
OR FY 2017-18 to FY 21-22) last five (5) financial years (i.e. FY
2016-17 to FY 20-21 OR FY 2017-
18 to FY 21-22)
AND

Financial: B) Copy of audited profit and loss

3.
Turnover account and balance sheet of the
same.
NB: In case the Bidder is a subsidiary
of a company then the audited
financial statements & CA certificate
of both the Parent Company and the
Subsidiary Company (Bidder) will be
considered for Pre-Qualification
compliance. (With valid
documentary proof)
Bidder should have the Positive A) Calculated Net worth certified
Net-worth in last five financial from Statutory Auditor/
Financial: years in (i.e. FY 2016-17 to FY 20- Company Secretary/CA of last
4.
Net worth 21 OR FY 2017-18 to FY 21-22) five (5) financial years (i.e. FY
2016-17 to FY 20-21 OR FY 2017-
18 to FY 21-22) along with the

Page 29 of 333
S
Parameter Pre-Qualification Criteria Required Documentary Evidence
N
Audited Balance Sheets of the
same.
NB: In case the Bidder is a subsidiary
of a company then the audited
financial statements & CA Certificate
of both the Parent Company and the
Subsidiary Company (Bidder) will be
considered for Pre-Qualification
compliance. (With Valid
documentary proof)
The Bidder’s should have the A) Certificate from statutory
average annual turnover (INR) auditor or Company Secretary
300 crores in last five financial OR CA Certificate stating the
years (i.e. FY 2016-17 to FY 20-21 company turnover from ICT
OR FY 2017-18 to FY 21-22) from infrastructure & services like-ICT
below element - infrastructure/IT System
Integration i.e. from System
ICT infrastructure/IT System
Integration of Data Centre
Integration i.e. from System
Services OR Sale of IT system
Integration of Data Centre
(like Networking systems,
Services OR Sale of IT system
Servers, Cloud Computing
(like Networking systems,
System, Cyber Security systems,
Servers, Cloud Computing
Storage Systems, Tape Library,
System, Cyber Security
Backup solution, SAN or other
Turnover: systems, Storage Systems,
5. ICT Infrastructure components)
IT/ ICT Infra Tape Library, Backup solution,
etc. OR/AND
SAN or other ICT
Infrastructure components)
ICT infrastructure/IT System
etc. OR/AND
Services (Consulting / Facility
Management Services/IT
ICT infrastructure/IT System
Support etc.)
Services (Consulting / Facility
NB: In case the Bidder is a subsidiary
Management Services/IT
of a company then the audited
Support etc.)
financial statements & CA Certificate
of both the Parent Company and the
Subsidiary Company (Bidder) will
be considered for Pre-Qualification
compliance. (With valid
Documentary proof)

Page 30 of 333
S
Parameter Pre-Qualification Criteria Required Documentary Evidence
N
The Bidder should have
experience of implementation / A) Copy of Work Order /Purchase
completion or operation of Order/ Contract Agreement
project having Data Centre/Data clearly highlighting the scope of
centre projects (Other than work, bill of material and value
SDC/NDC project) having IT & of the contract/order. AND
NON-IT components for any B) Certificate of Completion or Go
Central / State Governments / Live or PAT/FAT Certificate by
PSUs / Banking & Financial competent authority from
Project
Institutions, Telecom and IT customer/end client
6. Experience:
companies in India during the NB: In case the Bidder is a
Data Centre
last Seven (7) Financial years to subsidiary of a company then the
as on date of bid submission audited financial statements & CA
a) One project of value min 100 Certificate of both the Parent
Crores which includes the DC Company and the Subsidiary
component value min 25 Cr OR Company (Bidder) will be
considered for Pre-Qualification
b) Two projects of value min 70
compliance. (With valid
Crores which includes the DC
Documentary proof)
component value min 20 Cr. Each
The Bidder should have A) Copy of Work Order /Purchase
experience of implementation / Order/ Contract Agreement
completion or operation of min clearly highlighting the scope of
one State/National Data Centre work, bill of material and value
project/Disaster Recovery Centre of the contract/order. AND
(NDC/SDC/DRC) for any Central B) Certificate of Completion or Go
/ State Governments / PSUs in Live or PAT/FAT Certificate by
Project
India with the project value of competent authority from
Experience –
7. more than INR 25 Cr. during the customer/end client
NDC/SDC/D
last seven (7) years as on the last NB: In case the Bidder is a subsidiary
RC
date of bid submission. of a company then the audited
financial statements & CA Certificate
of both the Parent Company and the
Subsidiary Company (Bidder) will be
considered for Pre-Qualification
compliance. (With valid
Documentary proof)
The Bidder should have the A) Copy of ISO 9001:2015 or latest
Bidder’s following Certifications at the Certificates
8.
Certifications time of bidding, B) Copy of ISO/IEC 20000-1:2018
or latest Certificate
Page 31 of 333
S
Parameter Pre-Qualification Criteria Required Documentary Evidence
N
a. ISO 9001:2015 or latest C) Copy of ISO/IEC 27001:2013 or
b. ISO/IEC 20000-1:2018 or latest Certificate
latest
c. ISO/IEC 27001:2013 or latest
The Bidder should have on its pay A) Certificate from bidder’s Head of
roll at least 100 technically HR Department for the 100
qualified professionals in the ICT number of Technically Qualified
domains i.e. Cyber security, professionals employed by the
networking, storage, Backup company in the following format.
solution, cloud solution who have
Year Of
prior the experience in providing Em
Experie
the Data Centre Infrastructure p Qualifica Certifi
nce in
maintenance services as on bid Na tion cation
compan
submission date. me
y
Bidder should have at least
Technical following technical manpower on
9. Manpower its role.
Strength i. At least fifty (50)
resources should be B.E/B.
Tech/MCA or equivalent.
B) HR certificate on company’s
ii. At least Twenty five (25)
letterhead stating the points
resources should be OEM
with employee Name,
certified like CCNA/ CCNP/ITIL/
Qualification, Certification to be
OCP/DB2 MCP/MCSE/RHCE/
submitted along with copy of the
AWSE/RHCE/VCP/CISA/CISSP or
relevant valid certificate as on
equivalent
date of bid submission
iii. At least five (5) Project
management professionals with
PMP or Prince-2 certified or
equivalent
A) Relevant Documents supporting
The Bidder should have an office Office addresses/ Undertaking.
in Ranchi, Jharkhand. However, if Bidder to submit the office
the presence is not there in the possession proof such as Rent
Presence in
10. state, the Bidder should give an Agreement/ ownership papers
State
undertaking for establishment of and establishment license from
an office, within one month of local municipal authorities. Or
award of the contract. Lease Agreement on the name of
firm.

11. Mandatory The Bidder should not have been A) A self-certified letter by the
Undertaking: black-listed/ debarred by any authorized signatory of the
Page 32 of 333
S
Parameter Pre-Qualification Criteria Required Documentary Evidence
N
Non-Black- Central/State Government or any bidder that the bidder has not
listed government agency as on bid been blacklisted by any Central
submission date. / State Government or any
government agency
(Central/State Government and
Public Sector) or under a
declaration of ineligibility for
corrupt or fraudulent practices
as on bid submission date, must
be submitted on original letter
head of the bidder with
signature and stamp (Should be
filled as per this tender
Performa-11)
Mandatory The bidder should provide a
Certificate: Solvency Certificate indicating its A) Bidder shall submit Banker's
12. Solvency Certificate of the same
Solvency financial capacity of INR 100
Certificate Crore. value.

Specific Power of Attorney in

favour of Authorised Signatory
signing the bid and Board
Resolution in favour of person A) Copy of board resolution and
Mandatory Power of Attorney of Authorised
granting the Power of Attorney
13. Authorizatio signatory specifically made for
(on Non-judicial stamp paper of
n this Bid. (Should be filled as per
INR 100/- or such equivalent
amount and document duly this tender Performa -2)
notarized), who shall sign the
Contract Agreement.
Bidder should do a A) Letter of authorization by the
comprehensive site visit to assess organization on the company
the existing Civil, IT & Non-IT letter head for the persons for
infrastructure and the running site visit.
solution under JHSDC. Bidder B) Bidder to provide a copy of
14. Site Visit should have the Site visit receipt of tender document fees
Certificate, signed & stamped by paid in advance along with letter
JAPIT & upload the same in the of authorization for site visit
Bid. Any bid without the site visit activity.
certificate will be summarily C) Site Visit Certificate, Signed &
rejected. Stamped by JAPIT (Should be

Page 33 of 333
 S
Parameter Pre-Qualification Criteria Required Documentary Evidence
N
filled as per this tender Performa
-27)

Bidder should provide the

proposed manpower detail given
in the performa-20, as per the A) Proposed manpower detail and
requirement of this RFP CV’s along with copy of relevant
15. Manpower mentioned the section 13.7.3 & valid educational and technical
certificate as on the date of bid
Bidder should provide the CV’s of
submission
the proposed manpower as per
the format given in Performa -20

Note: In case of consortium opted for this tender, the Lead Bidder would be considered as the
Bidder for this complete document/bid/tender and all the required documentary evidence for
Pre-qualification & Technical Qualification which must be submitted by the lead bidder and the
lead bidder will be responsible for all the terms and conditions under this contract. The Bidder
or Lead Bidder (in case of consortium) shall be liable for adherence to all provisions of the
contract. The Bidder or Lead Bidder (in case of consortium) will be responsible for submission
of the Bid and performance security as specified in this tender.

Page 34 of 333
 5.2 Technical Bid Evaluation Scoring Matrix
Maxim
Sl. Technical Qualification Scoring
um Credentials Required
No Criteria Mechanism
Score
The Bidder average annual A) Certificate from the
turnover in last five years in (i.e. Statutory Auditor/
FY 2016-17 to FY 20-21 OR FY Company
2017-18 to FY 21-22) Secretary/CA with
CA’s Registration
Number/ Seal on
turnover details for
the last five (5)
financial years (i.e.
FY 2016-17 to FY
20-21 OR FY 2017-
18 to FY 21-22)
AND
15 Marks for B) Copy of audited
500 Crores profit and loss
turnover AND account and balance
1 20 additional 1 sheet of the same.
mark each for
every additional NB: In case the Bidder
40 Crores is a subsidiary of a
company then the
audited financial
statements & CA
Certificate of both the
Parent Company and
the Subsidiary
Company (Bidder) will
be considered for
Technical -
Qualification
compliance. (With
valid Documentary
proof)

Page 35 of 333
 Maxim
Sl. Technical Qualification Scoring
um Credentials Required
No Criteria Mechanism
Score
The Bidder’s average annual Certificate from
turnover in last five financial statutory auditor or
years from below elements – Company Secretary OR
CA Certificate stating
IT /ICT Infrastructure the company turnover
Integration i.e. from System detail for last five (5)
Integration of Data Centre financial years from
Services OR Sale of IT system defined elements as per
(like Networking systems, 15 marks for this clause
Servers, Cloud Computing 300 Crores
System, Cyber Security turnover AND NB: In case the Bidder is
2 systems, Storage Systems, 20 additional 1 a subsidiary of a
Tape Library, Backup solution, mark for every company then the
SAN or other Data Centre ICT additional 20 audited financial
Infrastructure components) Crore statements & CA
etc. OR/AND Certificate of both the
IT/ICT Services (Consulting / Parent Company and
Facility Management the Subsidiary
Services/IT Support etc.) Company (Bidder) will
be considered for
Technical -Qualification
compliance. (With valid
Documentary proof)
The Bidder experience of Copy of Work Order(s)
implementation / completion / Purchase Order/
and operation of project having Contract agreement
Data Centre/Data centre 9 marks for clearly highlighting the
projects (Other than SDC/NDC each project of scope of work, bill of
project) having IT & NON-IT Value >= 100 Cr material and value of
components for any Central / the contract/order.
State Governments / PSUs / Or
3 18 AND
Banking & Financial
Institutions, Telecom and IT 6 marks for Certificate of
companies in India during the each project of Completion or Go Live
last Seven (7) years as on the Value >= 70 Cr or PAT/FAT Certificate
last date of bid submission and < 100 Cr by competent authority
from customer/end
client
AND

Page 36 of 333
 Maxim
Sl. Technical Qualification Scoring
um Credentials Required
No Criteria Mechanism
Score
Self certificate for
validation of actual
project value (Certified
by the Statutory
Auditor/Company
Secretary/CA)
NB: In case the Bidder
is a subsidiary of a
company then the
audited financial
statements & CA
Certificate of both the
Parent Company and
the Subsidiary
Company (Bidder) will
be considered for
Technical -Qualification
compliance. (With valid
Documentary proof)
Copy of Work Order(s)
/ Purchase Order/
9 Marks for Contract agreement
each clearly highlighting the
SDC/NDC/DRC scope of work, bill of
The Bidder experience of
project with the material and value of
implementation / completion
project value >= the contract/order.
and operation of National/State
40 Crore
Data Centre project/Disaster AND
Recovery Centre
OR Certificate of
4 (NDC/SDC/DRC) for any Central 18
Completion or Go Live
/ State Governments / PSUs in
6 Marks for or PAT/FAT Certificate
India with the project value of
each by competent authority
more than INR 25 Crore during
SDC/NDC/DRC from customer/end
the last Seven (7) years as on
project with the client
the last date of bid submission
project value >=
AND
25 Crore and <
40 Cr. Self certificate for
validation of actual
project value (Certified
by the Statutory

Page 37 of 333
 Maxim
Sl. Technical Qualification Scoring
um Credentials Required
No Criteria Mechanism
Score
Auditor/Company
Secretary/CA)

NB: In case the Bidder is

a subsidiary of a
company then the
audited financial
statements & CA
Certificate of both the
Parent Company and
the Subsidiary
Company (Bidder) will
be considered for
Technical -Qualification
compliance. (With valid
Documentary proof)
Total technically qualified 5 marks for 25
manpower (Graduate + OEM HR Certificates along
technically
certified like CCNA/CCNP/ITIL/ with employee ID,
qualified
OCP/DB2 MCP/MCSE/RHCE/ Name and DOJ
manpower
5 AWSE/RHCE/VCP/CISA/CISSP 9 mentioned.
additional 1
or equivalent) strength working (Certificates must be
mark each for
with the organization in India valid on the date on Bid
every additional
on company payroll for past 1 submission)
5 manpower
Year
Running govt.
Relevant Documents
project in
supporting Office
Jharkhand but
addresses/
does not having
Undertaking. Bidder to
registered
submit the office
office/ Site
possession proof such
The Bidder should have a 5 Office in Ranchi
6 as Rent Agreement/
registered/Site office in Ranchi. = 3 Marks. OR
ownership papers and
Running govt.
establishment license
project in
from local municipal
Jharkhand and
authorities. Or Lease
also have a
Agreement on the
registered
name of firm.
office/ Site
Page 38 of 333
 Maxim
Sl. Technical Qualification Scoring
um Credentials Required
No Criteria Mechanism
Score
Office in Ranchi
= 5 Marks
Bidder has to submit
Approach &
their Technical
Methodology,
Presentation with the
Project Plan,
Technical Bid with
Proposed Time
clearly mentioned all
sheet, Civil and
the requested aspects
Technical Presentation for renovation
7 10 for validation and
Project execution Plan, Operation
marking.
& Maintenance
Plan, AND
JAPIT may call up the
include Non-IT
bidders for physical
component &
presentation, if
solution
required.

Bidders achieving 80 or more marks in the technical evaluation would be eligible for evaluation
of financial proposal. However, in case of three bidders is not scoring 80 or more marks then
cut-off marks may go down upto 70 marks until top three bidders are shortlisted for evaluation
of their financial proposal.
Note:
1. Bidder’s need to provide relevant and valid credentials for all of the above points, for
scoring.
2. JAPIT reserves the right to verify the correctness of documentary evidence furnished by
the bidder for successful operation and performance of qualifying projects and Bidder
shall arrange permission for the same
3. The product technical architecture, supporting documentation etc. describing the various
technical parameters need to be provided.
4. The proposed, Project Management Plan submitted by bidder, as part of their proposal,
will also be evaluated.
5. The overall proposal, implementation methodology, adherence to project plan etc. will be
evaluated.
6. In case of consortium opted for this tender, the Lead Bidder would be considered as the
Bidder for this complete document/bid/tender and all the required documentary
evidence for Pre-qualification & Technical Qualification must be submitted by the lead
bidder and the lead bidder will be responsible for all the terms and conditions under this
contract. The Bidder or Lead Bidder (in case of consortium) shall be liable for adherence
to all provisions of the contract. The Bidder or Lead Bidder (in case of consortium) will be
responsible for submission of the Bid and performance security as specified in this tender.

Page 39 of 333
5.3 Opening of Bids
a) Minimum three proposal will be required to Open their General & Technical Bids
and start the normal evaluation process, in case of single or double proposal
received against the tender then JAPIT reserves the right to go for re-tender process
or continue the evaluation process with available proposal/s.
b) The evaluation process of the tender will be adopted by JAPIT is written under
clauses. The purpose of these clause is only to provide the bidders an idea of the
evaluation process which JAPIT may adopt. However, JAPIT reserves the right to
modify the evaluation process at any time during the tender process, without
assigning any reason, whatsoever and without any requirement of intimating the
bidders of any such change.

5.4 Evaluation of Proposals

a) Each of the responses shall be evaluated as per the criterions and requirements
specified in this Tender.
b) Proposal shall be opened in the presence of bidder’s representative who intend to
attend at their cost. The bidders’ representatives who are present shall sign a
register giving evidence of their attendance.
c) Initial Bid scrutiny will be held and incomplete details as given below will be treated
as non-responsive. If Proposals;
i) Are found not properly indexed
ii) Are not submitted in as specified in the tender document.
iii) Received without the Letter of Authorization (Power of Attorney)
iv) Are found with suppression of details
v) With incomplete information, subjective, conditional offers and partial
offers submitted
vi) Submitted without the documents requested in the checklist
vii) Have non-compliance of any of the clauses stipulated in the tender with
lesser validity period

d) JAPIT may constitute an Evaluation Committee to evaluate the responses of the

bidders and all supporting documents / documentary evidence. Inability to
submit requisite supporting documents / documentary evidence, may lead to
rejection. All responsive Bids will be considered for further processing as below.
• Evaluation Committee will prepare a list of responsive bidders, who
comply with all the Terms and Conditions of the Tender. All eligible bids
will be considered for further evaluation by the committee according to
the Evaluation process define in this tender document. The decision of
the committee will be final in this regard.
• Evaluation committee will examine the bids to determine whether they
are complete, whether any computational errors have been made, and
whether the bids are generally in order.
• Arithmetical errors will be rectified on the following basis:
Page 40 of 333
 o If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that
is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price
shall prevail and the total price shall be corrected.
o If the Bidder does not accept the correction of the errors, his proposal
will be rejected. If there is a discrepancy between words and figures,
the amount in words will prevail.
e) JAPIT reserves the right to reject any or all proposals on the basis of any
deviations.
f) JAPIT also reserves the right to suspend the entire tendering process at any point
of time without assigning any reason whatsoever.
g) The JAPIT may conduct clarification meetings with each or any bidder to discuss
any matters, technical or otherwise.
h) Further, the scope of the tender committee also covers taking any decision with
regard to the Tender Document, execution/ implementation of the project.
i) Proposal shall be opened in the presence of bidder’s representatives who intend
to attend at their cost. The bidders’ representatives who are present shall sign a
register giving evidence of their attendance.
j) The interpretation of the bids and the decision made by the Evaluation
Committee in the evaluation of responses to the RFP shall be final. No
correspondence will be entertained outside the process of evaluation with the
committee.
k) Proposal document shall be evaluated as per the following steps.
i. Preliminary Examination of Pre-qualification Eligibility Criteria
documents: The Pre-qualification document will be examined to
determine whether the bidder meets the eligibility criteria, whether the
proposal is complete in all respects, whether the documents have been
properly signed and whether the bids are generally in order. Any bids found
to be non-responsive for any reason or not meeting the minimum levels of
the performance or eligibility criteria specified in various sections of this
Tender Document will be rejected and will not be considered further.
ii. Evaluation of document: A detailed evaluation of the bids shall be carried
out in order to determine whether the bidders are competent enough and
whether the technical aspects are substantially responsive to the
requirements set forth in the Tender Document. Bids received would be
assigned scores based on the parameters defined in the table below. All
supporting document submitted in support of Eligibility and Technical
Evaluation matrix should comply the following -
• Uploaded/submitted Supporting document must be clearly
readable.
• Supporting document should clearly indicate value of the completed/on-
going project and scope of work/ services should be clearly highlighted.
• Bidders failing to comply any of the above then the Bid will be summarily
rejected
iii. Technical Evaluation: A detailed evaluation of the bids shall be carried out
Page 41 of 333
 in order to determine whether the bidders are competent enough and
whether the technical aspects are substantially responsive to the
requirements set forth in the RFP document. Bids received would be
assigned scores based on the parameters defined in the table.
iv. Financial Evaluation: The technically qualified bidders shall be invited
during opening of the financial bids and subsequently financial evaluation
shall be carried out.

5.5 Evaluation of Financial Bids

If required, the bidder may be given a time slot of 30 minutes to present the Approach and
Methodology, components and resources proposed for project. Bidders who score
minimum cut-off marks will be qualified for the evaluation of their Financial Proposal.
All the bidders who will achieve 80 or more marks in the technical evaluation would be
eligible for evaluation of their financial proposal. However, in case of three bidders is not
scoring 80 or more marks then cut-off marks may go down up to 70 marks until top three
bidders are shortlisted for evaluation of their financial proposal. In case only less than
three qualified proposal submitted, the final decision in such an occurrence lies with
JAPIT.
The amount quoted as per the financial bid format will only be considered for financial
evaluation.
The Evaluation Methodology proposed to be adopted by JAPIT will be Quality cum Cost
Based System (QCBS) method of evaluation where Technical Score will get a weightage
of 70% (denoted by ST) and Commercial Bid Score a weightage of 30% (denoted by SF).
The process of selection of successful bidder for the purpose of award of contract shall be
as follow,
A. Calculation of Technical Score (ST)

T = Technical Marks Obtain by the Individual Bidder.

TH = Highest Technical Marks Obtain among all Bidders.

ST = Technical Score obtain by the Individual Bidder

Calculation of Technical Score (ST)

ST = 100 x (T/TH) (rounded off to 2 decimal places)

B. Calculation of Financial Score (SF)

F= Total Financial Bid amount quoted by individual Bidder

Page 42 of 333
 FL= Lowest Total Financial Bid amount quoted among all Bidders.

SF = Financial Score obtain by the Individual Bidder

Calculation of Financial Score (SF)

SF = 100 x (FL/F) (rounded off to 2 decimal places).

C. Calculation of Final Composite Score (S)

The Final Composite Score (S) shall be computed for each firm by assigning 70%
weightage to the Technical Score (ST) and 40% weightage to Financial Score (SF)
using the formula given below:

S = (ST x 0.7) + (SF x 0.3) (rounded off to 2 decimal places)

Bidder with the highest final composite score (S) will be awarded the contract. In
case of a tie in the final composite score, the bidder with the higher Technical
Score will be invited for negotiations and selection first.

Notes: -
The CAPEX (Capital Expenditure) and Operational Expenditure (OPEX) ratio should not
be greater than 70:30 of the total quoted value including all taxes.
CAPEX may include the cost of Civil & renovation work, Active and Passive component
under required for JHSDC i.e. Year 0 Cost.
OPEX may include operational expenditure as Manpower cost, Operation & Maintenance
cost of all the equipment/devices for next 05 (Five) years i.e. (Year 1+ Year 2+ Year 3+
Year 4+ Year 5) after Go-Live.
The Bidder shall quote for all costs as asked for in the financial templates.
An Un-priced BOQ has to be submitted on company letterhead mentioning the name,
make and model, number of all the items in the technical bid. More than one Make and
Model would not be accepted in the technical and financial bid against each line item.
The successful Bidder will not be eligible for any other benefits (such as interest on
capital, rate of returns, amortization on capital, salaries of the employees etc.) except the
payments specified as per the contract.

Page 43 of 333
6 Procedure to Submission of BID
6.1 General
• Sealed offers prepared in accordance with the procedure enumerated in the tender
document should be submitted to CEO, JAPIT, not later than the date and time laid
down, at the address given in the schedule for invitation for BID.
• EMD of all unsuccessful bidders would be refunded by JAPIT within 60 Days of the
bidder being notified as being unsuccessful. The EMD, for the amount mentioned
above, of successful bidder would be returned upon submission of Performance Bank
Guarantee as per the format provided in Proforma-8
• EMD amount is interest free and will be refundable to the unsuccessful bidders without
any accrued interest on it.
• The bid / proposal submitted without EMD, mentioned above, will be summarily
rejected.
• The EMD may be forfeited:
i) If a bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity.
ii) In case of a successful bidder, if the bidder fails to sign the contract in
accordance with the terms and condition of this RFP.
• Consortium partnership is allowed only for Civil, Electrical & Non-IT for this tender.
Proposal can either be submitted Solely by a Bidder OR by a Bidder with a consortium
partner. Only one consortium partner should be allowed for any bidder for this tender.
In either case only the prime bidder shall be liable for adherence to all provisions of
the Agreement.
• The bidder cannot be a partner in more than one consortium. In case of consortium no
company will be allowed to participate in more than one bid i.e. they should have
exclusive partners in case it is observed that any consortium have a common partner
then such consortiums will stand disqualified and under no circumstances their bids
will be entertained. An undertaking in this regard has to be enclosed.
• In case of a consortium partner with the main bidder, applicant consortia shall have a
valid Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) / agreement (duly registered) among all
the members signed by the Chief Executives/ Authorized Signatories of the companies
dated prior to the submission of the bid. The MoU shall clearly state the complete
description of the consortium partner and the roles and responsibilities of the
consortium partner. The MoU shall be exclusively for this project.
• The consortium partner should also be registered under company’s act 1956.
• The consortium partner shall have company registration certificate,
• The consortium partner shall have registration under labour laws & contract act, valid
sales tax registration certificate, valid Service tax registration certificate and
Permanent Account Number (PAN) issued by income Tax department. (Copy of each
registration should be provided) (in case of consortium partner).
• The consortium partner should not Blacklisted by any Govt. dept. /agency in India.

Page 44 of 333
 • The tenders will be opened on the date and time indicated in the presence of Bidders
if any present on the occasion. If the date of opening is declared to be a holiday the
tenders will be opened on the next working day or as decided by Purchaser.
• This tender document is not transferable

6.2 Instructions to Bidders

Detailed instruction & documents to be furnished for online bidding

• Guidelines for online submission of bids can be downloaded from the website
https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in
• Interested bidders can download the bid from the website
https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in
• Bidders in order to participate in the bidding process have to get ‘Digital
Signature Certificate (DSC)’ as per Information Technology Act-2000 to
participate in online bidding. This certificate will be required for digitally signing
the bid. Bidders can get the above-mentioned digital signature certificate from
any approved vendors (CA). Bidders, who already possess valid Digital
Certificate, need not procure new Digital Certificate.
• Bidders must have to submit their bids online in electronic format with
digital Signature. Bids without digital signature will not be accepted. The
bidders are also required to submit the hardcopy (seal and signed) of the
technical bid documents latest by the last date and time of submission of
online bids. In case of any discrepancies in the submitted documents (hard
copy), JAPIT will accept the online bid documents as authentic and final.
This shall be binding to all parties.
• JAPIT reserves the right to verify, if it desires, the correctness of
documentary evidence furnished by the bidder.
• Quantity/ location mentioned in this TENDER are indicative may vary
• Bids will be opened online as per time schedule mentioned in the Invitation for
Bids (IFB).
• Bidders should be ready with the scanned copies of cost of documents & bid
security as specified in the tender document. Before submission of bids online,
bidders must ensure that scanned copies of all the necessary documents have
been attached with bid.
• Bidders must have to submit original Demand Draft towards tender fee & bids
security as mentioned in the tender during the period & time as mentioned in the
TENDER failing which bid will not be accepted. The details of cost of documents,
bid security specified in the tender documents should be the same as submitted
online (scanned copies), otherwise bid will summarily be rejected.
• Uploaded documents of successful bidder will be verified with the original before
signing the agreement. The successful bidder has to provide the originals to the
concerned authority.
• The JAPIT will not be responsible for delay in online submission of bids due
to any reason, whatsoever.
Page 45 of 333
 • All required information for bid must be filled and submitted online.
• This tender document is not transferable at any circumstances.
• The bidder should clearly indicate the availability of service and maintenance
facilities at Ranchi for the items quoted.

6.3 Submission of Proposal

• The proposal shall be submitted online in three parts in Portal
(https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in), Part-I – Pre-Qualification Cum General Bid,
Part -II - Technical Bid and Part-III - Financial Bid. Pre-Qualification Cum General
Bid and Technical Bid will consist as “Pre-Qualification for the Bid” & “Technical
Proposal for the Bid”. Pre-Qualification Cum General Bid will be provided as per
format in Proforma-5, Technical Bid proposal will be provided as per format in
Proforma-7 and Financial Bid will only consist of the financial proposal as per
format in Proforma-25.
• The bidders must submit their responses as per the format given in this RFP, in
the following manner, which must be properly flagged to distinguish the required
enclosures.
• The proposal should be signed by an authorized signatory (having power of
attorney/authorized by board resolution) on each page of the proposal document
including enclosures.
• Copy of board resolution and / or power of attorney shall be submitted along
with technical proposal. Failing of which the Bid will be rejected.
• The proposal shall contain no interlineations, erasures or overwriting, in order
to correct error made by the Bidder. All corrections shall be done & initialed by
the authorized signatory after striking out the original words / figures
completely.
• The Bidder must submit a copy of EMD and Tender fee will be submit online on
or before Bid submission day. Technical and financial Bid will be submitted online
on or before bid submission date. Hardcopy of the pre-qualification & Technical
Bid document along with technical presentation will be submitted within 4
working days from the last day of Bid submission.
• Only detailed complete bids in the form indicated above shall be received prior
to the closing time and date of the bids shall be taken as valid.
• Please note that Prices should not be indicated in the Technical Proposal but
should only be indicated in the Financial Proposal. Any proposal with Financial
Proposal submitted along with Technical Proposal will be summarily rejected.
• All the pages of the proposal must be sequentially numbered and must contain
the list of contents with page numbers. Any deficiency in the documentation may
result in the rejection of the proposal.
• The original proposal /proposal shall be prepared in indelible ink. It shall contain
no interlineations or overwriting, except as necessary to correct errors made by
the Bidder itself. Any such corrections must be initialed by the person (or
persons) who sign(s) the bids.

Page 46 of 333
 • All pages of the proposal including the duplicate copies, shall be initialed and
stamped by the authorized person or persons who sign the proposal.

6.4 Details of documents to be furnished for online bidding

i) Scanned copies of the following documents to be up-loaded in. pdf format only on
the website https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in in Technical bid envelop/folder.
a. Bank Demand Draft towards Tender fee.
b. Bank Guarantee towards EMD.
c. Eligibility Criteria information and supporting documents as specified in
Performa-5
d. Technical Qualification information and supporting documents as specified
in Performa-7
e. All Required Annexures as per proforma listed in the document.

ii) Scanned copies of the following documents to be up-loaded on the website

https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in in financial bid envelop/folder.
a. Duly filled in & Digitally signed BOQ (Will be available online in the portal)
b. Financial Bid proposal – Proforma-24
c. Financial Bid Letter and Format – Proforma-25
iii) Uploaded documents of successful bidder may be verified with the original before
signing the agreement. The successful bidder has to provide the originals to the
concerned authority on receipt of such a letter, which will be sent though
registered post or speed post or delivered by hand.
iv) Uploaded documents should be digitally singed by the bidders.

6.5 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

i) The Bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, an Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) of
the amount mentioned in the Fact Sheet
ii) The EMD is required to protect the Purchaser against the risk of Bidder’s conduct
which would warrant the security's forfeiture, pursuant to Scope of Work of this
Tender.
iii) The EMD must be submitted as Bank Guarantee of any Scheduled Commercial
Bank / Nationalized Bank drawn in favour of “The CEO, JAPIT” payable at Ranchi
iv) Unsuccessful bidder’s bid security shall be discharged or returned within sixty
(60) days after the expiration of the period of Bid validity prescribed by JAPIT.
The successful Bidder’s EMD shall be discharged upon the bidder executing the
Contract, pursuant to the Clause Award of Contract and the Clause furnishing the
Bank Guarantee, pursuant in the form of Performance Bank Guarantee
v) No interest shall be paid by the Purchaser on the EMD.
The EMD may be forfeited:

a. If a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity specified by
the Bidder in the Bid; or

Page 47 of 333
 b. In case of a successful bidder, if the Bidder fails;
i. to sign the Contract with Purchaser in accordance with Clause Award of
Contract
ii. to furnish Bank Guarantee for Contract Performance in accordance with
Clause Performance Bank Guarantee

6.6 Performance Bank Guarantee

i) The Performance Bank Guarantee has to be made in the form of Bank Guarantee
from any Scheduled Commercial Bank / Nationalized Bank drawn in favour of
“The CEO, JAPIT”, payable at Ranchi equivalent to ten percent (10%) of the total
Contract Value before signing of the Contract
ii) Validity: Valid for the entire Project term. The BG shall be released after 65
months from the effective date of the completion of installation and
commissioning of delivered items in Jharkhand State Data Centre of all pending
works under the Work Orders, whichever is later.
iii) In the event of termination, Purchaser may Invoke the Performance Bank
Guarantee, recover such other direct costs and other amounts towards direct
damages from the Agency that may have resulted from such default and pursue
such other rights and/or remedies that may be available to the Purchaser under
law
iv) Within 21 days of the receipt of notification of award from the Purchaser, the
successful bidder shall furnish the performance security in the form of
Performance Bank Guarantee valid for a period of 6 years in accordance with the
Conditions of Contract
v) Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirement of above Clause
shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture
of the EMD

6.7 Pre-bid Meetings Clarification

JAPIT shall organize a pre bid meeting on the scheduled date, time and venue as
mentioned in Fact Sheet of Bid section, at JAPIT Building, Ranchi. JAPIT may or may not
incorporate any changes in the RFP based on acceptable suggestions received during
the Pre-Bid Conference. The decision of JAPIT regarding acceptability of any
suggestion/request shall be final in this regard and shall not be called upon to question
under any circumstances. The prospective bidders shall submit their queries in writing
in prescribed format below not later than date and time indicated in sheet.

RFP Clause No & Existing Clause Reference / Subject

S No
Page No Details Clarification
1
2

Page 48 of 333
 At any time prior to the last date of submission of proposal, JAPIT may for any reason
be able to modify the RFP. Any modifications in RFP or reply to queries shall be hosted
on the site https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in.

JAPIT at its discretion may extend the last date for the receipt of proposals.

6.8 Responses to pre-bid queries and issue of corrigendum

i) Bidder may seek clarification on this RFP document not later than the date specified
in the Fact Sheet section of the RFP. JAPIT reserves the right to not to entertain any
queries post that date. The bidders are requested to submit their queries in MS word
form.
ii) At any time prior to the last date for receipt of bids, JAPIT may, for any reason,
whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a
prospective Bidder, modify the RFP document by a corrigendum.
iii) The corrigendum or clarifications (if any) to the queries from any bidder will be
published on the website, https://jharkhandtenders.gov.in in form of modified
RFP/corrigendum etc.
iv) Any such corrigendum shall be deemed to be part of this RFP and it will be
incorporated into this RFP.
v) In order to provide prospective bidders reasonable time for taking the
corrigendum/modifications into account, JAPIT may, at its discretion, extend the
last date for the receipt of Bids.
vi) It is the responsibility of the Bidder to check the above websites time to time for
updates.

6.9 Format & Signing

The Tender shall be submitted in three parts

• Pre-qualification Bid (General Bid)

• Technical Bid
• Financial Bid
The RFP shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by the applicant
or a person or persons duly authorized. Any interlineations, erasures or overwriting
shall be valid only if the person or persons signing the Tendre prior to opening of the
same initial them.

6.10Submission of Hardcopy of Pre-Qualification and Technical bid

a) The bid document should be properly page numbered and appropriately flagged
/ tagged; and must contain the list of contents with page numbers. Any
deficiency in the documentation may result in the rejection of the Bid.
b) The Bids prepared by the Bidder and all correspondence and documents
Page 49 of 333
 relating to the bids exchanged by the Bidder and the Purchaser, shall be written
in English language, provided that any printed literature furnished by the Bidder
may be written in another language so long the same is accompanied by an
English translation in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the bid, the
English translation shall govern.
c) The Tender should be signed on all the pages by the Bidder or his authorised
representative and should be affixed with the bidder's Seal
d) It shall be deemed that the bidders have done careful study and examination of
the Tender document and has fully understood the implications.
e) The response to the Tender should be full and complete in all respects. Failure
to furnish the requisite information or submission of a proposal not
substantially responsive to the Tender document in every respect will be at the
bidder's risk and may result in rejection of the proposal and forfeiture of the
EMD.
f) All materials submitted by the bidder become the property of the Purchaser and
may be returned at its sole discretion.
g) All outstation bids should be sent through registered post/speed post/courier.
h) One firm may submit ONLY ONE bid either as a single Bidder on its own, or as a
partner in a Consortium submitting bids in response to these Bidding
Documents. Furthermore, a firm which is a Bidder, whether as a single Bidder
or as a partner in a Consortium, cannot be a Subcontractor in other bids.
i) The envelope containing copy of Technical Bid should be put in single sealed
envelope clearly marked “ Tender Reference No” The envelope is to be super
scribed with Tender Number and the wordings
j) * Financial proposal should only be uploaded online. Hard copy of the same
should not be submitted.

6.11Completeness of Tender Offer

The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, conditions and
deliverables in the tender document. Failure to furnish all information required by the
tender documents or submission of a tender offer not substantially responsive in every
respect to the tender documents will be at the Bidder's risk and may result in rejection
of its tender offer. The tender offer is liable to be rejected outright without any
intimation to the Bidder if complete information as called for in the tender document
is not given therein, or if particulars asked for in the forms /proforma in the tender are
not fully furnished.

6.12Authentication of Bid
An authorized representative (or representatives) of the Bidder shall initial all pages
of the Pre- Qualification and Technical Bid. Bid should be accompanied by an

Page 50 of 333
 authorization in the name of the signatory (or signatories) of the Bid. The authorization
shall be in the form of a written power of attorney accompanying the bid or in any other
form demonstrating that the representative has been duly authorized to sign.

The bid response shall be typed or written in indelible ink. The bid response shall be
signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly authorized to bind the Bidder to the
Contract. A letter of authorization shall be supported by a written power-of-attorney
accompanying the bid. All pages of the bid, except for un-amended printed literature,
shall be initiated and stamped by the person or persons signing the bid.

6.13Validation of interlineations in Bid

The bid shall contain no interlineations, erasures or overwriting except as necessary
to correct errors made by the Bidder, in which case such corrections shall be initiated
by the person or persons signing the bid.

6.14Cost for Bidding

The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its
bid for the purposes of clarification of the bid, if so desired by the Purchaser. The
Purchaser will in no case be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the
conduct or outcome of the Tendering process

6.15 Language of Proposal & Correspondence

The proposal will be prepared by the Bidder in English language only. All the
documents relating to the Proposal (including brochures) supplied by the Bidder
should also be in English, and the correspondence between the Bidder & JAPIT shall
be in English language only. The correspondence by Fax / E-mail must be
subsequently confirmed by a duly signed copy (unless already signed digitally).

The Proposal should be filled by the bidders in English language only. If any
supporting documents submitted are in any language other than English, translation
of the same in English language is to be duly attested by the Bidders. For purposes of
interpretation of the documents, the English translation shall govern.

6.16Modification and withdrawal of Bids

a) The Bidder is allowed to modify or withdraw its submitted proposal any time
prior to the last date prescribed for receipt of bids, by giving a written notice to
the JAPIT.
b) Subsequent to the last date for receipt of bids, no modification of bids shall be
Page 51 of 333
 allowed.
c) The Bidders cannot withdraw the proposal in the interval between the last date
for receipt of bids and the expiry of the proposal validity period specified in the
Proposal. Such withdrawal may result in the forfeiture of its EMD from the Bidder.

6.17Proposal Forms
a) Wherever a specific form is prescribed in the Proposal document, the Bidder shall
use the form to provide relevant information. If the form does not provide space
for any required information, space at the end of the form or additional sheets
shall be used to convey the required information.
b) For all other cases, the Bidder shall design a form to hold the required
information.
c) JAPIT shall not be bound by any printed conditions or provisions in the Bidder’s
Proposal Forms, packaging document.

6.18Local Conditions
a) Each Bidder is expected to become fully acquainted with the local conditions and
factors, which may affect the performance of the contract and /or the cost.
b) The Bidder is expected to know all conditions and factors, which may have any
effect on the execution of the contract after issue of letter of Award as described
in the bidding document. The JAPIT shall not entertain any request for
clarification from the Bidder regarding such local conditions.
c) It is the Bidder’s responsibility that such factors have been properly investigated
and considered before submitting the proposal. No claim, what-so-ever, including
that for financial adjustment to the contract awarded under the bidding
document will be entertained by the JAPIT. Neither any change in the time
schedule of the contract nor any financial adjustments arising there-of shall be
permitted by the JAPIT on account of failure of the Bidder to know the local laws
/ conditions.
d) The Bidder is expected to visit and examine and study the location of Govt. offices
and its surroundings and obtain all information that may be necessary for
preparing the proposal at its own interest and cost.

6.19Contacting the JAPIT, Ranchi

a) Any effort by a Bidder to influence the proposal evaluation, proposal comparison
or contract award decisions may result in the rejection of the proposal.
b) Bidder shall not approach JAPIT officers after office hours and/or outside JAPIT
office premises, from the time of the proposal opening till the time the Contract
is awarded.

Page 52 of 333
6.20 Site Visit by Bidder
It is mandatory for all the bidders to visit Jharkhand SDC premises before submitting
their proposal, at the scheduled date & time and agreed by JAPIT and obtain all the
necessary information regarding the existing Civil, IT & Non-IT infrastructure and the
running solution under JHSDC that may be necessary for preparing the Bid document.
The visit may not be used to raise questions or seek clarification on the RFP.

It is mandatory to submit the tender fee in advance to JAPIT and produce the proof of
submission before the schedule site visit. The cost of the site visit for the bidder’s team
member shall be borne by the respective bidder only. After completion of successful
site visit, each bidder need to take sign and seal by JAPIT authorized personal on the
‘Site Visit Certificate’ as per proforma -27 to produce in proposal.

6.21Last Date for Receipt of Bids

i) Bids shall be submitted by the bidder no later than the time and date specified in
Section – Fact Sheet
ii) Original documents as per Clause - Procedure for Submission of bids shall be
received by the Purchaser at the address specified under Section – Fact Sheet no
later than the time and date specified in the Section – Fact Sheet
iii) The Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the last date for submission of bids
by amending the tender, in which case all rights and obligations of the Purchaser
and Bidders previously subject to the last date shall thereafter be subject to the
last date as extended

6.22Late Bids
a) Bids received after the due date and the specified time (including the extended
period if any) for any reason whatsoever, shall not be entertained and shall be
returned unopened.
b) The bids submitted by telex/telegram/ fax/e-mail etc. shall not be considered. No
correspondence will be entertained on this matter.
c) JAPIT shall not be responsible for any postal delay or non-receipt/ non-delivery
of the documents. No further correspondence on the subject will be entertained.
d) JAPIT reserve the right to modify and amend any of the above-stipulated
condition/criterion depending upon project priorities vis-à-vis urgent
commitments.

6.23Tender Opening
The Proposals submitted up to date and time mentioned in this Tender document by
Proposal evaluation committee authorized by JAPIT, in the presence of such of those
Bidders or their representatives who may be present at the time of opening.

The representatives of the bidders should be advised to carry the identity card or a
Page 53 of 333
 letter of authority from the tendering firms to identify their Bonafede for attending
the opening of the proposal.

6.24Tender Validity
The offer submitted by the Bidders should be valid for minimum period of 180 days
from the date of submission of Tender.

6.25Documents Comprising the Bids

The bid prepared by the Bidder shall comprise of the following components:

i. Eligibility Criteria (General Bid) - The Eligibility Criteria shall comprise of

the following:
a. Cost of Tender Document
b. EMD in the form of Refundable & Irrevocable Bank Guarantee with a
validity of 180 days
c. Signed MOU with Consortium Partner (If Consortium Opted)
d. Proforma-4: Pre-Qualification Compliance Cover Letter
e. Proforma-5: Pre-Qualification Compliance Checklist
f. Proforma-16: Format for Annual Turnover and Net worth Detail
g. Proforma-1: Proposal Cover Letter
h. Proforma-2: Authorization Certificate
i. Proforma-11: Affidavit certifying that bidder for Non-blacklisting
j. Proforma-12: Format for Undertaking on Land border
k. Proforma-19: Citations Format
l. Proforma-27: Site Visit Certificate

ii. Technical Bid - The Technical Bid shall comprise of the following:
a. Proforma-16: Format for Annual Turnover and Net worth Detail
b. Proforma-6: Technical Bid Cover Letter (Company Letter head)
c. Proforma-7: Technical Bid Compliance Checklist
d. Proforma-19: Project Citation / Case Studies
e. Proforma-20: CV for proposed Project Team (Design, Development &
Implementation and Operations & Maintenance Phase)
f. Proforma-13: Format for Manufacturer/OEM Authorization Letter
g. Proforma-14: Format for OEM’s Support Form
h. Proforma-15: Warranty Certificate
i. Proforma-22: Detail Timeline and work Plan with manpower strength
j. Proforma-23: Format for Unpriced Bill of Material
k. Proforma-26: Undertaking on Exit Management and Transition
l. Approach, Methodology and Solution Proposed with Work Plan and
Staffing Schedule
iii. Financial Bid -The Financial Bid proposal shall comprise of the following:
a. Proforma-24: Financial Bid Proposal Cover Letter (Company Letter head)

Page 54 of 333
 b. Proforma-25: Financial Bid Proposal

6.26Bid Prices
i) The Bidder shall indicate in the pro-forma prescribed, the unit rates and total Bid
Prices of the equipment/services, it proposes to provide under the Contract.
Prices should be shown separately for each item as detailed in tender.
ii) In absence of information requested in above Clause, a bid may be considered
incomplete and be summarily rejected
iii) The Bidder shall prepare the bid based on details provided in the tender. It must
be clearly understood that the Scope of Work is intended to give the Bidder
an idea about the order and magnitude of the work and is not in any way
exhaustive and guaranteed by the Purchaser. The Bidder shall carry out all
the tasks in accordance with the requirement of the tender and it shall be
the responsibility of the Bidder to fully meet all the requirements of the
tender.
iv) Prices quoted in the bid must be firm and final and shall not be subject to any
upward modifications, on any account whatsoever. However, the Purchaser
reserves the right to negotiate the prices quoted by the successful Bidder to effect
downward modification. The Bid Prices shall be indicated in Indian Rupees (INR)
only.
v) The Financial bid should clearly indicate the price to be charged and Taxes shall
be applicable as per actuals. It is mandatory that such charges wherever
applicable/payable should be indicated separately. However, should there be a
change in the applicable taxes, the same may apply
vi) The Bidders are advised not to indicate any separate discount in the Financial
Bid. Discount, if any, should be merged with the quoted prices. Discount of any
type, indicated separately, shall not be taken into account for evaluation purpose.
However, in the event of such an offer is found to be the lowest without taking
into account the discount, the Purchaser shall avail such discount at the time of
award of Contract.

6.27Bidder Qualification
i) The "Bidder" as used in the Tender shall mean the one who has signed the Tender
Form. The Bidder may be either the Principal Officer or his duly Authorized
Representative, in either case he/she shall submit a certificate of authority. All
certificates and documents (including any clarifications sought and any
subsequent correspondences) received hereby, shall be furnished and signed by
the authorized representative and the Principal Officer.
ii) It is further clarified that the individual signing the tender or other documents in
connection with the tender must certify whether he/she signs as the Constituted
attorney of the firm, or a company
iii) The authorization shall be indicated by written Power-of-Attorney
accompanying the bid

Page 55 of 333
 iv) The power or authorization and any other document consisting of adequate proof
of the ability of the signatory to bind the Bidder shall be annexed to the bid
v) Any change in the Principal Officer or his duly Authorized Representative shall be
intimated to JAPIT in advance

6.28Format and Signing of Bid

i) The original documents of the bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink. The
original document shall be signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly
authorized to bind the Bidder to the Contract. All pages of the bid, except for un-
amended printed literature, shall be marked with initials (signature) and
stamped by the person(s) signing the bid.
ii) The response to the bid should be submitted along with legible, appropriately
indexed, duly filled Information sheets and sufficient documentary evidence as
per tender. Responses with illegible, incomplete Information sheets or
insufficient documentary evidence shall be rejected.
iii) The bid shall contain no interlineations, erasures or overwriting except as
necessary to correct errors made by the Bidder, in which case such corrections
shall be marked with initials (signature) by the person(s) signing the bid
iv) The Bidder shall prepare one electronic copy each of the Technical e-Bid and
Financial e-Bid separately.
v) The Bid documents shall be digitally signed, at the time of uploading, by the
Bidder or a person or persons duly authorized to bind the Bidder to the Contract.
The later authorization shall be indicated by a scanned copy of written power-of-
attorney accompanying the e-Bid. All the pages/ documents of the e-Bid that are
to be uploaded shall be digitally signed by the person authorized to sign the Bid.
vi) All the required documents should be attached at the proper place as mentioned
in the e-forms otherwise the tender of the bidder will be rejected

6.29Revelation of Prices
Prices in any form or by any reason before opening the Financial Bid should not be
revealed, failing which the offer shall be liable to be rejected

6.30Proposal Validity Period

i) Bids shall remain valid for period mentioned in Section – Fact Sheet after the date
of opening of Eligibility Criteria + Technical bid. A bid valid for a shorter period
may be rejected by the Purchaser as non-responsive.
ii) In exceptional circumstances, the Purchaser may request the Bidder for an
extension of the period of validity up to 90 days. The request and the responses
thereto shall be made in writing (or through e-mail). The validity of EMD
provided under above Clause may also be extended if required.

Page 56 of 333
6.31Terms and Conditions of Bidders
Any terms and conditions of the Bidders shall not be considered as forming part of
their Bids

6.32Modification and Withdrawal of Bids

i) No bid may be altered/modified subsequent to the closing time and date for
receipt of bids. Unsolicited correspondences from Bidders shall not be
considered.
ii) No bid may be withdrawn in the interval between the last date for receipt of bids
and the expiry of the bid validity period specified by the Bidder in the Bid.
Withdrawal of a bid during this interval may result in the Bidder’s forfeiture of
its EMD and shall be declared a “defaulting bidder”. In such situation the
tendering process shall be continued with the remaining bidders as per their
ranking.
iii) If the bidder relents after being declared as selected bidder, it shall be declared
as defaulting bidder and EMD of such defaulting bidder shall be forfeited and in
such situation, the tendering process shall be continued with the remaining
bidders as per their ranking.

6.33Contacting the Purchaser

i) No Bidder shall contact the Purchaser on any matter relating to its bid, from the
time of the bid opening to the time the Contract is awarded
ii) Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Purchaser’s bid evaluation, bid comparison
or Contract award decisions may lead to the rejection of the Bidder’s bid

6.34Opening of Technical Bids by Purchaser

The Purchaser shall convene a bid opening session as per time schedule where one
representative from the Bidder, who has successfully submitted the bid, can
participate. Subsequent to this, Purchaser shall further evaluate the Bid of only
those agencies whose EMD is found to be in order.

6.35Purchaser's Right to Vary Scope of Contract

i) The Purchaser may at any time, by a written order given to the Bidder, with
mutual consensus with the selected bidder, make changes to the Scope of the
Contract as specified
ii) If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time
required for the Bidder’s performance of any part of the work under the Contract,
whether changed or not changed by the order, an equitable adjustment shall be
made in the Contract Value or time schedule, or both, as decided by the committee
and the Contract shall accordingly be amended. Any claims by the Bidder for
adjustment under this Clause must be asserted within thirty (30) days from the
date of the Bidder’s receipt of the Purchaser’s changed order.

Page 57 of 333
6.36Notification of Award
i) Prior to the expiry of the period of bid validity, pursuant to Clause 4.20 - Period
of Validity of Bid, the Purchaser shall notify the successful Bidder by registered
letter to be confirm in writing that its bid has been accepted
ii) The notification of award shall constitute the formation of the Contract
iii) Upon the successful Bidder's furnishing of Performance Bank Guarantee for
Contract Performance, the Purchaser may notify each unsuccessful Bidder and
shall discharge their EMD

6.37Award of Contract
i) There shall be only one Successful Bidder
ii) At the same time as the Purchaser notifies the successful Bidder that its bid has
been accepted, the Purchaser shall send the Bidder the proforma for Contract,
incorporating all agreements mutually agreed between the parties
iii) Within 15 days of receipt of the final Contract agreement, the successful Bidder
shall sign and date the Contract and return it to the Purchaser
iv) Keeping in view the Project commitment, JAPIT reserves the right to ask the
vendor to add new features/process or modify the existing solution to take care
the service delivery for matching the Project requirements as and when required
on mutual discussion.
v) Bidder has to agree for honouring all tender conditions and adherence to all
aspects of fair trade practices in executing the work orders placed by JAPIT
vi) If the name of the system/service/process is changed for describing substantially
the same in a renamed form; then all techno-fiscal benefits agreed with respect
to the original product/service, shall be passed on to JAPIT and the obligations
with JAPIT taken by the Vendor with respect to the product/service with the old
name shall be passed on along with the product so renamed
vii) In the case of Bidder whose bids are accepted, Bidder shall be required to give
Performance Bank Guarantee as mentioned in Clause – Performance Bank
Guarantee
viii) JAPIT may, at any time, terminate the contact by giving written notice to the
Bidder without any compensation, if the bidder becomes bankrupt or otherwise
insolvent, provided that such termination shall not prejudice or affect any right
of action or remedy which has accrued or shall accrue thereafter to JAPIT
ix) If at any point during the Contract, if the Bidder fails to, deliver as per the tender
terms and conditions or any other reason amounting to disruption in service, the
Termination and Exit Management clause shall be invoked

6.38Purchaser's Right to Accept or Reject Any or All Bids

The Purchaser reserves the right to accept any or all bid, and to annul the
Tendering process or reject all bids at any time prior to award of Contract, without
thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or any obligation
to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the grounds for the Purchaser's action
Page 58 of 333
6.39Placing of Work Order
i) For procurement of Hardware/software/solution/system/service, Work Order
shall be placed on the successful bidder in hardcopy format or in softcopy mode
either through e-mail containing the scanned copy of the Work Order
ii) Objection, if any, to the Work Order must be reported to JAPIT by the successful
Bidder within five (5) working days counted from the date of Work Order for
modifications, otherwise it is assumed that the successful Bidder has accepted
the Work Order
iii) If the successful Bidder is not able to supply/deploy/operationalize the ordered
hardware/software/solution/system/service/process completely within the
specified period, the penalty clause shall be invoked
iv) The decision of JAPIT shall be final and binding on all the bidders to this tender.
The JAPIT reserves the right to accept or reject an offer without assigning any
reason whatsoever.

6.40Tender Related Condition

i) The Bidder should confirm unconditional acceptance of full responsibility of
completion of job and for executing the ‘Scope of Work’ of this tender. This
confirmation should be submitted as part of the Technical Bid. The Bidder shall
also be the sole point of contact for all purposes of the Contract.
ii) The Bidder should not be involved in any litigation that may have an impact of
affecting or compromising the delivery of goods and services as required under
this Contract. If at any stage of Tendering process or during the currency of the
Contract, any suppression/falsification of such information is brought to the
knowledge of the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall have the right to reject the bid
or terminate the Contract, as the case may be, without any compensation to the
Bidder.

6.41Rejection Criteria
Besides other conditions and terms highlighted in the tender, bids may be rejected
under following circumstances:

a. Eligibility Rejection Criteria

i. Bids submitted without or improper EMD
ii. Eligibility Criteria containing financial bid details
iii. Bids received through Telex/Telegraphic/Fax/E-Mail/post etc. except, wherever
required, shall not be considered for evaluation
iii) Bids which do not confirm unconditional validity of the bid as prescribed in the
tender. Conditional proposals are liable to be rejected.
iv. If the information provided by the Bidder is found to be incorrect/misleading at
any stage/time during the Tendering Process
v. Any effort on the part of a Bidder to influence the Purchaser’s bid evaluation, bid
comparison or Contract award decisions

Page 59 of 333
 vi. Bids without power of authorization and any other document consisting of
adequate proof of the ability of the signatory to bind the Bidder
b. Technical Rejection Criteria
i. Technical Bid containing Financial Bid details
ii. Revelation of Prices in any form or by any reason before opening the Financial
Bid
iii. Failure to furnish all information required by the tender or submission of a bid
not substantially responsive to the tender in every respect
iv. Bidder not quoting for the complete Scope of Work as indicated in the tender,
addendum (if any) and any subsequent information given to the Bidder
v. Bidders not complying with the functionality, specifications and other Terms and
Conditions as stated in the tender
vi. The Bidder not conforming unconditional acceptance of full responsibility of
providing Goods and Services in accordance with the Section - Scope of Work and
Section - General Conditions of Contract
vii. If the Bid does not conform to the timelines indicated in the Bid
viii. Bidder not scoring minimum marks as mentioned in the tender

c. Commercial Rejection Criteria

i. Incomplete Financial Bid
ii. The Financial Bids that do not conform to the tender’s Financial Bid format
iii. Total price quoted by the Bidder does not include all statutory taxes and levies
applicable
iv. If there is an arithmetic discrepancy in the financial bid calculations, the
Purchaser shall rectify the same. If the Bidder does not accept the correction of
the errors, bid may be rejected.
v. If bidder quotes NIL charges/consideration, the bid shall be treated as
unresponsive and shall not be considered

6.42Fraud and Corrupt Practices

i) The Bidders and their respective officers, employees, agents and advisers shall
observe the highest standard of ethics during the Bidding Process and
subsequent to the issue of the Work Order and during the subsistence of the
Contract. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, or in the
Work Order or the Contract, the Purchaser may reject a Bid, withdraw the Work
Order, or terminate the Contract, as the case may be, without being liable in any
manner whatsoever to the Bidder, as the case may be, if it determines that the
Bidder, as the case may be, has, directly or indirectly or through an agent, engaged
in corrupt practice, fraudulent practice, coercive practice, undesirable practice or
restrictive practice in the Bidding Process. In such an event, the Purchaser shall
be entitled to forfeit and appropriate the EMD or Performance Bank Guarantee,
as the case may be, as Damages, without prejudice to any other right or remedy
that may be available to the Purchaser under the Bidding Documents and/or the
Contract, or otherwise.
Page 60 of 333
ii) Without prejudice to the rights of the Purchaser under above Clause and the
rights and remedies which the Purchaser may have under the Work Order, or
otherwise if a Bidder, as the case may be, is found by the Purchaser to have
directly or indirectly or through an agent, engaged or indulged in any corrupt
practice, fraudulent practice, coercive practice, undesirable practice or restrictive
practice during the Bidding Process, or after the issue of the Work Order or the
execution of the Contract, such Bidder shall not be eligible to participate in any
tender or tender issued by the Purchaser during a period of 2 (two) years from
the date such Bidder, as the case may be, is found by the Purchaser to have
directly or indirectly or through an agent, engaged or indulged in any corrupt
practice, fraudulent practice, coercive practice, undesirable practice or restrictive
practices, as the case may be
iii) For the purposes of the Clause 4.36 – Fraud and Corrupt Practices, the following
terms shall have the meaning hereinafter respectively assigned to them:
a) “corrupt practice” means (i) the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting,
directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence the actions of any
person connected with the Bidding Process (for avoidance of doubt, offering
of employment to or employing or engaging in any manner whatsoever,
directly or indirectly, any official of the Authority who is or has been
associated in any manner, directly or indirectly, with the Bidding Process or
the Work Order or has dealt with matters concerning the Contract or arising
therefrom, before or after the execution thereof, at any time prior to the
expiry of one year from the date such official resigns or retires from or
otherwise ceases to be in the service of the Authority, shall be deemed to
constitute influencing the actions of a person connected with the Bidding
Process); or (ii) save, engaging in any manner whatsoever, whether during
the Bidding Process or after the issue of the Work Order or after the
execution of the Contract, as the case may be, any person in respect of any
matter relating to the Project or the Work Order or the Contract, who at any
time has been or is a legal, financial or technical adviser of the Purchaser in
relation to any matter concerning the Project;
b) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission of facts or
suppression of facts or disclosure of incomplete facts, in order to influence
the Bidding Process;
i. “coercive practice” means impairing or harming, or threatening to
impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any person or property to
influence any person’s participation or action in the Bidding Process;
ii. “undesirable practice” means (i) establishing contact with any person
connected with or employed or engaged by the Authority with the
objective of canvassing, lobbying or in any manner influencing or
attempting to influence the Bidding Process; or (ii) having a Conflict of
Interest; and
iii. “restrictive practice” means forming a cartel or arriving at any
understanding or arrangement among Bidders with the objective of
Page 61 of 333
 restricting or manipulating a full and fair competition in the Bidding
Process

6.43Clarification of Bidding Documents

A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding documents may notify the
Tendering Authority in writing at the Tendering Authority address indicated in the
Invitation for Bids. The Tendering Authority will respond in writing to any request for
the clarification of any biding documents, which it receives one day prior to deadline for
submission of bids prescribed by the Tendering Authority.

6.44Amendment of Bidding Documents

a. At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the Tendering Authority
may, for any reason, whether on its own initiative or in response to the clarification
requested by a prospective Bidder, modify, change, incorporate or delete certain
conditions in the bidding document.
b. All prospective Bidders who have received the bidding documents will be notified
of the amendment in writing and will be binding on them.
c. In order to allow prospective Bidders reasonable time to take into consideration the
amendments while preparing their bids the Tendering Authority, at its discretion,
may extend the deadline for the submission of bids.

6.45Clarification of Bids
During evaluation of bids, Tendering Authority may at its discretion, asks the
Bidder for clarification of its bid .The request for clarification and response shall be
in writing and no change in prices or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered
or permitted.

6.46Notification of Acceptance of Proposal

Prior to the expiry of the period of Proposal validity, JAPIT will notify the selected
Bidder in writing by speed post or Fax or email that after successful evaluation of
Technical and Financial proposals, their farm has been selected to complete project as
per RFP Scope of Works.

Page 62 of 333
7 General Instructions of Contract
7.1 Definitions
In this Tender, unless the context otherwise requires

a) “Abandons” means Bidder has substantially reduced personnel at the Site or

removed required equipment from the Site such that the Bidder would not be
capable of maintaining or sufficiently discharging its obligations under the
Contract
b) “Agreement” or “Contract” or “MSA" means the Master Services Agreement
together with the tender and all the Annexures, the Work Order issued by JAPIT,
the Acceptance letter from the Successful Bidder together with the Schedules and
any addendum(s) or corrigendum(s) issued and shall include any modifications,
alterations, additions or deletions thereto agreed between the Parties in writing
after the date hereof in terms of the Agreement
c) “Applicable Laws” includes all applicable statutes, enactments, acts of
legislature or laws, ordinances, rules, by-laws, regulations, notifications,
guidelines, policies, directions, directives, requirement or other governmental
restriction and orders or judgements of any Governmental authority, tribunal,
board, court or other quasi-judicial authority or other governmental restriction
or any similar form of decision applicable to the relevant Party and as may be in
effect on the date of execution of the Contract and during the subsistence thereof,
applicable to the Project
d) “Bidder’ - shall mean organization submitting the proposal in response to this
tender
e) “Confidential Information" means all information as defined in Section 5 -
General Conditions of the Contract
f) “Contract Value” means the price payable to the Bidder under this Contract for
the full and proper performance of its contractual obligations
g) “Data Centre” or “DC” means the primary centre where Data, Software, computer
systems and associated components, such as telecommunication and storage
systems, redundant or backup power supplies, redundant data communications,
environment controls and security devices and other services are housed and
operated from
h) "Deliverables" means the Network equipment, software products,
infrastructure, licenses and services agreed to be delivered by the Successful
Bidder in pursuance of the Contract as elaborated in this tender
i) “Digital Signature” means authentication of any electronic record by a
subscriber by means of an electronic method or procedure in accordance with
the provisions of the Information Technology Act, 2000
j) “Digital Signature Certificate” means a Digital Signature Certificate issued
under sub-section 4 of Section 35 of the information Technology Act, 2000
k) “Disaster Recovery Centre” or “DR” means the centre that is designed to act as
the Data Centre on occurrence of a disaster/non-functioning of the DC
Page 63 of 333
l) “Effective Date” means the date on which the Contract is executed by both the
Parties
m) “Intellectual Property Rights" means all rights in written designs and
copyrights, moral rights, rights in databases and software including its up-
gradation systems and compilation rights (whether or not any of these are
registered and including application for registration)
n) “OEM” or “Original Equipment Manufacturer” means the original
manufacturer and owner of the Intellectual Property Rights of any Software or
Equipment to be used in the Project and to which JAPIT has been granted license
to use
o) “Contract Performance Guarantee” or “Performance Bank Guarantee” shall
mean the guarantee provided by a Scheduled Commercial Bank / Nationalized
Bank to JAPIT on behalf of the Successful Bidder
p) “Project” means setting up of Disaster Recovery site for Jharkhand State Data
Centre as per the terms and conditions laid in the tender and provision of Services
in conformance to the SLA
q) “Project Location” is Ranchi City
r) "Proprietary Information" means processes, methodologies and technical and
other information, including drawings, designs, formulae, flow charts, data and
computer programs already owned by, or granted by third parties to a Party
hereto prior to its being made available under this tender
s) “Purchaser” means Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT(JAPIT)
t) “Purchaser’s Representative” or “Purchaser’s Technical Representative”
means the person or the persons appointed by the Purchaser from time to time
to act on its behalf for overall co-ordination, supervision, and project
management
u) “Request for Proposal (RFP)” means the documents containing the general,
technical, functional, commercial and legal specifications for Selection of System
Integrator for Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data
Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0) including different Annexures and includes the
clarifications, explanations, minutes of the meetings, corrigendum(s) and
amendment(s) issued from time to time during the bidding process and on the
basis of which bidder has submitted its Proposal
v) “Scope of Work” - means all Goods and Services, and any other deliverables as
required to be provided by the bidder under this tender.
w) "Service Level" means the level of service and other performance criteria which
shall apply to the Services by the Successful Bidder as set out in this tender
x) "Services" means the services to be performed by the Successful Bidder in
pursuant to the Contract more elaborately provided in the tender using the
tangible and intangible assets created, procured, installed, managed and
operated by the Successful Bidder including the tools of information and
communications technology includes but is not limited to the list of services
specified in the tender

Page 64 of 333
 y) “Software” means the software designed, developed/customized, tested and
deployed by the Successful Bidder for the purposes of the Project and includes
the source along with associated documentation, which is the work product of
the development efforts involved in the Project and the improvements and
enhancements effected during the Term of the Project.
z) “Solution” means all the hardware, equipment, servers, third party tools,
databases, and software provided by successful bidder to meet the functional and
technical requirements of JAPIT and required to setup Disaster Recovery site for
Jharkhand State Data Centre.
aa) “Service Integrator” means the Successful Bidder selected by this tendering
process for Supply, installation, commissioning and maintenance of Network
equipment and software through this tender.
bb) “Tender” or “Tender Document” means RFP
cc) “Term” means the period of the Contract commencing from the Effective Date
and continuing till the last day of Operations & Maintenance Services, or the date
of termination, in case of earlier termination of the Contract
dd) “Timelines” means the timelines for performance of Scope of Work as described
in the tender
ee) “Working Day” means any day on which any of the office of JAPIT shall be
functioning, including gazette holidays, restricted holidays or other holidays,
Saturdays and Sundays

7.2 General
i) Relationship between the Parties
a. Nothing in this Contract constitutes any fiduciary relationship between the
Purchaser and Agency / Bidder’s Team or any relationship of employer
employee, principal and agent, or partnership, between the Purchaser and Bidder
b. No Party has any authority to bind the other Party in any manner whatsoever
except as agreed under the terms of this Contract
c. The Purchaser has no obligations to the Bidder’s Team except as agreed under
the terms of this Contract

ii) No Assignment
The Bidder shall not transfer any interest, right, benefit or obligation under this
Contract without the prior written consent of the Purchaser. The Purchaser
shall not assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its liabilities or
obligations under this contract without prior written permission of the Bidder.

iii) Survival
The provisions of the clauses of this Contract in relation to documents, data,
processes, property, Intellectual Property Rights, indemnity, publicity and
confidentiality and ownership survive the expiry or termination of this Contract
and in relation to confidentiality, the obligations continue to apply unless the
Purchaser notifies the Bidder of its release from those obligations

Page 65 of 333
iv) Entire Contract
The terms and conditions laid down in the tender and all annexure thereto as
also the Bid and any attachments/annexes thereto shall be read in consonance
with and form an integral part of this Contract. This Contract supersedes any
prior Contract, understanding or representation of the Parties on the subject
matter.

v) Governing Law
This Contract shall be governed in accordance with the Laws of India

vi) Jurisdiction of Courts

The courts of India at Ranchi have exclusive jurisdiction to determine any
proceeding in relation to this Contract

vii) Compliance with Laws

The Bidder shall comply with the laws in force in India in the course of
performing this Contract

viii) Notices
A “notice” means:

i. A notice; or
ii. A consent, approval or other communication required to be in writing
under this Contract

All notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be given under this
Contract shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given when personally
delivered or mailed by pre-paid certified/registered mail, return receipt requested,
addressed as follows and shall be deemed received two days after mailing or on the
date of delivery if personally delivered:

To Purchaser at:

Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of Information Technology

<<Attn: XXXX, XXXX, JAPIT>>

[Phone:]

[Fax:]

To Bidder at:

Attn:

[Phone:]

[Fax:]

Any Party may change the address to which notices are to be directed to it by notice
to the other parties in the manner specified above.

Page 66 of 333
 A notice served on a Representative is taken to be notice to that Representative’s
Party

ix) Waiver
a. Any waiver of any provision of this Contract is ineffective unless it is in writing
and signed by the Party waiving its rights
b. A waiver by either Party in respect of a breach of a provision of this Contract by
the other Party is not a waiver in respect of any other breach of that or any other
provision
c. The failure of either Party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this
Contract shall not be interpreted as a waiver of such provision

x) Modification
Any modification of this Contract shall be in writing and signed by an authorized
representative of each Party

xi) Application
These General Conditions shall apply to the extent that provisions in other parts
of the Contract do not supersede them

7.3 Interpretations
In this tender, unless otherwise specified:

a) Unless otherwise specified, a reference to clauses, sub-clauses, or Section is a

reference to clauses, sub-clauses, or Section of this tender including any
amendments or modifications to the same from time to time
b) Words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa and use of any
gender includes the other genders
c) References to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any company,
corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or
established
d) Words denoting to a “person” shall be construed to include any individual,
partnerships, firms, companies, public sector units, corporations, joint ventures,
trusts, associations, organizations, executors, administrators, successors, agents,
substitutes and any permitted assignees or other entities (whether or not having
a separate legal entity). A reference to a group of persons is a reference to all of
them collectively, to any two or more of them collectively and to each of them
individually.
e) A reference to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference
to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified
or re-enacted
f) Any reference to a “day” (including within the phrase “business day”) shall mean
a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight
g) References to a “business day” shall be construed as a working day of the Govt. of
Jharkhand.
h) References to times are to Indian Standard Time
Page 67 of 333
 i) Reference to any other document referred to in this tender is a reference to that
other document as amended, varied, novated or supplemented at any time
j) All headings and titles are inserted for convenience only, they are to be ignored
in the interpretation of this Contract
k) Unless otherwise expressly stated, the words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and
similar words refer to this tender as a whole and not to any particular Section or
Annexure and the words "include" and "including" shall not be construed as
terms of limitation
l) The words "in writing" and "written" mean "in documented form", whether
electronic or hard copy, unless otherwise stated
m) References to “setup” include Procurement, Delivery, Configuration, Testing,
Commissioning, Operations & Maintenance
n) Any reference at any time to any agreement, deed, instrument, license or
document of any description shall be construed as reference to that agreement,
deed, instrument, license or other document as amended, varied, supplemented,
modified or novated at the time of such reference
o) Unless otherwise stated, any reference to any period commencing “from” a
specified day or date and “till” or “until” a specified day or date shall include either
such days or date

7.4 Conditions Precedent

This Contract is subject to the fulfilment of the following conditions precedent by the
Bidder:

a) Furnishing by the Bidder, an unconditional, irrevocable and continuing

Performance Bank Guarantee
b) Execution of a Deed of Indemnity in terms of Clause - Indemnity
c) Obtaining of all statutory and other approvals required for the performance of
the Services under this Contract
d) Furnishing of such other documents as the Purchaser may specify
e) The Purchaser reserves the right to waive any or all of the conditions specified
above in writing and no such waiver shall affect or impair any right, power or
remedy that the Purchaser may otherwise have

7.5 Representations
i) In order to induce the Purchaser to enter into this Contract, the Bidder hereby
represents and warrants as of the date hereof, the following:
a. That the selected Bidder has the power and the authority that would be required
to enter into this Contract and the requisite experience, the technical know-how
and the financial wherewithal required to successfully execute the terms of this
Contract and to provide Services sought by the Purchaser under this Contract
b. That the Bidder is not involved in any litigation or legal proceedings, pending,
existing, potential or threatened, that may have an impact of affecting or
compromising the performance or delivery of Services under this Contract
Page 68 of 333
c. That the representations and warranties made by the Bidder in its Bid, tender
and Contract are and shall continue to remain true and fulfil all the requirements
as are necessary for executing the obligations and responsibilities as laid down
in the Contract and the tender and unless the Purchaser specifies to the contrary,
the Bidder shall be bound by all the terms of the Bid and the Contract through the
term of the Contract
d. That the Bidder has the professional skills, personnel, infrastructure and
resources/authorizations that are necessary for providing all such Services as are
necessary to fulfil the Scope of Work stipulated in the tender and the Contract
e. That the Bidder shall ensure that all assets/components including but not limited
to equipment, software, licenses, processes, documents, etc. installed, developed,
procured, deployed and created during the term of this Contract are duly
maintained and suitably updated with regard to contemporary requirements
f. That the Bidder shall use such assets of the Purchaser as the Purchaser may
permit for the sole purpose of execution of its obligations under the terms of the
Bid, the tender or this Contract. The Bidder shall however, have no claim to any
right, title, lien or other interest in any such property, and any possession of
property for any duration whatsoever shall not create any right in equity or
otherwise, merely by fact of such use or possession during or after the term
hereof.
g. That there shall not be any privilege, claim or assertion made by a third party
with respect to right or interest in, ownership, mortgage or disposal of any asset,
property, movable or immovable as mentioned in any Intellectual Property
Rights, licenses and permits
h. That the Bidder shall arrange all the necessary permissions and adequate
approvals and procure licenses for use of various software and any copyrighted
process/product free from all claims, titles, interests and liens thereon and shall
keep the Purchaser indemnified in relation thereto subject to Clause - Indemnity
i. That the execution of the Scope of Work and the Services herein is and shall be in
accordance and in compliance with all Applicable Laws
j. That all conditions precedent under the Contract have been satisfied
k. That neither the execution and delivery by the Bidder of the Contract nor the
Bidder’s compliance with or performance of the terms and provisions of the
Contract (i) shall contravene any provision of any Applicable Laws or any order,
writ, injunction or decree of any court or Governmental Authority binding on the
Bidder, (ii) shall conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any breach of any or
the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under
any Contract, Contract or instrument to which the Bidder is a party or by which
it or any of its property or assets is bound or to which it may be subject or (iii)
shall violate any provision of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the
Bidder
l. That the Bidder certifies that all registrations, recordings, filings and
notarizations of the Contract and all payments of any tax or duty, including but
not limited to stamp duty, registration charges or similar amounts which are
Page 69 of 333
 required to be effected or made by the Bidder which is necessary to ensure the
legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Contract have
been made
m. That the Bidder confirms that there has not and shall not occur any execution,
amendment or modification of any agreement/contract without the prior written
consent of the Purchaser, which may directly or indirectly have a bearing on the
Contract or the Project
n. That the Bidder owns or has good, legal or beneficial title, or other interest in, to
the property, assets and revenues of the Bidder on which it grants or purports to
grant or create any interest pursuant to the Contract, in each case free and clear
of any encumbrance and further confirms that such interests created or
expressed to be created are valid and enforceable
o. That the Bidder owns, has license to use or otherwise has the right to use, which
are required or desirable for performance of its services under this Contract. All
Intellectual Property Rights (owned by the Bidder or which the Bidder is licensed
to use) required by the Bidder for the performance of the Contract are valid and
subsisting. All actions (including registration, payment of all registration and
renewal fees) required to maintain the same in full force and effect have been
taken thereon and shall keep the Purchaser indemnified in relation thereto
subject to Clause - Indemnity.
p. That the Bidder shall at all times maintain sufficient manpower, resources, and
facilities, to provide the Services in a workmanlike manner on a timely basis
q. That its security measures, policies and procedures are adequate to protect and
maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information
r. That in providing the Services or Deliverables or materials, neither Bidder nor its
agent, nor any of its employees, shall utilize information which may be
considered confidential information of, or proprietary to, any prior employer or
any other person or entity;
s. Either party shall not employ serving other party's employees without prior
written permission of the first party for an initial period of one year. Either party
also confirms that it shall not employ ex-personnel of the other party within the
initial two years period after their retirement/resignation/severance from the
service without specific permission of the first party.
t. That the Bidder shall provide adequate and appropriate support and
participation, on a continuing basis, in tuning all supplied assets/components
including but not limited to equipment, software, licenses, processes, documents,
etc. to meet the requirements of the applications

7.6 Warranty
The Successful bidder shall warrant that all equipment to be supplied shall be new and
free from all defects and faults in material, workmanship and manufacture and shall be
of the highest grade and consistent with the established and generally accepted
standards for materials of the type ordered and shall perform in full conformity with
the specifications and drawings. The Successful bidder shall be responsible for any
Page 70 of 333
defects that may develop under the conditions provided by the contractor and under
proper use, arising from faulty materials, design or workmanship such as corrosion of
the equipment, inadequate quality of material to meet equipment requirements,
inadequate contact protection, deficiencies in circuit design and or otherwise and shall
remedy such defects at his own cost when called upon to do so by the purchaser who
shall state in writing in what respect stores is faulty. The warranty shall survive
inspection or payment for, and acceptance of goods, but shall expire except in respect
of complaints notified prior to such date; five years after the equipment have been
successfully commissioned. Warranty shall also include replacement of faulty software
& Firmware. However, Warranty for Microsoft covers patches and updates only.
Antivirus licenses will be for five years from the date of Commissioning of the project.

The period of Warranty (including spares and consumables) shall be for five years from
the date of commissioning of the entire project comprising of all locations as per the
terms and conditions as applicable for Warranty period. Antivirus licenses will be for
five years period from the date of commissioning.

If it becomes necessary for The Successful bidder to replace or renew any defective
portion/portions of the equipment under this clause, the provisions of the clause shall
apply to the portion/portions of equipment so replaced or renewed or until the end of
the mentioned warranty period. If any defect is not remedied within a reasonable time,
the purchaser may proceed to do the work at the contractor’s risk and expenses, but
without prejudice to any other rights, which the purchaser may have against the
contractor in respect of such defects.

Replacement under warranty clause shall be made by the contractor free of all charges
at site including freight, insurance and other incidental charges.

If the performance of any individual equipment or System fails to meet the Agreement
specifications, then the same shall be replaced by the vendor free of cost during the
term of the Warranty and Extended Warranty period.

Vendor shall provide necessary software updates, if applicable for the software
supplied under this project free of cost during the Warranty period.

During the warranty and extended warranty, the complete network will be maintained
by vendor including spare parts without any extra cost.

During the term of Warranty, the service / repair calls will have to be attended by the
vendor within two hours from the time of such calls. The defective card/ item/
equipment should be repaired the same day on Client location. In case of major defects
requiring the defective card/ item/ equipment to be taken to vendor’s workshop, it
would be returned within four weeks duly repaired and an immediate substitute card/
item/ equipment will be provided by the vendor for the smooth operation of the
system. The to and fro transportation of the card/ item/ equipment will be the
responsibility of the vendor.

Page 71 of 333
 During Warranty period, delays in attending the calls and or repairing the defective
card/ item/ equipment beyond time limit specified in this clause, without providing
the substitute, will attract the penalties as per the provisions in this tender. For the
calculation of penalty during warranty the cost of the equipment at relevant site will
be taken as base price.

If the vender fails to repair or replace the defective equipment / Item within 12 hours,
JAPIT will be free to get the same repaired / replaced from the market in case services
to JHSDC are impaired and its cost will be adjusted from the Vendor’s Performance
Bank Guarantee or recovered from the vendor. This cost will be in addition to penalties
to be levied on bidder for delay in repair/replacement of equipment without any cap.

During the warranty period the successful vendor shall meet the SLA requirements as
per SLA agreement failure of which will attract penalties as defined in the SLA
agreement and will be recoverable from the vendor or from PBG.

During warranty period, half yearly preventive maintenance service of the system
must be carried out by the vendor as per schedule. The vendor will submit half yearly
maintenance schedule with JAPIT, covering all the activities to be undertaken during
preventive maintenance. JAPIT will approve the yearly Preventive Maintenance
Schedule.

The successful bidder shall have Technical Support Centres within Bihar/Jharkhand to
provide technical assistance.

During the warranty period the vendor will abide by the terms & conditions of the SLA
requirement and match the SLA requirements for uptime failing which the penalties as
provisioned in the SLA shall be applicable/recoverable from the vendor.

7.7 Scope of Contract

i) Scope of the Contract shall be as defined in Section - Scope of Work and
Annexures thereto of this tender
ii) Purchaser has engaged the Bidder to supply, install, commission and
maintenance of network equipment and software for Jharkhand State Data
Centre. The Bidder is required to provide such Services, support and
infrastructure as the Purchaser or Purchaser’s Technical Representative may
deem proper and necessary, during the term of this Contract, and includes all
such processes and activities which are consistent with the proposals set forth in
the tender. The tender and the Contract and are deemed necessary by the
Purchaser, in order to meet its business requirements (hereinafter ‘Scope of
Work’).
iii) If any services, functions or responsibilities not specifically described in this
Contract are an inherent, necessary or customary part of the Services or are
required for proper performance or provision of the Services in accordance with
this Contract, they shall be deemed to be included within the Scope of Work to be

Page 72 of 333
 delivered for the Charges, as if such services, functions or responsibilities were
specifically described in this Contract
iv) The Purchaser or Purchaser’s Technical Representative reserves the right to
amend any of the terms and conditions with mutual agreement in relation to the
Scope of Work and may issue any such directions which are not necessarily
stipulated therein if it deems necessary for the fulfilment of the Scope of Work
pursuant to Clause - Change Orders / Alteration / Variation

7.8 Key Performance Measurements

i) Unless specified by the Purchaser to the contrary, the Bidder shall perform the
Services and carry out the Scope of Work in accordance with the terms of this
Contract, Scope of Work and the Service Specifications as laid down in the tender
ii) If the Contract, Scope of Work, Service Specification includes more than one
document, then unless the Purchaser specifies to the contrary, the later in time
shall prevail over a document of earlier date to the extent of any inconsistency
iii) The Purchaser reserves the right to amend any of the terms and conditions in
relation to the Contract/Service Specifications and may issue any such directions
which are not necessarily stipulated therein if it deems necessary for the
fulfilment of the Scope of Work. These changes shall be carried as per mutual
consent

7.9 Commencement and progress

i) The Bidder shall be subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out
in Clause - Conditions Precedent, commence the performance of its obligations in
a manner as specified in the Scope of Work
ii) The Bidder shall proceed to carry out the activities/Services with diligence and
expedition in accordance with any stipulation as to the time, manner, mode, and
method of execution contained in this Contract
iii) The Bidder shall be responsible for and shall ensure that all Services are
performed in accordance with the Contract and tender and that the Bidder’s
Team complies with such specifications and all other standards, terms and other
stipulations/conditions set out hereunder
iv) The Bidder shall perform the activities/Services and carry out its obligations
under the Contract with due diligence, efficiency and economy, in accordance
with generally accepted techniques and practices used in the industry and with
professional engineering and consulting standards recognized by international
professional bodies and shall observe sound management, engineering and
security practices. It shall employ appropriate advanced technology and
engineering practices and safe and effective equipment, machinery, material and
methods. The Bidder shall always act, in respect of any matter relating to this
Contract, as faithful advisors to the Purchaser and shall, at all times, support and
safeguard the Purchaser's legitimate interests in any dealings with Third Parties.
Page 73 of 333
 v) The Network equipment and software supplied under this Contract shall conform
to the standards mentioned in the tender, and, when no applicable standard is
mentioned, to the authoritative standards, such standard shall be the latest
issued by the concerned institution. Delivery of the IT Infrastructure shall be
made by the Bidder in accordance with the terms specified by the Purchaser in
its Work Order.

7.10Standards of Performance
The Bidder shall perform the Services and carry out its obligations under the Contract
with due diligence, efficiency and economy, in accordance with generally accepted
techniques and practices used in the industry and with professional engineering and
consulting standards recognized by international professional bodies and shall
observe sound management, engineering and security practices. It shall employ
appropriate advanced technology and engineering practices and safe and effective
equipment, machinery, material and methods. The Bidder shall always act, in respect
of any matter relating to this Contract, as faithful advisors to the Purchaser and shall,
at all times, support and safeguard the Purchaser's legitimate interests in any dealings
with Third Parties.

7.11Sub-contract
The successful Bidder shall provide all the Services through its own or their registered
vendor company (only for the Civil, Electrical Non-IT related works, provision of non-
key resources i.e. L1 and NA level resource). Also note that the subcontracting or
subletting is not allowed for the project.

7.12Bidder’s Obligations
i) The Bidder’s obligations shall include supply, installation, commissioning and
maintenance of all the IT & Non-IT equipment/devices and software delivered
through this tender. The bidder shall be required to supply, install, configure and
test the components and their integration with the existing infrastructure of the
Jharkhand State Data Centre. It will be the bidder’s responsibility to ensure
compliance to the requirements and continued support of the supplied
component in accordance with and in strict adherence to the terms of this SLA,
Scope of work and the Terms & Conditions of the contract.
ii) In addition to the aforementioned, the Bidder shall perform the Services specified
by the ‘Scope of Work’ requirements as specified in the tender and changes
thereof
iii) The Bidder shall ensure that the Bidder’s Team is competent, professional and
possesses the requisite qualifications and experience appropriate to the task they
are required to perform under this Contract. The Bidder shall ensure that the
Services are performed through the efforts of the Bidder’s Team, in accordance
with the terms hereof and to the satisfaction of the Purchaser. Nothing in this
Contract relieves the Bidder from its liabilities or obligations under this Contract

Page 74 of 333
 to provide the Services in accordance with the Contract and the Bid to the extent
accepted by the Purchaser.
iv) The Bidder shall be responsible on an ongoing basis for coordination with other
vendors and agencies of the Purchaser in order to resolve issues and oversee
implementation of the same
v) Bidder will not involve himself or any of his representatives in Price manipulation
of any kind directly or indirectly with other suppliers / Bidder
vi) Bidder will not divulge either his Bid details or any other details of Bank to any
other party without written permission from the Bank.
vii) The Bidder’s Representative shall have all the powers requisite for the
performance of Services under this Contract. The Bidder’s Representative shall
liaise with the Purchaser’s Representative for the proper coordination and timely
completion of the works and on any other matters pertaining to the works. He
shall extend full co-operation to Purchaser’s representative in the manner
required by them for supervision/inspection/observation of the IT
Infrastructure, procedures, performance, reports and records pertaining to the
works. He shall also have complete charge of the Bidder’s personnel engaged in
the performance of the works and to ensure internal discipline, compliance of
rules, regulations and safety practice. He shall also co-ordinate and co-operate
with the other service providers of the Purchaser working at the site/offsite for
activities related to planning, execution of Scope of Work and providing Services
under this Contract.
viii) Reporting Progress:
a. The Bidder shall monitor progress of all the activities related to the execution of
this Contract and shall submit to the Purchaser, at no extra cost, progress reports
with reference to all related work, milestones and their progress during the
implementation phase at the end of each month or before the expiry of the last
day of each month and as and when required by JAPIT.
b. Periodic meetings shall be held between the representatives of the Purchaser and
the Bidder once in every 15 days during the implementation phase to discuss the
progress of implementation. After the implementation phase is over, the meeting
shall be held on an ongoing basis, once in every 30 days to discuss the
performance of the Contract.
c. The Bidder shall ensure that the respective implementation team involved in the
execution of work are part of such meetings.
d. A Committee involving representatives of the Purchaser and senior officials of the
Bidder shall be formed for the purpose of this Contract. This committee shall
meet at intervals, as decided by the Purchaser later, to oversee the progress of
the Project.
e. The IT Infrastructure, Services and manpower to be provided/deployed by the
Bidder under the Contract and the manner and speed of Implementation &
Maintenance of the work and Services are to be conducted in a manner to the
satisfaction of Purchaser’s representative in accordance with the Contract

Page 75 of 333
 f. The Purchaser reserves the right to inspect and monitor/assess the
progress/performance of the work/services at any time during the course of the
Contract. The Purchaser may demand and upon such demand being made, the
Bidder shall provide documents, data, material or any other information which
the Purchaser may require, to enable it to assess the progress/performance of the
Work/Service.
g. At any time during the course of the Contract, the Purchaser shall also have the
right to conduct, either itself or through an independent audit firm appointed by
the Purchaser as it may deem fit, an audit to monitor the performance by the
Bidder of its obligations/functions in accordance with the standards committed
to or required by the Purchaser and the Bidder undertakes to cooperate with and
provide to the Purchaser / any other Bidder appointed by the Purchaser, all
documents and other details as may be required by them for this purpose
h. Should the rate of progress of the works or any part of them at any time fall
behind the stipulated time for completion or is found to be too slow to ensure
completion of the works by the stipulated time, or is in deviation to tender
requirements/standards, the Purchaser’s representative shall so notify the
Bidder in writing
i. The Bidder shall reply to the written notice giving details of the measures he
proposes to take to expedite the progress so as to complete the works by the
prescribed time or to ensure compliance to tender requirements. The Bidder
shall not be entitled to any additional payment for taking such steps. If at any time
it should appear to the Purchaser or Purchaser’s Representative that the actual
progress of work does not conform to the approved programme the Bidder shall
produce at the request of the Purchaser’s Representative a revised programme
showing the modification to the approved programme necessary to ensure
completion of the works within the time for completion or steps initiated to
ensure compliance to the stipulated requirements.
j. The submission seeking approval by the Purchaser or Purchaser’s Representative
of such programme shall not relieve the Bidder of any of his duties or
responsibilities under the Contract
k. In case during execution of works, the progress falls behind schedule or does not
meet the tender timeline, Bidder shall deploy additional manpower/resources to
make up the progress or to meet the tender requirements. Programme for
deployment of additional manpower/resources shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for its review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. All time and cost effect in this respect shall be borne, by the Bidder
within the Contract Value.

ix) Knowledge of Site Conditions

a. The Bidder shall be deemed to have understood the requirements and have
satisfied himself with the Data contained in the Bidding Documents, the
quantities and nature of the works and materials necessary for the completion of
the works, etc., and in-general to have obtained himself all necessary information

Page 76 of 333
 of all risks, contingencies and circumstances affecting his obligations and
responsibilities therewith under the Contract and his ability to perform it.
However, if during delivery or installation, Bidder observes physical conditions
and/or obstructions affecting the work, the Bidder shall take all measures to
overcome them.
b. Bidder shall be deemed to have satisfied himself as to the correctness and
sufficiency of the Contract Price for the works. The consideration provided in the
Contract for the Bidder undertaking the works shall cover all the Bidder’s
obligation and all matters and things necessary for proper execution and
maintenance of the works in accordance with the Contract and for complying
with any instructions which the Purchaser’s Representative may issue in
accordance with the connection therewith and of any proper and reasonable
measures which the Bidder takes in the absence of specific instructions from the
Purchaser’s Representative.
c. The Bidder shall have conducted its own due diligence with regard to the
information contained in the tender. The Purchaser does not make any
representation or warranty as to the accuracy, reliability or completeness of the
information in this tender and it is not possible for the Purchaser to consider
particular needs of each Bidder who reads or uses this tender. Each prospective
Bidder should conduct its own investigations and analyses and check the
accuracy, reliability and completeness of the information provided in this tender
and obtain independent advice from appropriate sources.
d. The Purchaser shall not have any liability to any prospective Bidder or any other
person under any laws (including without limitation the law of contract or tort),
the principles of equity, restitution or unjust enrichment or otherwise for any
loss, expense or damage which may arise from or be incurred or suffered in
connection with anything contained in this tender, any matter deemed to form
part of this tender, the declaration of the Bidders, the information supplied by or
on behalf of the Purchaser or its employees, any consultants, or otherwise arising
in any way from the bidding process. The Purchaser shall also not be liable in any
manner whether resulting from negligence or otherwise however caused arising
from reliance of any Bidder upon any statements contained in this tender.

x) Program of Work
a. Within 2 weeks, after the award of work under this Contract or prior to kick-off
meeting whichever is earlier, the Bidder shall submit to the Purchaser for its
approval a detailed programme showing the sequence, procedure and method in
which he proposes to carry out the works as stipulated in the Contract and shall,
whenever reasonably required by the Purchaser’s Representative furnish in
writing the arrangements and methods proposed to be made for carrying out the
works. The programme so submitted by the Bidder shall conform to the duties
and periods specified in the Contract. The Purchaser and the Bidder shall discuss
and agree upon the work procedures to be followed for effective execution of the
works, which the Bidder intends to deploy and shall be clearly specified. Approval

Page 77 of 333
 by the Purchaser’s Representative of a programme shall not relieve the Bidder of
any of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract.
b. If the Bidder’s work plans necessitate a disruption/shutdown in Purchaser’s
operation, the plan shall be mutually discussed and developed so as to keep such
disruption/shutdown to the barest unavoidable minimum. Any time and cost
arising due to failure of the Bidder to develop/adhere such a work plan shall be
to his account.

xi) Bidder’s Human Resource

a. The Bidder’s Team shall be deployed for execution of work and provision of
Services under this Contract shall comprise of human resources with skills and
expertise as mentioned in Section - Scope of Work
b. The Bidder shall supply to the Purchaser for its approval, within 10 calendar days
after the release of Work Order under this Contract or prior to the kick-off
meeting whichever is earlier, an organization chart showing the proposed human
resource to be established by the Bidder for execution of the work including the
identities and Curriculum-Vitae of the key personnel to be deployed
c. The Bidder should do the best of his efforts, avoid any change in the organization
structure proposed for execution of this Contract or replacement of any human
resource appointed for JAPIT. If the same is however unavoidable, due to
circumstances such as the resource leaving the Bidder’s organization, the
outgoing resource shall be replaced with an equally competent resource on
approval from the Purchaser. The Bidder shall promptly inform the Purchaser in
writing, if any such revision or change is necessary.
d. In case of replacement of any human resource, the Bidder should ensure efficient
knowledge transfer from the outgoing resource to the incoming resource and
adequate hand-holding period and training for the incoming resource in order to
maintain the continued level of service
e. All the human resource deployed by the Bidder for execution of this Contract
must strictly adhere to the attendance reporting procedures and make their
Services available for the entire reporting time period
f. The Bidder shall provide necessary supervision during the execution of work and
as long thereafter as the Purchaser may consider necessary for the proper
fulfilment of the Bidder’s obligations under the Contract. The Bidder or his
competent and authorized representative(s) shall be constantly present at the
site whole time for supervision. The Bidder shall authorize his representative to
receive directions and instructions from the Purchaser’s Representative.
g. The Bidder shall be responsible for the deployment, transportation,
accommodation and other requirements of all its employees required for the
execution of the work and provision of Services for all costs/charges in
connection thereof
h. The Bidder shall provide and deploy only those human resources who are
qualified, skilled and experienced in their respective trades and who are

Page 78 of 333
 competent to deliver in a proper and timely manner the work they are required
to perform or to manage/supervise the work
i. The Purchaser’s Representative may at any time object to and require the Bidder
to remove forthwith from the Project any authorized representative or employee
of the Bidder or any person(s) of the Bidder’s Team, if, in the opinion of the
Purchaser’s Representative the person in question has misconducted or his/her
deployment is otherwise considered undesirable by the Purchaser’s
Representative. The Bidder shall forthwith remove and shall not again deploy the
person without the written consent of the Purchaser’s Representative.
j. The Purchaser’s Representative may at any time object to and request the Bidder
to remove from the Project any of Bidder’s authorized representative including
any employee of the Bidder or his team or any person(s) deployed by Bidder or
his team for professional incompetence or negligence or for being deployed for
work for which he is not suited. The Bidder shall consider the Purchaser’s
Representative request and may accede to or disregard it. The Purchaser’s
Representative, having made a request, as aforesaid in the case of any person,
which the Bidder has disregarded, may in the case of the same person at any time
but on a different occasion, and for a different instance of one of the reasons
referred to above in this clause object to and require the Bidder to remove that
person from deployment on the work, which the Bidder shall then forthwith do
and shall not again deploy any person so objected to on the work or on the sort
of work in question (as the case may be) without the written consent of the
Purchaser’s Representative.
k. The Purchaser’s Representative shall state to the Bidder in writing his reasons
for any request or requirement pursuant to this clause
l. The Bidder shall maintain backup personnel and shall promptly replace every
person removed, pursuant to this section, with an equally competent substitute
from the pool of backup personnel

xii) Adherence to safety procedures, rules regulations and restrictions

a. Bidder shall comply with the provision of all laws including labour laws, rules,
regulations and notifications issued there under from time to time. All safety and
labour laws enforced by statutory agencies and by Purchaser shall be applicable
in the performance of this Contract and Bidder shall abide by these laws.
b. Bidder shall take all measures necessary or proper to protect the personnel, work
and facilities and shall observe all reasonable safety rules and instructions.
Purchaser’s employee also shall comply with safety procedures/policy.
c. The Bidder shall report as soon as possible any evidence, which may indicate or
is likely to lead to an abnormal or dangerous situation and shall take all necessary
emergency control steps to avoid such abnormal situations
d. Bidder shall also adhere to all security requirement/regulations of the Purchaser
during the execution of the work

xiii) Statutory Requirements

Page 79 of 333
 a. During the tenure of this Contract nothing shall be done by the Bidder in
contravention of any law, act and/or rules/regulations, there under or any
amendment thereof governing inter-alia customs, stowaways, foreign exchange
etc. and shall keep Purchaser indemnified in this regard
b. The Bidder and their personnel/representative shall not alter/change/replace
any hardware component proprietary to the Purchaser and/or under warranty
or AMC of Third Party without prior consent of the Purchaser
c. The Bidder and their personnel/representative shall not without consent of the
Purchaser install any hardware or software not purchased/owned by the
Purchaser

7.13Bidder’s Personnel
i) The Bidder shall employ and provide such qualified and experienced personnel
as are required to perform the Services under the Contract
ii) All the personnel, also of the Bidder’s partners shall be deployed only after
adequate background verification check. The Bidder shall submit consolidated
certificate of background verification from HR, counter signed by the authorized
signatory, for the personnel before their deployment on the Project. Any
deviations, if observed, would lead to removal of the personnel from the Project.
Purchaser reserves the right to review/audit the background verification
documents of any employee of bidder involved in the Project.

7.14Contract Administration
i) No variation or modification of the terms of the Contract shall be made except by
written amendment signed by the parties
ii) Either party may appoint any individual/organization as their authorized
representative through a written notice to the other party. Each Representative
shall have the authority to:
a. exercise all of the powers and functions of his/her Party under this Contract
other than the power to amend this Contract and ensure the proper
administration and performance of the terms hereof; and
b. bind his or her Party in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with
this Contract

iii) The Bidder along with other members / third parties / CSPs shall be bound by all
undertakings and representations made by the authorized representative of the
Bidder and any covenants stipulated hereunder, with respect to this Contract, for
and on their behalf
iv) For the purpose of execution or performance of the obligations under this
Contract, the Purchaser’s representative would act as an interface with the
nominated representative of the Bidder. The Bidder shall comply with any
instructions that are given by the Purchaser’s representative during the course of

Page 80 of 333
 this Contract in relation to the performance of its obligations under the terms of
this Contract and the tender.

7.15Purchaser’s Right of Monitoring, Inspection and Periodic Audit

i) The Purchaser or Purchaser’s Technical Representative reserves the right to
inspect and monitor/assess the progress/performance/maintenance of all the
delivered item at any time during the course of the Contract, after providing due
notice to the Bidder. The Purchaser may demand and upon such demand being
made, the purchaser shall be provided with any document, data, material or any
other information which it may require, to enable it to assess the progress of the
Project.
ii) The Purchaser or Purchaser’s Technical Representative shall also have the right
to conduct, either itself or through an independent audit firm appointed by the
Purchaser as it may deem fit, an audit to monitor the performance by the Bidder
of its obligations/functions in accordance with the standards committed to or
required by the Purchaser and the Bidder undertakes to cooperate with and
provide to the Purchaser / any other Bidder appointed by the Purchaser, all
documents and other details as may be required by them for this purpose. Any
deviations or contravention identified as a result of such audit/assessment would
need to be rectified by the Bidder failing which the Purchaser may, without
prejudice to any other rights that it may issue a notice of default.
iii) The Bidder shall at all times provide to the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s
Representative access to the Site

7.16Purchaser’s Obligations
i) The Purchaser’s Representative shall interface with the Bidder, to provide the
required information, clarifications, and to resolve any issues as may arise during
the execution of the Contract. Purchaser shall provide adequate cooperation in
providing details, assisting with coordinating and obtaining of approvals from
various governmental agencies, in cases, where the intervention of the Purchaser
is proper and necessary
ii) Purchaser shall ensure that timely approval is provided to the Bidder, where
deemed necessary, which should include technical architecture diagrams and all
the specifications related to IT infrastructure required to be provided as part of
the Scope of Work. All such documents shall be approved within 15 days of the
receipt of the documents by the Purchaser.
iii) The Purchaser shall approve all such documents as per above Clause
iv) The Purchaser’s Representative shall interface with the Bidder, to provide the
required information, clarifications, and to resolve any issues as may arise during
the execution of the Contract

Page 81 of 333
7.17Information Security
i) The Bidder shall not carry any written/printed document, layout diagrams,
floppy diskettes, hard disk, storage tapes, other storage devices or any other
goods/material proprietary to Purchaser in/out of the DC, DR and Project Office
without written permission from the Purchaser
ii) The Bidder shall not destroy any unwanted documents, defective tapes/media
present at the DC, DR and Project Office on their own. All such documents,
tapes/media shall be handed over to the Purchaser.
iii) The Bidder acknowledges that Purchaser’s business Data and other proprietary
information or materials, whether developed by Purchaser or being used by
Purchaser pursuant to a license agreement with a third party (the foregoing
collectively referred to herein as “Proprietary Information”) are confidential and
Proprietary to Purchaser; and the Bidder along with its team agrees to use
reasonable care to safeguard the Proprietary Information and to prevent the
unauthorized use or disclosure thereof, which care shall not be less than that used
by the Bidder to protect its own Proprietary Information. The Bidder recognizes
that the goodwill of Purchaser depends, among other things, upon the Bidder
keeping such Proprietary Information confidential and that unauthorized
disclosure of the same by the Bidder or its team could damage the goodwill of
Purchaser, and that by reason of the Bidder’s duties hereunder. The Bidder may
come into possession of such Proprietary Information, even though the Bidder
does not take any direct part in or furnish the services performed for the creation
of said Proprietary Information and shall limit access thereto to employees with
a need to such access to perform the Services required by this Contract. The
Bidder shall use such information only for the purpose of performing the said
Services.
iv) The Bidder shall, upon termination of this Contract for any reason, or upon
demand by Purchaser, whichever is earliest, return any and all information
provided to the Bidder by Purchaser, including any copies or reproductions, both
hardcopy and electronic
v) The Bidder shall maintain strict confidentiality with respect to the Proprietary
Information that it obtains during the term of this Contract. Such confidentiality
shall be maintained by the Bidder even post termination or expiry of the term of
the Contract for 15 years

7.18Records of Contract Documents

i) The Bidder shall at all-time make and keep sufficient copies of the drawings,
Specifications and Contract documents for him to fulfil his duties under the
Contract
ii) The Bidder shall keep at least two copies of each and every specification and
Contract document, in excess of his own requirement and those copies shall be

Page 82 of 333
 available at all times for use by the Purchaser’s Representative and by any other
person authorized by the Purchaser’s Representative

7.19Ownership and Retention of Documents

i) The Purchaser shall own the Documents, prepared by or for the Bidder arising
out of or in connection with this Contract
ii) Forthwith upon expiry or earlier termination of this Contract and at any other
time on demand by the Purchaser, the Bidder shall deliver to the Purchaser all
Documents provided by or originating from the Purchaser and all Documents
produced by or from or for the Bidder in the course of performing the Services,
unless otherwise directed in writing by the Purchaser at no additional cost. The
Bidder shall not, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser store, copy,
distribute or retain any such Documents.

7.20Ownership of Equipment
i) The Purchaser shall own the assets/components including but not limited to
equipment, software, licenses, processes, Documents, etc., supplied by the Bidder
arising out of or in connection with this Contract
ii) However, all the risk and liability arising out of or in connection with the usage of
the equipment, assets/components during the term of the Contract shall be borne
by the bidder

7.21Taxes & Duties

i) Income tax shall be deducted at source by Purchaser from all the payments made
to Bidder according to the Income Tax Act, unless valid and complete documents
for IT exemption are submitted by the Bidder prior to release of payment. A
certificate shall be provided by Purchaser to the Bidder for any tax deducted at
source.
ii) The Bidder shall bear all personnel taxes levied or imposed on its personnel, or
any other member of the Bidder’s Team, etc. on account of payment received
under this Contract. The Bidder shall bear all corporate taxes, levied or imposed
on the Bidder on account of payments received by it from the Purchaser for the
work done under this Contract.
iii) The Bidder shall bear all taxes and duties etc. levied or imposed on the Bidder
under the Contract including but not limited to GST, Sales Tax, Customs duty,
Excise duty, Octroi, Service Tax, VAT, Works Contracts Tax and all Income Tax
levied under Indian Income Tax Act – 1961 or any amendment thereof during the
entire Contract period, i.e., on account of material supplied and services rendered
and payments received by him from the Purchaser under the Contract. However
Bidder shall recover all the Indirect taxes from JAPIT on actuals at the rate
prevailing at the time of billing and JAPIT shall also be responsible for any newly
Introduced taxes. It shall be the responsibility of the Bidder to submit to the

Page 83 of 333
 concerned Indian authorities the returns and all other connected documents
required for this purpose. The Bidder shall also provide the Purchaser such
information, as it may be required in regard to the Bidder’s details of payment
made by the Purchaser under the Contract for proper assessment of taxes and
duties. The amount of tax withheld by the Purchaser shall at all times be in
accordance with Indian Tax Law and the Purchaser shall promptly furnish to the
Bidder original certificates for tax deduction at source and paid to the Tax
Authorities.
iv) If there is any reduction in taxes/duties/levies due to any reason whatsoever,
after Notification of Award, the difference shall be passed on to the Purchaser. In
case of increase in taxation, Purchaser shall pay the tax as applicable.
v) The Bidder agrees that he and his Team shall comply with the Indian Income Tax
act in force from time to time and pay Indian Income Tax, as may be
imposed/levied on them by the Indian Income Tax Authorities, for the payments
received by them for the works under the Contract
vi) The Bidders shall fully familiarize themselves about the applicable domestic
taxes (such as value added or sales tax, service tax, income taxes, duties, fees,
levies, etc.) on amounts payable by the Purchaser under the Contract. All such
taxes must be included by Bidders in the Financial Bid (Bidder to find out
applicable taxes for the components being proposed).
vii) Should the Bidder fail to submit returns / pay taxes in times as stipulated under
applicable Indian/State Tax Laws and consequently any interest or penalty is
imposed by the concerned authority, the Bidder shall pay the same. The Bidder
shall indemnify Purchaser against any and all liabilities or claims arising out of
this Contract for such taxes including interest and penalty by any such Tax
Authority may assess or levy against the Purchaser/Bidder.
viii) The Purchaser shall if so required by applicable laws in force, at the time of
payment, deduct income tax payable by the Bidder at the rates in force, from the
amount due to the Bidder and pay to the concerned tax authority directl

7.22Change Orders / Alteration / Variation

i) The Bidder agrees that the system requirements/ quantities/ licenses/
specifications and Service requirements given in the tender are minimum
requirements and are in no way exhaustive and guaranteed by the Purchaser
a. Any upward revision and/or additions consequent to errors, omissions,
ambiguities, discrepancies in the quantities, specifications, diagrams etc. of the
tender which the Bidder had not brought to the Purchaser’s notice till the time of
award of work and not accounted for in his Bid shall not constitute a change order
and such upward revisions and/or addition shall be carried out by the Bidder
without any time and cost effect to Purchaser
b. It shall be the responsibility of the Bidder to meet all the performance and other
requirements of the Purchaser as stipulated in the tender/Contract. Any upward
revisions/additions of quantities, specifications, technical manpower, Service

Page 84 of 333
 requirements to those specified by the Bidder in his bid Documents, that may be
required to be made during the installation of delivered devices or at any time
during the contract in order to meet the conceptual design, objective and
performance levels or other requirements as defined in the tender. These
changes shall be carried as per mutual consent.

ii) The Purchaser may at any time, by a written change order given to the Bidder,
make changes within the general scope of the Contract. The Purchaser shall have
the option to increase or decrease (decrease only if communicated to Bidder
prior to availing of Services/dispatch of Goods/Equipment) the quantities,
licenses and/or specifications of the Goods/Equipment to be supplied and
installed by the Bidder or Service requirements, as mentioned in the Contract, at
any time during the Contract period.
iii) The written advice to any change shall be issued by the Purchaser to the Bidder
up to 8 (Eight) weeks prior to the due date of provisioning/supply of such
Goods/Equipment or commencement of Services
iv) In case of increase in quantities/licenses/specifications or Service requirements
or in case of additional requirement, the rate as provided in the Contract shall be
considered as benchmark rates for procurement of the additional requirement
from the Bidder. However, based on the industry trends, Purchaser retains the
right to review these rates. The additional requirement shall also be governed by
the same terms and conditions as provided in the Contract except for the
appropriate extension of time to be allowed for delivery/installation of such extra
Goods/Equipment or for commencement of such Services. In case of decrease in
Quantities or Specifications of Goods/Equipment or Service requirements, the
Bidder shall give a reduction in price at the rate given in the Contract
corresponding to the said decrease.
v) In case applicable rates for the increase/decrease in question are not available in
the Contract then the rates as may be mutually agreed shall apply. The Bidder
shall not be entitled to any claim by way of change of price, damages, losses, etc.
The Bidder shall be compensated at actual for any cancellation charges provided
the claim is duly supported by documentary evidence of having incurred
cancellation charges, which results from Purchaser’s action in
reducing/cancelling Scope of Work.
vi) Conditions for Change Order
a. The change order shall be initiated only in case (i) the Purchaser or Purchaser’s
Technical Representative directs in writing the Bidder to incorporate changes to
the Goods or design requirements already covered in the Contract (ii) the
Purchaser or Purchaser’s Technical Representative directs in writing to the
Bidder to include any addition to the Scope of Work or Services covered under
this Contract or delete any part thereof, (iii) Bidder requests to delete any part of
the work which shall not adversely affect the operational capabilities and
functioning of the system and if the deletions proposed are agreed to by the

Page 85 of 333
 Purchaser and for which cost and time benefits shall be passed on to the
Purchaser
b. Any change order comprising an alteration which involves change in the cost of
the Goods and/or Services (which sort of alteration is hereinafter called a
“Variation”) shall be the subject of an amendment to the Contract by way of an
increase or decrease in the Contract Value and adjustment of the implementation
schedule if any
c. If the Contract provides applicable rates for the valuation of the variation in
question the Contract Value shall subject to Clause below be increased or
decreased in accordance with those rates
d. If parties agree that the Contract does not contain applicable rates or that the said
rates are inappropriate or the said rates are not precisely applicable to the
variation in question, then the parties shall review of the Contract Value which
shall represent the change in cost of the goods and/or works caused by the
Variations. Any change order shall be duly approved by the Purchaser in writing.
e. If there is a difference of opinion between the Bidder and Purchaser’s
Representative on whether a particular item, work or part of the work constitutes
a change order or not, the matter shall be handled in accordance with the
procedures set forth in Clause - Change Order / Alteration / Variation

vii) Conditions for Revised Work / Change Order

a. The provisions of the Contract shall apply to revised work / change order as if
the revised Work / Change Order has been included in the original Scope of
Work. However, the Contract Value shall increase/decrease and the schedule
shall be adjusted on account of the revised work / Change Orders as may be
mutually agreed in terms of provisions set forth in Clause – Change Orders /
Alteration / Variation. The Bidder’s obligations with respect to such revised
Work / Change Order shall remain in accordance with the Contract.

7.23Change Order Procedure

This part of the section describes the procedure to be followed in the event of any
proposed change to this Contract and Project Implementation & Maintenance. Such
change shall include, but shall not be limited to, changes in the Scope of Work by bidder
and changes to the terms of payment as stated in the tender.
JAPIT recognize that frequent change is an inevitable part of delivering Services and
that a significant element of this change can be accomplished by re-organizing
processes and responsibilities without a material effect on the cost. The Bidder shall
endeavour, wherever reasonably practicable, to effect change without an increase in
the terms of payment as stated in the tender and JAPIT shall work with the Bidder to
ensure that all changes are discussed and managed in a constructive manner.
This Change Control Schedule sets out the provisions which shall apply to changes to
(1) the Contract;
(2) the Project Implementation; and
Page 86 of 333
 (3) the Project Maintenance.
a. Change Control Note ("CCN") & Change Note on Scope of Work (“CNS”)
i. For performing of any functional changes to system, which are deviating from
the signed-off Functional Requirements / System Requirements, a separate
Change Control Note (CCN) shall be prepared by Bidder and the changes in the
network infrastructure shall be implemented accordingly at no additional cost
to JAPIT. The time period for implementation of change shall be mutually
decided between Bidder and JAPIT.
ii. In case there is a change request in the Scope of Work, the Bidder shall prepare
the “CNS (change note on Scope of Work)” and get it approved by JAPIT for the
additional cost, effort and implementation time
iii. The pricing of any change shall, as far as practical, be calculated in accordance
with the rates and prices included in the Contract. If the nature of the change
is such that the Contract rates and prices are inequitable, the parties to the
Contract shall agree on other specific rates to be used for valuing the change.
b. Decision of JAPIT on change being a CCN or CNS would be final & binding on Bidder
i. Change requests in respect of the Contract, the Project Implementation, or
the Maintenance SLA shall emanate from the Parties' respective DCO who
shall be responsible for obtaining approval for the change and who shall act
as its sponsor throughout the Change Control Note / Change in Scope
Process and shall complete Part A of the CCN/CNS attached below hereto.
CCNs/CNSs shall be presented to the other Party's DCO who shall
acknowledge receipt by signature of the CCN/CNS.
ii. The Bidder and JAPIT, while preparing the CNS, shall consider the change
only when such change is beyond the Scope of Work including ancillary and
concomitant services required as detailed in tender. The value of each CNS
request should not be exceeding 10% of the total Contract value in any case
and overall cost of CNSs, during the term of Project, shall not exceed 25% of
the total Contract Value.
iii. It is hereby also clarified that the payment for the change of scope as stated
shall be calculated as per the estimated man-month effort quoted by the
Bidder in its bid and stated in a man-month effort to be submitted by the
Bidder prior to taking up the change of control event and accepted by JAPIT
c. Quotation
i. The Bidder shall assess the CCN/CNS and complete the second part of the
CCN/CNS. In completing second part of the CCN/CNS the Bidder shall
provide as a minimum:
• a description of the change;
• a list of deliverables required for implementing the change;
• a timetable for implementation;
• an estimate of any proposed change;
• any relevant acceptance criteria;
• an assessment of the value of the proposed change for CNS;

Page 87 of 333
 • material evidence to prove that the proposed change is not already
covered within the scope of the Project, SLAs, or Contract
ii. Prior to submission of the completed CCN/CNS to JAPIT, the Bidder shall
undertake its own internal review of the proposal and obtain all necessary
internal approvals. As a part of this internal review process, the Bidder shall
consider the materiality of the proposed change in the context of the
Contract, the Project Implementation & Maintenance including SLAs
affected by the change and the total effect that may arise from
implementation of the change.
iii. Materiality criteria shall be established by JAPIT and the DCO. Changes
requiring no escalation of authority can be implemented. Discussion and
Contract as to materiality shall be held in accordance with the Governance
Schedule.
iv. Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, JAPIT and the Bidder shall mutually
agree upon all matters contained in the Change Proposal. Within fourteen
(14) days after such agreement, JAPIT shall, if it intends to proceed with the
Change, issue the Bidder a Change Order. If the JAPIT is unable to reach a
decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Bidder with details of
when the Bidder can expect a decision. If JAPIT decides not to proceed with
the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen
(14) days, notify the Bidder accordingly.
d. Costs
Bidder shall be responsible for its own costs incurred in the quotation, preparation
of CCNs/CNSs and in the completion of its obligations described in this process
provided the Bidder meets the obligations as set in the CCN/CNS. In the event the
Bidder is unable to meet the obligations as defined in the CCN/CNS then the cost of
getting it done by third party shall be borne by the Bidder.
e. Reporting/Review
The Status on the progress of the change requests and CCNs/CNSs shall be reported
by Bidder to JAPIT on a periodic basis and same shall be reviewed by both the parties
on fort-nightly basis. For any changes in the network infrastructure, identified by
either party, Bidder shall prepare a detailed Change Control Note / Change Note on
Scope of Work within 10 (ten) working days from the date of intimation of such
change.
f. Obligations
The Bidder shall be obliged to implement any proposed changes once approval from
JAPIT in accordance with this CCN/CNS has been given, with effect from the date
agreed for implementation.
g. Payment for Change Order
Payment for any change order on Scope of Work (CNS) shall be on the basis of the
blended Man-month rate as quoted in the Financial Bid (exclusive of any Tax) and
would be paid quarterly.

Page 88 of 333
 7.24 Modification and withdrawal of bids
1. The Bidder may be allowed to modify or withdraw its submitted proposal any time
prior to the last date prescribed for receipt of bids, by giving a written notice to
JAPIT.
2. The Bidder's modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked
and dispatched in a manner similar to the original Proposal.
3. Subsequent to the last date for receipt of bids, no modification of bids shall be
allowed. No bid may be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for
submission of bids and expiration of the of bid validity period specified.
Withdrawal of a bid during this period will result in Bidder’s forfeiture of bid
security/EMD.

7.25 Right to terminate the process

i) JAPIT may terminate the RFP process at any time and without assigning any
reason. JAPIT make no commitments, express or implied, that this process will
result in a business transaction with anyone.
ii) This RFP does not constitute an offer by JAPIT. The bidders’ participation in this
process may result JAPIT selecting a Bidder to engage towards execution of the
contract.

7.26 Right to accept and to reject any or all proposals

Notwithstanding anything else contained to contrary in this RFP Document, JAPIT reserves the
right to accept or reject any Bid or to annul the bidding process fully or partially or modifying
the same and to reject all Proposals at any time prior to the award of work, without incurring
any liabilities in this regard.

7.27Suspension of Work Order

i) The Bidder shall, if ordered in writing by the Purchaser’s Representative,
temporarily suspend the works or any part thereof for such a period and such a
time as ordered. The Bidder shall not be entitled to claim compensation for any
loss or damage sustained by him by reason of temporary suspension of the Works
as aforesaid but shall be eligible for the payment (of products/Services delivered
and accepted) during the suspension period as per Contract. An extension of time
for completion, corresponding with the delay caused by any such suspension of
the works as aforesaid shall be granted to the Bidder, if request for same is made
and that the suspension was not consequent to any default or failure on the part
of the Bidder. Both Bidder and Purchaser acknowledge that suspension of work
by Purchaser, if results in extension of Contract, the extra cost shall be on account
of Purchaser which shall be mutually agreed. In case the suspension of works, is
not consequent to any default or failure on the part of the Bidder and lasts for a

Page 89 of 333
 period of more than 2 months, the Bidder shall have the option to request the
Purchaser to terminate the Contract with mutual consent.
ii) In the event that the Purchaser suspends the progress of work for any reason not
attributable to the Bidder for a period in excess of 30 days in aggregate, rendering
the Bidder to extend his performance bank guarantee then Purchaser shall bear
only the cost of extension of such bank guarantee for such extended period
restricted to the normal bank rates as applicable in the international banking
procedures subject to the Bidder producing the requisite evidence from the bank
concerned

7.28 Fraud and Corrupt practices

1. The SI and their respective officers, employees, agents and advisers shall observe
the highest standard of ethics during the Selection Process. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this RFP, JAPIT shall reject a Proposal without
being liable in any manner whatsoever to the SI, if it determines that the SI has,
directly or indirectly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt practice, fraudulent
practice, coercive practice, undesirable practice or restrictive practice (collectively
the “Prohibited Practices”) in the Selection Process. In such an event, JAPIT shall,
without prejudice to its any other rights or remedies, forfeit and appropriate the
Proposal Security or Performance Security, as the case may be, as mutually agreed
genuine pre-estimated compensation and damages payable to the Authority for,
inter alia, time, cost and effort of the Authority, in regard to the RFP, including
consideration and evaluation of such SI Proposal.
2. Without prejudice to the rights of JAPIT under Clause above and the rights and
remedies which JAPIT may have under the LoI or the Contract Agreement, if an SI
or Systems Integrator, as the case may be, is found by JAPIT to have directly or
indirectly or through an agent, engaged or indulged in any corrupt practice,
fraudulent practice, coercive practice, undesirable practice or restrictive practice
during the Selection Process, or after the issue of the LoI or the execution of the
Agreement, such SI shall not be eligible to participate in any tender or RFP issued
by JAPIT during a period of < period, suggested 2 (two) > years from the date such
SI, as the case may be, is found by JAPIT to have directly or through an agent,
engaged or indulged in any corrupt practice, fraudulent practice, coercive practice,
undesirable practice or restrictive practice, as the case may be.
3. For the purposes of this Section, the following terms shall have the meaning
hereinafter respectively assigned to them:

a) “Corrupt practice” means Engaging in any manner whatsoever, whether during

the Selection Process or after the issue of the LoI or after the execution of the
Agreement, as the case may be, any person in respect of any matter relating to
the Project or the LoI or the Agreement, who at any time has been or is a legal,
financial or technical consultant/ adviser of JAPIT in relation to any matter
concerning the Project;

Page 90 of 333
 b) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission of facts or
disclosure of incomplete facts, in order to influence the Selection Process; the
offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of
value to influence the action of any person connected with the Selection Process
(for avoidance of doubt, offering of employment to or employing or engaging in
any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, any official of JAPIT who is or has
been associated in any manner, directly or indirectly with the Selection Process
or the LoA or has dealt with matters concerning the Agreement or arising there
from, before or after the execution thereof, at any time prior to the expiry of one
year from the date such official resigns or retires from or otherwise ceases to be
in the service of JAPIT, shall be deemed to constitute influencing the actions of
a person connected with the Selection Process); or

c) “Coercive practice” means impairing or harming or threatening to impair or

harm, directly or indirectly, any persons or property to influence any person s
participation or action in the Selection Process;

4. “Undesirable practice” means establishing contact with any person connected with
or employed or engaged by JAPIT with the objective of canvassing, lobbying or in
any manner influencing or attempting to influence the Selection Process; or having
a Conflict of Interest; and
5. “Restrictive practice” means forming a cartel or arriving at any understanding or
arrangement among SIs with the objective of restricting or manipulating a full and
fair competition in the Selection Process.

7.29Issue Management Procedures

i) General
Issue Management process provides for an appropriate management structure
towards orderly consideration and resolution of business and operational issues in
the event of a quick consensus not reached between JAPIT and Bidder.

Implementing such a process at the commencement of Services shall significantly

improve the probability of successful issue resolution. It is expected that this pre-
defined process shall only be used on an exception basis if issues are not resolved at
operational levels.

ii) Issue Management Procedures

a. Either JAPIT or Bidder may raise an issue by documenting the business or technical
problem, which presents a reasonably objective summary of both points of view and
identifies specific points of disagreement with possible solutions
b. The JAPIT and the Bidder shall determine which committee or executive level
should logically be involved in resolution. A chain of management escalation is
defined in the document.
c. A meeting or conference call shall be conducted to resolve the issue in a timely
manner. The documented issues shall be distributed to the participants at least 24
Page 91 of 333
 hours prior to the discussion if the issue is not an emergency requiring immediate
attention.
d. The JAPIT and the Bidder shall develop an interim solution, if required, and
subsequently the permanent solution for the problem at hand. The Bidder shall then
communicate the resolution to all interested parties.
e. In case the issue is still unresolved, the arbitration procedures described in the
Contract shall be applicable

iii) SLA Change Control

a. General
It is acknowledged that this SLA may change as JAPIT’s business needs evolve
over the course of the Contract period. This document also defines the following
management procedures:
i. A process for negotiating changes to the SLA
ii. An issue management process for documenting and resolving difficult
issues
iii. JAPIT and Bidder management escalation process to be used in the event
that an issue is not being resolved in a timely manner by the lowest possible
level of management

Any changes to the levels of Service provided during the Term of this Contract
shall be requested, documented and negotiated in good faith by both parties.
Either party can request a change. Changes shall be documented as an
addendum to this SLA and, subsequently, the Contract.

If there is any confusion or conflict between this document and the Contract, the
tender and its addenda, the Contract shall supersede.

b. SLA Change Process

The parties may amend this SLA by mutual agreement in accordance with terms
of this Contract. Changes can be proposed by either party. The Bidder can
initiate an SLA review with the JAPIT. Normally, the forum for negotiating SLA
changes shall be JAPIT’s quarterly meetings. Unresolved issues shall be
addressed using the issue management process.

The Bidder shall maintain and distribute current copies of the SLA document as
directed by JAPIT. Additional copies of the current SLA shall be made available
at all times to authorized parties.

c. Version Control
All negotiated SLA changes shall require changing the version control number.
As appropriate, minor changes may be accumulated for periodic release (e.g.
every quarter) or for release when a critical threshold of change has occurred.

Page 92 of 333
d. Responsibilities of the Parties
Bidder
Bidder is responsible for executing this Contract and delivering the services, while
maintaining the specified performance targets.
Additionally, the Bidder is responsible for:
i. Reporting problems to JAPIT as soon as possible
ii. Assisting JAPIT in management of the SLA
iii. Providing early warning of any organizational, functional or technical
changes that might affect Bidder’s ability to deliver the services
iv. Assisting JAPIT to address and resolve issues from time to time Bidder shall
take immediate action to identify problems and follow up with appropriate
action to fix them as quickly as possible.

JAPIT
JAPIT is responsible for:
i. Reporting defects and problems to the Bidder as soon as possible
ii. Assisting Bidder in management of the SLA
iii. Providing early warning of any organizational, functional or technical
changes that might affect Bidder’s ability to deliver the services
iv. Assisting Bidder to address and resolve issues from time to time

e. Penalties
i. The quarterly deduction shall not exceed 10% of the QGR Value.
ii. The quarterly penalty for three consecutive quarter calculated as equal to or
more than 10% of the QGR value on account of any reasons, shall be deemed
to be an Event of Default and termination General Conditions of the Contract
and the consequences shall follow

f. Management Escalation Procedures & Contact Map

The purpose of this escalation process is to provide a quick and orderly
method of notifying both parties that an issue is not being successfully
resolved at the lowest possible management level. Implementing this
procedure would mean that JAPIT and Bidder management are
communicating at the appropriate levels.

Escalation Procedure
Escalation should take place on an exception basis and only if successful issue
resolution cannot be achieved in a reasonable time frame.

i. Either JAPIT or Bidder can initiate the procedure

ii. The “moving party” should promptly notify the other party that
management
escalation shall be initiated
Page 93 of 333
 iii. Management escalation shall be defined as shown in the contact map
below
iv. Escalation shall be one level at a time and concurrently

Contact Map

JAPIT Bidder
Representative Bidder Escalation Representative
JAPIT Escalation Level
with contact Level with contact
Details Details
Project Manager (PMU) Project Director
OSD, JAPIT Delivery Head
Chief Executive Officer Senior Manager

g. Acceptance of SLA
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Service Level Agreement
vide Tender No. JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated xx.xx.xxxx to be executed by their
respective authorized representatives
For and on behalf of: For and on behalf of:

_________________Bidder __________________JAPIT

Place: ____________________ Place: ____________________

Date: ____________________ Date: _____________________

Name: ____________________ Name: ____________________

Office Seal: ________________ Office Seal: ________________

7.30Insurance
i) The bidder has to ensure the standard Insurance coverage for all the newly
procured IT and Non-IT product, delivered and installed and all the existing items
which would be the part of JHSDC2.0 project. The Insurance coverage should be
renewed perpetually for the complete project period for any theft, losses,
damages of the equipment/devices. The cost of insurance would be borne by the
bidder only.
ii) The goods supplied under this Contract shall be fully insured by the Bidder,
against any loss or damage up to the time it is delivered to the bidder-designated
carrier for shipment to Purchaser or to Purchaser’s designated location, The
bidder shall submit to the Purchaser, certificate of insurance issued by the
insurance company, indicating that such insurance has been taken.

Page 94 of 333
 iii) The Bidder shall bear all the statutory levies like customs, insurance, freight, etc.
applicable on the goods during their shipment from respective
manufacturing/shipment site of the OEM to the port of landing
iv) The bidder has to take a transit insurance, which shall cover until the delivery of
products to the customer’s premises
v) All charges like transportation charges, loading-unloading charges etc. that may
be applicable till the delivery of goods at the respective site of installation shall
also be borne by the Bidder
vi) The Bidder during the term of this Contract undertakes to ensure that it has taken
or shall take up all appropriate insurances for the delivery of Goods that it is
required to undertake under law as well as to adequately cover its obligations
under this Contract:
a. shall take out and maintain, at his own cost insurance with IRDA approved
insurers against the risks, and for the coverage, as specified below: shall pay
all premium in relation thereto and shall ensure that nothing is done to make
such insurance policies void or voidable at the Purchaser’s request, shall
provide certificate of insurance to the Purchaser showing that such insurance
has been taken out and maintained. Employer's liability and workers'
compensation insurance in respect of the Personnel of the Bidder / Bidder’s
Team, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Applicable Law, as
well as, with respect to such Personnel, any such life, health, accident, travel or
other insurance as may be appropriate; and
b. Insurance against loss of or damage to
i. Equipment or assets procured or developed in whole or in part for
fulfilment of obligations under this Contract
ii. the Bidder’s assets and property used in the performance of the Services

vii) If the Bidder fails to effect and maintain insurances as described above, the client
may procure and maintain such insurances on behalf of the Bidder and deduct
such amounts from the amounts due and payable to the Bidder

7.31Transfer of Ownership
The Bidder must transfer all goods, clear and unencumbered titles to the assets and
goods procured for the purpose of the Project to the Purchaser at the time of delivery
of assets and goods. This includes all licenses, titles, source code, certificates, hardware,
devices, equipment’s etc. related to the system designed, developed, installed and
maintained by the Bidder.

7.32Limitation of the Bidder’s Liability towards the Purchaser

i) The aggregate liability of Bidder to Purchaser (and to any affiliate thereof or other
person or entity for or in respect of which any of the Services are provided) in
connection with the performance of the Services or otherwise under this
Agreement shall be limited to the fees actually paid to the Bidder in respect of the
Services directly relating to and forming the basis of Client's claim, regardless of
Page 95 of 333
 whether liability is based on breach of contract, tort, strict liability, breach of
warranty, failure of essential purpose or otherwise, provided that this limitation
shall not apply to liability that has been finally determined to have resulted from
the fraud or other wilful misconduct by or on behalf of Bidder.
ii) Client shall bring any claim relating to the Services or otherwise under this
Agreement within 63 months of completion of the Services.

7.33Conflict of Interest
The Bidder shall disclose to the Purchaser in writing, all actual and potential Conflicts
of Interest that exist, arise or may arise (either for the Bidder or the Bidder’s Team) in
the course of performing the Services as soon as practical after it becomes aware of
that conflict.

7.34Publicity
The Bidder shall not make or permit to be made a public announcement or media
release about any aspect of this Contract unless the Purchaser first gives the Bidder its
written consent

7.35“No Claim” Certificate

The Bidder shall not be entitled to make any claim, whatsoever against the Purchaser,
under or by virtue of or arising out of, this Contract, nor shall the Purchaser entertain
or consider any such claim, if made by the Bidder after he shall have signed a “No claim”
certificate in favour of the Purchaser in such forms as shall be required by the
Purchaser after the works are finally accepted.

7.36 Governing Law & Jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws in India and courts in Patna only shall have
exclusive jurisdiction over matters relating to or arising from this Agreement.

7.37IT Act 2008

Besides the terms and conditions stated in this document, the Contract shall also be
governed by the overall acts and guidelines as mentioned in IT Act 2008 (amendment)

7.38 Contacting JAPIT

Any effort by a Bidder to influence the proposal evaluation, proposal comparison or contract
award decisions may result in the rejection of the proposal.

Page 96 of 333
7.39 Notices
Any queries or other document, which may be given by either Party under this
Agreement or under the SLA, shall be given in writing in person or by pre-paid recorded
delivery post or by facsimile transmission or through email to the notified address.

In relation to a notice given under this Agreement, any such notice or other document
shall be addressed to the other Party's principal or registered office address as set out
below:

(i) To JAPIT:
Attention: [CEO]
The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand
Phone: [0651-2401044]

(ii) To

[Name and Address of Successful Bidder]

Any notice or other document shall be deemed to have been given to the other Party (or,
if relevant, its relevant associated company) when delivered (if delivered in person) if
delivered between the hours of 10.00 am and 5.00 pm on a working day at the address of
the other Party set forth above or if sent by fax, provided the copy of the fax is
accompanied by a confirmation of transmission, or on the next working day thereafter if
delivered outside such hours, and 7 days from the date of posting (if by letter).

Notice can also be given through email address furnished by the System Integrator. The
time of the sent message in outbox of the sender will be considered to be time of delivery
of the message.

Either Party to this Agreement or to the SLA may change its address, telephone number,
facsimile number and nominated email for notification purposes by giving the other
reasonable prior written notice of the new information and its effective date.

Page 97 of 333
8 General Terms & Conditions of Contract
8.1 Termination and Effects of Termination
(I) The Purchaser may, terminate this Contract in whole or in part by giving the Bidder a
prior and written notice indicating its intention to terminate the Contract under the
following circumstances:
a. Where either Party committing a material breach or being in default of all or any of
the major and significant terms, conditions, covenants, undertakings and
stipulations of this Agreement. In case the material breach is remediable the
aggrieved Party shall give notice in writing of such default in observance or
performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, to the Party in
default. If the Party in default effectively remedies such breach or default within the
period, not being less that 60 (sixty) days, designated by such notice then the
Agreement shall remain in force. Where the default by the System Integrator is as a
result of or consequent to technical non-feasibility, which requires to modify/alter
the scope of work so as to replace the technical non-feasible deliverable, with a
feasible deliverable, then such default shall not be considered a default by the
System Integrator under the provisions of this clause
b. Where it comes to the Purchaser’s attention that the Bidder (or the Bidder’s Team)
is in a position of actual conflict of interest with the interests of the Purchaser, in
relation to any of terms of the Bidder’s Bid, the tender or this Contract
c. Where the Bidder’s ability to survive as an independent corporate entity is
threatened or is lost owing to any reason whatsoever, including inter-alia the filing
of any bankruptcy proceedings against the Bidder, any failure by the Bidder to pay
any of its dues to its creditors, the institution of any winding up proceedings against
the Bidder or the happening of any such events that are adverse to the commercial
viability of the Bidder. In the event of the happening of any events of the above
nature, the Purchaser shall reserve the right to take any steps as are necessary, to
ensure the effective transition of the Project to a successor Bidder / service
provider, and to ensure business continuity.
d. Where the mutual agreement in writing between the parties.
e. Termination for Insolvency or bankrupt: The Purchaser may at any time terminate
the Contract by giving written notice to the Bidder, without compensation to the
Bidder, if the Bidder becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent, provided that such
termination shall not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy which has
accrued or shall accrue thereafter to the Purchaser
f. Termination for Convenience: The Purchaser, may, by prior written notice sent to
the Bidder at least 6 months in advance, terminate the Contract, in whole or in part
at any time for its convenience. The notice of termination shall specify that
termination is for the Purchaser’s convenience, the extent to which performance of
work under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination
becomes effective. In case of termination, JAPIT shall pay for accepted
Goods/Services completed up to the date of termination.

Page 98 of 333
 g. Termination for Breach- In the event of the breach of any of the major and significant
terms and conditions of this Agreement by the system integrator, JAPIT shall be
entitled to terminate this agreement by giving 60 days’ notice. The decision of JAPIT
as to such breach shall be final and binding on the system integrator
h. In the event of the breach of any of the major and significant terms and conditions
of this agreement by the system integrator, JAPIT will give 60 days’ notice to system
integrator to cure the breach of the terms and conditions of the agreement then in
that case System Integrator must cure within 60 days. In case the breach will
continue till/after expiry of such cure period, JAPIT will terminate the agreement.

(II) Effects of Termination

Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement:
a. The System integrator shall:
i. Notify forthwith the particulars of all project assets.
ii. Deliver forthwith actual or constructive possession of the pops free and clear of
all encumbrances and execute such deeds, writings and documents as may be
required for fully and effectively divesting the Bidder all of its rights, title and
interest in the State Data Centre
iii. Deliver relevant records and reports pertaining to the State Data Centre and its
design, engineering, operation, and maintenance including all operations &
maintenance records and manuals pertaining thereto and complete as on the
date of termination or expiration. And
iv. Shall expeditiously settle the accounts.
b. In the event JAPIT terminates this Agreement pursuant to any material breach by
the System Integrator to complete its obligations under this Agreement,
Performance Guarantee furnished by it may be forfeited for reasons, to be recorded
in writing
c. Upon termination (or prior to expiry/ upon expiry, as the case may be) of this
Agreement, the Parties will comply with the Exit Management Clause set out in this
Agreement
d. JAPIT agrees to pay the System Integrator for all charges for Services / Equipment
provided by it and accepted by JAPIT till effective date of termination.
e. Any and all payments under this clause shall be payable only after the System
Integrator has complied with and completed the transition and exit management as
per the Exit Management Clause approved by JAPIT. In case of expiry of the
Agreement, the last due payment shall be payable to the System Integrator after it
has complied with and completed the transition and exit management as per the exit
management clause, approved by JAPIT.
f. Service Provider immediately upon termination, discontinue providing any or all of
the services contemplated hereunder
g. JAPIT shall upon termination, by under no obligation to make any payments to
service provider forthwith, except for any payments that may be due and payable to
Page 99 of 333
 Service Provider in respect of satisfactory Services already completed as per scope
of this agreement; and
h. Service Provider shall return all the property which belongs to JAPIT including any
data, information, files of completed or unfinished work. Service Provider shall have
no lien over the property of JAPIT.
i. Upon the termination or expiration this agreement, in case before complete delivery
of materials, then the title and ownership of all materials, plans, ideas, slogans, or
information (developed by Service Provider for JAPIT) shall be transferred by
Service Provider to JAPIT. Thereafter, JAPIT, shall have no liability to Service
Provider Service arising from JAPIT’s use of any material was approved, used,
published or presented by or on behalf of JAPIT, Service Provider shall transfer such
property, and documentation related thereto, to JAPIT immediately after
termination in case termination happens before complete delivery of materials.

8.2 Consequences of Termination

i. In the event of termination of this Contract due to any cause whatsoever, the
Contract with stand cancelled effective from the date of termination of this Contract
ii. In case of exigency, if the Purchaser gets the work done from elsewhere, the
difference in the cost of getting the work done shall be borne by the successful
Bidder
iii. Where the termination of the Contract is prior to its stipulated term on account of a
Default on the part of the Bidder or due to the fact that the survival of the Bidder as
an independent corporate entity is threatened / has ceased, or for any other reason,
whatsoever, the Purchaser through re-determination of the consideration payable
to the Bidder as agreed mutually by the Purchaser and the Bidder or through a Third
Party acceptable to both the parties may pay the Bidder for that part of the Services
which have been authorized by the Purchaser and satisfactorily performed by the
Bidder up to the date of termination.
iv. All third parties shall continue to perform all/any functions as stipulated by the
Purchaser and as may be proper and necessary to execute the Scope of Work under
the Contract in terms of the Bidder’s Bid, the tender and this Contract.
v. Nothing herein shall restrict the right of the Purchaser to invoke the Bank Guarantee
and other Guarantees furnished hereunder, enforce the Deed of Indemnity and
pursue such other rights and/or remedies that may be available to the Purchaser
under law
vi. The termination hereof shall not affect any accrued right or liability of either Party
nor affect the operations of the provisions of this Contract that are expressly or by
implication intended to come into or continue in force on or after such termination
vii. In the event of termination of the Contract due to any cause whatsoever, whether
consequent to the stipulated term of the Contract or otherwise, JAPIT shall be
entitled to impose any such obligations and conditions and issue any clarifications
Page 100 of 333
 as may be necessary to ensure an efficient transition and effective business
continuity of the Service(s) which the bidder shall be obliged to comply with and
take all available steps to minimize loss resulting from that termination/material
breach, and further allow the next successor bidder to take over the obligations of
the erstwhile
viii. Upon Termination of the Contract, the System Integrator shall:
• Prepare and present a detailed exit plan within five calendar days of termination
notice receipt from the customer.
• The customer and along with designated team will review the Exit plan. If approved,
SI shall start working on the same immediately. If the plan is rejected, SI shall
prepare or update alternate plan within two calendar days. If the second plan is also
rejected, the customer or the authorized person will provide a plan for SI and it
should be adhered by in totality
ix. Terminate the Contract in Part or Full
• Retain such amounts from the payment due and payable by the Purchaser to the
Bidder as may be required to offset any losses caused to the Purchaser as a result of
such event of default and the Bidder shall compensate the Purchaser for any such
loss, damages or other costs, incurred by the Purchaser in this regard. Nothing
herein shall effect the continued obligation of the Bidder and Bidder’s Team to
perform all their obligations and responsibilities under this Contract in an identical
manner as were being performed before the occurrence of the default
• Invoke the Performance Bank Guarantee and other Guarantees furnished
hereunder, recover such other costs/losses and other amounts from the Bidder as
may have resulted from such default and pursue such other rights and/or remedies
that may be available to the Purchaser under law

8.3 Consequences of Breach and penalties

In the event of breach, JAPIT shall have the right to recover any loss, damage or cost of hardship
caused due to the breach of the terms of this Agreement, from the payment due to the Service
Provider Notwithstanding the above, in the event the amount due to the Service Provider fall
short of the costs incurred or suffered by JAPIT on account of loss, damage or cost of hardship,
the Service Provider shall also be liable to make good all such losses, damages or cost of
hardship caused to JAPIT.

8.4 Statutory Compliances

i. System Integrator shall comply with all applicable statutes. JAPIT shall not be liable
in any manner whatsoever for any non-compliance on part of the System Integrator
of the applicable laws and in the event of any adverse claim of whatsoever nature
arising thereof, the entire burden shall be strictly borne by the System Integrator.

Page 101 of 333

 ii. System Integrator shall maintain all requisite records, registers, account books etc.
related to this project which are obligatory under any applicable law in connection
with the Services being rendered or work being performed to JAPIT and shall
provide such information as may be required under any law to any authority.

8.5 Indemnification
Successful System Integrator hereby indemnifies, hold harmless & undertakes to defend JAPIT,
its affiliates and their respective employees, officers and directors against any claim by a third
party including but not limited to damages, costs, expenses as a result of such claim with regard
to:
i. the extent that the System Integrator provided to JAPIT by System Integrator under
this Agreement infringes any third party’s intellectual property rights;
ii. taxes/charges/cess/levies (and interest or penalties assessed thereon) against
JAPIT that are obligations of System Integrator pursuant to this Agreement;
iii. any damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and
tangible personal property caused by the System Integrator;
iv. any claim or action by or on behalf of the System Integrator personnel based on his
or her employment with the System Integrator, including claims arising under
occupational health and safety, worker’s compensation, provident fund or other
applicable laws or regulations;
v. claims by government regulators or agencies for fines, penalties, sanctions or other
remedies arising from or in connection with the System Integrator failure to comply
with its regulatory/legal requirements and compliances;
vi. any claim on account of an alleged breach of confidentiality and security of data
occurring as a result of acts of omissions or commission of the System Integrator
employees or sub-contractors;
vii. any claim occurring on account of misconduct,
viii. negligence or wrongful acts of omission and commission of employees of the System
Integrator, and/or its sub-contractors;
ix. any claim occurring on account of misuse or negligent application, misuse of
systems, failure to follow established procedure by the System Integrator and/or
sub-contractor’s employees;
x. System Integrator shall ensure compliance with all applicable laws, local and
Central, including all labor laws like ESI, EPF, Minimum Wages Act, Jharkhand Shops
& Establishments Act, Contract Labour (Regulation and abolition) Act 1970,
Payment of Bonus Act etc. and shall keep First Part indemnified and harmless in case
of any action for violation by Second Part of any of the applicable laws so long as this
arrangement is in force. For all purposes the persons deployed will be employees of
second part and they will have no relation whatsoever with First Part. Second Part
shall be responsible to furnish all such information/documents to First Part in this

Page 102 of 333

 regard as may be required by it from time to time. Furthermore, Second part shall
be responsible to furnish self- attested copies of all returns/challans filed by second
part in the office of ESI, EPF, Minimum Wages Act, Contract Labour etc. on monthly
basis to the first party, in case, the second part fails to submit or not willing to submit
the copies of returns, first part shall be entitle to stop the payments till the
submissions of the returns.In event of any theft, loss, damage, destruction, or any
xi. act of vandalism or sabotage of the property of the Customer in the possession of
the System Integrator by virtue of this agreement, the System Integrator shall be
liable to indemnify the first part to the extent of damage or loss so caused.
xii. System Integrator has all the requisite consents, licenses and permissions to
• enter into this Agreement
• carry out the obligations set out in this Agreement and it shall keep all such
consents, licenses and permissions renewed and valid at all times during the
continuance of the Agreement;

8.6 Dispute Resolution and Arbitration

I. Dispute Resolution

i) The Purchaser and the Bidder shall make every effort to resolve amicably by
direct informal negotiations, any disagreement or disputes, arising between them
under or in connection with the Contract
ii) If, after Thirty (30) days from the commencement of such direct informal
negotiations, the Purchaser and the Bidder have been unable to resolve amicably
a Contract dispute, either party may require that the dispute be referred for
resolution to the formal mechanism.
iii) In the case of a dispute or difference arising between the Purchaser and the
Bidder relating to any matter arising out of or connected with this Contract, such
dispute or difference shall be referred to the award of two Arbitrators, one
Arbitrator to be nominated by the Purchaser and the other to be nominated by
the Bidder or in case of the said Arbitrators not agreeing, then to the award of an
Umpire to be appointed by the Arbitrators in writing before proceeding with the
reference, and in case the Arbitrators cannot agree to the Umpire, he may be
nominated by the High Court of Jharkhand, Ranchi. The award of the Arbitrators,
and in the event of their not agreeing, of the Umpire appointed by them or by the
High Court of Jharkhand, Ranchi shall be final and binding on the parties.
iv) The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, the rules hereunder and any statutory
modification or re-enactment thereof, shall apply to the arbitration proceedings
v) The Arbitration proceedings shall be held in Ranchi, Jharkhand.
vi) The Arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the substantive laws of India
vii) The proceedings of Arbitration shall be in English language
viii) Except as otherwise provided elsewhere in the Contract if any dispute, difference,
question or disagreement arises between the parties hereto or their respective

Page 103 of 333

 representatives or assignees, at any time in connection with construction,
meaning, operation, effect, interpretation or out of the Contract or breach thereof
the same shall be decided by an Arbitral Tribunal consisting of three Arbitrators.
Each party shall appoint one Arbitrator and the Arbitrators so appointed shall
appoint the third Arbitrator who shall act as Presiding Arbitrator.
ix) In case, a party fails to appoint an arbitrator within 30 days from the receipt of
the request to do so by the other party or the two Arbitrators so appointed fail to
agree on the appointment of third Arbitrator within 30 days from the date of their
appointment upon request of a party, the Chief Justice of India or any person or
institution designated by him (in case of International commercial Arbitration)
shall appoint the Arbitrators / Presiding Arbitrator. In case of domestic contracts,
the Chief Justice of the High Court or any person or institution designated by him
within whose jurisdiction the subject work order / Contract has been
placed/made, shall appoint the arbitrator / Presiding Arbitrator upon request of
one of the parties.
x) If any of the Arbitrators so appointed dies, resigns, incapacitated or withdraws
for any reason from the proceedings, it shall be lawful for the concerned
party/arbitrator to appoint another person in his place in the same manner as
aforesaid. Such person shall proceed with the reference from the stage where his
predecessor had left if both parties consent for the same; otherwise, he shall
proceed de novo.
xi) It is a term of the Contract that the party invoking arbitration shall specify all
disputes to be referred to arbitration at the time of invocation of arbitration and
not thereafter
xii) It is also a term of the Contract that neither party to the Contract shall be entitled
for any interest on the amount of the award
xiii) The Arbitral Tribunal shall give reasonable award and the same shall be final,
conclusive and binding on the parties
xiv) The fees of the arbitrator shall be borne by the parties nominating them and the
fee of the Presiding Arbitrator, costs and other expenses incidental to the
arbitration proceedings shall be borne equally by the parties
xv) Subject to as aforesaid the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act,
1996 and any statutory modifications or re-enactment in lieu thereof shall apply
to the arbitration proceedings under this clause
xvi) Continuance of the Contract:
xvii) Notwithstanding the fact that settlement of dispute(s) (if any) under arbitration
may be pending, the parties hereto shall continue to be governed by and perform
the work in accordance with the provisions under this Contract

II. Arbitration

i. Any and all disputes, controversies and conflicts ("Disputes") arising out of this
Agreement between the Parties or arising out of or relating to or in connection with
this Agreement or the performance or non-performance of the rights and
Page 104 of 333
 obligations set forth herein or the breach, termination, invalidity or interpretation
thereof shall be referred for arbitration in terms of the Arbitration and Conciliation
Act, 1996 or any amendments thereof. Prior to submitting the Disputes to
arbitration, the Parties shall resolve to settle the Dispute/s through mutual
negotiation and discussions. In the event that the said Dispute/s are not settled
within thirty (30) days of the arising thereof, the same shall finally be settled and
determined by arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration & Conciliation Act
,1996 or any amendment thereof. The place of arbitration shall be Ranchi and the
language used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English.
ii. The arbitral award shall be in writing and shall be final and binding on each Party
and shall be enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction. None of the Parties
shall be entitled to commence or maintain any action in a court of law upon any
Dispute arising out of or relating to or in connection with this Agreement
(infringement of IPR Excepted), except for the enforcement of an arbitral award or
as permitted under the Arbitration & Conciliation Act , 1996 .

8.7 Confidentiality
i. JAPIT may allow the System Integrator to utilize Confidential Information and the
System Integrator shall maintain the highest level of secrecy, confidentiality and
privacy with regard to such Confidential Information. The System Integrator shall
use its best efforts to protect the confidentiality and proprietary of Confidential
Information.
ii. Additionally, the System Integrator shall keep confidential all the details and
information with regard to the Project, including systems, facilities, operations,
management and maintenance of the systems/facilities. The System Integrator shall
use the information only to execute the Project.
iii. JAPIT shall retain all rights to prevent, stop and if required take the necessary
punitive action against the System Integrator regarding any forbidden disclosure.
iv. The System Integrator may share the confidential information with its employees,
affiliates, agents and subcontractors but only strictly on the need to know basis in
order to accomplish the scope of services under this Agreement. Upon request of
JAPIT, the System Integrator shall execute a corporate non-disclosure agreement
with JAPIT in the mutually agreed format provided by JAPIT shall ensure that all its
employees, agents and sub-contractors are governed by confidential obligations
similar to the one contained herein.
v. To the extent the System Integrator shares its confidential or proprietary
information with JAPIT for effective performance of the Services, the provisions of
the confidentiality Clause (I) to (iii) shall apply mutatis mutandis on JAPIT.
vi. The Bidder shall not, either during the term or 6 months after expiration of this
Contract, disclose any Proprietary or Confidential Information relating to the
Services, Contract or the Network architecture of Jharkhand DC or DR architecture,

Page 105 of 333

 Purchaser’s business or operations without the prior written consent of the
Purchaser
vii. The Bidder shall do everything reasonably possible to preserve the confidentiality
of the Confidential Information including execution of a confidentiality Agreement
with the members of the, subcontractors and other service provider’s team
members to the satisfaction of the Purchaser
viii. The Bidder shall notify the Purchaser promptly if it is aware of any disclosure of the
Confidential Information otherwise than as permitted by this Contract or with the
authority of the Purchaser
ix. The Purchaser reserves the right to adopt legal proceedings, civil or criminal, against
the Bidder in relation to a dispute arising out of breach of obligation by the Bidder
under this clause

8.8 Limitation of Liability and Risk Purchase

i. Neither Party; nor its subsidiaries or its affiliates will be liable to the other Party,
whether in contract, tort (including negligence), strict liability or otherwise, for loss
of business, revenue, profits, loss of goodwill or reputation; or indirect,
consequential, or special loss, arising in connection with any order, product,
service, related documentation, information and/or the intended use thereof, even
if a Party has been advised, knew or should have known of the possibility of such
damages.

ii. Subject to the above and not withstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere
contained herein, the maximum aggregate liability of the bidder for all claims under
or in relation to this agreement shall be regardless of the form of claims shall be
limited to 100% of the amount to be paid to SI by JAPIT under the applicable
statement of work that gives rise to such liability (as of the date the liability arose).

8.9 Liquidated Damages

i) Subject to Clause – Force Majeure, if the Bidder fails to complete the entire works
before the scheduled completion date or the extended date or if Bidder
repudiates the Contract before completion of the Work, the Purchaser may
without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Purchaser as
under the Contract:
a. Recover from the Bidder, as liquidated damages as per the RFP clause “9. Project
Milestone, Timelines & Penalty”, subject to a maximum of 10% of “total CAPEX
Value”. For the purpose of liquidated damages, the scheduled completion date
shall be taken as “Completion of Installation & commissioning of all delivered
items at Jharkhand State Data Centre”.

AND/OR

Page 106 of 333

 b. Terminate the Contract or a portion or part of the work thereof. The Purchaser
shall give 30 days’ notice to the Bidder of its intention to terminate the Contract
and shall so terminate the Contract unless during the 30 days’ notice period, the
Bidder initiates remedial action acceptable to the Purchaser.

ii) The Purchaser may without prejudice to its right to effect recovery by any other
method, deduct the amount of liquidated damages from any money belonging to
the Bidder in its hands under this Contract only (which includes the Purchaser’s
right to claim such amount against Bidder’s Bank Guarantee) or which may
become due to the Bidder. Any such recovery or liquidated damages shall not in
any way relieve the Bidder from any of its obligations to complete the work or
from any other obligations and liabilities under the Contract.
iii) Delay not attributable to the Bidder shall be considered for exclusion for the
purpose of computing liquidated damages

8.10 Applicability of Liquidated Damages

The System Integrator shall accomplish the scope of work under this Agreement as per
the Project Timelines and as per the Service Level Agreements. If the System Integrator
fails to achieve the Project Timelines or if it fails to achieve the Service Levels (in the
SLAs) for any reason whatsoever, the System Integrator shall be liable to pay liquidated
damages as provided as per the table in this RFP Clause “Project Milestone, Timelines
& Penalty”. JAPIT shall have the right to determine such extent of fault and liquidated
damages in consultation with System Integrator and any other Party as it deems fit.
Payment of liquidated damages shall be the sole and exclusive remedies available to
JAPIT Liquidated damages will be as per the Project Milestone, Timelines & Penalty
clause and capped to 10% of the total CAPEX value as per the Agreement.

If the liquidated damages exceed the cap as mentioned in the Agreement, the Purchaser
or JAPIT shall have the right to terminate the agreement for default and consequences
for such termination as provided in the agreement shall be applicable. In case it leads to
termination, JAPIT shall give 60 (Sixty) Days’ notice to the SI of its intention to terminate
the contract and shall so terminate the contract unless during the Sixty days’ notice
period, the SI initiates remedial action acceptable to JAPIT.

Each of the Parties shall ensure that the range of the Services/Deliverables under the
SLA shall not be varied, reduced or increased except with the prior written agreement
/consent between the Purchaser and the SI in accordance with the provisions of change
request procedure as set out in this Agreement.

8.11Event of Default by the Bidder

i) The failure on the part of the Bidder to perform any of its obligations or comply with
any of the terms of this Contract which results in a material breach of the contract

Page 107 of 333

 shall constitute an Event of Default on the part of the Bidder. The Events of Default
as mentioned above may include inter-alia the following:
a. the Bidder has failed to adhere to any of the key performance indicators as laid down
in the Key Performance Measures / Contract, or if the Bidder has fallen short of
matching such standards/targets as the JAPIT may have designated with respect to
any task necessary for the execution of the Scope of Work under this Contract which
results in a material breach of the Contract. The above-mentioned failure on the part
of the bidder may be in terms of failure to adhere to timelines, specifications,
requirements or any other criteria as defined by the JAPIT.
b. The bidder has failed to perform any instructions or directives issued by JAP-IT
which it deems proper and necessary to execute the scope of work under the
Contract.
c. The Bidder has failed to remedy a failure to perform its obligations in accordance
with the specifications issued by the JAPIT, despite being served with a default
notice which laid down the specific deviance on the part of the bidder to comply
with any stipulations or standards as laid down by the bidder
d. The bidder / bidder’s team has failed to conform with any of the
Service/Facility/Specifications/standards as set out in the Scope of Work of this RFP
or has failed to adhere to any amended direction, modification or clarification as
issued by the JAPIT during the Term of this Contract and which the JAPIT deems
proper and necessary for the execution of the Scope of Work under this Contract
e. The bidder has failed to demonstrate or sustain any representation or warranty
made by it in this Contract, with respect to any of the terms of its RFP/Contract
f. There is an order from a court or competent jurisdiction for bankruptcy, insolvency,
winding up or there is an appointment of receiver, liquidator, assignee, or similar
official against or in relation to the Bidder.
g. The bidder abandons the project during the Term of the Contract
h. The bidder/bidder’s team has failed to comply with or is in breach or contravention
of any applicable laws.
ii) Where there has been an occurrence of such defaults inter alia as stated above, the
JAPIT shall issue a notice for ‘Event of Default’ to the Bidder, setting out specific
defaults/deviances/omissions and providing a notice of Thirty (30) days to enable
such defaulting party to remedy the default committed
iii) Where despite the issuance of notice under ‘Event of Default’ to the bidder by JAPIT,
and if the bidder fails to remedy the default to the satisfaction of JAPIT, then JAPIT
may issue another notice under ‘Event of Default’ or proceed to adopt such remedies
as may be available to the JAPIT.

8.12Consequences of Event of Default

i) Where an Event of Default subsists or remains uncured beyond permissible or
reasonable time, JAPIT may/shall be entitled to the following
a) Impose any such obligations and conditions and issue any clarifications as may be
necessary to inter alia ensure smooth continuation of project and services, which
Page 108 of 333
 the bidder shall be obliged to comply with, which may include mutual
redetermination of the consideration payable to the bidder hereunder. The bidder
must take addition and all available steps to minimize loss resulting from such event
of default.
b) JAPIT may issue a written notice of suspension to the bidder, and/or suspend all
payments to the bidder under the contract, provided that such notice of suspension:
i. shall specify the nature of the failure; and
ii. shall request the bidder to remedy such failure within a specified period from
the date of issuance of such notice of suspension by the Bidder

c) Where JAPIT deems necessary it shall have the right to insist the bidder for the
replacement of any of their subcontractors / vendors with another suitable member.
The bidder shall in such case terminate forthwith all their agreements/contracts
other arrangements with such member and find of the suitable replacement for such
outgoing member with another member to the satisfaction of JAPIT who shall
execute such contracts with JAPIT, as JAPIT may require. Failure on the part of the
bidder to find a suitable replacement and/or terminate all agreements/contracts
with such member shall amount to a breach of the terms hereof and JAPIT in
addition to all other rights, JAP-IT may procure similar services from other Service
provider at the cost of bidder and JAPIT will also have the right to claim the damages
and recover from the bidder all losses/ or other damages that may have resulted
from such failure.
d) JAPIT has reserves the right to terminate the contract with 30 days notice.
e) JAPIT has reserves the right to impose a reasonable amount of penalty, in case of fail
to comply or resolve the issue within the 30 days notice period.

8.13Force Majeure
i) Force Majeure is herein defined as any cause, which is beyond the control of the
SI or JAPIT as the case may be which they could not foresee or with a reasonable
amount of diligence could not have foreseen and which substantially affect the
performance of the contract, it including but not limited to:
a. act of God (such as, but not limited to, fires, explosions, earthquakes, drought,
tidal waves and floods);
b. war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies,
mobilization, requisition, or embargo;
c. rebellion, revolution, insurrection, or military or usurped power, or civil war;
d. contamination by radio-activity from any nuclear fuel, or from any nuclear waste
from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radio-active toxic explosive, or other
hazardous properties of any explosive nuclear assembly or nuclear component of
such assembly;
e. riot, commotion, strikes, go slows, lock outs or disorder, unless solely restricted
to employees of the Supplier or of his Subcontractors; or
f. acts or threats of terrorism
g. Pandemic
Page 109 of 333
ii) Force Majeure shall not include any events caused due to acts/omissions of such
Party or result from a breach/contravention of any of the terms of the Contract,
Bid and/or the tender. It shall also not include any default on the part of a Party
due to its negligence or failure to implement the stipulated/proposed
precautions, as were required to be taken under the Contract. However, the
Bidder shall note that cyber-attack, corruption of information, software
corruption, destruction of information, virus attack in the system or any such
software malfunction shall not constitute a Force Majeure event and the
rectification of the same shall be borne by the Bidder.
iii) The failure or occurrence of a delay in performance of any of the obligations of
either party shall constitute a Force Majeure event only where such failure or
delay could not have reasonably been foreseen, or where despite the presence of
adequate and stipulated safeguards the failure to perform obligations has
occurred. In such an event, the affected party shall inform the other party in
writing within five days of the occurrence of such event. The Purchaser shall
make the payments due for Services rendered till the occurrence of Force
Majeure. However, any failure or lapse on the part of the Bidder in performing
any obligation as is necessary and proper, to negate the damage due to projected
Force Majeure events or to mitigate the damage that may be caused due to the
above-mentioned events or the failure to provide adequate recovery or any
failure in setting up a contingency mechanism would not constitute Force
Majeure, as set out above.
iv) In case of a Force Majeure, all Parties shall endeavour to agree on an alternate
mode of performance in order to ensure the continuity of Service and
implementation of the obligations of a party under the Contract and to minimize
any adverse consequences of Force Majeure
v) In case of Force Majeure, all the Parties shall bear their own costs, and the
Purchaser shall not be liable to the Bidder for any costs that the latter incurs on
account of such Force Majeure
vi) The System Integrator shall be excused from performance of his obligations in
whole or part as long as such cases, circumstances or events shall continue to
prevent or delay such performance. Neither Party shall have any liability to the
other Party in respect of the termination of this Agreement as a result of an event
of Force Majeure. System Integrator shall be paid for supply and services till last
date of termination in case of force majeure
vii) If a Force Majeure arises, the System Integrator shall notify promptly within a 48
hours of event occurrence to JAPIT in writing of such condition and the cause
thereof. Unless otherwise directed by JAPIT, System Integrator shall continue to
perform his obligations under the Agreement as far as is reasonably practical and
shall seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the
Force Majeure event.
viii) In the event that the Force Majeure continues for 180 (One Hundred and Eighty)
days, the Contract shall be deemed to have been terminated.

Page 110 of 333

8.14 Exit Management Plan
The Bidder shall not exit from the contract within stipulated time period of five (5) years
after FAT. However, in the event that the Bidder decides to opt out of the contract
prematurely it has to notify the authority six months in advance through a written letter,
Bidder will not seek ownership rights over the equipment and its PBG will also be
forfeited.
If the SI exits from the contract during the execution within the stipulated time period
then JAPIT reserves the right to terminate the contract and may ask the next qualified
bidder with second highest total score to match the price of selected bidder and execute
the remaining work as per RFP scope of work.
I. Purpose
a) This clause sets out the provisions which will apply upon completion of the contract
period or upon termination of the agreement for default of the System Integrator.
The Parties shall ensure that their respective associated entities, in case of JAPIT,
GoJ, any third party appointed by JAPIT and in case of the System Integrator, the
sub-contractors, carry out their respective obligations set out in this Exit
Management Clause. Exit Management criteria will be a part of Master Service
Agreement with detailed information about exit criteria and exit management plan.
b) The exit management period starts, in case of expiry of contract, or on the date
when the contract comes to an end or in case of termination of contract, or on the
date when the notice of termination is sent to the System Integrator. The exit
management period ends on the date agreed upon by JAPIT or one year after the
beginning of the exit management period, whichever is earlier.
c) The System Integrator shall divest all the project assets at the beginning of the Exit
management period to JAPIT at zero value in case of expiry of contract and at the
depreciated rate as per Indian Income Tax Act if there is a termination of contract.
d) The System Integrator shall pay all transfer costs and stamp duty applicable on
transfer of project assets except in case the Project is being terminated due to
default of JAPIT where JAPIT shall be responsible for transfer costs and stamp duty,
if any. For clarification of doubt, transfer costs in this Clause relate to taxes and
duties applicable due to transfer of the JHSDC 2.0 project, if any.
e) After commencement of the exit management period, the System Integrator shall
ensure
i. All the IT and Non-IT infrastructure assets including the hardware, software,
documentation and any other related items shall have been cured of all defects
and deficiencies as necessary so that the JHSDC 2.0 project is compliant with the
Specifications and Standards set forth in the RFP, Agreement and any other
amendments made during the contract period;
ii. the System Integrator delivers relevant records and reports pertaining to the
JHSDC 2.0 project and its design, engineering, operation, and maintenance
Page 111 of 333
 including all operation and maintenance records and manuals pertaining thereto
and complete as on the divestment date;
iii. The System Integrator shall effect such assignments, transfers, licenses and sub-
licenses related to any equipment lease, maintenance or service provision
agreement between System Integrator and any third party, in favour of JAPIT or
any third party appointed by JAPIT if it is required by JAPIT and is reasonably
necessary for the continuation of services by JAPIT or any third party appointed
by JAPIT;
iv. The System Integrator complies with all other requirements as may be
prescribed under Applicable Laws to complete the divestment and assignment
of all the rights, title and interest of the System Integrator in the JHSDC 2.0
Project free from all encumbrances absolutely and free of any charge or tax to
JAPIT or its nominee.

II. During the Exit Management period

i. The System Integrator will allow JAPIT or any third party appointed by JAPIT,
access to information reasonably required to define the then current mode of
operation associated with the provision of the services to enable JAPIT or any third
party appointed by JAPIT to assess the existing services being delivered;
ii. The System Integrator shall provide access to and copies of all information held or
controlled by them which they have prepared or maintained in accordance with the
“Contract”, the Project Plan, SLA and scope of work, relating to any material aspect
of the services (whether provided by the System Integrator or sub-contractors
appointed by the System Integrator). JAPIT or any third party appointed shall be
entitled to copy all such information. Such information shall include details
pertaining to the services rendered and other performance data. The System
Integrator shall permit JAPIT or any third party appointed to have reasonable
access to its employees and facilities as reasonably required by JAPIT or any third
party appointed to understand the methods of delivery of the services employed by
the System Integrator and to assist appropriate knowledge transfer.
iii. During the exit management period, the System Integrator shall ensure to hand over
including but limited to the below listed to JAPIT or any third party appointed by
JAPIT
▪ Detail of the Works/services completed till date
▪ All the Process, Policies & Guidelines
▪ All the Inventory & Assets details (IT, Non-IT and Utilities)
▪ All the Data necessary for Operation & maintenance of SDC
▪ Transfer of all the credential for all the Equipment/Devices/System
▪ Complete Knowledge Transfer (KT) about the complete IT &Non-IT infrastructure
and existing solution

Page 112 of 333

 ▪ Proper communication matrix with such like DCO, staff, suppliers, IPSs, Customers
and any related third party as are necessary during operation.
▪ Information relating to the current services rendered and performance data relating
to the performance of the services; Documentation relating to Intellectual Property
Rights; any other project data and confidential information; all current and updated
SDC Project data as is reasonably required for purposes of uninterrupted operation
of the JHSDC Project
▪ All other information (including but not limited to documents, records and
agreements) relating to the services reasonably necessary to enable any Client or
its nominated agencies, or any selected SI to carry out due diligence in order to
transition the provision of the Services.
iv. Before the end of exit management period, the System Integrator will assist in a
successful trial run of Network administration, Facility management including
helpdesk management by JAPIT or by any third party appointed.

8.15 Severability and Waiver

If any provision of this Agreement, or any part thereof, shall be found by any court or
administrative body of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable the
illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of such provision or part provision shall not
affect the other provisions of this Agreement or the remainder of the provisions in
question which shall remain in full force and effect. The relevant Parties shall negotiate
in good faith in order to agree to substitute for any illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision by a valid and enforceable provision which achieves to the greatest extent
possible the economic, legal and commercial objectives of the illegal, invalid or
unenforceable provision or part provision. No failure to exercise or enforce and no delay
in exercising or enforcing on the part of either Party to this Agreement of any right,
remedy or provision of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of such right, remedy
or provision in any future application nor shall any single or partial exercise or
enforcement of any right, remedy or provision preclude any other or further exercise or
enforcement of such right, remedy or provision or the exercise or enforcement of any
other right, remedy or provision.

8.16 Intellectual Property Rights

i) JAPIT shall own and have Intellectual Property Rights of all the Deliverables
which have been developed by the Bidder during the performance of Services and
for the purposes of inter-alia use of such Services under this Contract. The Bidder
undertakes to disclose all Intellectual Property Rights arising out of or in
connection with the performance of the Services to the Purchaser and execute all
such agreements/documents and file all relevant applications, effect transfers
and obtain all permits and approvals that may be necessary in this regard to
effectively conserve the Intellectual Property Rights of the Purchaser.

Page 113 of 333

ii) The Bidder shall not use Confidential Information, the name or the logo of the
Purchaser except for the purposes of providing the Service as specified under this
Contract
iii) If JAPIT desires, further, the Bidder shall be obliged to ensure that all approvals,
registrations, licenses, permits and rights which are inter-alia necessary for use
of the infrastructure installed by the Bidder, the same shall be acquired in the
name of the Purchaser, prior to termination of this Contract and which shall be
assigned by the Purchaser to the Bidder for the purpose of execution of any of its
obligations under the terms of the Bid, tender or this Contract. However,
subsequent to the term of this Contract, such approvals etc. shall endure to the
exclusive benefit of the Purchaser.
iv) The Bidder shall ensure that while it uses any Software, hardware, processes or
material in the course of performing the Services, it does not infringe the
Intellectual Property Rights of any person and the Bidder shall keep the
Purchaser indemnified, as provided in Indemnity clause against all costs, against
all costs, expenses and liabilities howsoever, arising out of any illegal or
unauthorized use (piracy) or in connection with any claim or proceedings
relating to any breach or violation of any permission/license terms or
infringement of any Intellectual Property Rights by the Bidder during the course
of performance of the Services
v) No services covered under the Contract shall be sold or disposed by the Bidder to
JAPIT in violation of any right whatsoever of third party, and in particular, but
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, of any patent right,
trademark or similar right, or any charge mortgage or lien.
vi) JAPIT/GoJ have the total rights of all the database, programs, reports, formats etc.
developed/created for this project by the bidder or any of its subordinate. The
Bidder shall continue to retain sole ownership of the pre-existing proprietary
knowledge, tools, methodology, templates, works of authorship, materials,
information plus any modifications or enhancements thereto and intellectual
property content brought in by Bidder to this engagement and/or incorporated
in the deliverables submitted by Bidder to JAPIT or created independently of the
performance of the Services. For avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that bidder or
its subcontractor shall have the right to use any works of authorship or other
intellectual property that may be included in the Deliverables, to develop for
themselves, or for others, materials or processes that may be similar to those
produced as a result of the Services. Further, any third party licenses other than
the hardware and software to be used by the Bidder resources for delivering the
deliverables under this Agreement, necessary for the performance of the Services
under this Agreement, would need to be procured by JAPIT, Bidder hereby
undertakes;
• Not to provide access to the Intellectual Property of JAPIT to persons other
than authorized users to ensure that all authorized users are appropriately
notified of the importance of respecting the Intellectual Property Rights of
JAPIT and that they are made aware of and undertake to abide by the similar
Page 114 of 333
 terms and conditions of this Agreement. Not to permit any person, other than
the authorized users, to copy, duplicate, translate into any language, or in any
way reproduce the Intellectual Property of JAPIT. To effect and maintain
reasonable security measures to safeguard the Intellectual Property of JAPIT
from unauthorized access or use by any third party other than the authorized
users. To notify JAPIT promptly of any unauthorized disclosure, use or copying
of the Intellectual Property of JAPIT of which Bidder becomes aware. To
change the human resource deployed if JAPIT notifies issue (along with the
justifiable ground) in the satisfactory performance of the respective resource.

8.17 Failure to agree with terms & conditions of the contract

Failure of the SI to agree with the Terms & Conditions of the RFP shall constitute
sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award, in which event JAPIT may award
the contract to the next best value SI or call for new bids from the interested bidders
or invoke the PBG of the most responsive SI. However, SI shall be allowed to submit
minor deviations without any cost implications and allowed for opportunity to
mutually discuss its terms and conditions. The final decision in such an occurrence
lies with JAPIT.

8.18 Audit, Access and Reporting

The System Integrator shall allow access to or its nominated agencies to restricted to all
data related to JHSDC 2.0 which is in the possession or control of the System Integrator or
its subcontractors, agents, suppliers etc. and which relates to the provision of the Services
as set out in the Audit, Access and Reporting Schedule and which is reasonably required
by JAPIT to comply with the terms of the Audit, Access and Reporting of this Agreement.

8.19 Ownership of Deliverables

i) Products and fixes: all COTS (Commercial off-the-shelf) products and related
solutions and fixes provided pursuant to this RFP shall be licensed according to
the terms of the license agreement packaged with or otherwise applicable to such
product. The System Integrator would be responsible for arranging any licenses
associated with products. “Product” means any computer code, web-based
services, or materials comprising commercially released, pre-release or beta
products (whether licensed for a fee or no charge) and any derivatives of the
foregoing which are made available to JAPIT for license which is published by
product owner or its affiliates, or a third party. “Fixes” means product fixes that
are either released generally (such as commercial product service packs) or that
are provided to JAPIT when performing services (such as workarounds, patches,
bug fixes, beta fixes and beta builds) and any derivatives of the foregoing. All
intellectual property rights in any exclusive development to meet the functional
requirement of this Agreement shall be owned by JAPIT.

Page 115 of 333

 ii) Training and other material: The ownership of all IPR rights in any and all
documents, artefacts, etc. (including all training material) made pursuant to this
Agreement during the Term for implementation of the Project under this
Agreement will lie with JAPIT.

8.20 Terms & Extension of the Project

i) The term of this Contract shall be initially for a period of 69 months from date of
the Contract signing, out of which initial 9 months shall be implementation period
and 60 months of Operations & Maintenance after effective date of completion of
installation & commissioning i.e the date of FAT.
ii) For the purpose of Non-IT & IT equipment implementation and Operation &
Maintenance under the project, JAPIT is inviting the agencies to submit their
technical and commercial proposal for this project. The Broad scope of work,
Deliverables and Service level for SI are mentioned in the RFP. Thus, this order
shall be valid for the period of 5 years after completion of implementation i.e. the
date of FAT.
iii) JAPIT may further extended the Operation and Maintenance period for the
project, with the same term and condition on yearly basis. The bidder may
request for the extension of the project after completion of the term, but the
decision for extension of the project is solely entitled to the JAPIT. The percentage
change in, yearly O&M cost shall be decided with the mutual consent of both the
parties, after consideration of the change of inflation rate, exchange rate & custom
import tariff etc.

Page 116 of 333

9 Project Milestone, Timelines & Penalty
The estimated timeline shall be as per the below Milestone, Timeline for the completion of
project. The start date of the project shall be the date of Issuance of LOI/Work Order. No
extension shall be permitted by JAPIT.

If the System Integrator fails to complete the work within the agreed time schedule (Project
Timeline) as specified in the Contract Agreement or any extension thereof, JAPIT shall recover
Liquidated Damage/Penalty from the System Integrator as per calculation detailed in the table
mentioned below. Equipment / work would be deemed to have been delivered / completed,
only when it’s all components, Parts / all item of works are also delivered / completed. If certain
components / items of equipment / work are not delivered in time, the same will be considered
as delayed until such time due missing / incomplete parts / item of works are delivered /
completed.

T0- Represents the Project Start Date (i.e. Issuance of LOI).

Timeline Milestone Activity Detail LD / Penalty/Remarks

Issue of Letter of Intent (LOI) Consider as accepted if

(Start date of the project) the Letter of Acceptance
T0 Project Award Letter of acceptance by Bidder within would not be shared
one week of issuance of LOI. within one week of date
of issuance of LOI
MSA to be signed within Four Weeks
In case, MSA not
from the date of LOI, Bidder’s
finalized within the four
T0 + 4 responsibility to finalize the MSA
Project week time then the last
Weeks = within this Four Week time.
Initiation day of this milestone
T1 PBG @ 10% of the TCV (Total Contract
would be considered as
Value) to be submitted simultaneously
MSA signing date
within this Four weeks’ time.
Kick-off meeting to happen within 2
Bidder should have to
weeks from the schedule date of MSA
provision for a kick-off
signing or the actual signing date,
meeting with at Ranchi
T1 + 2 Project Kick-off which one would be earlier.
location.
Week = T2 & Mobilization
Submission of onsite
After detail survey of Jharkhand SDC,
human resource list for
the Detail Project plan to be submitted
the project.
to JAPIT.
Submission of Detail survey of current JHSDC Bidder should work
Civil layout, Infrastructure and Submission of Civil with JAPIT for clear
T2 + 4
Architectural layout, Architectural design, understating about the
Week = T3
design, Renovation plan and Project Plan etc. al Civil work,
Renovation for ISP Room, Breakout Room on Renovation work and
Page 117 of 333
Timeline Milestone Activity Detail LD / Penalty/Remarks

plan & Project terrace of the current building and all Project Plan for JHSDC
Plan for JHSDC other civil work under JHSDC 2.0 2.0, before submission.
2.0
Bidder should have to collect all the
information or suggestions and
recommendation by JAPIT within this
timeline and accommodate in the final
Plan
Bidder should perform the following
1. If the material supply
tasks during this timeline:-
could not be completed
1. 1. Preparation of site readiness for
within timeline:-
renovation and installation work
LD for non-delivery of
2. 2. Preparation of space for equipment
Supply of all materials-
installation at SDC area
material LD will be deducted @
3. 3. Preparation of electrical and
required for 0.5 % per week of the
network cabling.
T3 + 8 complete civil value of the undelivered
4. 4. Work on prerequisite of civil and
Week =T4 and renovation material.
renovation work and start the
work under 2. Note:-Inspection report
renovation work
JHSDC2.0 of the complete
5. 5. Arrangement of all tool &
Project supplied material to be
accessories required for renovation
jointly signed by both
and installation works
the parties, after the
6. Arrangement of inspection for
confirmation of material
supplied materials with complete
delivery by the bidder.
detail sheet.
3. If the material supply
could not be completed
Bidder should perform the following
within timeline: -
tasks during this timeline: -
Supply of Non- LD for non-delivery of
6. 1. Backup of the existing configuration
IT, IT materials-
of all equipment
equipment LD will be deducted @
7. 2. Arrangement of any required data
with all 0.5 % per week of the
T3+ 24 backup
required value of the undelivered
Week = 8. 3. Deployment of Onsite human
accessories & material.
T5 resource for renovation and installation
Cables, Note: -Inspection report
till FAT.
Licenses, and of the complete
9. 4. Arrangement of inspection for
other required supplied material to be
supplied device, equipment,
materials jointly signed by both
accessories and cable etc. with
the parties, after the
complete detail sheet.
confirmation of material
delivery by the bidder.

Page 118 of 333

Timeline Milestone Activity Detail LD / Penalty/Remarks

Bidder should perform the following Note:-Request for

tasks during this timeline:- initiation of Acceptance
1. 1. Complete all the renovation work for test (PAT) process for
SDC as per the submitted plan. successful renovation &
2. 2. Installation of all IT & Non-IT installation and
equipment as per Submitted Plan. commissioning of
3. 3. Configuration of all supplied IT & equipment, would be
Non-IT equipment as per Plan. the responsibility of
Completion 4.of 4. Commissioning of all installed Bidder.
complete IT & Non-IT equipment as per Plan. Note:- Taking Complete
renovation 5. 5. Integration of newly configured Hand Over from current
work at SDC equipment with existing ones as per DCO team is the
and Installation submitted Plan. responsibility of Bidder.
& 6. 6. Testing of all the configuration as
T5 + 12
Commissioning per submitted plan If SI could not be able to
Week =
of all IT & Non-
7. 7. Completion of HOTO of Existing IT & request of PAT for
T6
IT equipment. Non-IT Infrastructure and complete renovation &
AND existing solution from current DCO installation and
Completion of team. commissioning work
HOTO activity 8. 8. Completion of migration of existing within this timeline:-
from current Solution, Application, Data into the LD will be deducted @
DCO Team newly installed solution. 0.5% per week of the
9. 9. Submit the acknowledgement to total value of the &
JAPIT, about the completion of the Installation and
whole renovation, Installation & commissioning work
commissioning works, and completion (i.e. Total Service
of HOTO & migration works. Invoice Value). LD will
10. 10. Written request for Acceptance be deducted from the
Test (PAT) initiation after completion next upcoming invoices
of all designated works.
Bidder should perform the following
tasks during this timeline :- Note:- Pre-arrangement
1. 1. Submit the complete detail of of Acceptance Test
renovation & installation and (PAT) - inspection of
T6 + 4 Acceptance Configuration of the installed IT & successful renovation &
Week = Test (PAT) Non-IT equipment for test process installation and
T7 Process 2. 2. Submit the test configuration commissioning of
document to test team to verify all the equipment, would be
configuration for individual equipment the responsibility of
3. 3. Submit the technical document for all Bidder
the supplied equipment PAT process would only

Page 119 of 333

Timeline Milestone Activity Detail LD / Penalty/Remarks

4. 4. Availability of technical manpower be start after the

during the test and Inspection process. submission of Test case
5. 5. Submission of Test case scenario scenario report by
report for inspection. Bidder
Bidder should perform the following
tasks during this timeline-
1. 1. Successful closure of observation,
shared after inspection of PAT.
2. 2. Provide the detail of closure of If SI could not be able to
observation shared after Acceptance submit the closure of
Test (PAT) process observation within this
3. 3. Intimation to JAPIT, about the timeline-
Closure of closure of observation points. LD will be deducted @
T7 + 3 observations 4. 4. Provide the test configuration 0.5 % per week of the
week =T8 during PAT document to verify the closure of total CAPEX value of the
process & Final observation project. LD will be
Acceptance 5. 5. Availability of technical manpower deducted from the
Test (FAT) for test and inspection of FAT upcoming next invoice
6. 6. Submission of request for under this project.
verification after closure of
observation and successful
commissioning of equipment before
Final Acceptance test (FAT), would be
the responsibility of Bidder.
Bidder shall perform the following
tasks during this timeline-
1. 1. Quarterly maintenance of all IT &
Non-IT equipment under this project
O&M of
2. 2. O&M of complete infrastructure
complete under this project. Resolve the issue Penalty will be deducted
O&M infrastructure raised and logged by the team. Do the from Quarterly Invoice
period = 5 related to best effort to achieve the define SLA for for O&M, human
Years JHSDC2.0. this project. resource Charges and
from the And AMC of all 3.IT 3. Submit the uptime, availability & other misc. charges for
date of & Non-IT quarterly maintenance report of all the the period, as per the
Go-live equipment devices to JAPIT, after completion of defined SLA listed in
supplied under each QGR to verify and pay against the
this project SLA section.
QGR invoice for the same period.
4. 4. Renewal of Data Centre existing
Certificates within 6 months from the
date of Go-live.
5.
Page 120 of 333
Notes:-

It is Bidder’s responsibility to assure MSA signoff will be complete maximum within Four
weeks from the date of issuing of LOI, else next milestone would be start from the last
schedule date of MSA signing for the JHSDC2.0 project.

Each week time will be counted for 7 Days for the complete period of the project.

If the Bidder fails to complete the work within the agreed time schedule (Project
Timeline) as specified in the Contract Agreement or any extension thereof, JAPIT shall
recover Liquidated Damage from the Bidder as per calculation detailed in the table
mentioned above.

Equipment / services would be deemed to have been delivered / Completed, only when
it’s all components/ Parts/ all item of works are also delivered / completed. If certain
parts /components / items of equipment / services would not be delivered in time, the
same will be considered as delayed until all the missing / incomplete parts / item of
works/ services are delivered / completed.

If fail in delivery of equipment or services for more than 5 week, a show cause letter will
be issue for explanation for delay and future plan for Improvement. If delay is more than
10 weeks then, JAPIT is free to cancel the Work Order/contract. The remaining part of
work will be completed by JAPIT or any agency engaged by JAPIT, at the cost of selected
vendor.

Note:

1. The recovery against aggregated liquidated damage (LD) shall not exceed from the 10%
of the Total CAPEX Value. And the penalty for the beach of SLA shall not exceed from the
10% of the QGR value for the same quarter.
2. In case bidder fails to complete the renewal of the mentioned certification in the RFP
within timeline, a penalty of 1% of consolidated certificate cost will be charged per week.

Page 121 of 333

10 Payment schedule
The payment schedule is as follows:

S. N. Milestone Payment Requirement

Mobilisation Advance Signing of MSA &

1. MSA signed by both parties and PBG @ 10% of total After Bank
10% of the TCV (Total Contract Value) CAPEX Value confirmation of
submitted to JAPIT submitted PBG

Signed Material
Inspection Report with
After Delivery of Complete Material
the item details like
(material for Civil & renovation work) 70% of total Item Description,
(Within T4 Timeline) Material Serial No., Part Code
2.
Verification of delivered material would be Invoice on no., Qty. etc.
done by JAPIT / any duly appointed Pro-rata basis AND
agency.
Dispatch Challan
AND/OR Courier Copy.

Signed Material
After Delivery of Complete Material Inspection Report with
(Material for Non-IT Devices & associated the item details like
accessories) 70% of total Item Description,
Material Serial No., Part Code
3. (Within T5 Timeline)
Invoice on no., Qty. etc.
Verification of delivered material would be pro-rata basis
AND
done by JAPIT / any duly appointed
agency. Dispatch Challan
AND/OR Courier Copy.

Signed Material
After Delivery of Complete Material Inspection Report with
(Material for IT Equipment & software the item details like
licenses) 70% of total Item Description,
Material Serial No., Part Code
4. (Within T5 Timeline)
Invoice on no., Qty. etc.
Verification of delivered material would be pro-rata basis
AND
done by JAPIT / any duly appointed
agency. Dispatch Challan
AND/OR Courier Copy.

After Completion of FAT: 20% of total FAT report approved

5. Material and FAT certificate
(Within T8 Timeline) issued by JAPIT.
Invoice Value

Page 122 of 333

 S. N. Milestone Payment Requirement
(After successful completion Final & 90% of
installation, Commissioning and testing Total Service
and closure of Punch point during PAT.) Invoice Value
(PAT & FAT would be done by JAPIT/ any
duly authorised agency)

After verification of
5% of OPEX value of every quarter after SLA, Report and
Go- live. 5% of Total Supporting Document
6. OPEX Value = Total AMC cost of all new and OPEX value in submitted by SI and
existing IT & Non-IT Material and human each QGR verified by JAPIT/
resource cost for the years TPA/ any duly
authorised agency

10.1 Submission of Invoice

Bidder shall raise their invoice after completion of associated milestone, during
implementation period and submit the invoice with detail covering letter and all necessary
document as a proof for completion of milestone.

Bidder shall raise their Invoice after completion of each QGR during operation and maintenance
period and submit the invoice with detail covering letter and all necessary document as a proof
of SLA compliance.

It is bidder’s responsibility check the actual requirement of fuel for DG sets and refill the fuel to
DG sets before due time and do the timely payment for the same. Bidder shall raise their Debit
Note/Invoice for reimbursement of actual amount for Fuel Charge, Electric Charge &
Bandwidth Charges and submit the invoice with detail covering letter and all necessary
document of proof of Invoice/Bill, Usage, Payment detail and SLA compliance.

10.2 Payment of Tax

Tax shall be shown extra by the Bidder in their invoices for the items applicable. The same shall
be paid by JAPIT as per actual after verification. Similarly, if there is any tax savings, the same
shall be reduced from the payable amount.

In case of any new incidence of tax or any change in existing tax rates taking place during the
agreement period, that shall be borne and payable by department over and above the agreed
price, for each item it may be applicable on the invoice raised by the either party. Similarly, any
reduction in taxes shall be to the benefit of department. All invoices produced to department
for the payment should be submit as a TAX invoice.

Page 123 of 333

11 SLA & Penalties
This SLA document provides for minimum level of services required as per contractual
obligations based on performance indicators and measurements thereof to be offered by
BIDDER to JAPIT. The BIDDER shall ensure provisioning of all required services while
monitoring the performance of the same to effectively comply with the performance levels to
provide quality services. The BIDDER shall meet service level objectives and corresponding
parameters to ensure the delivery and quality of services on time as per standard mentioned in
the document. Service level indicators & and the target performance levels to be maintained by
the Bidder during the contract period. SLA shall be strictly imposed and a third party
audit/certification agency shall be deployed for certifying the performance of the Bidder
against the target performance metrics. All logs, reports and data that shall be made available
for the purpose of evaluation/audit of SLA parameters/target performance metrics should be
system generated only.

The benefits of this SLA are to:

✓ Trigger a process that applies Customer and the Bidder management attention to some
aspect of performance when that aspect drops below an agreed upon threshold, or
target.
✓ Makes explicit the expectations that Customer has for performance.
✓ Helps Customer to control the service level and performance of Bidder services.

The Bidder shall have to submit a quarterly report to monitor the performance of the services
being provided by the Bidder and the effectiveness of this SLA

11.1 SLA Definitions

For purposes of this Service Level Agreement, the definitions and terms as specified in the
contract along with the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

✓ "Availability" shall mean the time period for which the services, components and
facilities offered by the Bidders are available to the state and user department for
conducting operations from the equipment hosted in the Data Centre.

✓ “Downtime” is the time the services and facilities are not available to Customer, which
excludes the scheduled outages planned in advance for the Data Centre.

✓ "Helpdesk Support" shall mean the Bidder’s 24x7x365 Helpdesk Support Centre which
shall handle Fault reporting, Trouble handling, Ticketing and related enquiries during
this contract

Page 124 of 333

 ✓ “Incident” refers to any event / abnormalities in the functioning of the Data Centre
Equipment / Services that may lead to disruption in normal operations of the Data
Centre services.

✓ “Resolution Time”, means time taken by the Bidder’s staff in resolving (diagnosing,
troubleshooting and fixing) an incident from the time, the call has been reported to
Helpdesk and the time the problem has been resolved. The resolution time shall vary
based on the severity of the incident reported at the helpdesk. The severity would be as
follows:
o Critical: Incidents, whose resolution shall require additional investment in
component or time or shall involve coordination with OEMs. These incidents
shall impact the overall functioning of the SDC. For example, Power failure,
failure of SAN switch, etc.

o Medium: Incidents, whose resolution shall require replacement of hardware of

software parts, requiring significant interruption in working of that individual
component. For example, installation of operating system, replacement of switch,
etc.

o Low: Incidents, whose resolution shall require changes in configuration of

hardware or software, which will not significantly interrupt working of that
component. For example, change in configuration or reset of configuration etc.

11.2 Targets of Service Level Agreement

SLA clause provides for minimum level of services required as per contractual obligations
based on performance indicators and measurements thereof. The Bidder shall ensure
provisioning of all required services while monitoring the performance of the same to
effectively comply with the performance levels. The services provided by the Bidder shall be
reviewed by the JAPIT/ TPA / any authorised agency and it shall include:

✓ Check performance of the Bidder against this SLA over the review period and consider
any key issues of the past period’s performance statistics including major incidents,
service trends, etc.
✓ Discuss escalated problems, new issues and matters still outstanding for resolution.
✓ Review of statistics related to rectification of outstanding faults and agreed changes.
✓ Obtain suggestions for changes to improve the service levels.

In case desired, JAPIT /TPA may initiate an interim review to check the performance and the
obligations of the Bidder. The SLA may be reviewed and revised in accordance with the define
procedures. If there is a dispute between JAPIT/TPA / Any authorised agency or the bidder

Page 125 of 333

then JAPIT will prevail the final decision. Performance targets for the bidder should remain min
99.75%.

✓ Equation for Measurement of Availability

Availability = {1- [(Downtime) / (Total Time – Maintenance Time)]}*100

11.3 IT Infrastructure Service Level

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval

>=99.75% No Penalty

Quarterly
< 99.75% to 1 % of the QGR
Server Availability >=99.0% value
(The average
1 (including the OS,
availability of all < 99.0% to >= 3 % of the QGR
Hypervisor & VMs)
the servers) 98.0% value

5% of the QGR
<98.00%
value

>=99.75% No Penalty

Quarterly
< 99.75% to 1% of the QGR
>=99.0% value
(The average
2 Storage Availability
availability of the
< 99.0% to >= 3% of the QGR
SAN storage and
98.0% value
SAN switches)
5% of the QGR
<98.00%
value

>=99.75% No Penalty

Quarterly < 99.75% to

1% of the QGR value
Connectivity with >=99.0%
3 (Availability
Internet
report of the < 99.0% to >=
3% of the QGR value
Internet router 98.0%

<98.00% 5% of the QGR value

Quarterly
4 >=99.75% No Penalty

Page 126 of 333

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
(Availability < 99.75% to 0.75 % of the QGR
Connectivity with report of the >=99.0% value
Disaster Recovery switches having < 99.0% to >= 1.5 % of the QGR
Site Disaster 98.0% value
Recovery Site
3% of the QGR
link terminated) <98.00% value

>=99.75% No Penalty
Quarterly
< 99.75% to 0.75% of the QGR
LAN availability (Availability of >=99.0% value
5 (Active and passive LAN/ Access
1.5% of the QGR
components) switch active < 99.0% to >=
98.0% value
ports
availability) 3% of the QGR
<98.00% value

11.4 Non-IT Infrastructure Service Level

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Power
Availability >=99.75% No Penalty
(UPS, DG etc.)
Quarterly
(Availability of
Power will be < 99.75% to >=99.0% 1% of the QGR value
(The average
measured up to
1 availability of
the socket level
power (UPS, DG
in the equipment < 99.0% to >= 98.0% 2% of the QGR value
and etc.)
room which will
be provide the
power to the <98.00% 3% of the QGR value
Racks)
PAC System Quarterly
availability
(Availability of (Temp at all these
If temperature or
PAC System Locations should
2 humidity level cross No Penalty
mean be maintained
for <= 30 minute
temperature and between 22 ± 2
humidity at the Deg C and The
rack level) Relative humidity

Page 127 of 333

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
(Temperature to should be 0.25 % of the QGR
be maintained between 50% ± value(For Every
22°± 2° C at all 5%) instance in the
times Quarter) , maximum
Relative up to 3% for all
If temperature or
humidity to be instances combined.
humidity level cross
maintained 50 %
for > 30 minute
± 5 % at all [In case of more than
times) twelve instances in a
quarter then it should
be recorded as an
Event of Default]

>=99.75% No Penalty
Surveillance
Quarterly
System
availability
(Average < 99.75% to >=99.0% 1% of the QGR value
3 (Availability of
availability of IP
IP CCTV, NVR
CCTV, NVR system
system < 99.0% to >= 98.0% 2% of the QGR value
availability)
availability)
<98.00% 3% of the QGR value

Fire Suppression
Quarterly =100.00% No Penalty
and Detection
System
(Average
availability >=99.75% 1% of the QGR value
availability of Fire
4
Suppression and
(Availability of < 99.75% to >=
Detection System 2% of the QGR value
Fire Suppression 98.00%
as per BMS Fire
and Detection
panel console) 3% of the QGR value
System) <98.00%

>=99.75% No Penalty
Access Control
Quarterly
System
availability < 99.75% to >=99.0% 1% of the QGR value
(Average
5 (Availability of
availability of
Access Control
Access Control < 99.0% to >= 98.0% 2% of the QGR value
Devices/system
Devices / systems)
s)
<98.00% 3% of the QGR value
Public Address Quarterly
System and >=99.75% No Penalty
6 other physical (Average
equipment availability of < 99.75% to >=99.0% 0.25 % of the QGR
availability Public Address value
Page 128 of 333
Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
System and other
(Availability of physical 0.75 % of the QGR
< 99.0% to >= 98.0%
Public Address equipment as per value
System and BMS console)
other physical
<98.00% 1% of the QGR value
equipment)

11.5 Virtual infrastructure related Service Levels

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval

Delay <= 1
Quarterly No Penalty
Provisioning and De- Hour
Provisioning of Virtual
(Provisioning Delay >1 0.10% of the QGR value
Machines
and De- hour to <=5 (For Every instance in
1 provisioning Hours the Quarter)
(Within 1 Hour after the
time after 0.25% for every 1hrs
approval by the
approval for delay & there will be
concerned Authority on Delay >5
individual maximum penalty of 2%
the request of customer) hours
request) of the QGR value for all
the instances combined.

>=99.75% No Penalty
Quarterly
< 99.75% to 0.5 % of the QGR
Overall Cloud Solution (Availability of
2 >=99.00% value
Availability Overall Cloud
solution) < 99.00% to 0.75 % of the QGR
>= 98.00% value
<98.00% 1% of the QGR value
>=99.75% No Penalty
Quarterly
< 99.75% to 0.5 % of the QGR
Cloud Network (Availability of >=99.00% value
3
Availability Cloud < 99.00% to 0.75 % of the QGR
Network) >= 98.00% value

<98.00% 1% of the QGR value

Quarterly >=99.75% No Penalty

Cloud Virtualization
4
Layer Availability (Availability of < 99.75% to 0.5 % of the QGR
Cloud >=99.00% value

Page 129 of 333

 Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Virtualization < 99.00% to 0.75 % of the QGR
Layer) >= 98.00% value

<98.00% 1% of the QGR value

>=99.75% No Penalty

< 99.75% to 0.5 % of the QGR

Quarterly
>=99.00% value
Cloud Storage
5 (Availability of < 99.00% to 0.75 % of the QGR
Availability
Cloud Storage) >= 98.00% value

<98.00% 1% of the QGR value

Quarterly >=99.75% No Penalty

(Availability of < 99.75% to 0.5 % of the QGR

Claud Virtual Operating >=99.00% value
6 Cloud virtual
System Availability
Operating < 99.00% to 0.75 % of the QGR
System) >= 98.00% value

<98.00% 1% of the QGR value

>=99.75% No Penalty
Quarterly
< 99.75% to 0.5 % of the QGR value
>=99.00%
Cloud Security layer (Availability of
7 < 99.00% to 0.75 % of the QGR
Availability Cloud Security
>= 98.00% value
Layer)
1.0 % of the QGR value
<98.00%

Virtual Infrastructure Services includes, but is not limited to the following:

• Provisioning and de-provisioning of Virtual Machines (VMs).

• Maintaining the uptime of virtual Machines, which will also include the migration of
virtual machine from one physical server to another based on the requirement of
resources or due to the downtime of physical servers
• Regular backups for all Virtual Machines in accordance with the backup- archive policies
and conduct recovery whenever required with appropriate permissions.
• Management and maintenance of Cloud Solution Modules
• Performance monitoring and tuning of the OS & Virtual Machines on a regular basis
including preventive maintenance of the VMs as required.
• Add or modify administration and delegation of selected Virtual Machines or Services.
Page 130 of 333
11.6 Security and Incident Management Service Levels
Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Resolve
No Penalty
Quarterly within 24 hrs
Rs.25,000.00 for every
(Resolution of 2hrs delay & there will
1 Virus Attack resolution Virus Attack) Resolve be maximum penalty of
beyond 24 Rs.,1,00,000.00.
hrs
(For Every instance in
the Quarter)
Resolve
No Penalty
within 2 hrs
Quarterly
Rs.50,000.00 for every
Denial of Services (Resolution of 2hrs delay & there will
2
Resolution Denial of Resolve be maximum penalty of
Services (DoS) beyond 2 hrs Rs.,2,00,000.00.
Attack) (For Every instance in
the Quarter)
Resolve
No Penalty
Quarterly within 2 hrs
Rs.50,000.00 for every
Intrusion through (Resolution 2hrs delay & there will
3 firewall or IPS or other Intrusion by
Resolve be maximum penalty of
devices firewall or IPS
beyond 2 hrs Rs.,2,00,000.00.
or other
devices) (For Every instance in
the Quarter)
Within 2 hrs
time from the
No Penalty
of approved
time
Patch Management > 2hrs to
Quarterly Rs. 2,000.00
(including Rules <=3hrs
updation in firewall, IPS (Patch > 3hrs to
Rs. 4,000.00
4 & updation of any SPAM management <=4hrs
Control Policies) Rules in firewall, IPS > 4hrs to
& patches updation & or any security Rs. 6,000.00
<=5hrs
Spam Control policies devices)
Beyond 5 hrs
Rs.10,000.00 for every
penalty
3hrs delay & there will
repeat for
be maximum penalty of
every 3 hrs
Rs.50,000.00.
delay
Page 131 of 333
 Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval

Security and Incident management Services includes, but is not limited to the following:

• DCO needs to provide complete document on policy that will be followed in SDC, and
periodic report as and when required by JAPIT to track those policy in line with the
policy document
• Monitoring of various devices / tools such as firewall, intrusion detection, content
filtering and blocking, virus protection, and vulnerability protection.
• Setting the root level security policies such as authentication mechanisms (single/multi
factor), password policies such as password length, password complexity, password
expiry, account lockout policy, certificate policies, IPSEC policies etc.
• Maintaining an updated knowledge base of all published security vulnerabilities and
virus threats for related software and microcode etc.
• Ensuring that patches / workarounds for identified vulnerabilities are patched / blocked
immediately.
• Respond to security breaches or other security incidents and coordinate with respective
OEM in case of a new threat is observed to ensure that workaround / patch is made
available for the same.
• Operating system hardening through appropriate configuration and patch updates.
Periodic reviews of domain level rights and privileges.
• Cooperate with the investigation agency when an incident has been identified.

11.7 Patch Management Service Levels

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Within 7
Days from
No Penalty
Critical Patch Quarterly the date of
Management approval
(including the Rules (Patch Beyond 7 Rs.25,000.00 for every
1 implementation
updation of Critical Days and 7 days delay & there
in all server and will be maximum
Patches in Server and penalty
network
Network devices) repeat for penalty of
devices)
every 7 Days Rs.1,00,000.00.
delay
Non-Critical Patch Quarterly Within 15
Management Days from
2 No Penalty
(including the Rules (Patch the date of
updation of Non- implementation approval

Page 132 of 333

 Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Critical Patches in in all server and Beyond 15 Rs.10,000.00 for every
Server and Network network Days and 7 days delay & there
devices) devices) penalty will be maximum
repeat for penalty of
every 7 Days Rs.50,000.00.
delay

11.8 Fire Suppression refilling Service Levels

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Within 15
Days from
No Penalty
discharge
Quarterly
date
(Refilling of fire For every day 0.10 %
Refilling of Fire
suppression of the QGR value
suppression Beyond 15
1 cylinders in subject to maximum
(After discharge during Days the penalty of 1 %.
case of
any incident) penalty
discharge
repeat for
during any [In case of more than
incident.) every Day
delay 25 days delay, it should
be recorded as an
Event of Default]

11.9 Civil & Restructuring Work Service Levels

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Replacement of Quarterly
Major Civil Works
including False (Replacement <=7 Days No Penalty
Flooring, False or
Ceiling, Doors & restructuring
1
Locking, completion
Partitioning, Fire within 7 days
Proofing of after Proper > 7 Days <= 14 Days Rs. 25,000.00
surface, Painting, mail
Water proofing of communication

Page 133 of 333

 Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
roof and or Ticket raised
Restructuring of for any such
Furniture & requirement) > 14 Days to <= 21
Rs. 50,000.00
Fixtures, Days
Electrical Wiring,
LAN cabling
(Replaced or
restructuring
would be done >21 Days Rs. 1,00,000.00
within 7 days
from problem
reporting time)

11.10 Help Desk Support Services Level

“Resolution Time”, means the time taken by the SI staff to troubleshoot and fix the problem
from the time the call has been logged at the Helpdesk and the time the problem has been
fixed/resolved.

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Within 2
Hours from
No Penalty
the call
Critical Call Resolution logged
Quarterly
(High Severity Call) Beyond 2 0.25 % of QGR Value
1 Hours and For every 60 minutes
(Time starts from the
(Resolution of penalty delay & there will be
time of call logged at
Critical Call) repeat for maximum penalty of 5
Helpdesk)
every 60 % for all calls
minutes combined.
delay

Within 24
hours from
No Penalty
the call
Medium Call Resolution Quarterly logged
(Medium Severity Call) 0.25 % of QGR Value
2 Beyond 24 For every 60 minutes
(Time starts from the (Resolution of hours and
time of call logged at Medium type penalty delay & there will be
Helpdesk) Call) maximum penalty of 3
repeat for
% for all calls
every 24
hours delay combined.

Page 134 of 333

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Within 48
hours from
No Penalty
the incident
Low Call Resolution
Quarterly logged
(Low Severity Call)
0.25 % of QGR Value
3 Beyond 48 For every 60 minutes
(Resolution of hours and
(Time starts from the Low impact penalty delay & there will be
time of call logged at Call) maximum penalty of 1
Helpdesk) repeat for
% for all calls
every 48
hours delay combined.

Within 60
Minutes from
No Penalty
Quarterly reporting the
call
Beyond 60
(Reporting to Minutes and
Application Monitoring
4 User penalty 0.25 % of QGR value
Fault Departments in repeat for For every 60 minutes
case of every 60 delay.
application minutes maximum penalty of 1
unavailability) delay from %
reporting the
call

11.11 Human Resource Service Levels

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Quarterly >=98%
average
Human availability of
Human Resource No Penalty
Resource the total
availability for all
availability designated
services agreed under
1 would be resource
Operations and
calculated as:
Maintenance for System
>=96% to
integration (SI) services (No. of shift
<98%
1% of the QGR value
days for which
resource average
present at the availability of
Page 135 of 333
 Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
JHSDC/Total the total
no. of shift designated
days) x 100 resource

>=95% to
<96%

average
3% of the QGR value
availability of
the total
designated
resource

5% of the QGR value

<95%
[JAP-IT may issue a
average warning letter & after
availability of three consecutive
the total warring letter, JAP-IT
designated reserve the rights to
resource terminate the
contract]

Quarterly <= 7 Days No penalty

(Replacement
Human Resource of any > 7 Days 0.50% of the QGR
2 replacement provided manpower by value (For Each &
under this project equivalent Every unavailable
qualification resource in the
and Quarter)
experience)

Note: - To illustrate the human resource availability in case there are 3 shifts per day which
will have 2 people in each shift.

Total available shift days per day will be = 6 (3 x 2) shift days

Total shift days in quarter would be = Total days in the quarter x Total shift days

In a quarter if two people were not present in shift-1 for 7 days then, 2 x 7 = 14 shifts days will
be considered for the unavailability of resources.

Page 136 of 333

Total available shift days in quarter = Total shift days for all resources in quarter – Total
unavailable shift days in the quarter

Uptime % = (Total available shift days for all resources in quarter / total number of shifts days
for all resource in quarter) x 100

11.12 Compliance & Reporting Procedures

Sl. Measurement
Service Matrix Target Penalty
No. Interval
Quarterly Within 7th day of
No Penalty
(The Bidder shall every month
Submission of MIS submit the MIS
1 Beyond 7 Days
Reports reports Monthly
and penalty
and as and when Rs.10,000.00
repeat for every 7
required) Days delay
All change
Change management
request
implemented No Penalty
(All changes should Quarterly
within 48 hours
follow formal change (Implementation
2 of Approval
control procedures. All of approved
Beyond 48 hours
changes need to be Change request)
and penalty
approved by Rs.10,000.00
repeats for every
Customer.)
48 hours delay
Preventive 100 % of
Maintenance of the Preventive
equipment Quarterly maintenance
No Penalty
carried out as per
(Any Preventive (Preventive maintenance
3 maintenance needs to maintenance of plan
be planned and the equipment Rs.1000/- per day
For every non-
intimated to JAPIT at installed at the per equipment
compliance
least 7 working days in State Data Centre) subject to maximum
preventive
advance by mail or of Rs. 3000/- per
maintenance
letter) equipment
Quarterly Inventory log
shared with 100 No Penalty
(The Bidder shall % update
maintain a
separate inventory
Maintenance of detail of all new
4 For every non-
Inventory and old items
compliance for
available in the Rs.10,000.00
maintenance of
project and
Inventory log
ongoing changes
made during
maintenance)

Page 137 of 333

 11.13 SLA Change Control
It is acknowledged that this SLA may change as Customer’s business needs evolve over the
course of the contract period. This document also defines the following management
procedures:

1. A process for negotiating changes to the SLA.

2. An issue management process for documenting and resolving difficult issues.
3. Customer and Bidder management escalation process to be used in the event that an
issue is not being resolved in a timely manner by the lowest possible level of
management.

Any changes to the levels of service provided during the term of this agreement will be
requested, documented and negotiated in good faith by both parties. Either party can request
and propose the change/s. Changes will be documented as an addendum to this SLA and
subsequently adopt as a part of the Contract.

11.14 Notes on SLA & Penalty

✓ These SLAs shall be strictly imposed on Bidder and a Third Party Auditor (TPA)/ any
designated agency shall be deployed for certifying the performance of the Bidder against
the target performance metrics as outlined in the above clauses.
✓ All logs, reports and data that shall be made available for the purpose of evaluation/audit
of SLA parameters/target performance metrics mentioned above for the operation and
maintenance of the JHSDC 2.0 shall be through system generated or automated
monitoring tools only.
✓ All penalties shall be calculated on a quarterly basis unless stated otherwise. If the delays
are on the part of the customer, then that span of time will be excluded for the purpose of
calculation of penalty.
✓ Equipment Availability related penalties shall be governed by below:-
a) For the Components which are in Redundant mode or High Availability Mode or in
Cluster, if one of the redundant components goes down and the services required
from that particular set of components are still working/ not hampered, then the 24
Hrs. time shall be given to DCO to rectify the components, if it is still not rectified
within 24 Hrs., the SLA as defined for the same will come into existence from that
time.
b) If in between 24 hrs. the other component goes down, and the part/entire services
required from those components are not available, the penalties as defined for the
same will come into existence from the time of first call log.
✓ If in two consecutive quarters, the SLAs drop below the lower limited specified for any
component in any service matric then it shall be governed by below:-
a) It would be recorded as an ‘Event of Default’, and first of all a letter of escalation
should be sent to bidder higher management for the improvement of services.
b) Further, it will be governed by the ‘Event of Default by the Bidder’ clause as specified
under General Conditions of the Contract in this RFP.
Page 138 of 333
 ✓ After cumulative penalty calculation, the relative total deduction should not be exceeded
10% of the QGR value for the same quarter.
✓ If the cumulative penalty calculation for three consecutive quarters exceeding or equal to
10% of the QGR value, on account of any reason/reasons may be deemed to be an ‘Event
of Default’ or ‘Termination’ process.
✓ If an incident has not been resolved within the stipulated time, its severity shall be
escalated to the next level.
✓ Any virus infection and passing of malicious code shall be monitored at all levels and also
user complains of virus infection shall be logged at the help desk system and collated
every quarter.
✓ Denial of Service Attack: Non availability of any services shall be analyzed and forensic
evidence shall be examined to check whether it was due to external DoS attack.
✓ Bidder needs to provide complete document on policy including authentication
mechanisms (single/multi factor), password policies such as password length, password
complexity, password expiry, account lockout policy, certificate policies, IPSEC policies
etc. that will be followed in SDC, and periodic report as and when required by JAPIT to
track those policy in line with the policy document.
✓ Bidder needs to ensure that patches / workarounds for identified vulnerabilities are
patched / blocked immediately.
✓ Bidder needs to respond immediately to security breaches or other security incidents and
coordinate with respective OEM in case of a new threat is observed to ensure that
workaround / patch is made available for the same.
✓ Operating system secured through appropriate configuration and patch updates.
✓ Bidder shall perform periodic reviews of domain level rights and privileges and also
update the same to JAPIT.
✓ Bidder shall cooperate with the investigation agency whenever an incident has been
identified.

12 Project Management
To consider the complexity of the project, the implementation of the same requires a robust but
flexible project governance and management structure. It is proposed to form a Project
Monitoring Committee chaired by Competent Authority for providing overall strategy and
policy guidelines with adequate members from the project stakeholders. Further, it is proposed
that a Project Management Unit (PMU) shall be designed and set up for ongoing tracking of the
project. The proposed PMU shall be supporting JAPIT in project monitoring and management
of the project. The Project Governance team should be adequately staffed and strong enough to
identify the risk and suggest risk mitigation.

The Project Monitoring Committee, chaired by Competent Authority, a flexible membership will
exist from the stakeholders on need basis. The committee will be supported by the Project
Management Unit (PMU).

Page 139 of 333

The Bidder should submit the project plan along with technical bid submission

12.1 Partial Acceptance Test (PAT)

Partial Acceptance Testing (PAT): After completion of mentioned stages of work as per
timelines provided in the RFP, the System integrator shall request for Partial Acceptance Test
(PAT).

Partial Acceptance Test will be conducted by the JAPIT/ any authorised agency in accordance
with the timelines, scope of work as mentioned in the RFP and the solution documents
proposed by the System Integrator and accepted by JAPIT.

Pre-arrangement for partial Acceptance Test (PAT) would be conducted after successful
renovation & installation and commissioning of equipment, would be the responsibility of
Bidder. PAT process would only be start after the submission of Test case scenario report by
Bidder.

The test shall include the following:

1. All civil, electrical, air conditioning works, etc., are completed as per the RFP
specifications and solution documents proposed by the System Integrator and accepted
by JAPIT.
2. All hardware and software items must be installed at DC site as per RFP specifications
and solution documents.
3. Availability of all the defined services shall be verified. The System Integrator shall be
required to demonstrate all the features/facilities/functionalities as mentioned in the
RFP and solution documents.
4. System Integrator will arrange the test equipment’s required for performance
verification and also provide documented test results.
5. The System Integrator shall be responsible for the security compliance of the IT
infrastructure and network before the final acceptance test.
6. All documentation as defined in the RFP should be completed before the final acceptance
test.
7. All punch-points of Partial Acceptance Test (PAT) must be addressed and resolved
before the final acceptance test.

12.2 Final Acceptance Testing (FAT)

The acceptance of the Data Centre including DC site in accordance with the requirements shall
be conducted. After successful testing of the features, facilities, functionalities and integrity of
the commissioned devices, equipment and services by the PMU, a Final Acceptance Test (FAT)
Certificate shall be issued by JAPIT to the System Integrator. The date on which Final
Acceptance certificate is issued shall be deemed to be the date of successful commissioning of
the DC. The FAT certificate will be issue by the JAPIT.

Page 140 of 333

Warranties of all the products would be checked at the time of FAT inspection. The warranty of
all the product should be available for at least 2 years at the time of FAT and it should be
renewed before the date of the expiry for the entire contract period. DCO has to produce the
relevant document of warranties of all the product with each QGR Invoice.

Any delay by the DCO in the Final Acceptance Testing shall render the Bidder liable to the
imposition of appropriate Penalties. In the event of the non-completing of the installation in
schedule time due to any delay from JAPIT/Department side then JAPIT may wave-off the
penalty with mutually agreed terms.

Any delay by the System Integrator in the Final Acceptance Testing shall liable the SI for
imposition of appropriate Penalties.

12.3 Roles and Responsibilities

Role and Responsibilities – System Integrator.

✓ Preparation of Design of Physical Infrastructure comprising of Civil, Electrical &

Mechanical, IT and Non-IT works as per scope.
✓ Prepare an IT infrastructure solution architecture, diagrams & plans and then seek
approval from JAPIT, before commencement of installation.
✓ Supply, deployment and implementation of IT and Non-IT Components and other
specified infrastructure at the JHSDC 2.0.
✓ Ensure timely resolution of all errors, faults and problems related to operation of the
JHSDC 2.0 coordinating with the OEMs.
✓ Scheduled and preventative maintenance of all Equipment (active and passive) installed
to run the operation of JHSDC 2.0.
✓ Proper cabling and Tagging at JHSDC 2.0 and should be periodically updated.
✓ Management, Operation & Maintenance and AMC & FMS of all the Equipment/Devices
under JHSDC 2.0.
✓ Liaison with the Primary/Secondary Bandwidth Service Provider(s) and Internet
Bandwidth provider(s) for better availability of the network as per SLA defined in this
document.
✓ Preparation and submission of separate PAT & FAT Plans and schedules for all
infrastructure, equipment’s (IT and Non-IT) and services for JHSDC 2.0.
✓ Preparation and submission of Manpower Deployment plan and schedule with list of
staff to deployed under the project at various positions during different parts/stages of
the project.
✓ Prepare or follow the Change Management Procedures, Information Security Policies as
suggested by JAPIT.
✓ SI would manage all aspects of Vendor management.
Page 141 of 333
✓ SI/DCO would be responsible to co-ordinate with Application Owner / JAPIT and get the
necessary infrastructure for hosting of applications.
✓ SI/DCO would be responsible to continuously monitor the departmental applications in
terms of availability and performance.
✓ SI/DCO would be responsible to Monitor components, including but not limited to,
Application servers, Web Servers, Middleware and other application servers on an
ongoing basis to ensure smooth functioning of the applications so that services can be
offered to the citizens as well as state government employees.
✓ For any server/ IT Infrastructure to be hosted on a co-located model in the JHSDC it is
the responsibility of the DCO to do performance and heath monitoring of all the IT
equipment using any monitoring tool.
✓ SI/DCO would be responsible to provide prompt support to DR on cloud operator team
in respect of providing access, power, connectivity, required IT & Non-IT resource as per
the JAPIT instruction.
✓ As the complete Data Center IT & Non-IT infrastructure is under the operation &
maintenance of SI/DCO so DCO would be responsible to assist the DR on cloud operator
team, in terms of new requirement, maintenance of the system, connectivity issue or
whatsoever is the condition/situation.

Role and Responsibilities – JAPIT

✓ Provide suitable space required for JHSDC 2.0 operation & maintenance and deployment
of associated infrastructure and facilities.
✓ JAPIT shall be responsible for provisioning of the 3-phase power supply to the DCO, and
provide the adequate electricity power for the running of SDC during the complete
contract period.
✓ The overall facilitation and moderation of the HOTO would be the done.
✓ JAPIT would be responsible to arrange for the required number of licenses for JHSDC.
Licenses for applications have to be provided by respective user departments.
✓ Provide the approval of design, implementation plan and schedules.
✓ Provide all necessary support in terms of site availability, clearances, access etc.
✓ Support in resolving issues and escalations with the consortium partner if any.
✓ Timely process the payment as per invoice submitted by system integrator and TPA
✓ If any dependencies/delay occur from JAPIT/Govt. Dept side, before or during the
implementation, the bidder will be entitled for extension of timelines and exemption of
SLA LD/penalties for that dependency/delay only. In this case DCO would not be
accountable for the same.

Page 142 of 333

 Role and Responsibilities – TPA

✓ Any change-request and configuration change will be reviewed and approved by TPA.
✓ NMS system should be configured for auto-reporting of SLA, Dashboard, Ticket Closure
System.
✓ Monitoring of SLA parameters defined for System Integrator/Managed Service
Provider(s) as per the signed agreement.
✓ Periodic Inventory audit of JHSDC 2.0 equipment.
✓ Periodic audit of the operation & associated services and submission of audited report
of JHSDC 2.0.
✓ Periodic Security audit of the JHSDC 2.0 as per Security Standards preferably at an
interval of 6 months after start of successful operation.
✓ Verification and Generation of Reports for implementing SLA.
✓ Verification of Invoices submitted by the System Integrator/Managed Service
Provider(s) and submission of signed reports on Correctness of the same after
incorporating SLA Penalties for the purpose of release of payment by JAPIT.

12.4 Responsibility (RACI) Matrix

The roles of the stakeholders shall change over a period as the project will evolve from
design to implementation and enter the operations phase. Stakeholders’ responsibilities,
illustrative organizational structure for the design & implementation phase, operational
phase is given below:

Various Stakeholders identified for Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 are as below:

CT – Composite Team (After release of PO)

JAPIT – Authorise person from JAPIT for this project

SI - Systems Integrator (Vendor selected for the Project’s Implementation)

CON – Consultant (Before releasing of FAT for the project)

TPA – Third Party Auditor (After releasing of FAT for the project)

Responsibilities are shown using RACI Matrix which splits project tasks down to four
participatory responsibility types that are then assigned to different Stakeholders in the
project.

R (Responsible) - Those who do work to achieve the task

A (Accountable) - The Stakeholder that ultimately approves the task
C (Consulted) - Those whose opinions are sought (2-way communication)
I (Informed) - Those who are kept up to date on progress (1-way communication)

Page 143 of 333

Sr. TPA/
Action Items SI JAPIT CT
No. CON

Implementation Phase
1. Issue of LOI/PO I R&A --- ---
2. Signing of Agreement (MSA) R A C ---
3. Site Survey for the finalization of proposed solution R&A C --- ---
4. Sharing of Detail Project Plan / Design document R&A C --- ---
5. Approval of Project Plan (Submitted by SI) R A I C
6. Resource planning (Submitted by SI) R&A C --- ---
7. Approval of resource plan R A I C
Restructuring, Procurement, Installation &
8. R&A C I ---
Commissioning of IT and Non-IT devices
Monitoring and Administrative Support as required
9. I R A C
for the Project (By JAPIT)
Periodic updates for progress of Implementation
10. (weekly / monthly / quarterly reports) (Submitted by R&A I I I
SI)
11. Review of Project Tracking / Reports submitted by SI I A --- R
12. Dispute Resolution R R A C
13. Escalation Handling I R A C
14. Risk analysis and mitigation I R A C
15. Process for handling Change requests and approvals I R A C
16. Completion of HOTO from existing DCO team R&A C I ---
17. Preparation of Plan and Schedule for Acceptance Test R A I ---
18. Conduct of Acceptance Test I R&A --- C
19. Release of Final Acceptance Certificate I R&A C ---
Release of Payments after completion of agreed
20. I R&A --- C
Milestone
AMC, FMS and Operation & Maintenance Phase
AMC, FMS and Operations & Maintenance for next five
21. R&A C --- C
years (After FAT)
Finalization of procedures, guidelines, checklists and
22. R A --- C
report Formats
23. SLA Verification and Payment Recommendation I R --- A
24. Release of QGR payment I R&A --- I

Page 144 of 333

 Initiation of Change Requests (Operational or
25. R&A C I C
functional)
Processing and approval of Change Requests
26. I R A C
(Operational or functional)

Page 145 of 333

13 Broad Scope of Work
The minimum specified scope of work to be undertaken by the bidder for Upgradation,
Operations and Maintenance of the proposed JHSDC 2.0 at Ranchi as per the scope mentioned
below. The selected bidder shall ensure an uptime more than 99.75% on a quarterly basis for
period of five years after FAT.

The minimum specified work to be undertaken by the bidder for Supply, Installation and
Commissioning for Civil & Renovation Work, Non-IT & IT equipment, and AMC & FMS of JHSDC
2.0 has been categorized as under:
➢ Schedule I: Supply, Installation and Commissioning of the Civil, Restructuring and
Renovation Work including associated AMC & FMS for the proposed JHSDC 2.0 project
➢ Schedule II: Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of the newly proposed
Non-IT Infrastructure and AMC & FMS of exiting Non-IT infrastructure under JHSDC
2.0 project
➢ Schedule III: Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of the IT Infrastructure
and AMC & FMS for the exiting IT Infrastructure under JHSDC 2.0 project
➢ Schedule VI: HOTO of existing IT & Non-IT Infrastructure, Data and Applications from
current DCO Team.
➢ Schedule V: Acceptance Tests i.e. PAT and FAT
➢ Schedule VI: Operations and Maintenance services for the complete Infrastructure
under JHSDC 2.0 which include Civil & Renovation works, IT & Non-IT and Human
Resource at project for the period of 5 years from the date of FAT.

Note:- It is mandatory to the bidder to visit the site and analyze the current status and
future requirement of the Civil, Restructuring and Renovation works under this
project.

Note:- Bidders are advised to study the RFP document carefully and completely. The
selected bidder has to provide the certificate from National Accreditation Board for
Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) for relevant items from their newly
proposed item/device/equipment, at their own cost.

13.1 Brief description of the Scope of Work

The Bidder will provide following services for Site Preparation & Supply, Installation and
Maintenance of basic Infrastructure for the establishment of State Data Centre at the proposed
site. The exact scope and boundaries of services provided as part of this Contract are detailed
in Detail Scope of Work therein of this RFP.

✓ Site Preparation of the proposed Data Centre in terms of the restructuring of Civil, Non-
IT and IT infrastructure, electrical, mechanical and other works required to maintain the
Data Centre.

Page 146 of 333

 ✓ Supply, installation and setting up of the necessary basic Infrastructure UPS and Air-
conditioning System, Fire management, Lighting system, Fire Detection and Control
system, Structure Cabling, etc.).
✓ Supply, installation and setting up of the physical security system and CCTV surveillance
systems.
✓ Five years on-site maintenance of all the new devices/equipment/solution and their
components supplied in setting up the IT & Non-IT Infrastructure in the Jharkhand State
Data Centre
✓ Five years AMC & FMS of all the existing IT & Non-IT devices/equipment/solution and
their components remains in the Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 at the time of FAT.
✓ AMC & FMS of all the new IT & Non-IT devices/equipment/solutions,
procure/comprised in Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 during the complete tenure of
this project (i.e. 5 Years after the date of FAT)
✓ Onsite support for Data Centre Infrastructure Operations on 24 x 7 x 365 basis by skilled
human resource / Personnel for a period of five years to ensure 99.75% availability.

13.2 Renovation & Restructuring Work (Civil Infrastructure)

The scope shall comprise the design, supply, renovate and testing under the Data Centre
building including all enabling works. All Works shall be carried out as per the approved design
and specifications and in accordance with the requirements of all relevant Indian standard
codes.

The overall Scope of Work (SoW) for the bidder to be appointed through this Tender for the
Renovation & Restructuring works (Civil Infrastructure) includes the following but not limited
to:
i) Restructuring of Media Room as an ISP (Telecom) Room
ii) Construction of a New Room as a Breakout Room at terrace
iii) Renovation of Storeroom
iv) Restructuring of Guard Room & Washroom Area
v) Restructuring of Ramps under Data Center premises
vi) Renovation of Server Farm Area
vii) Renovation of DG Sets Area
viii) Renovation of Seating Space under PM Room, NOC Room, Meeting Room, Spare
Rooms etc.
ix) Waterproofing works for Roof
x) Denting & Painting for entire area of Data Center
xi) Maintenance of complete Interior works under Data Center premises

13.2.1 Restructuring of Media Room as a Telecom Room

Brief scope of under restructuring of Media Room as an ISP (Telecom) Room includes
but not limited to the following

Page 147 of 333

 Bidder shall have to convert and restructure the existing media room as an ISP
(Telecom) Room for the State Data Centre, bidder needs to ensure and transform the
media room to ISP room along with all pre request for Installation & Commissioning
and proper operation of the same. False Flooring work for proposed telecom room
need to make as per the exiting false flooring work under DC area. It shall have
provision of minimum 2-3 number of Network Racks with provision of Two or more
individual shaft for the entry of OFC and UTP cables and Two or more Cable Trench
from telecom room to Server farm area and all the associated accessories with cable
tray must be installed for cable management from outside to ISP room and ISP room to
server farm area. Bidder shall have provision minimum Two number of Cable Pits (min
3x3x3 ft) outside the Telecom Room for incoming OFC and UTP cable management.
Bidder shall have to provision Two number of Industrial Air Conditioning for proper
cooling of all installed devices in that area with auto interchange option for operation
phase.
New ISP room must have minimum two entrance and exit point as per norms and must
equipped with access control system from both side (inside and outside). One door may
have direct access from outside of the DC area for service engineers and preventive
maintenance purpose without entering to server farm area. Bidder shall have to
provision one Metal Fire rated door with a fire rated viewing window. Height of the
door should be min 2200 mm. The Exit door must open outside and must have a panic
bar. Bidder needs to ensure proper safety and access control mechanism to avoid any
unauthorize access to the facility. Bidder shall build a ramp to entry from outside to the
ISP room with antiskid material on top of the ramp.

It also includes the scope of relocation of existing ISPs or Telecom links and proper
arrangement of future links for State Data Center. It also included the scope of
relocation of existing fire safe storage (Fireproof almirah) to another place as provided
by JPAIT. Bidder must have to provision biometric access control system for the new
room provided as a media room.

13.2.2 Construction of a New Room as a Breakout Room at terrace

Brief scope of under Construction of a New Room as a Breakout Room at terrace
includes but not limited to the following

Bidder shall have to Construction of a New Room as a Breakout Room with the
minimum size of 15 ft x 20ft at terrace of the current SDC building. The room shall be
built in temporary manner as side wall with bricks, Roof with Dyna roofing Sheet with
false ceiling, Flooring with vinyl sheets. All sides of the room should be smooth and
painted with suitable quality colour. It should have minimum One Comfort Air
conditioning system and two Fans for proper colling for entire area. The proposed
Breakout Room should be equipped with all the amenities like proper cooling system,
RO system for drinking water.

Page 148 of 333

 A CCTV camera must be installed for security purpose. A specious setting arrangement
including chair and table must be placed for minimum 12 persons.
Maintenance of new Breakout Room and installed equipment must have to maintained
by the successful bidder for five years from the date of go live.

13.2.3 Renovation of Storeroom

Brief scope of renovation of Storeroom includes but not limited to the following

Bidder shall have to renovate the existing Storeroom structure available at terrace of
the building, it needs to repair the walls, roof and flooring, wall painting, seepage
rectification work is also included in the scope. It shall have to provision the door with
lock and arrangement of electricity and Fans.

It must be equipped with access control system along with the One dome camera for
surveillance system.

13.2.4 Restructuring of Guard Room & Washroom Area

Brief scope of under restructuring of Guard Room & Washroom Area includes but not
limited to the following

Bidder shall have to renovate the current security guard room as one changing room
for security guards besides the stairs space at ground floor which need to be covered
by the ply woods or Gypsum sheet with good finishing and painting of the walls & one
door also need to be provision for the purpose. Proper lighting and fan must be
provision for the area. AND
Bidder shall have to restructure and renovate the current Washroom Area, it needs to
repair the entire washroom area and connecting area which include the complete
replacement of tiles and repairing of pipe lines. It shall have proper arrangement of
cleaning on regular basis. It shall have proper gate and one full length glass in each side.
It needs to replace all the flooring outside of the server farm area with high quality
vitrified tiles.
It needs to provision, One wooden shelf under the staircase area to keep user
departments belongings safe on temporary basis and another closed wooden shelf with
lock & key facility for the employee (min 12) in the current water dispenser area at 1st
floor.

13.2.5 Restructuring of Ramps under Data Center premises

Brief scope of restructuring of RAMP within Data Center premises includes but not
limited to the following
Data Center have currently two number of Ramps available one for Server Farm area
and the other at the right side of Data center main entrance which need to replace with
new RAMP made of RCC. RAMP has to be as per the standard that when a rack rolled
Page 149 of 333
 over it, must not be tilted more than 15 degrees. The RAMPs must have the antiskid
material on the top of the ramp. The ramp situated out-side of the building must be
repaired in context of especially abled people.

13.2.6 Renovation of Server Farm Area

Brief scope of renovation of Server Farm Area includes but not limited to the following

It needs to renovate Server Farm area for proper accommodation of new Racks and
devices. It also includes the scope of relocation of existing Racks, devices and links and
proper arrangement of all future requirement of Racks and Devices for State Data
Center. Bidder shall have to provision the proper power and cooling arrangement for
all racks and devices.

13.2.7 Renovation of DG Set Area

Brief scope of renovation of DG Sets Area includes but not limited to the following

It needs to renovate the DG Sets area for proper accommodation of new DG sets and
relocation of existing DG Sets. It includes the scope of develop the foundation for new
DG sets, accommodation of Fuel Tank, proper installation and operation of DG sets and
Panels. Exhaust pipes from DG sets have to be taken over the roof through a shaft or
along all as per CPCB norms. It needs to done all the required cabling for DG sets to
panels and DB Boxes etc.

13.2.8 Renovation of Seating Space under PM Room, NOC Room, Meeting Room,
Spare Rooms
Brief scope of renovation of PM Room, NOC Room, Meeting Room, Spare Rooms etc.
includes but not limited to the following

Bidder shall have to restructure and renovate the current PM Room, NOC Room,
Meeting Room and Spare Rooms, it needs to repair the NOC Room, Meeting Room and
Spare Rooms and connecting area which include the repairing floor, walls, windows,
doors and pipe lines connected to these rooms. The scope includes the seepage
treatment as per the requirement in all these rooms.

It also includes the scope of restructure the seating arrangement for NOC Room (16
Seats), Spare Room1 (06 cubical seats), Spare Room2 (08 cubical seats) & BMS Room
(2 Seats). Bidder shall provision all the seating space must equipped with high end
desktop terminal (Windows latest addition OS, minimum 16 GB of RAM and 500 GB of
SSD disk drive and 21” of screen) with quality chairs. Bidder shall provision one
number of all-in-one laser printer for office use.

Page 150 of 333

 Bidder shall provision for two number of network points (LAN) and two number of five
pin socket with On/OFF switch (UPS Power) connectivity for each workstation, at all
the seating space in each room.

Bidder shall have to provision 3x2 number of minimum 55 inch screen for NOC room
and One smart TV of minimum 75 inch for meeting room with all accessories for
monitoring and presentation respectively.

Supply testing commissioning of min 2 TR Comfort air-conditioning system with all

accessories like piping, insulations etc. Comfort Air conditioning (CAC) required for all
the auxiliary and utility areas of the Data Centre. The CAC system shall be designed to
meet the necessary ambient conditions. The comfort AC units shall be provided with
automatic temperature controls to ensure necessary monitoring of the system.

The cabling media selection is based on the connectivity requirements not only for
present day needs but also for future requirements. The expected life of the cabling
shall be considered for minimum 20 Years in respect to supporting multiple
generations of electronic equipment and bandwidth performance improvements, with
minimal requirements for pulling up floor tiles for adding media to raceways.
The cables would be appropriately marked and labelled.
The cables laid to the work area will be routed into the furniture, wall or access outlet
boxes as required and terminated in the respective information outlet and fixed with a
Single/Dual Faceplate.

13.2.9 Waterproofing works for Roof

Brief scope of work for Waterproofing works at complete roof area

Bidder shall have done a good quality of waterproofing works for complete roof area.
it needs to repair the connected pipelines for proper flow of rain water in the chamber
at the ground. It shall have proper arrangement of cleaning on regular basis.

13.2.10 Denting & Painting for entire area of Data Center

Brief scope of work for Denting & Painting for entire area of Data Center

Bidder shall have to renovate the entire Data Center inner and outer area, after
completion of all repairing works, it needs to paint the entire Data Center area. Bidder
must have to use fire rated paint under the data center with smooth finishing and
Exterior paint has to be weather shield proof. All surfaces of the building internal side
must be panted with suitable colour, quality, shade or texture.

Page 151 of 333

 It also includes the scope of repair Maintenance of complete Interior works under Data
Center premises for 5 years after FAT.

13.2.11 Notes on Renovation and Restructuring works

Other general consideration for Renovation and Restructuring works shall be as
below

a) All electrical cables and wires to be used in the building should be FRLS type.
b) All broken or damaged floor tiles/marvel must be replaced with high quality
vitrified tiles or marvel and complete maintenance of Data Centre building
including, exterior civil works, all electrical installations, sanitary installations,
plumbing works & fittings, cooling installations & fittings, painting and all other
interior and furnishing works during the O&M phase is the sole responsibility of the
successful bidder.
c) Fire alarm system is a must be operative for entire building area.
d) Best Quality materials should be used in Civil Construction, restructuring and
repairing works under this project and for throughout O&M period it should only be
replaced with the same quality products. Below are the dimensions of areas/rooms
of the current SDC required for Civil Construction, restructuring and repairing
works under this project

Sl. No. Location Dimension(feet)

1 Media Room 128 Sq. ft.
2 Breakout Room (New) 300 Sq. ft.
3 Store Room 131.25 Sq. ft.
4 Ramps 162 Sq. ft.
5 DG Set Area 4000 Sq. ft.
6 PM Room 196.33 Sq. ft.
7 Meeting Room 430 Sq. ft.
8 NOC Room 454 Sq. ft.
9 Spare Room 1 171.79 Sq. ft.
10 Spare Room 2 198.9 Sq. ft.
11 Wash Room Female 134 Sq. ft.
12 Wash Room Male 165 Sq. ft.

e) One additional network rack with all amenities like network and power cabling
needs to provision for the existing staging room.
f) Existing UPS and electrical room must be renovated with Electrical Insulation Mats
as per the standard.
g) The Bidder shall take all precautions for safeguarding the environment during the
course of the construction of the works. They shall abide by all laws, rules and
regulations in force governing pollution and environmental protection that are
applicable in the area where the works are situated.

Page 152 of 333

h) The Bidder shall clear the site of all debris and left over materials after completion
of the work, at his own expense to the entire satisfaction of the Customers, Municipal
or other public authorities
i) The whole of the work shall be thoroughly inspected by the Successful Bidder and
all deficiencies and defects put right. On completion of such inspection, the
Successful Bidder shall inform the JAPIT in writing that he has finished the work and
it is ready for the inspection by JAPIT team. On completion, the Successful Bidder
shall clean all windows and doors and all glass panes, including cleaning of all floors,
staircases and every part of the building including oiling of all hardware. Bidder will
leave the entire building neat and clean and ready for immediate occupation and to
the satisfaction of the JAPIT.
j) Comfort cooling must be available at all areas of the JHSDC 2.0 building.
k) Furniture in the outside of server farm area must be a high-quality product and
factory made with smooth finish.
l) Entire Data Center area including Reception area must be clean and dust free at all
times. The reception area Sofa and visitor chairs must have to replace and maintain
for the complete project tenure.
m) Chairs & Curtains at entire area including meeting room are need to replace and
maintain for the complete project tenure.
n) All the devices, equipment, Office workstation, High End Desktop and accessories,
Printer, chair, curtain, furniture etc. provided under this project would be under the
maintenance of bidder for the complete tenure of the project.
o) Emergency Exit from the server farm must have direct access to safe assembly area
and this area must be clean and clear at all time.
p) All floors, staircase, roof area etc. are to be scrubbed, all glasses to be cleaned on
both sides of windows/curtain wall including its members, screens, doors, roof
lights, etc., all gulley, gutters, pipe heads, etc. to be cleaned out and the reception
area must be clean and perfect during the complete tenure of the project. However,
a proper care needs to be taken during such cleaning works that the original
finishing such as polishing, painting, anodizing, powder coating etc. are not
scratched/damaged. In case of any such damage, the bidder shall have to reinstate
the same as original.
q) Cleaning & maintenance of internal and external area of SDC premises & its
surroundings including DG area shall include under the scope of DCO only.
r) Any loss or damage caused due to fault or negligence on the part of Bidder’s labours,
staff etc. during working in the premises will be made good by Bidder at no extra
cost

Page 153 of 333

13.3 Non-IT Infrastructure Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance
The scope under Non-IT Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance shall comprise the
supply of all the required material or equipment, installation, testing and maintenance under
the Data Centre premises including all enabling works. All Works shall be carried out as per the
approved design & specifications and in accordance with the requirements of the solution as
per all relevant Indian standard codes.

The overall Scope of Work (SoW) for the bidder to be appointed through this Tender for the
Non-IT works include the following but not limited to:

➢ Electrical Power and distribution works

➢ DG Set and AMF Panel replacement
➢ IBMS System Works
➢ Fire Hydrant, detection and suppression system
➢ Aspirating smoke detection, water leak detection, rodent repellent
➢ CCTV, Access Control System
➢ Air Conditioning works
➢ Fire Fighting System Works
➢ Network Cabling Works (Copper & OFC)
➢ Electrical Cabling Works (UPS & RAW Power)
➢ Grounding and Earth pits Works

13.3.1 Electrical Power and Distribution

LT Panels: The entire building has a comprehensive power distribution design where
LT panel will be an integral part. The same will be used to feed power to the critical
and non-critical areas. These panels may include Main LT panels, Distribution panels,
Power factor panels etc. These panels must be revamped and maintain for
uninterrupted supply of power for the complete solution
Cable, Bus Bar Trunks and Terminations: Cables, Bus bars of different types and sizes
as per the required design for connecting all required components from source to load
or vice-e-versa with termination at both ends.
Illumination: Lights of various types as suitable for both floors including critical and
Non-Critical areas are required to be rearrange and procured if required.
Wall Outlets, Outlets for Racks, Receptacles: End point power outlets are required for
all load points depending upon type and redundancy.
Cable Pathways: Various pathways such as underground trench, cable trays, Raceways,
junction boxes required to be there for the entire facility.
Wiring: Wiring of all load points, wall outlets, Lights and all other points where
connection is required.
Cable Entry: Fire resistant cable entry points within facility

Page 154 of 333

13.3.2 Building Management System
Since BMS plays a pivotal role in ascertaining consistent & secure functioning in a Data
Centre, significant emphasis is laid here in designing a solution that meets SDC
requirements.
The BMS solution incorporated shall ensure seamless integration of all physical
components with the necessary software modules for comprehensive assessment &
management through the centralized BMS room. The various BMS components have
been planned & organized systematically to ensure flexibility and ease of operations &
maintenance.
The design & sizing aspects for the solution shall have been elaborated by bidder for
subsequent sections of each BMS component. Clear articulation of design shall be
provided.

13.3.3 Safety, Security Surveillance and Monitoring

Fire Alarm System: Entire facility have fire detection, annunciation & Alarm system.
Different types of detectors such as fire, smoke and heat detectors or combination of
all installed and wired to a control panel in a zonal fashion. This system must be
integrated with the central monitoring system. Existing Fire Alarm System must be
revamped and maintain for covering data center safety.
Aspiration smoke detection system or very early smoke detection system: VESDA
system may be required in the server farm area for early detection of smoke with a
facility of alarm.
The design of Aspirating Smoke detection system shall be based on highly sensitive
LASER-based Smoke Detectors with aspirators connected to network of sampling
pipes. Air sampling pipe network shall be used to transport air to the detection system,
supported by calculations from a computer-based design modelling tool.
The system is capable of detecting the presence of microscopic particles of combustion
(smoke), suspended in air by detecting the light scattered from the smoke particles in
a sampling chamber.

Gas Based Fire Suppression System: The technical area such as Server farm area,
staging area, UPS room, Panel and battery room have fire suppression system with an
alarm such that in case of fire the gas agent gets released through the nozzles and
suppress the fire fully without damaging the electronic devices.
Fire suppression systems are designed to automatically detect and extinguish a fire and
shall be proposed for Server farm area. The system shall be so designed that a fire
condition in any one protected area shall actuate automatically the total flooding of

Page 155 of 333

 clean agent in that area independently. The entire system shall incorporate inter-alia
detection, audible and visual alarms, actuation and extinguishing.

Close Circuit Television System (CCTV): Surveillance of inside and outside of the facility
have different type of cameras such as fixed/Dome/PTZ high definition cameras with
facility of motion based recording and video analytics. The bidder needs to appraise
the existing and provision for the same.
All critical areas of the Data Centre shall be well equipped with CCTV cameras for online
surveillance on a 24*7 basis. The cameras will be integrated & monitored from the
centralized BMS room. The CCTV system will also incorporate network Video Recorder
and Cameras. The scope includes supply, installation, testing, commissioning of fixed
type as well as PTZ cameras & integration with NVR system for monitoring etc.

Access Control System: Access to the facility has to be controlled. Electronic

authentication on each entry to the critical area is installed. Physical access controlled
(manned) also have to be configured wherever required. The scope will include apprise
all the access control system mechanisms including authentication, prioritization and
monitoring. Access to the facility must be authenticate the Date Centre entry through
biometric and pin pad/ contact less card access.
Water Leak Detection System: Detection of water and other liquids at the pipes those
are used for flow of the same or at the floors wherever the possibility of water or liquid
leakage with detection and alarm system. Water Leak Detection system should be for
the Server and Network room Areas to detect and water flooding below the floor of the
DC. System should be wire based solution with alarm; the wire needs to lay in DC
surrounding the PAC units, which is the probable source of water leakage.
Water leak detection System would be designed to protect the Air-conditioned
premises and to alert the personnel about the leak in the AC systems. The system would
interface to Water leak detection sensors, condensation sensors & I/O modules
Rodent Repellent System: Ultrasonic frequency based electronic system to repel
rodents from the floors with help electronic wave emitters. The entry of Rodents and
other unwanted pests shall be controlled using non-chemical, non-toxic devices.
Ultrasonic pest repellents shall be provided in the false flooring and ceiling to repel the
pests without killing them. However periodic pest control using Chemical spray can be
done once in 3 months as a contingency measure to effectively fight the pest menace.
The controller shall install in the control / BMS room and the transducers in the
problematic areas i.e. above and below false ceiling and below false flooring. The
controller should have frequency and intensity changing controls

13.3.4 Presession and Comfort Air Conditioning

Air handling units of appropriate size and capacity to be installed as per the solution
for additional racks and equipment in Server Farm Area.
Page 156 of 333
 All area other than the Server Farm in Data Center premises including the Staging room
& Telecom room shall be equipped with comfort air conditioning system for proper
colling as per SLA. Air curtains shall be used wherever required

13.3.5 Diesel Generator and Panels

Diesel Generator complete with base plate, anti-vibration isolators and all fixing
accessories as required including AMF and AUX panels, complete with all accessories
exhaust piping, duly insulated with mineral wool and aluminium sheet cladding.
Starting battery in non-returnable containers complete with stand and other
accessories.
Generator cooling system, including all accessories, fittings, painting of pipes and
supports etc.
All necessary hardware’s / software’s to integrate the Generator microprocessor panel
to BAS system shall be provided free of cost by generator manufacturer / supplier. For
the integration of Microprocessor Panel of the generator with the Building Monitoring
System. The power back up system must have N+1 units. Normal Diesel would be used
for the DG sets.
All certifications/regulatory clearances regarding diesel procurement and storage
shall be the responsibility of the DCO. Physical space for the tank shall be provided by
JAPIT. The minimum diesel stock requirement is 24 hours.

General consideration for DG Sets proposal and commissioning shall be as below

• For captive power back-up system, Diesel power generators must be proposed with all
its ancillary supplies such as Buffer storage and Bulk storage tanks, Exhaust system,
Fuel piping system etc. The diesel generator must be Data Centre continuous type.
• It is proposed that 3 X 500 KVA Data Centre continuous rated diesel Generator set to be
offered.
• Cables from the Generators may be laid inside the existing trench. In case trench is not
available, a new trench may be created as per the existing norms.
• Supply of Diesel Generator systems Unloading, shifting, Storing, Installation, Testing
and Commissioning
• Supply and installation of Exhaust stack
• Periodic maintenance
• SLA adherence
• System Acceptance test at Factory and at Site (on full load condition)

General consideration for panel proposal and commissioning shall be as below

• Panels will be made up of inert material Calcium sulphate with laminate having
Antistatic properties.

Page 157 of 333

 • The bottom of the panel shall be of 0.05 mm Aluminum foil to create a fire and humidity
barrier, and this should provide floor’s electrical continuity.
• Panels will remain flat through and stable unaffected by humidity or fluctuation in
temperature throughout its normal working life.
• The Panels edging will be UL approved. Panels will provide for impact resistance top
surfaces minimal deflection, corrosion resistance properties and shall not be
combustible or aid surface spread of flame. Panels will be insulated against heat and
noise transfer
• Supply, erection, installation, factory testing, testing at site, commissioning, and
integration of the DG Synchronization panel for the 3 X 500 KVA DG set with all the
accessories.
• The DG output panel as per the scheme is proposed to be placed near the DG. Since, it
will be outdoor, the panel must have ingress protection level not less than IP 65.
• Supply, erection, installation, factory testing, testing at site, commissioning, and
integration of the Power distribution unit (floor PDUs) for UPS output with all the
accessories
13.3.6 Earthing and Grounding
All the non-current carrying metal parts of electrical installation and all metal conduits
trunking, cable sheaths, switchgear, distribution panels, light fittings and all other parts
made of metal shall be bonded together and shall be connected by an efficient earthing
system. Existing earthing and grounding shall be check, repair and maintain for smooth
operation of all equipment.
The cross sectional area of earthing conductor shall not be smaller than half of the
largest current carrying conductor subject to an upper limit of 80 Sq.mm. If the area of
the largest current carrying conductor or bus bar exceeds 160 sq.mm then two or more
earthing conductors shall be used in parallel, to provide at least half the cross sectional
area of the current carrying conductor or bus bars. All fixtures, outlet boxes, junction
boxes and power circuits upto 15 amps shall be earthed with PVC insulated copper
wire.
All earths must be interconnected at the earth pits. This includes generator &
transformer neutrals, body earth, lightning protection system earths, UPS earths etc.
The bidder to install the new adequate number of earth pits as per requirement, design,
and best practices and as per OEM’s recommendations.

Equipotential bonding:
• To overcome the problem of potential differences & increased earthing resistances, it is
proposed to interconnect all the earth pits to make the system as Equipotential bonding
• With this overall earth resistance comes down & redundancy is available for the earth
pits.
The following earth stations shall be interconnected at pit level, to achieve Equipotential
bonding:
• Third pin earthing
• Body earthing of all equipment
Page 158 of 333
13.3.7 Fire Detection and Alarm System
The bidder shall check the working status of existing Fire Alarm System, integrated Fire
Detection & alarm system for the entire premises. Which include all the sensors,
modules, devices are too installed in all areas and voids to cover the entire premises.

The fire alarm system should also be integrated with the BMS through SNMP
CARD/Modbus/BACnet interface to get all the alerts and alarm on the BMS. Each Loop
with 252 device capacity capable to handle the following detectors and devices. All the
detectors/ devices shall be Polarity insensitive. There shall be integration of FACP with
PAC & BMS system.

An alarm extender panel shall be provided where needed. The power supply shall be
a minimum of 6 amps. The power supply shall contain four supervised notification
circuits maximum of 3 amps each circuit. The power supply shall contain built-in
synchronizing modules for strobes and audibles. There shall be a 3 amp filtered
auxiliary power limited output. There shall be a minimum of 8 options as to the
operations of the inputs and outputs.

As per NFPA72/75/76 Standards, the spacing between the Smoke Detectors shall be
designed based on the Air Movement. The system should include Heat Detectors,
Monitor Modules, Response Indicators, Isolation modules & control modules.

13.3.8 Gas Based Fire Suppression System

The bidder shall Check, Repair, test and put in operation of existing NOVEC 1230 based
fire suppression system. The fire suppression system is included and not be limited to
gas release control panel, PESCO/CCOE approved seamless cylinders, discharge valve
(with solenoid or pneumatic actuator) as the case may be, discharge pipe, non-return
valve and all other accessories required to provide a complete operation system
meeting applicable requirements of NFPA 2001 or ISO standards and installed in
compliance with all applicable requirements of the local codes and standards.

Gas suppression system must be operative within the server farm area, staging room,
telecom room, UPS rooms etc. The bidder needs to perform Hydro test for existing Gas
based Fire Suppression system before final renewal the support of the same.

Discharge nozzles shall be manufactured in corrosion resistant material and shall be

positioned in a manner to affect a uniform concentration at the shortest time after
discharge. Each nozzle shall be able to cover a height of 5 m effectively.

13.3.9 Provisioning of IT Racks

a. The racks should be designed to provide a secure, managed environment for server
and Networking equipment.

Page 159 of 333

 b. The racks should be UL Listed and conform to EIA-310 Standard or India equivalent
for Cabinets, Racks, Panels and Associated Equipment and accommodate industry
standard 19” rack mount equipment.
c. Front and Back doors should be perforated with 63% or higher perforations.
d. Racks should have a provision for cable entry from the top and bottom.
e. The racks should be available with a vertical equipment mounting space of 42U and
each U position should be marked with its numbering.
f. The vertical mounting rails should have two sets of EIA mounting holes perpendicular
to the primary mounting holes to allow devices to be mounted in the side channel.
g. Both the front and rear doors should be designed with quick release hinges allowing
for quick and easy detachment without the use of tools. The front door of unit should
be reversible so that it may open from either side.
h. The front and rear doors should open a minimum of 120 degrees to allow easy access
to the interior.
i. All enclosure panels and rack-mounted equipment should be inherently earthed or
grounded directly to the frame.
j. The racks should have a minimum of IP 20 rating for protection against touch, ingress
of foreign bodies, and ingress of water.
k. Front and Rear mounting rails should he adjustable for depth.
l. The roof of the racks should be removable from the interior of the enclosure without
tools.
m. All racks should be 800 mm wide and 1000 mm deep for all kinds of racks. The height
of the Racks should be 42U (usable), with caster wheels for easy movement and
leveling feet overall height of Racks should not exceed 1995 mm including castor and
wheels.
n. All Racks should be provided with removal type cable manager rings in rear side of the
rack. Minimum 20 nos. of blanking panels to avoid air recirculation and bypass.
o. Supply, unloading, storing, shifting, installation, testing, and commissioning of Normal
Rack PDUs. (2 Nos per Rack).

13.3.10 Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) and Battery

Four number of 125 KVA and Two number of 20 KVA UPS is installed in 1+1
configuration. Battery back up to be provided for min 15 minutes on each UPS at Full
Load. SI shall have to provision for the replacement of complete set of New UPS Battery
for all the UPS after completion of three years of current battery life cycle or completion
of AMC period of the same (whichever would complete later).
General consideration for UPS Module proposal purpose shall be as below
• There are existing 2 set of UPS systems having 125 KVA X 2 configurations, each is
connected in one path of power to the Data Centre. The UPSs are modular in nature.
• The module capacity will be of 25 KVA hot swappable UPS Modules.
• Each pluggable type, hot swappable and user replaceable Power module having its
own full rated rectifier, full rated inverter & battery charging circuit.
• Supply of UPS modules, Unloading, shifting, Storing, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning.
Page 160 of 333
 • Supply installation & testing of VRLA Battery Bank of required capacity.
• The battery shall be installed in iron racks identical in appearance to that of the UPS.
• The battery shall be sized to ensure continuity in the supply to the inverter for at least
30 minutes.
• Battery banks Unloading, shifting, Storing, Installation, Testing and Commissioning.
• Supply installing, testing commissioning of Power distribution unit (PDU ) with all the
accessories (incomer breakers/ distribution breakers) for the UPS supply.
• Cables and terminations from UPS Output panel to Floor PDUs
• Periodic maintenance.

13.3.11 Notes on Non-IT Infrastructure Support & Services

Other general consideration for Non-IT Infrastructure Installation,
Commissioning and Maintenance works shall be as below

a) The system of wiring shall consist of PVC insulated copper stranded conductor
flexible FRLS wires in non-metallic conduits and shall be concealed or surface
mounted above false ceiling as called for. Wires and conduits shall be IS approved
and ISI marked
b) Prior to laying and fixing of conduits, the contractor shall mark the conduit route,
carefully examine the working layout and satisfy about the non-interference in the
route, sufficiency of number and sizes of conduits, location of junction boxes, sizes
and location of switch boxes and other relevant details.
c) Flexible conduits shall be made of heavy gauge MS strip galvanized after making the
spiral. Both edges of the strip to have interlocking to avoid opening up
d) Wires carrying current shall be so bunched that the outgoing and return wires are
drawn into the same conduit. Wires originating from two different phases shall not
run in the same conduit. All wires shall have ferrules for identification. Lighting and
power circuits shall be separate.
e) Every socket outlet shall be controlled by an individual switch unless mentioned
otherwise. The switch for 6 and 16 amps, socket outlet shall be kept along with the
socket outlet.
f) Existing Lightning Conductor must be revamped and would be properly connected
with Earthing pit through copper wire and maintain its working status for the entire
period of the contract.
g) The Bidder need to check and refill the Gas (if required) for all the Fire Extinguisher
unit. The bidder needs to check the Novec 1230 gas based fire-fighting system or
perform Hydro testing (if required) before extension of the support.
h) The Bidder need to check all the existing metering units installed in PDU, LT Panels,
Utility panels, UPS Output panels and perform the calibration (if required) before
extension of the support.

Page 161 of 333

13.4 IT Infrastructure Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance
Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 design and Solution is completely Bidder/SI’s responsibility in
this project. However, while doing so, the bidder must take into account the
considerations/assumptions/suggestions as mentioned in this document. In case there is any
discrepancy or contradiction, the same may be brought to the notice of the purchaser during
pre-bid meeting only.

As a way forward, the broad scope of work under this phase will include the following, but is
not limited to:

JHSDC 2.0 is envisaged to establish a robust infrastructure to enable the Government of

Jharkhand to deliver the services quickly and effectively to its stakeholders. Through such a
Shared Service Centre implemented and managed by a competent Bidder. The government
aims to focus more on the service delivery rather than on the issues surrounding the
infrastructure.

The overall Scope of Work (SoW) for the bidder to be appointed through this Tender for the IT
Infrastructure includes the following but not limited to:

➢ Supply, installation and configuration, testing and commissioning of compute

infrastructure (hardware & software) such as Servers, Operating Systems and
virtualization etc.
➢ Supply, installation, configuration, testing and commissioning of Network
infrastructure like, Router, Core switch and Access switch, including laying of inter-
rack and intra-rack structured cabling (OFC and Copper).
➢ Supply, installation, configuration, testing and commissioning of Storage Area Network
with Storage system, SAN switches, Tape Library, backup and restore, including laying
of FC cables.
➢ Supply, installation, configuration, testing and commissioning of Security
infrastructure like Firewalls, Network Intrusion Prevention Systems, Web Application
Firewall etc.
➢ On premise Service for Data Centre complete infrastructure, Patch Management,
Antivirus, Backup software and Enterprise Management System.
➢ Sustenance audit for below listed certification shall be responsibility of the bidder for
the entire contract period and these Data Centre Certification should be renewed and
upgraded (if certificate upgrade available) every year and all related cost for the
certification will be borne by the bidder:
a. ISO 27001:2013
b. ISO 20000:2018

13.4.1 Detailed functional Scope of Work for proposed IT Infrastructure

The bidder shall adopt fabric-based approach as it allows both traditional enterprise
applications and internally developed applications to run side by side on a network

Page 162 of 333

 infrastructure designed to support them in a dynamic and scalable way. Network policies
and logical topologies, to be applied based on the application needs. DC Architecture should
have Network fabric design with Spine & leaf model design to support and move to
interrupted management, programmatically defined policy, and dynamic workloads of both
Virtual & physical device.
JHSDC 2.0 should help the department to achieve the following functional requirements:
i. Rapid service provisioning: Services must be available in the shortest time possible.
Administrative and bureaucratic efforts to introduce applications can be minimized.
ii. Built-in Security: Security is one of the biggest concerns and is required by regulation.
Standard tasks like firewall configurations demand a lot of effort. Fabric must act as
single distributed layer 2 & layer 3 switches, router and firewall etc. Fabric must have
zero trust policy model for connected systems or hosts to help in protecting against
any kind of attacks like Unauthorized Access, Man - in - the - middle - attack, Replay
Attack, Data Disclosure, and Denial of Service. Data Center Architecture should provide
secure zero-trust using whitelist policy model in a heterogeneous network
environment
iii. Consistent services and manageability on physical devices and virtual overlays: Design
should support Virtualization from one or more vendors. Consistency in terms of
manageability, troubleshooting, and security must be present between different virtual
networks and the physical network to help minimize the administrative efforts and
eliminate errors.
iv. Multi-vendor service integration: Data Center should have built on the technologies of
multiple vendors. It must be verified that infrastructure components (like security,
load balancing, virtualization, containerization and huge storage capacity) from
various vendors operate together.
v. Network Fabric: The proposed network fabric shall be of a two-trier design
architecture adaptable to the continuously changing needs within the enterprise Data
Center. The access layer consists of leaf switches that connect to devices like servers,
storage, and backup whereas the spine layer would be the backbone of the network.
Network Fabric should have the core and spine layer architecture. Fabric must provide
REST APIs from the Central management appliance to integrate with Management,
Monitoring, Hypervisor and container software. The design should support for
deployments that start small, but then grow to large-scale over time, while sticking to
the same overall architecture.
vi. Visibility: Fabric must provide deeper visibility into the fabric in terms of
latency/packet drop between VM to VM, VM to Physical server and vice versa, access
to another access etc. Should provide pervasive visibility of traffic across the entire
data centre infrastructure, including servers. Should provide complete visibility into
application components, communications, and dependencies to enable
implementation of a zero-trust model.
vii. Virtualization: Bidder will have to propose the compatible Virtual Machine Manager
which must be integrated with the proposed SDC fabric

Page 163 of 333

viii. SAN Switching: The SAN solution should offer highly predictable performance,
scalability, Intelligence, and ease of management while protecting department
investment. The proposed switches should provide the best solution that can work in
multi-protocol FC /FCoE or IP storage (Internet Small Computer System Interface [iSCSI]
and FC over IP [FCIP]) environments.
ix. Storage Infrastructure: New centralized storage with flexible and secure configuration
shall be available in the SDC including backup facilities. The same shall be leveraged by
different departments for their data storage requirements in shared manner. Exiting
data shall be migrated in the new storage in phase wise manner.
x. Compute Infrastructure: SDC intends to have high-density compute setup comprising of
next-generation blade servers that should be capable of adding latest high-performance
processors along with high performance GPU capabilities to scale performance and
capacity on demand.
xi. Enterprise Management System (EMS): The EMS system should provide for the regular
monitoring, management and reporting of the IT infrastructure of the SDC. The EMS
system must have the following features including but not limited to: Following
functionalities are desired by use of such EMS tools:
a. Availability Monitoring, Management and Reporting for compute and
networking.
b. Performance Monitoring, Management and Reporting compute and networking.
xii. Vulnerability Assessment: The bidder shall be responsible for various assessment as
well as investigation activities basis various cyber-security guidelines as applicable and
as per the guidelines. Vulnerability Assessment shall include checks like Port scan,
unnecessary or vulnerable services, file permission, user access control, password
protection, system vulnerability Firmware vulnerabilities, etc. VA must be performed
one time before Go-Live and report needs to close all observation. VA must be performed
at regular interval i.e. in each quarter.
xiii. Server security (HIPS): Server security deployment with management console regular
update and policy need to update. For the endpoint security need to deploy for the
Desktop and Laptop along with Management console
xiv. Backup Software: The bidder shall be responsible for backup of storage as per the
approved policies of basis mutual discussions at the time of installation and
configuration. Lead bidder shall be responsible for:
a. Monitoring and enhancing the performance of scheduled backups, schedule
regular testing of backups and ensuring adherence to related retention policies.
b. Prompt execution of on-demand backups of volumes and files whenever required
by BSEDC or in case of upgrades and configuration changes to the system.
c. Real-time monitoring, log maintenance and reporting of backup status on a
regular basis.
d. Prompt problem resolution in case of failures in the backup processes.
e. Undertake media management tasks, including, but not limited to, tagging, cross-
referencing, storing, logging, testing, and vaulting in fire proof cabinets (space
provided by JAPIT).
f. 24 x 7 support for file and volume restoration requests at the Data Center.
Page 164 of 333
xv. OS Hardening: OS Hardening will include activities but not limited to the removal of all
non-essential tools, utilities, and services with other system administration by activating
& configuring all appropriate security features. The entire scope of this service will
differ on different Operating System basis. Most of the Windows based Operating
Systems will include following activities under guidance of BESDC. Broad categories of
such activities are:
a. Identifying unused or unnecessary ports.
b. Disable/Shut down/remove unused and unnecessary services and daemons.
c. Removing rogue connections
d. Setting up filters for malicious content for each OS.
e. Test Backup and restoring procedures.
f. Account Policies: Password policy, Account lockout policy etc.
g. Local server Policies: Audit policies, User rights assignments, security options
etc.
h. Event logs settings
i. System services
j. Registry settings
k. File & Folder permissions

13.4.2 Installation and Configuration of the Commissioned IT Infrastructure

The successful bidder would be required to undertake pre-installation planning at the SDC
including but not limited to Design, Construction, Interiors, Rack planning, LAN cabling, SAN
cabling, Power points provisioning, etc.

a. The bidder shall be responsible for the delivery, installation testing and commissioning of
the servers, storage, network, security, EMS and related equipment in the Data Centre.
b. The bidder shall carry out the planning and layout design for the placement of equipment
in the provisioned Data Centre. The plan and layout design should be developed in a
manner so as to optimally and efficiently use the resources and facilities being
provisioned at the Data Centre.
c. The plan and design documents thus developed shall be submitted to JAPIT for approval
and the acceptance would be obtained prior to commencement of installation.
d. The bidder shall carry out installation of equipment in accordance with plans and layout
design as approved by JAPIT.
e. The seamless integration of all IT and Non-IT devices would be the bidder's responsibility
holistically. Although IT-devices OEM's professional services for integration and
upgradation should be added for best utilisation of these devices.
f. After successful commissioning and FAT completions of the project, the bidder has to
ensure complete handover and knowledge transfer from OEMs for operations and
management.

Page 165 of 333

g. The bidder should ensure that a robust support model as per the indicative manpower
planning under the clause - Resource Planning during Operation and Maintenance, in such
a way that the data Centre operates with the high level of availability and with a
predictable restoration time in case of any failure.
h. The bidder would be completely responsible to manage the entire support model and
ensure the SLA uptime.
i. The bidder has to ensure that the entire infrastructure is back to back supported by
respective OEM’s support services.

13.4.3 Onsite Support

The bidder should ensure that the entire IT Infrastructure solution is operational in
accordance with the stipulated service standards in Service Level Agreement.

The bidder along with all of their associated OEMs should commit to provide all necessary
resources and expertise to resolve any issues and carry out required changes, optimizations
and modification to ensure that the IT infrastructure is operational in accordance with the
stipulated service standards in Service Level Agreement.

a. The bidder should provide comprehensive onsite warranty on a 24x7x365 basis for a
period of 5 (Five) years from the date of FAT for all IT infrastructure solution within the
Jharkhand State Data Center. The warranty period shall commence from the date of
acceptance of the entire system i.e. FAT.
b. The onsite technical support should also include all the upgrades, updates and patches
that are released by the respective OEMs during the period of contract.
13.4.4 Technical Support
The onsite Technical Support Team will coordinate JAPIT officials for the resolution of all IT
infrastructure related issues / problems. Technical Support Team shall undertake the
following activities:

a. Log the issues/complaints related to IT infrastructure at the Data Centre and issue an ID
number against the issue/complaint.
b. Assign severity level to each issue/complaint so as to maintain categorization and
differentiate the criticality of the incident via the priority levels, severity levels and
impact levels
c. Track each issue / complaint to resolution.
d. Escalate the issues / complaints, to JAPIT officials if necessary as per the escalation
matrix defined in discussion with JAPIT.
e. Analyse the issue / complaint statistics and bidder’s SLA

Page 166 of 333

f. Should provision for all necessary channels for reporting issues to onsite technical team.
The incident reporting channels will be the following:
➢ Email
➢ Telephone (mobile phone alerts)
➢ Web Based
g. Should implement a call logging system in line with the severity levels as mentioned in
the SLA.
13.4.5 Cyber Security
a. The Data Centre must provide an end-to-end security blanket to protect applications,
services, data and the infrastructure from intentional, unintentional or malicious attacks
or theft from external (through internet) and internal (through intranet and or physical)
hackers/malicious intent.
b. Such attacks and theft should be controlled and well supported using next generation
cyber security appliances e.g. Firewalls, IPS, WAF, AAA systems and infrastructure
protection mechanisms.
c. Furthermore, all the system logs should be properly stored & achieved for future analysis
and forensics whenever desired. It should be noted that at different layers of security, the
make/model of the similar appliances should be different.

13.4.6 Network & Security Monitoring

The bidder shall provide services for management of network environment to maintain
performance at optimum levels on a 24 x 7 basis.

a. The bidder shall be responsible for monitoring and administering the network within
the Data Centre up to the integration points with WAN. The bidder will be required to
provide network related services for routers, switches, load balancer services etc.
b. The bidder shall be responsible for creating and modifying VLAN, assignment of ports
to appropriate applications and segmentation of traffic.
c. The bidder would also be responsible for the overall solution within the data Centre
and its integration with other solutions such as NMS, EMS and Cloud Management etc.
d. The bidder shall co-ordinate with the all the stakeholders in case of break fix
maintenance of the OFC/LAN cabling or required maintenance work.
e. The bidder shall be responsible for Installation and maintenance of all devices.
f. The bidder shall be responsible for Configuration, Hardening and Monitoring of all
devices within Data Center
g. The bidder shall be responsible for Implementation and changes of Rule based policy,
Configuration of Security Policy for all devices.

Page 167 of 333

h. The bidder shall be responsible to Create and Maintain the Network Access Policy
(NAP) (the access specification) and related document, agreed between the parties for
all devices.
i. The bidder shall be responsible for Log File review and analysis of information on
traffic flow, Log File trend upgrade and analysis for all devices.
j. The bidder shall be responsible for Design, configure and maintain all Network Address
Translation (NAT) services.
k. The bidder shall be responsible for maintaining the Lifecycle Management of all
Hardware and Software components

13.4.7 Backup & Restore

The bidder shall be responsible to accomplish the backup of storage as per the policies of
JAPIT. The bidder has to discuss with the JAPIT officials about these policies at the time of
installation and configuration.

a. The bidder shall be responsible for monitoring and enhancing the performance of
scheduled backups, schedule regular testing of backups and ensuring adherence to
related retention policies
b. The bidder shall be responsible for prompt execution of on-demand backups of
volumes and files whenever required by departments or in case of upgrades and
configuration changes to the system.
c. The bidder shall be responsible for real-time monitoring, log maintenance and
reporting of backup status on a regular basis. The bidder shall appoint administrators
to ensure prompt problem resolution in case of failures in the backup processes.
d. The administrators shall undertake media management tasks, including, but not
limited to, tagging, cross-referencing, storing, logging, testing, and vaulting in fire-proof
cabinets (onsite and/or offsite).
e. The bidder shall also provide a 24 x 7 support for file and volume restoration requests
at the Data Centre.
13.4.8 Patch Management
The bidder shall be responsible to provide all the services related to Patch Management.
The security administrators should be aware of security precautions in place in their
environment.
Ensure that there is available documentation of approval as to what traffic is being
allowed through to the internal network. Personnel designated to evaluate patch stability
should have expertise in mission critical systems and be capable of verifying stability of
systems after patch installation.
Before any patch is installed, a full backup of all data and server configuration information
must be made. Best practices for disaster recovery recommend periodic testing of the
restore process to ensure the integrity of the backed up data. The patch management
Page 168 of 333
 should be executed efficiently for all kinds of environments like for operating systems and
Data bases.

13.4.9 Container Platform

The bidder needs to implement Container platform for the min 25% of the total procure
compute for the production environment. The container platform shall be used for the
hosting of compatible application. The bidder has to operate and maintain the
environment for the complete period of the project.
The solution must include Container Platform which must include all the relevant
software and Hardware (25% of the total compute core). Containerization solution should
support inbuilt CI/CD tool for DevOps to automate build, release and deploy from
continuous and repeatable basis by integrating on prem cloud across VMs and containers.
It should be able to track artifacts and automate deployment configurations to ensure
correct versions are used across all stages of the development lifecycle. Virtualization
software should provide Kubernetes in the control plane of hypervisor for unified control
of compute, network and storage resources to run both containers and virtual machines
on the same platform for at least one year. Provision persistent disks for use with
containers, Kubernetes and virtual machines and run containers directly on the
hypervisor for improved security, performance, and manageability and unified visibility
and management for Kubernetes clusters, containers and virtual machines. The solution
should support Routable Pods/containers in addition to Pods/containers which have
NAT.
13.4.10 Monitoring of IT & Non-IT Infrastructure
a. The proposed service management system should provide a detailed service
dashboard view indicating the health of each of the departments / offices in the
organization and the health of the services they rely on as well as the SLAs.
b. The system should provide an outage summary that gives a high level health indication
for each service as well as the details and root cause of any outage.
c. The system must be capable of managing IT & Non-IT resources in terms of the
business services they support, specify and monitor service obligations, and associate
users/Departments/Organizations with the services they rely on and related Service
Level Agreements.
d. The Service Level Agreements (SLAs) definition facility must support defining a set of
one or more service that specify the service obligations stipulated in an SLA contract
for a particular time period (weekly, monthly, quarterly and as and when required by
JAPIT).
e. The system must provide the capability to designate planned maintenance periods for
services and take into consideration maintenance periods defined at the IT & Non-IT
resources level. In addition, the capability to exempt any service outage from impacting
an SLA must be available.
Page 169 of 333
13.4.11 Notes on IT Infrastructure Support Services
a. Hardware support for the IT & Non-IT infrastructure solution which will include
diagnosing the problem and getting the same resolved through coordination with the
respective vendors as per the severity level assigned to it to ensure uptime of all IT &
Non-IT infrastructure of State Data Center as per the SLAs defined in Service Level
Agreement.
b. Schedule maintenance of the IT & Non-IT infrastructure solution under the scope of
work at the periodicity defined by the OEM and also as per the schedule defined in
discussion with JAPIT.
c. Installation, upgrade, update and management of all the patches for IT Infrastructure.
d. The bidder shall insure the complete migration of Data under JHSDC from existing
storage to any new storage under the guidance of JAPIT.
e. Maintain the inventory of the entire hardware and software assets installed at the Data
Centre. And also maintain a record of all the hardware changes made in the IT & Non-
IT infrastructure.
f. The bidder shall maintain all documentation related to material movement such as new
hardware, spare parts or equipment going out of premises for repairing or replacement
purpose, etc.
g. The bidder shall also maintain other site-specific documentation such as network
diagrams, manuals, license copies in hard and soft formats.
h. The bidder shall also update changes to documents like changes in IP addresses,
changes to layout of machines, addition to network, change in network layout, etc.
i. The bidder shall ensure implementation and enforcement of procedures, policies and
guidelines like Security policy, Network access policy, Anti-virus policy, etc. as
formulated in discussion with JAPIT.
j. The bidder shall be responsible to design and create a UAT Platform as a testing
environment for departmental applications before hosting. The UAT platform would
be implemented in future, under the guidance of JAPIT.
k. The bidder shall be responsible to design a solution to enable the use of the SSL/VPN
technologies, to have secured communication between Application and it’s respective
owner/department. The SSL/VPN access should be provided on temporary basis for a
limited period, as per the departmental request and JAPIT approval.
l. The bidder shall be responsible for Liaison with all the responsible for utilities such as
Power, UPS, Air Conditioning, etc. as and when required.
m. The bidder shall be responsible for Onsite Support to ICT Infrastructure hosted by the
Government department and/or any Government Agencies which also known as Co-
location infrastructure. The bidder shall provide onsite support to such Government
Agencies and user departments. The bidder shall be responsible for providing all the
onsite support services as per JAPIT instructions.
Page 170 of 333
n. The bidder shall be responsible for OS Hardening. OS Hardening will include activities
but not limited to the removal of all non-essential tools, utilities, and services with
other system administration by activating & configuring all appropriate security
features. The entire scope of this service will differ on different Operating System basis.
Most of the Windows based Operating Systems will include following activities under
guidance of JAPIT. Broad categories of such activities are:
i) Identifying unused or unnecessary ports.
ii) Disable/Shut down/remove unused and unnecessary services and daemons.
iii) Removing rogue connections
iv) Setting up filters for malicious content for each OS.
v) Account Policies: Password policy, Account lockout policy etc.
vi) Local server Policies: Audit policies, User rights assignments, security options etc.
vii) Event logs settings
viii) System services
ix) Registry settings
x) File & Folder permissions
o. The bidder shall be responsible for Enterprise Management System (EMS). The EMS
system should provide for the regular monitoring, management and reporting of the IT
infrastructure of the SDC. The EMS system must have the following features including
but not limited to:
Following functionalities are desired by use of such EMS tools:
i) Availability Monitoring, Management and Reporting for compute and
networking.
ii) Performance Monitoring, Management and Reporting compute and networking.
p. The bidder has to provide a virtualised solution with total 35 number of servers which
include the cloud infrastructure with min 20 server, 10 number of servers would be
used for management purpose (as Web server, Database cluster server, Application
server, EMS server, Backup server, Proxy server/Web Accelerator) and 5 number of
servers would be provisioned for implementation of Containerized Environment
q. ISO 27001 - DCO would be responsible for establishing, operating, monitoring,
reviewing, maintaining and improving the Information Security Management System
(ISMS) at the JHSDC 2.0. DCO would be also responsible for successfully carrying out
surveillance Audit and closer of non-conformities as per requirement of Certification
body. DCO need to take consent of JAP-IT in case of any changes required in policy
manual or documentation or in forming of Information security organization or as
required.

Page 171 of 333

 r. ISO 20000 - DCO shall be responsible to maintain and improve the ISO 20000 standard
which shall promote the adoption of an integrated process approach to effectively
deliver managed services to meet the SDC, JAPIT and User Departments. DCO should
be responsible to apply and maintain the ISO 20000 certification for the project
duration.
s. Data Theft Protection - The Bidder has to ensure to protect the state data from any type
of data security breach or theft. Bidder has to ensure to implement all the required rule,
policy, protocol to protect all the date stored in JHSDC. The bidder has to prepare a
Standard Operation Procedure (SOP) for the proper implementation and timely update
of Guideline, Rules, Policies and Protocols for the protection of any type of Data Theft
and submit it to JAPIT for approval and after approval of the same bidder has to ensure
to implement the approved SOP, and bidder has to also revised the SOP in every 6
months period and as an when required. Bidder has to update the same to JAPIT after
every update.

13.5 Hand Over & Take Over (HOTO)

The migration of JHSDC to the proposed JHSDC 2.0 is envisioned as the reliable and secure
infrastructure service centre for hosting and managing the e-Governance applications of the
State and its constituent departments. The existing Jharkhand State Wide Area Network
(JARNET 2.0) will act as backbone for accessing the e-Governance applications & services to
Government employees through SWAN from new data centre called JHSDC 2.0.
As a way forward, the broad scope of work under this phase will include the following, but
is not limited to:

13.5.1 HOTO from current DCO

Selected SI should understand, analyze and examine the current state of the existing SDC on
AS-IS basis in discussion with and knowledge transfer from the current DCO, current TPA,
JAPIT and other stakeholders. The process of handover has to be seamless without any
disruptions to the existing services. Bidder has to submit a complete HOTO plan to JAPIT for
approved and the HOTO activity shall be perform by bidder as per the approved plan. The
complete handing over taking over (HOTO) activity will be done by the new operator from
the existing DCO as a transition sub-project. The transition period will be maximum of 90
days or less as per the HOTO plan. The HOTO activities should be prepare and executed by
the newly selected SI, approved by JAPIT and supported current DCO. There will be a team
comprising of new SI for completion of the identified activities under the HOTO plan. The
selected SI will depute a Transition Team for current SDC to take over the identified activities
(knowledge transfer, asset transfer, operations transfer, etc.). Selected SI should perform
site survey to verify the actual on-site inventory details, provided by current DCO team. Site
survey should be done for the entire SDC inclusive of active as well as passive elements. The
site survey report detailing on all IT and non-IT equipment should enlist the details about

Page 172 of 333

the assets and their working status (working, not working, end of life, etc.), status of
software’s (like, license expired, license expiry date, license valid till date etc.). Selected SI
should submit a report after the physical site survey to JAPIT highlighting the discrepancies
in the form of GAP analysis report.

Selected SI should undertake takeover of equipment and operations from the current DCO
with due diligence and prepare a detailed documentation of the transfer process.
The bidder shall be responsible to take the complete handover of the complete IT equipment,
Non-IT Devices, ISP Links, Other links, other running services for the purpose of availability
and manageability of the services being rendered by currently operational SDC till the time
of complete migration of all the data, applications and services.
Successful bidder has to complete the handover takeover (HOTO) process from current SDC
operator before FAT of JHSDC 2.0. Successful bidder has to deploy the requisite manpower
to maintain the services. Selected bidder has also to maintain operational SLA like uptime of
devices and facility management services etc. AMC support of existing hardware, software
and all devices will be taken care by new team.
Successful bidder shall have to complete the migration of all the applications and services
from current SDC to JHSDC 2.0 within the timeline of FAT.
Testing of the migrated applications and services for the purpose of successful delivery of
the migrated services from JHSDC 2.0 shall be completed within the timeline of FAT.
The bidder shall ensure proper handover and takeover of documents & other relevant
materials in the event of change in personnel.

The current DCO will provide the following to the selected SI:
• Complete and detailed exit management plan prepared by the Existing SI
▪ Current scope of work of DCO under JHSDC project
▪ Complete knowledge transfer about the total IT & Non-IT infrastructure and existing
solution
▪ Proper communication matrix with such like DCO, staff, suppliers, IPSs, Customers and
any related third party as are necessary during operation.
▪ Information relating to the current services rendered and performance data relating to
the performance of the services; Documentation relating to Intellectual Property Rights;
any other project data and confidential information; all current and updated SDC Project
data as is reasonably required for purposes of the SDC Project or for transitioning of the
services to selected SI in a readily available format.
▪ All other information (including but not limited to documents, records and agreements)
relating to the services reasonably necessary to enable the Client and its nominated
agencies, or it’s selected SI to carry out due diligence in order to transition the provision
of the Services to Client or its nominated agencies, or its replacement by Selected SI (as
the case may be).
Page 173 of 333
HOTO Activity Schedule for JHSDC2.0
S. Existing DCO
Activity TimeLine New DCO Scope
No. Scope
Share the detailed Check the shared
Complete and detailed exit
exit management plan and prepare
1. management plan prepare and 4 Weeks
plan to JAPIT & their HOTO plan
share by the Existing DCO
New DCO accordingly.
Share a document Check and share
Scope of work of current DCO under for Scope of work their input (if any)
2. JH-SDC 2 Weeks
with complete or confirm
detail
Share the assets Check and verify
detail sheets for the detail and
Inventory & Assets details (IT, Non- complete IT, Non- share their
3. IT and Utilities) 4 Weeks
IT and other input/additional
utilities request (if any) or
confirm
Proper communication matrix with Share a document Check and verify
such like DCO staff, suppliers, IPSs, with complete the detail and
Customers and any related third detail of share their input
4. 2 Weeks communication (if any) or confirm
party as are necessary during
matrix with all
operation. stake holders
Share a document Check and share
Complete knowledge transfer about
for total existing IT their input (if any),
5. the total IT & Non-IT infrastructure 4 weeks & Non-IT infra and confirm after
and existing solution solution complete discussion and
detail verification
Information relating to the current Share a document Check and verify
services rendered and performance with complete the detail and
data relating to the performance of detail which share their input
required for (if any) or confirm
the services; Documentation
transition of the
relating to Intellectual Property services and share AND/OR
Rights; any other project data and the available
6. confidential information; all current 4 Weeks documentation Share the list of
and updated SDC Project data as is relating to IP list, other detail
reasonably required for purposes of User name & required for
the SDC Project or for transitioning Password and smooth O&M
other project data.
of the services to selected SI in a
readily available format.
All other information (including but Share a document Check and verify
not limited to documents, records with detail of all the detail and
and agreements) relating to the the documents, share their input
records, (if any) or confirm
services reasonably necessary to
7. 4 Weeks agreements or any
enable the Client and its nominated other detail
agencies, or it’s selected SI to carry required and
out due diligence in order to requested by New
transition the provision of the DCO

Page 174 of 333

 S. Existing DCO
Activity TimeLine New DCO Scope
No. Scope
Services to Client or its nominated
agencies, or its replacement by
Selected SI (as the case may be).

The takeover of SDC should include but not limited to :

• Process, Policies & Guidelines
• Inventory & Assets details (IT, Non-IT and Utilities)
• Operations, Maintenance and Management of SDC responsibilities
• Data Privacy responsibilities

The deliverable for completion of HOTO process would be the sign-off of HOTO Report from
JAPIT, which shall be prepared and submitted by selected SI.

13.5.2 Migration of Existing Infra into JHSDC 2.0

The bidder is expected to carry out all the activities pertaining to migrating the existing SDC
infra to the upgraded JHSDC 2.0. Migration from JHSDC to JHSDC2.0 include the following
but is not limited to

a. Data migration from existing storage to new storage under the guidelines of JAPIT. The
migration process has to be seamless within approved downtime. Bidder has to submit a
complete migration plan to JAPIT for approved and the migration activity shall be
performed by the bidder as per the approved plan.
b. Application migration in coordination with application owners / departments and under
the guidance of JAPIT. The Bidder will get all the necessary support from the application
vendor & JAPIT in terms of migration.
c. The bidder shall have to ensure that required dependencies along with their associated
items are met and/or are included in their solution for the said application migration to
JHSDC 2.0. The bidder shall ensure the migration of all the required application to
upgraded infrastructure.
d. Migration of complete existing infrastructure to the new platform under proposed
solution without any major service impact or within agreed/approved downtime.
e. All applications (including Application Data) need to be migrated from JHSDC to JHSDC
2.0 setup. On the request of bidder, JAIPT would align the respective application vendors
during the planning and implementation of application migration.
f. All other support required for migration process would be provided by JAPIT, respective
department and application vendors

Page 175 of 333

13.6 Acceptance Tests – PAT & FAT
The DCO would be required to submit a detailed Acceptance Test Plan after the completion
of upgradation, Installation & Commissioning of both IT & Non-IT components under
JHSDC2.0. This Test Plan would include all test cases, test scenarios, etc.
JAPIT shall review the detailed acceptance test (PAT) plan in consultation with SDC
Consultant. JAPIT or their authorised agency would conduct the verification of the process,
plan and results of the Acceptance Test Plan carried out by the Data Centre Operator. JAPIT
would issue a certification of completion after verifying the availability of all the defined
services as per the contract signed between the DCO and JAPIT. The DCO shall be required
to demonstrate all the services / features / functionalities as per RFP.
Inspection shall involve the completion of the JHSDC2.0 site preparation, supply and
installation of the required components. The equipment/devices available to JHSDC2.0 for
carrying out the operation and getting the acceptance of the same from JAPIT. Testing and
Commissioning shall be carried out before putting in the service.
Prerequisite for Carrying out PAT activity:
• Detailed test plan shall be prepared by DCO. This shall be submitted by DCO to JAPIT
after the completion of the installation of IT & Non-IT equipment/device.
• All documentation related to JHSDC2.0 and relevant acceptance test document
(including IT & Non-IT Components etc.) should be completed & submitted before the
start of inspection for acceptance test (PAT) to JAPIT.
• Departmental and JAPIT Application hosting complete detail
• For both IT & Non-IT equipment’s / software manuals / brochures / Data Sheets / CD/
DVD / media for all the components supplied under JHSDC2.0 should be submitted to
JAPIT

The PAT shall include the following:

• All hardware and software items must be installed at JHSDC2.0 site as per the
specification.
• Availability of all the defined services shall be verified.
• The DCO shall be required to demonstrate all the features / facilities / functionalities
as mentioned in the RFP.
• The DCO will arrange the test equipment required for performance verification. All the
test equipment should be readily available with the DCO once the go-ahead for the
inspection. In case any clearances for bringing the test equipment on board are
required by the DCO, the same shall be obtained beforehand so that no delay in
inspection process.
• DCO need to provide the OEM certification for proper installation of all components
(i.e. IT and Non-IT) from the respective OEMs.

Page 176 of 333

 JAPIT or their authorised agency would share the list of observations or issues to DCO for
timely closure after completion of detail inspection. DCO need to successfully resolve the
shared observations of issues and share to JAPIT. DCO would submit a request for
verification of closure of observation and successful commissioning of equipment before
Final Acceptance test (FAT).

Final Acceptance Testing (FAT)

After confirmation of resolution/closure of observations/issues by DCO, JAPIT or their
authorised agency would again check resolution status then the Final Acceptance Test
Certificate (FAT) shall be issued by JAPIT to the DCO. The date on which Final FAT certificate
would be issued shall be deemed to be the date of successful commissioning of the JHSDC2.0.
And this date will be treated as start date of the Operations & Maintenance (O&M) period of
the Jharkhand SDC 2.0

13.7 Operation & Maintenance with Comprehensive AMC & FMS

This is suggested to maximize uptime efficiency minimum 99.75 in Jharkhand State Data Centre
2.0 (JHSDC 2.0) and related information technology (IT) facilities managed by SI Team. This
provides guarantee and accountability for the operations team, service providers and end users
to meet the criteria for 24 x 7 service requirement. The goal is to achieve full uptime potential,
obtain maximum leverage of the installed infrastructure or design, improve operations
efficiency and realize opportunities for energy efficiency. This mainly provides the guidance
and framework to drive best practices for the effective management and operations of
Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0).

✓ Human Resource and Organization

✓ Policies and Procedures
✓ Access Management
✓ Maintenance Program
✓ Operations Monitoring
✓ Data Centre Studies
✓ Trainings and Induction
✓ Reports
✓ Documentation
✓ Certification
✓ Automation of Services

13.7.1 Human Resource and Organization

The right number of qualified individuals organized correctly is critical to Jharkhand State Data
Centre 2.0 (JHSDC2.0) meeting long-term performance objectives. Enough qualified in-house
staff and/or vendor support must be available to perform all the maintenance activities and
Page 177 of 333
operate the Data Centre to provide the greatest opportunity to meet the uptime objective. All
personnel would work for Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC2.0) must have the
experience and technical qualifications necessary to perform their assigned activities without
impacting the Data Centre operations.

Requirements

• Organizational Structure - this shows the structure of ITS department and define which
team is responsible or related to the Data Centre operations.
• DC Team Escalation Matrix – this specifies multiple user contacts to be notified in the
event of critical issues or emergency.
• Staff Qualifications – this is to ensure that the team assign to handle the Data Centre are
qualified, trained and has enough experience to properly manage its operations.
• RACI Matrix – this clearly states or assigns who is Responsible, Accountable, Consulted
and Informed in relation to each specific task to be defined as per the requirement

Notes on Team for Data Center Operation

• The bidder shall provide adequate number of manpower, each responsible for its
respective specific role at the SDC. The bidder must provide clear definition of the role
and responsibility of each resource as part of the Bid.
• If the technical qualification of the offered manpower’s CV doesn’t match as per the
resource Qualification and Experience as mentioned in the RFP, then the bidder will
disqualify from this tender process.
• Further JAPIT may consider 25% of maximum deviation in the proposed CVs of
resources at the time of deployment by the successful bidders. The successful bidder
must submit the proper justification from their HR Head at the company letter head.
• Onsite resources will follow six working days per week cycle and will be entitled for all
national holidays. In required resources would be called on Holiday/odd hours, in such
case they will be entitled for compensatory leaves.
• All the critical (L2 & above) onsite resources deployed at SDC have to be on the bidder’s
payroll.
• Onsite resources for Network, Security and technical support will work in shifts to
provide 24x7x365 onsite operations and maintenance services to SDC.
• All the concerned onsite staff shall log an attendance on a daily basis. The bidder shall
maintain a database of attendance of his staff at the SDC. The attendance database
should have facility to track attendance and draw out MIS reports for verification. The
DCO shall submit the attendance records in the prescribed format, as per schedule or as
and when requested by JAPIT.
Page 178 of 333
• The bidder should ensure that all the personnel identified for this project have high level
of integrity. The bidder should undertake necessary due diligence to ensure that the
personnel have high standard of trustworthiness. The bidder should obtain an
undertaking from each of the personnel assigned and the same should be submitted to
JAPIT as and when demanded.
• The bidder shall be responsible for any mishaps or security breaches that happen due
to bidder’s personnel / personnel appointed by bidder for execution of services.
• A Data Center Manager should be appointed on a full-time basis. The Data Center
Manager shall be responsible for the overall project and shall be a single point of contact
for JAPIT.
• The DCO shall provide and deploy the required human resource on the Site for carrying
out the work, all the provided resources must be skilled and experienced in their
respective trades competent to execute or manage or supervise the work in a proper
and timely manner.
• The bidder shall provide the complied resource with the approval of JAPIT. JAPIT shall
approve all the submitted resource on the basis of Qualification, Experience and/or
Interview and the approval from JAPIT shall be issued within 15 working days from the
date of submission of the request for the same. In case the approval not received from
JAPIT within 15 working days, the fully complied (as per RFP terms) resource may be
deemed approved but in case of non-complied resource it supposed to deemed rejected
whatsoever would be the condition. In case of non-complied resource, it shall only
consider, if JAPIT provide an exceptional approval in view of his/her experience and/or
exclusive knowledge about the product or solution.
• The FAT/Go-live shall be issued by JAPIT, only after the acceptance of the submitted fully
complied (as per RFP terms) resource list.
• Non-complied resource cost would not be considered in the QGR amount, the final QGR
amount would be considered after deduction of non-complied resource cost and all the
penalty would be deducted from the final QGR amount only. Penalty capping would also
be calculated on the final QGR amount after deduction of non-complied resource cost (if
any).

Page 179 of 333

 13.7.2 Resource Planning during Operation and Maintenance
Resources for O & M Shift Detail for Resource
Sr. Level Resource
Resource Detail Day Shift 1st Shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift
No Qty.
1. Data Center Manager L3 1 √ x x x
2. Database Administrator L2 1 √ x x x
3. Storage cum Backup L2
1
Administrator √ x x x
4. Server Administrator L2 1 √ x x x
5. Network Administrator L2 1 √ x x x
6. Security Administrator L2 1 √ x x x
7. DC Infra cum Store L2
1 √ x x x
Administrator
EMS/NMS L2
8. 1 √ x x X
Administrator
9. Database Storage cum L1
3 X √ √ √
Backup Engineer
10. Server Engineer L1 3 X √ √ √
11. Network Engineer L1 3 X √ √ √
12. Service Desk Engineer L1 3 X √ √ √
13. Tech Support Engineer L1 3 X √ √ √
Non-IT Multi Skill L1
14. 1 √ x x x
Technician
15. BMS Engineer L1 3 X √ √ √
16. Front Desk Executive L1 1 √ x x x
17. Security Guard NA 3 X √ √ √
18. House Keeping Staff NA 1 √ x x x
Total 32

Note: Above human resource requirement table is indicative as minimum requirement for
JHSDC 2.0, bidder should have a clear prospective of the requirement of human resource to
maintain the project and achieve the required SLA. Bidder should have their enough additional
resource to meet the challenge of leave/replacement/changes and smooth delivery of services.

13.7.3 Resource Qualification and Experience

Sr. No. Resource Detail Minimum Qualification & Relevant Experience
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C/Electrical)/ B.
1. Data Center Manager Tech /MCA or equivalent, preferably MBA with
10+ years’ of experience in Data Center Operation

Page 180 of 333

Sr. No. Resource Detail Minimum Qualification & Relevant Experience
& Management. ITIL & PMP/Prince 2 certified.
Having an experience of managing operational IT
support, establishing processes & technology and
Resource Monitoring & control.
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 5+ years’ experience in
administering production database and worked in
Oracle, DB2, MS-SQL etc. Knowledge in PL/SQL
2. Database Administrator
Programming with experience in handling
standby databases preferred.
Having the OEM certification in Database
Administration like OCP/DB2 or equivalent.
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 5+ years’ experience in sys admin
of RDMB data (MS-SQL, Oracle, DB2 etc.),
3. Storage cum Backup Administrator
sysadmin windows server. Having OEM
Certification in Storage /Backup area on
Oracle/SQL/SUN products or equivalent
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 5+ years’ experience in Server and
Server Administrator
4. Cloud administration. Having OEM Certification in
(Server & Cloud)
server or Cloud like MCP/MCSE/RHCE or
equivalent OR AWSE/RHCE/VCP or equivalent.
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 5+ years’ experience in Data
Centre Network & Security Administration.
Having OEM Certification in networking like
Network Administrator JNCP/CCNP security or equivalent. He/she should
5.
(Network cum Security) be well versed with Routing, Switching and
security devices and technologies like ATM, Frame
Relay, MPLS, Wireless, Broadband and Protocol
Analysis Tools. Must have intermediate skills in
Network Security technologies.
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 5+ years’ experience in Data
Security Administrator
6. Centre Security Administration. Having OEM
(Cyber & Information Security)
Certification in Security like CISA/CISSP or
equivalent
Minimum B.E. /B. Tech in Electrical / EEE or
DC Infra cum Store Administrator equivalent with 5+ Years’ experience of Data
7.
(DC Infra, BMS & Store) Center Non-IT devices Installation/Maintenance
and Troubleshooting. Having OEM Certification in

Page 181 of 333

Sr. No. Resource Detail Minimum Qualification & Relevant Experience
data Center infrastructure management like
CDCA/CDCP or equivalent. Good communication
skills to be able to interact with respective
vendors.
Minimum B.E. / B. Tech / MCA or equivalent with
5+ Years’ experience in EMS/NMS
8. EMS/NMS Administrator administration/Operation and troubleshooting.
Having OEM certified with EMS/NMS or
CCNA/MCP or equivalent.
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 3+ years’ experience in Data
Database Storage cum Backup
9. Centre storage and backup management &
Engineer
monitoring. Having OEM Certification in Storage
/Backup area on Oracle/SQL/SUN products etc
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 3+ years’ experience in Data
Server Engineer Centre Server and Cloud monitoring &
10.
(Server cum Cloud) management. Having OEM Certification in Server
and operation management like
MCP/MCSE/RHCE or equivalent
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 3+ years’ experience in Data
Centre Network monitoring, Operation &
management. Having OEM Certification in
Network Engineer
11. networking like CCNA/JNCA or equivalent.
(Network Cum Security)
He/she should be well versed with Routing and
Switching devices and technologies like ATM,
Frame Relay, MPLS, Wireless, Broadband and
Protocol Analysis Tools.
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 3+ years’ experience in EMS &
NMS solution monitoring, Operation &
Service Desk Engineer
12. management. Having OEM Certification in
(EMS & NMS support)
networking like CCNA/MCP or equivalent.
Proficient in EMS/NMS system support and report
generation as per requirement.
Minimum B.E. (Computer/E&C)/ B. Tech /MCA or
equivalent with 3+ years’ experience in technical
Tech Support Engineer
13. support services/ operations, NOC Operation & IT
(Helpdesk cum NOC Support)
Infrastructure management, managing & updating
customer database. Having OEM Certification in

Page 182 of 333

Sr. No. Resource Detail Minimum Qualification & Relevant Experience
networking like CCNA/MCP or equivalent and ITIL
certified
Graduate/ Diploma with 3 Years’ relevant
14. Non-IT Multi Skill Technician
(Electrical & DG sets) experience
Minimum B.E. /B. Tech/MCA or equivalent with
3+ Years’ experience of Data Center Non-IT &
Electrical equipment/devices
15. BMS Engineer
Installation/Operation & Maintenance and
Troubleshooting. Having Certification in
infrastructure management or Diploma.
Graduate with 1 Years relevant experience.
16. Front desk Executive
Preferred – Female Candidate

13.7.4 Resource Job Responsibility

Sr. No. Resource Detail Minimum Responsibility
Responsible for overall management of the Data Centre,
user SLA commitments, performance, availability,
response time, problem resolution etc. Data Centre
Manager should also be responsible for effective
Resource Management, System & Resource planning
1. Data Center Manager
based on business forecast and would be the single point
of contact for managerial responsibilities and direct
interface with State IT head. Data Centre Manager
should have capabilities in team management, capacity
planning and process documentation.
Responsible for Database Administration, Web
Administration, Application Hosting, Web Designing,
2. Database Administrator Staging and other related services. Database
Administrator should also be responsible for database
and application change management procedure.
Responsible for OS administration / management,
database configuration, scalability, performance, load-
balancing, troubleshooting & debugging and storage
Storage cum Backup administration. System administrator should
3.
Administrator implement the back-up plan for storing and retrieving of
data, maintain servers, machines, printers and also
responsible in resolving the real time (RT) requests
raised by users as per SLA.

Page 183 of 333

Sr. No. Resource Detail Minimum Responsibility
The system administrator will be responsible for
create/delete, enable/disable zones/volume/
connectivity and access rights in the storage solution.
Responsible for OS administration / management,
Server & cloud, load-balancing, troubleshooting &
debugging and monitoring of servers. Server
administrator should implement maintain servers,
machines, and also responsible in resolving the
Server Administrator
4. synchronisation issue on cloud. The server
(Server & Cloud)
administrators should provide hardening of servers in
line with the defined security policies. The server
administrators should provide directory services such
as local LDAP services and DNS services and user
support on servers, data storage systems etc.
Responsible for network uptime, performance,
administration and other related services. He/she
should be well versed with Routing and Switching
Network Administrator
5. devices and technologies like ATM, Frame Relay, MPLS,
(Network cum Security)
Wireless, Broadband and Protocol Analysis Tools. Must
have a high level of skills in Network Security
technologies.
Responsible for network security, monitoring of all
security devices and related services. Must have high
skills in Information Security technologies like Anti-
6. Security Administrator virus, Firewalls, 2 & 3 factor Authentication, IDS, IPS,
Content Filtering, Encryption, VPN, Threat Management
and be familiar with Information Security Audit
parameters.
Responsible for managing various vendor and sub
vender’s team and closure of calls as per SLA timeline.
Preparing MIS Reports, Daily reports, Status report and
procedure for managing of non-IT infrastructure.
Managing and supporting the Helpdesk System (tool)
for day to day operation.
DC Infra cum Store
Routine redundancy checks up of Non-IT components.
7. Administrator
Prepare relevant reports based on the data gathered
(DC Infra, BMS & Store)
from different sources. Maintain all the hardware
inventory and in-out report. Maintaining of Asset
Database & update at regular basis. Assist functional
team by requirements sessions and analysis. Make
improvisations in the existing systems by taking
feedback from relevant stakeholders. Tracking asset

Page 184 of 333

Sr. No. Resource Detail Minimum Responsibility
movement. Physical Security for operations of control
room which includes CCTV, ACS, PRS, WLDS, FAS FSS
and other technical components required for smooth
functioning of the Data Center.
Responsible for EMS & NMS configuration and
monitoring, managing, technical support, and reporting
for. He/she should be responsible discover all the
8. EMS/NMS administrator physical and virtual instance, and integration of all
services under EMS and NMS solution. Proficient in
generation of all the required report from system as per
requirement.
Responsible for monitoring of Storage configuration,
scalability, performance, load-balancing,
Database Storage cum
9. troubleshooting & debugging. System engineer should
Backup Engineer
monitor the back-up process of storing and retrieving of
data.
Responsible for monitoring of Server and cloud
configuration, scalability, performance, load-balancing,
Server Engineer
10. troubleshooting & debugging. Server engineer should
(Server cum Cloud)
monitor & maintaining inhouse and cloud servers,
machines & printers.
Responsible for L2-support, H/W &S/W support and
would provide help to the Data Centre Operations &
Network Engineer
11. Management Core Team in quick resolution of
(Network Cum Security)
problems. Responsible for monitoring network
performance, uptime, and other related services.
Responsible for EMS & NMS monitoring, managing,
technical support, and reporting for. He/she should be
Service Desk Engineer responsible discover all the physical and virtual
12.
(EMS & NMS) instance, and integration of all services under EMS and
NMS solution. Proficient in generation of all the required
report from system as per requirement.
Responsible for technical support and ensure uptime of
services. He/she should be responsible for escalating
the call to the specialized domain and closely work with
the domain experts and do the first level of analysis once
Tech Support Engineer
call is logged. Ensure uptime of services through NMS
13. (Helpdesk cum NOC
and generate reports to meet the SLAs signed by the
Support)
states with different stakeholders.
He/she should be a pleasing personality and good
communication skills and ensure satisfactory helpdesk
support.

Page 185 of 333

 Sr. No. Resource Detail Minimum Responsibility
Non-IT Multi Skill
Responsible for Operation & Maintenance,
14. Technician
troubleshooting and refiling of DG Sets and Electrical
(Electrical & DG sets)
Responsible for Installation, Operation & Maintenance
and troubleshooting of complete exiting and new
Electrical equipment/devices under SDC for routine
redundancy checks up of all DC Infra. Maintain all the
15. BMS Engineer relevant reports based on the data gathered from
different sources. Maintain all the hardware inventory
and in-out report. Maintaining of Asset Database &
update at regular basis. Check and maintain the
functional checklist after actual verification.
Responsible for all front office operation that includes
asset/ inventory management, record maintenance,
16. Front Desk Executive record updating, inter departmental relation, guest
management etc. Any other relevant duty asked by the
SIA related to front office operation

13.7.5 Policies and Procedures

An effective Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC2.0) management strategy includes policies
and procedures that needs to be documented and enforced to ensure that they are understood
and followed as inconsistencies in the performance can lead to service interruptions or
downtime

Requirements

• Data Centre User Manual – This includes all information that is critical to run the Data
Centre from construction phase to operation.
• Data Centre Instructions – This are set of rules inside the Data Centre that prevents any
risk to Data Centre operations.
• Emergency / Crisis Management Plan – This is to ensure control and management inside
the Data Centre during an emergency or abnormal situation.
• SOP’s – Set of instructions or guide to operate DC configurations on normal conditions
and rules for troubleshooting in different space like network, Sever, Cloud, Security, EMS
& NMS, Helpdesk services etc.
• Health & Safety Procedures – Set of HSE guidelines specifically for the Data Centre to
prevent accidents or harm to the DC operation team and visitors.
• Change Management Procedures – This is to review and approve the proposed changes
and evaluate the risk that comes with that change.
• Access Procedures - This access guideline specifies the criteria for granting access to
specific individuals or groups, and the different levels of access allowed.

Page 186 of 333

 • Maintenance Procedures – This specifies how a maintenance procedure is scheduled
and performed for each equipment/device.
• E-Waste Disposal Procedure – DCO has to prepare a SOP defining the E-Waste Disposal
procedure on the basis of available guideline/policy and submit it to JPAIT for review
and follow the process for the purpose of E-Waste Disposal, after approval of the same
by JAPIT.
• Data Archival Policy -A Data Archival Policy has to be provided by JAPIT during the
implementation period. The DCO has to implement and maintain the Data Archival
Policy for the data associated with JHSDC.

13.7.6 Maintenance Program

An effective maintenance program is necessary to keep equipment in an optimum condition,
minimize failures and prevent downtime. This includes preventive and predictive maintenance,
strong vendor support, failure analysis, life cycle tracking and documentation. Any level of
vendor support to maintain infrastructure should have a corresponding list of qualified vendors
with formal contracts specifying the scope of work, call-in process, qualifications, and response
times to ensure the level of service required meets the uptime objectives. Housekeeping is also
an equally important aspect of maintenance to keep combustibles and contaminants out of the
Data Centre Server Farm Area, NOC Room, BMS Room, Meeting Rooms and Spare rooms.

Requirements

• List of Equipment – this includes Generator (DG Set), UPS, LT Panel cooling, Fire Alarm
& Suppression, Access control & CCTV and related sensors. It is an indicative list not an
exhaustive one.
• Specialized Vendor Details – This contains the details of the vendor(s) assigned to
maintain DC equipment. Technician information, qualifications and certifications should
be available.
• Service Level Agreements – Should clearly define the Response Time and Conditions to
match our requirement as well as OEM recommendations.
• Planned Preventive Maintenance (PPM) – PPM schedule should be fixed for the entire
period of contract. So that team can plan other activities accordingly without conflict.
• Sequence of Operation – This shows the operation of any equipment with redundant
functionality in case of a primary source failure. Example: UPS, Generator, etc.
• Escalation Matrix or Emergency Call-out Matrix – This allows to clearly identify the
response team responsible for any equipment failure
• Housekeeping Schedule – This can either be planned or on-call but otherwise required.
Housekeeping Team will be supervised at all times.
• Critical Spare Parts - A detail of spare parts to be made available on site to sustain
operation of DC critical equipment.

Page 187 of 333

 13.7.7 Performance Monitoring & Management
The proposed performance management system shall integrate network, server and database
performance information and alarms in a single console and provide a unified reporting
interface for network components. The proposed performance management system must
integrate network, server & database performance reporting information and alarms in a single
console in order to provide a unified reporting interface.

Monitor everything continuously at the network level for all assets, physical and virtual, that
reside on the LAN, even those that are offline, and all interconnections between them. This
monitoring should be done on a continuous basis and should be capable of monitoring dynamic
networks & fabrics. Monitor for missing patches or application or configuration changes that
can introduce vulnerabilities or that can be exploited due to any reason.

Requirements

• Physical or Visual Inspection – This should be on daily basis at random times. Daily
inspection should be routine work for the Data Centre managers. This involves visual
checking of the electrical devices, cooling equipment, UPS, sensors, lighting, etc.
• Online / Remote monitoring – This type of monitoring is applied to all Data Centre
components connected to the network (DCIM) and also to the BMS alerts. This shows
actual information received from sensors, smart devices, etc.
• Critical Alerts – There should be an automated system capable of sending alerts or
notification through Email or SMS to maintain the Data Centre critical system failure that
requires immediate action.

13.7.8 Application Related Services

Application related services shall complete the entire spectrum of services to be provided by
the DCO. The objective of application related services is to facilitate the user departments by
providing them with “One Stop facility” for their requirements. As part of these services, the
DCO shall provide support for bug fixes, enhancements, operational support, and assistance to
the User Department. These services have been classified under the following three categories
depending upon the extent of application support that may be required by the User
Departments:
a. Application Migration
b. Application Enhancement
c. Application Monitoring
Hosting plan at the SDC for any new application hosting shall eb finalize by the DCO and
migration would be the responsibility of the user department and DCO would facilitate the
migration of the application.
Application Monitoring
The application hosted at the SDC will manage and reporting by DCO as per the following.

Page 188 of 333

 • Monitor the departmental applications on a day-to-day basis to ensure that the
application functions reliably.
• Monitor application to ensure that the application does not suspend, hang etc.
• Monitor components, including but not limited to, Application servers, Web Servers,
Middleware and other application servers on an ongoing basis to ensure smooth
functioning of the applications.
• Develop expertise in the application to have the ability to troubleshoot problems,
monitor erratic behavior through the application logs.
• DCO shall co-ordinate with application vendor for resolution of application related
issues.
• DCO shall coordinate with the application vendor to manage patch upgrade as and when
required with minimal downtime. Ensure configuration management and backups of
patch to rollback in case of problems.

13.7.9 Reporting
This is to communicate the compiled information as outcome of any activity related to the Data
Centre operations. It is important that these documents are accurate, objective and complete
according to its purpose as this is the only relevant factor used for referencing.
a) Data Centre Activity Report – This includes total number of PTA (Permit to access),
PTW (Permit to Work), NOC and CR (Change Request) can be monitored monthly,
quarterly and annually.
b) PM (Preventive maintenance Reports) – This should be submitted on Quarterly basis.
This ensures proper maintenance has been done for each item.
c) Incident Report – It is required to monitor every incident to prevent recurrence.
d) KPI Report – This is to monitor all targeted activities. Can be monitored monthly,
quarterly and annually.
e) The reports supported must include one that monitors service availability (including
Mean Time to Repair (MTTR), Mean Time between Failure (MTBF), and Maximum
Outage Time thresholds (MOTT) and the other that monitors service transaction
response time.
f) The system must provide a historical reporting facility that will allow for the
generation of on-demand and scheduled reports of service related metrics with
capabilities for customization of the report presentation.
g) Infrastructure and Application utilization report & other mandatory or requested
reports need to be submitted by DCO to JAPIT on monthly basis or as and when
required/requested by JAPIT/department

13.7.10 MIS reports and deliverables

The bidder shall be required to submit the reports as specified hereunder on a regular
basis in a format decided by JAPIT. The following is only an indicative list of MIS reports
which should be in conjunction to the reporting features highlighted in RFP. The bidder
should submit reports to JAPIT in softcopy and hardcopy as per schedule and also as when
required or asked by JAPIT.
Page 189 of 333
Daily reports
Following reports has to be submitted to JAPIT and any authorized agency in softcopy on
daily basis:
i) Summary of issues / complaints logged at the Technical Support desk
ii) Summary of resolved, unresolved and escalated issues / complaints received
iii) Summary of resolved, unresolved and escalated issues / complaints to
OEMs/vendors.

Weekly reports
Consolidated component-wise ICT infrastructure availability and resource utilization
report as mentioned bellow has to be submitted to JAPIT and any authorized agency in
softcopy.
i) Issues / Complaints Analysis report for virus calls, call trend, call history, etc.
ii) Summary of systems rebooted.
iii) Summary of issues / complaints logged with the OEMs/Venders.
iv) Inventory of spare parts in the Data Centre.
v) Summary of changes undertaken in the Data Centre including major changes like
configuration changes, patch upgrades, database reorganization, storage
reorganization, etc. and minor changes like log truncation, volume expansion,
user creation, user password reset, etc.
vi) Log of backup and restoration undertaken

Monthly reports
Consolidated component-wise ICT infrastructure availability and resource utilization
report as mentioned bellow has to be submitted to JAPIT and any authorized agency in
hardcopy as well as in softcopy.
i) Component wise IT infrastructure availability and resource utilization.
ii) Consolidated SLA / non-conformance report.
iii) Summary of component wise Data Centre uptime.
iv) Summary of changes in the Data Centre.
v) Log of preventive / scheduled maintenance undertaken
vi) Log of break-fix maintenance undertaken
vii) Summary of attendance of On-Role/Off-Role Human Resource worked for
Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 Project.

Quarterly reports
Consolidated as well as detail component-wise ICT infrastructure availability, bandwidth
utilization, resource utilization and human resource availability report as mentioned
bellow has to be submitted to all the stockholders involved in the project in hardcopy as
well as in softcopy.
i) Component wise IT infrastructure availability and resource utilization.
ii) Consolidated SLA / (non)-conformance report.
Page 190 of 333
 iii) Summary of component wise Data Centre uptime.
iv) Summary of changes in the Data Centre.
v) Log of preventive / scheduled maintenance undertaken
vi) Log of break-fix maintenance undertaken
vii) Details of attendance of all manpower availability at the Data Centre.

Half-Yearly reports
Consolidated component-wise ICT infrastructure availability and resource utilization
report as mentioned bellow has to be submitted to all the stockholders involved in the
project in softcopy.
i) Data Centre Security Audit Report
ii) IT infrastructure Upgrade / Obsolescence Report.
iii) Consolidated component-wise ICT infrastructure availability and resource
utilization report to be submitted to all the stockholders involved in the project
in hardcopy.

Reports for Auditing

The bidder shall be required to provide the reports as specified hereunder
i) JAPIT shall get the IT infrastructure solution audited by a third-party on yearly
basis. The third party shall undertake the audit of the entire IT infrastructure
solution. The audit shall ensure installation of proper versions of software
including, but not limited to, Firmware, OS patches, etc.
ii) The audit report shall make recommendations to JAPIT regarding issues
including but not limited to upgrade of infrastructure components,
reallocation of unused infrastructure components, etc.
iii) The audit shall also cover obsolescence of the IT infrastructure as per the
policy defined by the bidder in discussion with JAPIT. The audit report shall
provide details of the infrastructure components that are due for obsolescence
and provide recommendations for upgrade / refresh of infrastructure
components and plan for disposal of obsolete infrastructure components.
iv) JAPIT may also get a half-yearly security audit done by a third-party for the
security practices, implementation of security policy and vulnerability
assessment at the Data Centre. The security audit report shall rate the security
implementation in three grades viz. Satisfactory, Requires Improvement and
Unsatisfactory.
v) The bidder shall provide necessary support and co-operation for all audit
actvities.
vi) The bidder shall implement all the audit recommendations in time as per the
service levels defined in Section Service Level Agreement.

Page 191 of 333

 13.7.11 Trainings and Induction
Proper training and induction ensure that the team understands the policies, procedures, and
unique requirements for working inside the Data Centre. This is essential in avoiding
unplanned outages and ensuring proper response to both anticipated and unplanned events.

After completion of Upgradation, Installation and Commissioning of all IT and Non-IT devices,
the selected bidder shall provide a min 7days training to 10-15 people at the SDC premise.
Training will cover the SDC Implementation, operations & management and other aspects or as
decided by the JAPIT/Department. All the required training material will be provided to the
participants by the successful bidder. The training shall cover both IT and Non-IT components
involved in the civil renovation part of SDC and shall be provided by Certified Professionals. All
the training material will be provided by the successful bidder, before the commencement of
training.

Bidder shall provide the necessary training to JAPIT officials and authorised team members for
the purpose of concrete monitoring of the Data Centre operation and management. Data Centre
Trainings facilitate the team for the basic and effective knowledge on how the facility operates
as per the implemented design. This involves network connections, ISP links detail, Power (Raw
& UPS) utilization, cooling and all other support.

The training, in addition to the topics mentioned in the table below, shall cover the following
important technical areas:

▪ Server and Network Administration

▪ Security Policy and Issues
▪ Cloud Computing and Virtualization
▪ IT & Non-IT devices configuration
▪ Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for Data Center operation
▪ Physical Security
▪ Access Policy
▪ Acceleration Matrix
▪ Data Center Operation Team responsibility
▪ Data Center Operation and Management
• Maintenance and Troubleshooting
• Operational practices for the Information Security and BCP for Data Centre.

13.7.12 Documentation
The bidder shall be required to submit documentation in the format, media and number of
copies as decided mutually with JAPIT. The documentation shall be kept updated throughout
the contract period with appropriate change management procedures and version control. It is
advisable to follow international standards and best practices like ISO standards while creating
the documentation.

Page 192 of 333

The bidder shall provide documentation, which follows the ITIL (Information Technology
Infrastructure Library) standards. This documentation should be submitted as the project
undergoes various stages of implementation. Indicative list of documents include:

i. Project Commencement: Project Plan in MS Project giving out micro level activities
with milestones & deadlines
ii. Delivery of Material: Original Manuals from OEMs.
iii. Training: Training Material will be provided which will include the presentations
used for trainings and also the required relevant documents for the topics being
covered.
iv. Process Documentation: the bidder shall be responsible for preparing process
documentation related to the operation and maintenance of each and every IT
component of the SDC. The prepared process document shall be formally signed off
by JAPIT before completion of final acceptance test.
v. The bidder shall document all the installation and commissioning procedures and
provide the same to JAPIT within one week of the commissioning of the SDC.
vi. Manuals for configuring of switches, firewall, IPS etc shall be provided by the bidder.
vii. The bidder shall be responsible for documenting configuration of all devices and
keeping back up of all configuration files, so as to enable quick recovery in case of
failure of devices.
viii. The bidder shall submit the report on best security practices & further improvement
& enhancement of the SDC to JAPIT.
ix. SDC, being a property of JAPIT, it reserves the right to verify the process and
documentation submitted, at any given point of time
x. The bidder shall be responsible for creation and maintenance of all the
documentation including but not limited to configuration documents, network
diagram, Data Centre operation manual, system administration manual, security
administration manual, password management manual, etc. The servicing manual
should cover all the procedures and information necessary for the diagnosis and
repair of faulty units or components of every type.
xi. The bidder shall get all these documents approved by JAPIT.
xii. The bidder shall be also responsible for maintenance and updation of all the policy
documents including but not limited to security policy, backup policy, archival
policy, backup policy, anti-virus policy, etc.
xiii. The bidder shall make changes to the documents as and when there is change in the
IT infrastructure components or policies or as and when required by JAPIT.
xiv. The bidder shall maintain a library of various artefacts including, but not limited to,
documents, manuals, knowledge bases, CD / DVDs, etc. pertaining to all the
components supplied by various OEMs. The bidder should keep a track of all the
artefacts and manage the issue and return of the artefacts into the library.
xv. All the documents would be solely owned by JAPIT.

Requirements
Page 193 of 333
 • Asset list – detail of equipment/devices installed at Data Centre.
• Licenses – licenses for all IT, Non-IT, applications, databases and passive components
(wherever applicable) should be made available for support and service.
• Operation manuals – used as reference for the equipment functions.
• Procedure manuals – used as reference for the specified OEM procedures.
• Data Sheets – reference for ala equipment specification.
• Equipment Set Points – reference for equipment configuration.
• Testing and Commissioning – verifies proper operations of systems via documented
testing procedures and establishes performance criteria in line with OEM standards.
• Warranty Certification – an effective warranty management program secures
operational stability through knowing the limits and exceptions of the product as per
OEM. This includes all electrical, IT, Non-IT, and passive components (wherever
applicable) and should be made available for support and service

13.7.13 Certification
There are many operational standards have been chosen from International Standard
Organization (ISO) which provide the standards that guide day-to-day processes and
procedures for Data Centre operation. Bidder shall be responsible to perform Sustenance audit
for all below certification (latest version) for the entire contract period and these Data Centre
Certification should be renewed on schedule and all related cost for the certification will be
borne by bidder:

a. ISO : 27001
b. ISO : 20000

13.7.14 Visitor Management

A visitor is anyone who will be on a worksite for a short period of time (e.g., less than a day)
and who must be accompanied at all times to ensure he or she is protected from the hazards on
the site. Visitors include government representatives, students, senior Company employees and
others. Bidder has to prepare an online or computerized visitor management system to manage
and track the visitor’s permission/access/record.

Visitors have to refrain from entering State Data Center premises except when permission has
been granted by a JAPIT, and only when accompanied by a data center team, unless otherwise
approved

13.7.15 Notes on Operation and Maintenance Services

Following are the summary of operations and maintenance services to be provided by the
bidder to be performed under the supervision of JAPIT. The bidder has to finalize the quality
resources and confirm to JAPIT and the bidder has to deploy all the onsite resources for Data
Centre operation and maintenance on or before the date of FAT.

Page 194 of 333

a. The bidder shall provide comprehensive onsite support on 24 x 7 x 365 basis to ensure
an uptime of 99.75% for the IT infrastructure solution at the Data Centre in accordance
with the Service Level Agreement mentioned as part of this tender.
b. The bidder shall commit to provide all necessary human resources onsite to resolve
any issues/incidents and carry out required changes, optimizations and modification.
c. The bidder shall assign onsite human resources on 24 x 7 x 365 basis to diagnose,
troubleshoot and resolve issues related to the Data Centre services. The onsite support
staff should possess capability for supporting the equipment and components
proposed, but not limited to undertaking preventive and break-fix maintenance,
troubleshooting, resolving problems, tuning, etc. The bidder shall also provision for
necessary offsite support to ensure continuity of operations for JHSDC 2.0.
d. The bidder shall provide comprehensive technical support services for all the
hardware and software proposed for the entire period of the contract. The technical
support should include all the upgrades, updates and patches that are released by the
respective OEMs during the period of contract.
e. The bidder shall provide comprehensive onsite warranty on 24 x 7 x 365 basis for a
period of 5 (Five) years from the date of FAT of all infrastructure provided as part of
scope of this tender. The warranty period shall commence from the date of acceptance
of the entire system only.
f. The bidder shall be responsible for tasks including but not limited to setting up servers,
configuring and apportioning storage space, account management, performing
periodic backup of data and automating reporting tasks, and executing hardware and
software updates when necessary. It should be noted that the activities performed by
the bidder will be under the supervision of JAPIT.
g. The bidder shall implement and maintain standard operating procedures for the
maintenance of the IT infrastructure based on the policies formulated in discussion
with JAPIT and based on the industry best practices / frameworks. The bidder shall
also create and maintain adequate documentation / checklists for the same.
h. The bidder shall be responsible for managing the user name, roles and passwords of
all the relevant subsystems, including, but not limited to servers, other devices, etc.
i. The bidder shall be responsible for management of passwords for all relevant
components and devices under his purview and implement a password change
mechanism in accordance with the security policy formulated in discussion with JAPIT
and based on the industry best practices or frameworks
j. The bidder shall ensure proper configuration of server parameters. The bidder shall be
the single point of accountability for all hardware maintenance and support the IT
infrastructure at the Data Centre.
k. The bidder shall be responsible for Operating system administration, including but not
limited to management of users, processes, preventive maintenance and management

Page 195 of 333

 of upgrades including updates, upgrades and patches to ensure that the system is
properly updated.
l. The bidder shall also be responsible for installation and re-installation in the event of
system crash/failures.
m. The bidder shall also ensure that the logs are backed up and truncated at regular
intervals. The bidders are advised to refer CERT-In guidelines so as to ensure their
alignment with the practices followed.
n. The bidder shall ensure the trouble shoot problems with web services, application
software, desktop/server relationship issues and overall aspects of a server
environment like managing and monitoring server configuration, performance and
activity of all servers.
o. The bidder shall be responsible for managing the trouble tickets, diagnosis of the
problems, reporting, managing escalation, and ensuring rectification of server
problems as prescribed in Service Level Agreement. The bidder shall responsible for
documentation regarding configuration of all servers, IT Infrastructure etc.
p. The bidder shall be responsible for the management of the storage solution including,
but not limited to, storage management policy, configuration and management of disk
array, SAN fabric / switches, Virtual tape library, etc.
q. The bidder shall be responsible for storage management, including but not limited to
management of space, SAN volumes, RAID configuration, LUN, zone, security, business
continuity volumes, performance, etc.
r. The bidder shall be responsible to provide the appropriate setup to JAPIT for remotely
manage the storage system and components. (If required).
s. The bidder shall be responsible to perform physical administrative functions such as
reorganizing the database to improve performance. The bidder shall be responsible for
tuning of the relational database, ensuring the integrity of the data and configuring the
data dictionary. The bidder shall also be responsible for testing and installing new
database software releases, if any.

13.8 Notes on other scope and terms

1) During O&M Phase i.e., after FAT, the recurring expenditure like Bandwidth Charges,
Fuel Charges, and Electricity Bill would be reimbursed by JAPIT to SI, on actual basis
and no Service charge/Tax would be included by SI for the same. SI would raise their
Invoice/Debit Note for these reimbursements on quarterly basis, along with their QGR
invoice for O&M. The reimbursement shall be made by JAPIT, only after the verification
of TPA or any duly authorised agency by JAPIT.
2) Timely & Full payment shall be made by DCO against the Bandwidth, Fuel and
Electricity uses, in any case no arrear or penalty amount shall be paid by JAPIT/Depart.
It is DCO responsibility to follow up with Electricity and Bandwidth Department for
collecting the Bill/Invoice and timely payment for the same.
Page 196 of 333
3) All Operational expenses during Implementation would be the responsibility of the SI.
Implementation period shall mean till the FAT completion and O&M initiated.
4) Provisioning of internet bandwidth will be the responsibility of JAPIT/State
Department and recurring expenses will be reimbursed on actual. SI will be
responsible for liaising with the current and upcoming ISPs.
5) As many virtual machines (VMs) may be created on the physical machines as deemed
necessary; it shall be the DCO’s responsibility to manage and monitor them.
6) It is the responsibility of the DCO to reclaim the deletion of the storage space from the
Storage.
7) It is the responsibility of the DCO to provide on-site comprehensive AMC & FMS
services for all the existing IT equipment and Non-IT Infrastructure for next five years
from the date of FAT.
8) The Mentioned Bill of Quantity (BOQ) are indicative and the JAPIT reserves the right at
the time of award of contract to increase or decrease the quantity of goods and / or
services at the time of final order, from what was originally specified while floating the
RFP, without any change in unit price or any other terms and conditions.
9) JAPIT has the reserves the rights for additional order to purchase of any
Equipment/Devices/goods/services, in any Quantity, without any change in unit price
or any other terms and conditions within the project implementation period or before
Go-Live.
10) In case of additional requirement of the any item/material/equipment after Go-Live of
the project, JAPIT may ask the bidder to supply same under JHSDC2.0. The benchmark
price will be the same and the final cost shall be decided on the mutual consent
between SI and JAPIT after consideration of the change of inflation rate, exchange rate
& custom import tariff etc
11) For all Non-IT infrastructure, there should be a clear maintenance schedule, and any
deficiencies arising through the operational period should be rectified appropriately.
12) The SDC operator i.e. DCO shall be responsible for maintaining the ISO 27000:2013 &
20000:2018 certification for the entire project duration. DCO shall also be responsible
for preparation of updated Operational Manual for JHSDC along with the certification.
13) Reimbursement of fuel expenses shall be done on the Quarterly basis. DCO would be
required to submit original bills of the fuel station along with their invoice/Debit Note
for reimbursement. JAPIT shall verify the diesel consumption from the logbook
maintained and MIS generated through the BMS. The SI has to ensure that the
automatic system installed which allows for measurement of the diesel consumed and
this system would work properly and should also be integrated with the Building
Management System (BMS).
14) Composite Team (CT) shall be formed by JAPIT/Dept. which would comprise of
professionals & domain experts for the SDC. Composite team shall be responsible for
the implementation of the various policies & overseeing the operation & maintenance
aspects of the State Data Centre. The Data Center Manager provided by SI would report
to the CT for all matters relating to the efficient operations & maintenance of the SDC.

Page 197 of 333

15) The Third Party Agency (TPA) would interact through the Composite team for any
challenge related to the Monitoring, Inspection & Periodic Audit for the facilities being
maintained by the DCO.
16) Audit of Consumption of Power & Diesel would be done by the TPA, and DCO shall
coordinate for the same.
17) As and when the DR site comes up, it shall be seamlessly integrated with the JHSDC.
The management of this infrastructure shall be done by the DCO for the entire project
duration at no additional cost.
18) It is the responsibility of the DCO to provide all the Monitoring Solutions such as EMS,
Enterprise Endpoint Protection Solution, HIPS etc. with required hardware, OS,
Database and implementation of Monitoring Solutions. It is also the responsibility of
the DCO to take care for any kind of scalability that is required in solution during the
project period, DCO will not charge any additional cost required for making them
scalable to meet the project
19) Quarterly execution of VA (Vulnerability Assessment) test of all the applications
(including all the co-located system) that would be hosted in the SDC shall be the
responsibility of the DCO. And after completion of VA testing, the report for the same
must be submitted with QGR report to JAPIT/TPA or any designed agency by JAPIT.
The same would be checked by TPA and DCO must have to rectify the issue raised (If
any) in the TPA report on the same.
20) The SI shall ensure that they have provision 24x7x365 comprehensive onsite support
arrangement for a period of 5 years after FAT with all the OEM for respective IT and
Non-IT components.

Page 198 of 333

14 Minimum Bill of Quantity
All bellow mention BOQ are Indicative only, final BoQ may vary depends upon Solution
proposed by Selected Bidder. Selected Bidder requested to submit detail BoQ as per the
proposed solution.

14.1.1 Bill of Quantity for IT material to be procured for

JHSDC2.0
BOQ
Sr. Specification/ Throughput
Asset Description UOM for
No. /Remarks
SDC2.0
1 Blade Server
2 x 32 cores per processor
running @ 2.20 GHz clock speed
or higher, 1TB DDR4 Memory,
Dual port 25Gb Ethernet
Adaptor & Dual port 32Gbps FC
1.1 Server Infrastructure - Blade Server Nos 52 or 2 x 100Gbps Converged
network adapter, 2 x 960GB 12G
Solid State Drives or higher.
(Indicative - For Cloud & Infra
(35), Management (12) &
Container (5)
Maximum of 10RU & should
support 8 blade servers of Dual
Chassis Infrastructure – Blade socket configuration. Ethernet
1.2 Nos 9
Enclosure uplink of 200G to DC switch,
128G FC uplink to SAN switch, 6
x 100Gb QSFP+ uplink ports.
Pair of Converged switches or
equivalent. Minimum of 32 ports
1.3 Fibric Interconnect Switch Nos 9 supporting 12 x 10Gbps SFP+, 8
x 32 Gbps FC ports & 2 x 40Gbps
QSFP+ ports
2 Staging Environment
HCI Environment for Staging
purpose with minimum 12
(10+2) Nodes each with
minimum 2x32 cores, 16x64GB
memory, 2x 800GB SSD and
2.1 HCI Environment for staging zone Nos 12
2x8TB NL-SAS 12Gbps disks,
2x10/25GbE SFP28 & 2x10 GbE
Base-T ports with built in HCI
software for compute, storage
and management.
3 Network Components
Leaf switch each with minimum
48x 1/10/25-Gbps fiber ports
3.1 Leaf Switch Nos 14
and 6 x 40/100-Gbps QSFP28
ports
Each with 24 x RJ45 data ports
3.2 Management Switch Nos. 4
and 4 x 10G uplink ports
Page 199 of 333
 BOQ
Sr. Specification/ Throughput
Asset Description UOM for
No. /Remarks
SDC2.0
Min 8 x Gigabit Ethernet routing
ports and 4 x Gigabit Ethernet
3.3 Internet Router Nos 2
Ports, should support 4 x 10G
ports.
4 SAN Environment
SAN Switch each with Minimum
4.1 FC SAN Switch Nos 4
48 port with 32 Gbps speed
Storage of Dual controller
configuration with minimum 8 x
32Gbps FC and minimum 4 x
Enterprise Storage
4.2 Nos 1 10Gbps optical ports, configured
(SAN 1 – Primary DC)
with Enterprise flash drives to
provide minimum 2 Petabyte
(PB) usable capacity on RAID6
Storage of Dual controller
configuration with minimum 8 x
32Gbps FC and minimum 4 x
Enterprise Storage
4.3 Nos 1 10Gbps optical ports, configured
(SAN 2 – Secondary DC)
with Enterprise flash drives to
provide minimum 500 TB
usable capacity on RAID6
5 NAS Environment
New Rack mount Network
Attached Storage system of
500TB usable capacity on
RAID6 with high-capacity SATA
5.1 Network Attached Storage (NAS) Nos 1 drives of 7.2K RPM, Dual
controller configuration with
16GB cache, 4x1GbE network
ports and 2 x 10GbE network
ports
6 Load Balancer
LLB each with minimum 8 x 10G
6.1 Link Load balancer Nos 2
SFP+ ports and 2 x 40G ports
SLB each with minimum 8 x 10G
6.2 Server Load Balancer Nos 2
SFP+ ports and 2 x 40G ports
7 Cyber Security Solution
Each IPS with minimum 40 Gbps
throughput with minimum 100
million concurrent session,
7.1 Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) Nos 2
minimum 8 x 1GE, minimum 8 x
10 G SFP+ & minimum 4 x 40 GE
QSFP
WAF each with minimum 30
Gbps of L7 throughput, should
7.2 Web Application Firewall (WAF) Nos 2
support minimum 33,000 SSL
TPS for minimum RSA 2000 keys
Data Leak Protection for min
7.3 DLP - Data Leak Protection Solution User 500
500 user from day one
8 Backup Appliance

Page 200 of 333

 BOQ
Sr. Specification/ Throughput
Asset Description UOM for
No. /Remarks
SDC2.0
D2D backup appliance need to
propose with Min 200 TB
8.1 D2D Backup Appliance Nos 1 scalable upto 500 TB usable
capacity on RAID 6 from day
one
9 Racks

9.1 42U Rack (800 mm x 1000 mm) Nos 8 For Server

9.2 42U Rack (600 mm x 1000 mm) Nos 6 For Network Equipment
50 % of the outlets should be
9.2 PDU for Racks Nos 28 C13 & 50 % of the outlets
should be C19 outlet
New IP KVM Switch need to
9.3 IP KVM Switch Nos. 10
provision
10 On Premise Services
EMS Solution for 600 server OS
monitoring instances (Physical
& VMs), 200 Network nodes
monitoring, 10 nos. Concurrent
10.1 EMS, NMS & HMS Solution Set 1
users for Helpdesk Management
and Application Performance
Monitoring (APM) licenses for
55 critical applications
Server Virtualization Hypervisor Server virtualization hypervisor
Solution with Hybrid Cloud with hybrid cloud management
10.2 Lot 1
Management & Container software for minimum 35 Blade
Management capability Servers with 2 x 32 cores
11 Software/Licenses
Container Platform License
should be considered for the
11.1 Containerized Environment Set 1 core Applications i.e. minimum
10 CPUs (5 Blade Servers with 2
x 32 cores)
Windows Server Datacentre
Windows Server 2022 Datacentre edition - 960 License (1920
11.2 Nos NR
license 2 cores (Microsoft) core) is available and valid up to
2029
Windows Server 2022 Standard
Windows Server 2022 Standard -2 core license which can run up
11.3 Nos 768
license 2 cores (Microsoft) to two Windows Virtual
machines
Subscription only for minimum
11.4 Ubuntu Linux Nos 100
100 servers (freeware)
Subscription only for minimum
11.5 Cent OS Nos 100
100 servers (Freeware)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server
RedHat Enterprise Linux Server standard edition (Existing 10
11.6 Nos 50
Physical or virtual standard edition Subscriptions are available and
valid up to Jan 2024 which

Page 201 of 333

 BOQ
Sr. Specification/ Throughput
Asset Description UOM for
No. /Remarks
SDC2.0
needs to be renewed for
complete contract period &
New 40 are required). It will be
used for deployment of virtual
machines on top of the asked
virtualisation Environment.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux for
Virtual Datacentres, Premium
RedHat Enterprise Linux Server for
11.7 Nos 10 (Existing 10 Subscriptions are
Virtual Data Centres
active till Jan 2024 and same to
be renewed)
Oracle Enterprise Linux OS for
11.8 Oracle Enterprise Linux Nos 2
minimum 2 Servers
Microsoft SQL Server 2019
11.9 Microsoft SQL 2019 Standard 2 core Nos 8 Standard - license - 2 cores – 8
nos.
Microsoft SQL Server 2019
Enterprise or latest version - 2
cores licenses for minimum 332
11.1 Microsoft SQL 2019 license
Nos 50 cores (Existing 116 Licenses for
0 Enterprise
232 cores are valid till 2029 and
additional 50 license is required
for additional 100 Cores)
11.1 Postgres Community Edition for
Postgres Community Edition Nos 350
1 minimum 350 cores (Freeware)
Postgres Enterprise Edition for
minimum 90 (Existing 18
subscriptions are valid till Sep
11.1
Postgres Enterprise Edition Nos 90 2024 which needs to renewed
2
for complete contract period
and additional 72 licenses is
required)
MySQL Community Edition
11.1 Subscription (1-4 socket server)
MySQL Community Edition Nos 100
3 for minimum 100 Servers
(Freeware)
MySQL Enterprise Edition
Subscription (1-4 socket server)
11.1 for minimum 30 (Existing 10
MySQL Enterprise Edition Nos 30
4 Subscriptions are active till Feb
2024 and additional 20 licenses
are required)
11.1 Maria DB Community Edition
Maria DB Community Edition Nos 10
5 (Freeware)
11.1 Mongo DB Community Edition
Mongo DB Community Edition Nos 10
6 (freeware)

Page 202 of 333

14.2 Bill of Quantity for IT material to provision AMC under JHSDC2.0
AMC
Sr. Asset Existing EoSL/
Make Model, if any UOM Support
No. Description Quantity Remarks
required
1 Server
UCSC-C220- Not
1.1 Staging Server Cisco Nos 4 4
M5SX Announced
UCSC-C220- Not
1.2 EMS Server Cisco Nos 4 4
M5SX Announced
UCSC-C220- Not
1.3 Backup Server Cisco Nos 2 2
M5SX Announced
Database Cluster UCSB-B480- Not
1.4 Cisco Nos 4 4
Server M5-U Announced
UCSB-B480- Not
1.5 Database Server Cisco Nos 12 12
M5-U Announced
UCSB-B480- Not
1.6 Web Server Cisco Nos 3 3
M5-U Announced
UCSB-B480- Not
1.7 Web Server Cisco Nos 3 3
M5-U Announced
Application UCSB-B480- Not
1.8 Cisco Nos 3 3
Server M5-U Announced
Application UCSB-B480- Not
1.9 Cisco Nos 3 3
Server M5-U Announced
UCSB-B480- Not
1.10 DEMO Server Cisco Nos 2 2
M5-U Announced
Cisco UCS
UCS 5108 Not
1.11 5108AC2 Blade Cisco Nos 16 16
Blade Chassis Announced
chassis
2 Network
Catalyst 2960- * AMC for 1
2.1 Access Switch CISCO Nos 2 2 Year only
X 24 GigE
WS-C2960X- * AMC for 1
2.2 Access Switch CISCO Nos 4 4 Year only
48LPS-L
Application Cisco Nexus
2.3 CISCO Nos 4 4 31-05-2026
Switch 5672UP
Application N9K- Not
2.4 CISCO Nos 2 2
Switch C93180YC-EX Announced
MTS Not
2.5 42 U Server Rack MTS Infonet Nos 16 16
Infonet Announced
3 Storage
SAN Fabric MDS-9148s Not
3.1 CISCO Nos 2 2
Switch 3 SAN Switch Announced
Fabric UCS 6248UP * AMC for 1
3.2 CISCO Nos 2 1
Interconnect FI Year only
Fabric UCS FI 6332 Not
3.3 CISCO Nos 4 4
Interconnect 16UP Announced
SAN Storage
* AMC for 1
3.4 (Usable 500 TB ) HITACHI VSPG1500 Nos 1 1
Year only
with RAID-6
SAN Storage
* AMC for 1
3.5 (Usable 100 TB) HITACHI VSP G700 Nos 1 1
Year only
with RAID-6
NETGEAR
RR4312X with * AMC for 1
3.6 NETGEAR RR4312 Nos 1 1
10TB* 6 SATA Year only
Enterprise Hard
Page 203 of 333
 AMC
Sr. Asset Existing EoSL/
Make Model, if any UOM Support
No. Description Quantity Remarks
required
Drive with RAID-
6

NETGEAR
RR4312X with
10TB* 6 SATA * AMC for 1
3.7 NETGEAR RR4312 Nos 1 1
Enterprise Hard Year only
Drive with RAID-
6
NETGEAR Ready
NAS 4312V2
with 10TB* 6 * AMC for 1
3.8 NETGEAR 4312V2 Nos 1 1
SATA Enterprise Year only
Hard Drive with
RAID-6

Automatic Tape * AMC for 1

3.9 Dell EMC ML3 Nos. 1 1
Library Year only

Cyber Security
4 Software &
Licenses
F-secure
Antivirus Client Extension of
4.1 F-Secure Ver. 15 Nos. 100 Yes
(End Point Support
Security)
Anit-Virus
Extension of
4.2 Server Security F-Secure Ver. 15 Nos. 100 Yes
Support
Win
Anit-Virus
Extension of
4.3 Server Security F-Secure Ver. 11 Nos. 100 Yes
Support
Linux
Cyber Security Extension of
4.4 Acunetix Ver. 14.1 Set 1 Yes
VA Tool Support
SQL Server Perpetual
4.5 Microsoft 2017 Nos. 4 N/A
Enterprise Core license
Core
Infrastructure Perpetual
4.6 Microsoft 2016/2019 Nos. 768 N/A
Server Suite Data license
center Core
SQL Server Perpetual
4.7 Microsoft 2019 Nos. 200 N/A
Enterprise Core license
System Center Perpetual
4.8 Microsoft 2019 Nos. 1024 N/A
Data Center Core license
Windows Server Perpetual
4.9 Microsoft 2019 Nos. 1920 N/A
Data center Core license

Note: - *A proposal for One year AMC shall be asked by JAPIT and after review of submitted
proposal, Work order for One year AMC would be issued by JAPIT as per requirement.

Page 204 of 333

14.3 Bill of Quantity for IT material to provision AMC & Upgrade OR
provide new upgraded solution for the same under JHSDC2.0
AMC
Sr. Asset UO Existing Upgrade
Make Model, if any Support
No. Description M Quantity Required
required
Need to be
upgrade the
existing for min
500 User support
1 AAA Solution Cisco ISE User 200 Yes
OR propose a
new upgraded
solution for the
same
Need to be
upgrade the
existing for min
500 User support
2 MFA Cisco Duo User 200 Yes
OR propose a
new upgraded
solution for the
same
Need be upgrade
Virtual Tape QUANTU
3 DXi4800 TB 63 Yes for min 150 TB
Library (VTL) M
support
SIEM EPS 10K- Need to be
25K+ LOGGER Micro upgrade with
4 Arcsight7.0 Set 1 Yes
+SOAR Focus additional 10K-
(software) 25K+ capacity
Need to be
upgrade the
existing for min
500 URL support
5 URL Whitelisting Cisco Firepower URL 200 Yes
OR propose a
new upgraded
solution for the
same
Need be upgrade
the license for
min 500 User
support OR
6 VPN Appliance Cisco Anyconnect User 200 Yes
propose a new
upgraded
solution for the
same
Need be upgrade
the licence for
min 500 User
Web Security
support OR
7 Solution (Secure Cisco WSAV User 200 Yes
proposed a new
Web Gateway)
upgraded
solution for the
same
Need to be
upgrade the
Server Security Nod existing for min
8 F-Secure 15.11 200 Yes
Solution (HIPS) e 500 Node
support OR
propose a new

Page 205 of 333

 AMC
Sr. Asset UO Existing Upgrade
Make Model, if any Support
No. Description M Quantity Required
required
upgraded
solution for the
same
Sock
ArcServe UDP V 7.0 56 56 17-12-2024
et
Sock
ArcServe UDP V 7.0 16 16 31-03-2026
et
22-12-2026
9 Backup Tool
AND
Sock Provision
ArcServe UDP V 8.0 52 52
et additional 100
socket licenses
from day one

14.4 Bill of Quantity that is under procurement, to be a part of operation

and maintenance under JHSDC2.0
Quantity AMC
Sr. Asset Under Support
Make Model, if any UOM Remarks
No. Description Procurem included
ent (For Year)
AMC will be
Firewall –
1 N/A N/A Nos. 2 5 Yrs. required after
External
5 years.
AMC will be
Firewall-
2 N/A N/A Nos. 2 5 Yrs. required after
Internal
5 years.
AMC will be
Application UCSB-B200-
3 Cisco Nos. 4 5 Yrs. required after
Server M6
5 years.
AMC will be
UCSB-B200-
4 Database Server Cisco Nos. 6 5 Yrs. required after
M6
5 years.
AMC will be
5 Blade chassis Cisco UCS 5108 Nos. 3 5 Yrs. required after
5 years.
AMC will be
Core Switch required after
6 Cisco Nexus C9504 Nos. 2 5 Yrs.
(Spine switch) 5 years.
Distribution N9K- AMC will be
7 switch (Leaf Cisco C93180YC- Nos. 2 5 Yrs. required after
Switch) EX 5 years.
AMC will be
SAN Fabric MDS-9148T required after
8 Cisco Nos. 2 5 Yrs.
Switch SAN Switch 5 years.
AMC will be
Fabric UCS FI 6454- required after
9 Cisco Nos. 2 5 yrs.
Interconnect U 5 years.
NAS Storage AMC will be
10 with Enterprise NA NA TB 200 5 Yrs required after
Hard Drive 5 years.

Page 206 of 333

 Quantity AMC
Sr. Asset Under Support
Make Model, if any UOM Remarks
No. Description Procurem included
ent (For Year)
AMC will be
Server Security required after
11 F-Secure 15.11 Node 150 5 Yrs.
Solution (HIPS) 5 years.
AMC will be
DDoS Protection required after
12 NA NA Nos. 2 5 Yrs.
System 5 years.
VPN/URL
AMC will be
13 Filtering Cisco Firepower Nos. 1 5 yrs. required after
Appliance 5 years.

Note: JAPIT may request for AMC proposal for the remaining tenure of the project for the above
equipment/solution after completion of 5 years of AMC support period for the above
equipment/solution.

14.5 Bill of Quantity for Non-IT material to be procured for JHSDC2.0

Sr. BOQ for

Asset Description UOM Remarks
No. SDC2.0
Existing replacement-20, DCO
Room-1, Spare Rooms – 2,
1 2.0 Tr. Comfort Airconditioning Nos. 28
staging room -1, ISP room – 2,
Breakout Room – 2
Fixed Dome Camera with all ISP Room -2, Cafeteria -2, User
2 Nos. 6
accessories Room -2
PTZ Camera with all the
3 Nos. 2 SDC (Left side & Right side)
accessories
4 BMS Controller (Hardware) Nos. 2 Replacement for existing

BMS Controller and Integration For management of all new

5 Nos. 1
Software BMS System
IP Based NVR System should be
provision of integration of
6 24 Channel NVR Nos. 2 CCTV system with IBMS tool in
order to monitor the Camera,
NVR, HDD status remotely.
7 24 Port PoE Switch Nos. 2 Replacement for existing
Replacement for existing
8 52" LED Monitor Nos. 1
(For CCTV & BMS)
High End Desktop – CCTV & Replacement for existing
9 Nos. 2
BMS (For CCTV & BMS)
10 Fire Alarm Panel Nos. 1 Replacement for existing
11 Smoke Detector Nos. 60 Replacement for existing
12 Heat Detector Nos. 3 Replacement for existing
13 Monitor Module Nos. 4 Replacement for existing
14 Response Indicator Nos. 40 Replacement for existing
15 Fire Isolator Module Nos. 8 Replacement for existing

Page 207 of 333

Sr. BOQ for
Asset Description UOM Remarks
No. SDC2.0
16 Control Module Nos. 18 Replacement for existing
Batteries (12V x 120AH) or as Replacement for existing
17 Nos. 2
per solution
18 500KVA DG Set Nos. 3 Replacement for existing
19 DG Sync Panel Nos. 1 DG Sync Panel of new DG Sets
Power distribution unit (PDU)
with 300 Amps. Bus Bar, 1 x
250Amp. of MCCB, 4 x 63Amp
FP MCB, 4 x 63Amp DP MCB,
30 x 32Amp DP MCB, and
PDU with all required
20 contactors, Indication Lamps, Nos 4
component for integration.
Schneider make Multifunction
Meter, Bus Bar, Earth Bar,
Sheet Metal Cabinet and other
accessories (as per
requirement of the solution)
Passive Cables and
terminations from UPS Output
21 Lot 1
panel to Floor PDUs (as per
requirement of the solution)
Passive Cables and
terminations from Floor PDU to 1
22 Lot
IT Racks (as per requirement of
the solution)

Cable and all accessories for All outdoor cables will be

23 the Termination for DG Set Lot 1 Aluminium core, and all indoor
Power cable will be copper core.

Office Workstation with

24 Nos. 32 NOC-16, User-6+8, BMS -2
drawer pedestal and Chair

High End Desktop, Keyboard

and accessories, with CPU
25 Nos. 28 NOC-16, User–2+8, BMS-2
trolly for Office Workstation/
Control Room Consoles

26 Office Chair with Cr. Base Nos. 30 Replacement for existing

Replacement for existing
27 Video Screen 55" (3x2) Nos. 6
(NOC Room)
28 LED Screen (Smart) 75' Nos. 1 Meeting Room
29 Access card Nos. 50 New Requirement
30 SMPS for RTU (12v 10A) Nos. 12 Replacement for existing
31 Lightening Arrestor Nos. 1 Replacement for existing
Fixture LED Lights with Lamp
32 Nos. 83 Replacement for existing
2*24 W
Fixture LED Lights with Lamp
33 Nos. 24 Replacement for existing
1*14 W
Page 208 of 333
 Sr. BOQ for
Asset Description UOM Remarks
No. SDC2.0
Fixture Lights with Lamp
34 Nos. 24 Replacement for existing
2*36W TL
AC Sequencing timer
35 Nos. 4 Replacement for existing
(2 AC controlled)
Minimum configuration Intel®
Core™ i5 processor
LAPTOP with 5 years of Onsite
36 Nos. 2 Windows 11, 35.6 cm (14)
AMC support
display, 512 GB SSD
16 GB (2 x 8 GB) DDR4 RAM

14.6 Bill of Quantity for Non-IT material to provision AMC for JHSDC2.0
AMC
Sr. Existing
Asset Description Make Model, if any Support
No. Quantity
required
1 Precision AC (22 Tr) FlaktGroup D73AVH 4 4
400 KVA Isolation
2 Voltex Voltex 2 2
Transformer
3 125 Kva UPS Frame Eaton Eaton 4 4
Isolation
4 Votex IT25 2 2
Transformer
5 20 KVA UPS Eaton 9145 2 2
6 Fixed Dome Camera Honeywell CALIPD-1A/36-VP 18 18
Outdoor PTZ
7 Honeywell CALIPD-1A/36-VP 4 4
Camera
8 Manual Call Point Honeywell XLS-270(MCP) 5 5
NOVEC 1230
9 Fenwal/Rama NOVEC1230 3 3
Cylinder
10 Gas Release Panel Ravel RE-120GR 1 1
11 Release Switch Ravel RE-716MG 1 1
12 Abort Switch Ravel RE-716MY 1 1
13 Actuator Assembly Fenwal 890191 1 1
14 ACS Controller Honeywell TS2 1 1
15 Door Controller Honeywell RTU-A08 12 12
16 Smart Card Reader HID HID-iclass SE 10 10
17 Bio-Metric Reader HID HID-iclass 2 2
18 Ceiling Speaker BOSCH LBD 0606/10 22 22
19 Box Speaker BOSCH LBD 3902/D 2 2
20 Voice Alarm
BOSCH LBD 0606/10 1 1
Controller
21 Amplifier BOSCH NA 1 1
22 Call Station BOSCH NA 1 1
23 RH Sensor Greystone RH100B03K 3 3
24 Rodent Repellent
Maser NA 3 3
Panel
25 WLD Panel Jayfire systems JE-3523 1 1

Page 209 of 333

 AMC
Sr. Existing
Asset Description Make Model, if any Support
No. Quantity
required
26 WLD Sensing Cable Jayfire systems WD-CS 2 2
27 Sounder Agni AD-ESF1 1 1
28 VESDA Panel System Sensor/ Honeywell Faast 8100 1 1
29 MIMIC Panel Customized NA 1 1
30 Sounder Customized NA 1 1
31 CO2 Fire
SAFEX ABC (S.P) 20 20
Extinguisher
32 Fire Proof Media
Godrej Media Line M 2 2
Storage
LT Mains Panel with
1600 Amps. Bus Bar,
3 x 1250Amp ACB, 4
x 630Amp.MCCB, 2
X 400 Amp. MCCB,4
X 250Amp. MCCB.
and contactors,
33 Syspro 1600Amp 1 1
Indication Lamps,
Schneider make
Multifunction Meter,
Bus Bar, Earth Bar,
Sheet Metal Cabinet
and other
accessories
250 KVAR Rating
Capacitor Panel with
400Amp. MCCB, 8 X
25KVAR,1 X
20KVAR, 1 X 15
KVAR, 1 X 10
34 Syspro 250KVAR 1 1
KVAR,1 X 5KVAR
Capacitor, Indication
Lamps, Meters, Bus
Bar, Earth Bar, Sheet
Metal Cabinet and
other accessories
UPS OUTPUT
PANEL-1 with 800
Amps. Bus Bar, 1 x
630Amp.Isolator, 3
X 250Amp. MCCB.
and contactors,
35 Indication Lamps, Syspro 800Amp 2 2
Schneider make
Multifunction Meter,
Bus Bar, Earth Bar,
Sheet Metal Cabinet
and other
accessories

Page 210 of 333

 AMC
Sr. Existing
Asset Description Make Model, if any Support
No. Quantity
required
Utility Panel-1 with
400 Amps. Bus Bar,
1 x 250Amp.MCCB, 4
X 100Amp TP
MCCB,4 X 63Amp FP
MCB and contactors,
36 Indication Lamps, Syspro 400Amp 2 2
Schneider make
Multifunction Meter,
Bus Bar, Earth Bar,
Sheet Metal Cabinet
and other
accessories
100 Amp TP MCCB
37 Syspro 100Amp 4 4
with enclosure PAC
100 Amp Change
38 Syspro 100Amp 1 1
Over Switch PAC

Notes:- All the above materials are under warranty/AMC till Nov’2023, So comprehensive AMC support
shall be extended for 5 years for JHSDC2.0 project period or the till the declared EOSL of respective
equipment.
Notes:- Bidder need to provide the cost in the financial bid, for all the buy-back equipment after Go-live
till completion of the project.

14.7 Civil and Reconstructing work detail with all material & Services
under JHSDC2.0

Sr. Civil and Restructuring Work Detail Quote Tentative Area

UOM Qty
No (With all Material & Services) No. Size
CIVIL & Restructuring Works
(External)
Breakout Room -
1 i. Construction of a New Room as a Quote 1 LOT 1
300 Sq. ft.
Breakout Room at rooftop
ii. Waterproofing works for Roof
CIVIL and Restructuring Works ISP room-128 Sq.
(Internal) ft.
i. Restructuring of Media Room as Storeroom-131.25
an ISP (Telecom) Room. Sq. ft.
ii. Renovation of Storeroom
2 Quote 2 LOT 1
iii. Restructuring of Guard Room & Guard Room &
Washroom Area. Washroom Area
iv. Restructuring of Ramps under
Data Center premises. Ramps-162 Sq. ft.
v. Renovation of Server Farm Area.

Page 211 of 333

 Sr. Civil and Restructuring Work Detail Quote Tentative Area
UOM Qty
No (With all Material & Services) No. Size
Restructuring Works
(DG Area) DG Set Area-4000
i. Restructuring of DG Sets Area as Sq. ft
per the New DG set scope and
reequipment New earth pit
3 Quote 3 LOT 1
ii. Construction of new earth pit as construction as per
per the requirement requirement
iii. Repairing and maintenance of all
earthing points for all the
required equipment
PM room-
196.33 Sq. ft.
Restructuring Works NOC room –
(Seating Space) 454 Sq. ft.
Meeting Room –
4 Quote 4 LOT 1
i. Restructuring of Seating Space 430 Sq. ft.
under PM Room, NOC Room, Spare room1 -
Meeting Room, Spare Rooms etc. 171.79 Sq. ft.
Spare room 2 –
198.9 Sq. ft.
Renovation & Maintenance
(Complete DC Area)
i. Denting & Painting for entire area
5 of Data Center Quote 5 LOT 1 6000 Sq. ft.
ii. Maintenance of complete interior
works under Data center
premises

Charges for ISO Certification (as per RFP)

6 Quote 6 LOT 1
schedule renewal and all related cost

Miscellaneous Charges
(Charges for the completion of all the
7 Quote 7 LOT 1
tasks as per the RFP scope but not listed
above)

Note: - Bidder must visit the JHSDC site for estimating the civil work and reconstructing of the existing
structure, as per mentioned in the RFP.

Page 212 of 333

14.8 Bill of material to be procured in future for JHSDC2.0

Sr. Qty for

Asset Description UOM Remarks
No future use
25 KVA hot swappable UPS Modules
Each pluggable type, hot swappable and
25 KVA UPS Modules user replaceable Power module having its
1 Nos 4
(Frame Size: 125 KVA X 2) own full rated rectifier, full rated inverter &
battery charging circuit.

Battery 12V 160AH VRLS

2 Nos. 160 For 125 KVA UPS Backup
SMF
3 Battery 12V 42AH VRLS SMF Nos. 48 For 20 KVA UPS Backup
Depending upon the incremental load in the
4 Precision AC (22TR) Nos. 1
Server Farm in near future

14.9 Any Other material requirement for JHSDC2.0

Any other item/ material either hardware or software required to meet the functionality specified in
the tender document whose related component is missing in the above tables must be accounted by the
Bidder in the “any other cost” of detailed description of the same should be enclosed in pdf format along
with BOQ under the financial cover.

Sr. No Material Description UOM Qty Remarks

Notes:
1 Bidder shall be sole responsible for JHSDC 2.0 Implementation, Migration, Operation &
Maintenance along with regular data backup as per SLA.
2 Bidder shall comply with the overall terms and conditions of RFP.
3 JAPIT may ask the SI to supply the additional equipment (Hardware & Software) during the
entire contract period at the terms of contract.

Page 213 of 333

15 Minimum Technical Specification
15.1 Technical Specification for IT Equipment
15.1.1. Blade Server

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification

Each blade shall have two numbers of the Intel Xeon Scalable Processor
family (latest Intel processor generation) with minimum 32 cores per
1 CPU
processor running min @ 2.20 GHz clock speed with 48MB cache or
higher
2 Motherboard Intel chipset compatible with the offered processors.
Min. 32 DIMM slots, should be provided with 16 GB RAM per core using
3 Memory DDR4 DIMM's operating at 4000 MT/s. Server should be configured
with 1024 GB RAM from day one.
Memory
4 Advanced ECC protection, online mirror memory
Protection

Hard disk
5 Minimum 2 x 960 GB 12G SSD Drives
drive with carrier

Storage
6 SAS Raid Controller with RAID 0/1 with 4GB cache
Controller
Dual port 25G (50GbE per blade bandwidth) Ethernet Adaptor. Dual
Port 32G (64 Gbps per blade bandwidth) should be provided to SAN.
OR
In case the bidder decides to provide converge architecture instead of
separate network and FC ports, server should provide a minimum of
100 Gbps of bandwidth with Converged network adapter ports across
Connectivity to
7 two or more cards. Card level redundancy should be offered for both
LAN and SAN
the architecture (Converged, Separate Ethernet and FC).
Each Blade should have redundant network Connectivity to all the
Chassis Interconnect modules.
Server must be populated with all internal mLOM, PCI-e slots with
Connectivity cards to offer maximum throughput to the overall
Network on Day 1.
8 Redundancy The blade server to be provided with card level redundancy.

Should have a cyber resilient architecture for a hardened server design

for protection, detection & recovery from cyber-attacks. Should protect
against firmware which executes before the OS boots
• Hardware based Root of Trust
• Signed firmware updates
• Secure default passwords
9 Security
• Secure alerting
• Automatic BIOS recovery
• Rapid OS recovery
• System Drift Detection
• Configuration upgrades should be only with cryptographically
signed firmware and software
Minimum of 1 no. of internal USB 3.0 port, and
10 Interfaces
2 no. of internal SATA M.2 card
11 Microsoft Windows Server
Page 214 of 333
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Operating System Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL)
and VMware, Hyper-V
Virtualization
Support SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES)

15.1.2. Blade Server Enclosure

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification

Blade chassis shall be 19" rack mountable.
The enclosure Should support minimum 8 nos. of Intel latest generation.
Enclosure Dual socket servers occupying a max of 10RU rack height. Blade Chassis
should support at least 4 future generation of CPU including latest
current generation from Intel.
1
The power subsystem should support N + N / N+1 power redundancy
Power (where N is greater than 1) for a fully populated
chassis.
Each blade enclosure should have a cooling subsystem consisting of
Cooling
redundant hot pluggable fans or blowers.
The blade chassis should have redundant I/O Modules/ switch bays
separately for network and FC connectivity. In case the bidder proposes
Converged I/O Module in chassis, bandwidth should be aggregate of the
total Network and FC asked in blades. If any internal/ external Switches
Chassis
or Interconnect module required to connect to the Chassis, then same
Connectivity
need to be quoted in redundant fashion with each chassis separately.
Ethernet uplink of 200G to DC switch and 128G FC uplink to external
SAN Switch in redundancy. The blade solution should support at least 6
x 100Gb QSFP+ uplink ports.
Chassis should have sufficient number of redundant I/O modules to
provide a minimum 50G Ethernet, 64G FC bandwidth per blade server
and 25Gbps Ethernet and 32G FC sustained per blade server (with 1
2 module failure) for a fully populated chassis.
OR
Chassis should have sufficient number of redundant converged modules
and ports to provide a minimum FCoE bandwidth of 100Gbps per blade
server and 50Gbps sustained per blade server (with 1 module failure)
I/O Module
for a fully populated chassis for converged Traffic.
Chassis should support aggregation of multiple enclosures. the
interconnects (internal or external) should be provided in redundancy
along with all modules/switches for chassis interconnectivity should be
in redundancy. Internal interconnect switches should be fully populated
for maximum throughput & redundancy from day 1.
All Network and management modules/solution should be populated
from day 1 to ensure redundancy.
Blade chassis management solution may be provided internal / external
to the chassis and must provide single console for managing all
3
associated components like Blade Servers, raid settings, NIC/HBA cards,
Chassis
IO Modules, Power supplies, Fans.
Management
Licenses to support the features to be supplied for fully populated
Software
chassis.
Proposed solution should support provisioning virtual, physical and
container infrastructure from pools of compute, storage and
Page 215 of 333
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
networking resources. The management software should be used to
create resource pools and have the blade resources assigned to the
respective resource pools & re-assign resources to effectively utilize
infrastructure.
Should be able to provide Single Pane of Glass view management for
both Rack Servers and Blade Servers together in a given location with
customizable dashboard to show overall faults / health / inventory for
all managed infrastructure. With option to create unique dashboards
for individual users. The user should have flexibility to select names for
dashboards and widgets (ex: - health, utilization etc.). These licenses
should be included on day 1.
The proposed solution should use AI/ML technology for infrastructure
firmware updates & upgrades for the proposed system. Should support
activity, Health and Power LEDs for immediate status.
The management solution should be open & programmable should
provide Rest API’s, SDK for programming languages
ex: - Python, power shell scripting etc.
The management tool should be able to provide global resource pooling
and policy management to enable policy-
based automation
Zero-touch auto configuration to auto deploy a baseline server
configuration profile Automated hardware configuration and Operating
System deployment to multiple servers
System should support multiple management interface like Web UI, CLI
and XML API. Management solution should be able to manage different
form factor hardware and provide single console.
• Real-time out-of-band hardware performance monitoring &
alerting
• Remote Power On, Off and reset from Web UI, XML API and KVM.
• The management tool should be able to provide global resource
pooling and policy management to enable policy-based
automation and capacity planning.
• Virtual IO management / stateless computing
• The server should support industry standard management
protocols like IPMI v2 and SNMP v3 and Redfish v1.01
Configuration • The management software should participate in server
4
& Management provisioning, device discovery, inventory, diagnostics,
monitoring, fault detection, auditing, and statistics collection.
• Server management system should provide an alert in case the
system is not part of OEM Hardware Compatibility list & should
provide anti counterfeit.
• The proposed management solution should provide proactive
security & software advisory alerts and should outline the fixes
required to address the issues.
• The proposed management solution should analyze the current
configurations & identify potential issues due to driver &
firmware incompatibility.
• The proposed management solution should provide policy
control to prevent drift of server configurations.
The solution should provide a workload automation solution that
Application
dynamically defines and controls the environment based on real time
5 Resource
analytics to assure application performance at maximum efficiency by
Management
ensuring underlying infrastructure is at optimal state.
Page 216 of 333
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The solution should be an agentless architecture which should provide
full stack visibility & control being Application, network, storage, cloud
aware.
• The solution should provide dynamic resource allocation to
ensure demand of applications is matched with available
resources in real time.
The solution should provide vertical and horizontal scaling of
workloads and automate provisioning of infrastructure
resources.
• The proposed solution should be application aware (Oracle
WebLogic, IBM WebSphere, Apache, tomcat etc.), the solution
should manage the resources used by application servers,
including heap, threads, transactions, and response time in the
server process, and vMem and vCPU in the VM that hosts the
application server.
• The solution should collect information from network switches
and load balancers to ensure minimal application latency, it
should ensure chatty VMs are often placed together to maximize
resource utilization and minimize noisy neighbour effect.

15.1.3. Fabric Interconnect Switch

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification

Bidder must quote pair of converged switches and having minimum
ports to support connectivity of set of 4 Chassis. Converged switch must
1 connect proposed Leaf and Spine switches using minimum 10 Gig SFP+
or 40 Gig SFP+ connectivity. It should connect with SAN switches on
minimum 16 Gbps FC ports.
Bidder should quote dual Converged switch for every 32 number blade
2
servers
Fabric
Should be supplied with minimum 32 number of ports which should
3 Interconnect
support 10Gbps SFP+, 40 Gbps QSFP28 and 16Gbps FC ports
Switch
Each converged switch should be equipped with Minimum 12 x 10Gbps
SFP+ and 8 x 32Gbps FC port. Any module or cables to connect the same
4 with blade chassis should be supplied as part of solution. Each Chassis to
each converged switch connectivity should be minimum 2 x 40 Gbps
QSFP+ port.
5 Support N + N redundant power supplies
6 Support N + N redundant fans

Page 217 of 333

 15.1.4. Hyper Converged Infrastructure for staging

S.No. Minimum Requirement Specification

1 Integrated appliance: The proposed solution should be a Hyper Converged Appliance that
comes pre-installed with various software including Software Defined Storage with
Enterprise class Storage Services, replication with management and associated hypervisor.
2 The storage solution with the HCI should have in-built software defined storage capability
integrated within the Hypervisor kernel itself or should be using virtual storage controller
architecture.
3 The solution should be scalable in a non-disruptive manner by adding additional nodes to
the cluster at a later point of time without having to power down any nodes.
4 Processor: Two numbers of Intel Xeon Gold 6338N of 32 cores or higher running @ 2.2GHz
clock speed or better
6 Memory: To be quoted with 1024 GB RDIMM per node @ 3200MT/s & should have ECC
support.
7 Single dashboard to manage and provision virtual machines, network, storage, monitor
performance and manage events & alerts.
8 Redundancy Factor: HCI solution should tolerate a Single Node failure without any data loss
9 Boot Device: BOSS controller card with 2 M.2 Sticks 240G or higher for Redundancy
10 Hard Disk Drive (Each Node): To be quoted with two nos. of 800GB SSD Write Intensive Solid
State Drives (SSD) and two nos. of 8TB 7.2K RPM NL-SAS drives.
11 Network Interface: Dual 10 Gbps SFP+ ports & Dual 10GBASE-T port with transceivers
12 Power Supply: Dual, Hot-plug, Redundant Power Supply (1+1)
13 OS Support: Latest Microsoft Windows Server, Red Hat Enterprise Linux & SUSE Linux
Enterprise Server.
14 Warranty: 5 Years 24 x 7 remote support.

15.1.5. Containerization Platform

Sr No Minimum Requirement Specification
Container Platform should be based on enterprise adopted technology Kubernetes providing
1 multi container application orchestration. The solution shall be a certified CNCF distribution.
The solution should be able to be managed from a centralized management pane which
should be integrated with the private cloud & virtualization dashboard; There should not be
silos of management pane for virtual infrastructure & container platform. Container Platform
License should be considered for 25% of the resources sized for the core Applications i.e.
minimum 10 CPUs (5 Blade Servers with 2x32cores)
OEM should be significantly involved in the open-source community projects that make up
the container platform. Not only should the OEM be a code contributor to the open-source
projects, but it should be majorly involved and/or leading SIGs (Special Interest Group) and
2 seen as a thought leader providing direction for the future of the technology and should be
in top 5 upstream Kubernetes contribution list of last Year 2019 as per CNCF
(https://k8s.devstats.cncf.io/) contribution report
3 Container Platform should have capability to be deployed on Private Cloud & Public Cloud
such as AWS, GCP, Azure or Oracle
4 Solution should integrate the entire software-defined stack, which is compute virtualization,
software defined networking & security with guaranteed interoperability, freeing
organizations from dealing with complex interoperability matrixes.
5 The solution should have capability to automate the bring-up process of the entire software
platform, which is compute virtualization, software defined networking & security, creation

Page 218 of 333

Sr No Minimum Requirement Specification
of the management cluster, configuration of VLANs, storage, virtual network, cluster
creation and provisioning. Bring-up should be in fully automated fashion without manual
deployment of individual software components.
6 Container Platform should support Any one of the following Latest Linux Distributions
- Linux Kernel Based Container Centric Distribution like CoreOS, Photon OS etc.
- CentOS/RHEL 7, 8
- Ubuntu 18.04 LTS, 20.04 LTS1
7 Container Platform should be compatible for the application microservices frameworks
such as Java (Spring & Spring Boot), Ruby, Python, PHP, Node.JS, Perl, Golang, .NET Core,
Full ASP .NET (Windows Server 2012,2016,1709,2019 support required) & support for
running OCI compliant docker images such as
Tomcat/Websphere/Weblogic/JBOSS Middleware.
8 The container image registry should secure images with role-based access control, scans
images for vulnerabilities, and signs images as trusted. It should stop risk from entering into
your software supply chain. It should prevent vulnerable components from entering your
SDLC. With support for Java, JavaScript, Node.js .NET, Python, Go, Ruby, Perl, RPM, DEB and
more
9 Container Platform should provide a Control plane to perform Day 1 (build Cluster) and Day
2 (operate Cluster) of Container orchestration solution i.e. Kubernetes. The Control plane
should be accessible via GUI and CLI or API.
10 For simplified operations, Container Platform should support creation of multiple Cluster
with single command automatically for need basis requirement of Individual
Department/Set of Applications Deployments also comply with security specifications such
as PCI/DSS/regulatory requirement of workload Micro-segmentations.
11 Container Platform should provide out of the box support for Day 2 operations such as
scaling, upgrading, patching and auto-repair/rebuild of nodes of an already provisioned
Cluster
12 Container Platform should have central pane of glass to Centralize authentication and
authorization granular role-based access control to Kubernetes cluster, namespaces with
federated identity from multiple sources (e.g., AD, LDAP, and SAML)
13 Container Platform should provide capability to apply consistent policies such as access
policy (registry policy, deny all ports network policy) and even custom policies to all of
clusters and namespaces across clouds.
14 Container Platform should support Container/Pod to VM/Physical connectivity with and
without NAT in cases where one need to access a system which is not yet Containerized and
is outside Kubernetes Cluster
15 Container Platform should implement the Kubernetes APIs i.e. ‘Network Policy’, ‘Ingress’
and ‘Load Balancer’ constructs to support Distributed Firewalling, Pod level micro-
segmentation and access to Service.
16 Solution should support federation to provide Centralized policy configuration and
enforcement across multiple locations from a single pane of glass, enabling network-wide
consistent policy, operational simplicity and simplified disaster recovery architecture
17 Network load balancer should directly connect with POD IP's for creation of load balancer
service. It should not route traffic through Kubernetes services mechanism.
18 All internal as well as external component level communications should support (TLS)
encryption.
19 Container platform solution should be CNCF certified and shall be compliant with the
community’s specification, to ensure portability, interoperability and consistency between
different environments.
Page 219 of 333
Sr No Minimum Requirement Specification
20 Container Platform should provide horizontal pod autoscaling capability for
automatically running appropriate number of container instances as per load requirements.
21 The container platform should have ability to create custom build pipelines for deploying
container applications using Private Cloud CICD Tool
22 Container Platform should support the Kubernetes workloads like
1. Replicat Set
2. Replication Controller
3. Deployments
4. Stateful Sets
5. Daemon Sets
6. Garbage Collection
7. Jobs
8. Cron Job

15.1.6. Leaf Switch

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
1 The Switch must be with 48 nos. Integrated 1/10/25 SFP+ switch
2 6 x 40/100 support for 10 Gig modules through converter
3 Switching bandwidth up to 1.4 Tbps
4 Forwarding Rate up to 1 Bpps
5 The Switches should provide support for NetFlow or sFlow based network traffic visibility
6 Each Switch should provide non-blocking switch fabric capacity at line rate
7 Each Switch should provide wire-speed packet forwarding at line rate
8 The proposed switch should support all the required ports in line rate
9 The Switches should support at least 1000 IEEE 802.1Q VLANs and MACSEC
10 The Switches should be offered with rack mount Kit
11 The switch should support 3,00,000 IPv4/IPv6 routes entries in the routing table
The switch should support following network protocols for IPv4 as well as IPv6: OSPF,
12
BGP, VRRP/HSRP, VLAN, IPv6 dual stack
13 Switch should support VLAN Trunking (802.1q)
The switch should support 802.3ad LACP protocol for communication with
14
downlink/uplink any third-party switch or server
15 Switch should support basic Multicast IGMP v1, v2, v3
Switch should support IP Source Guard to prevents a malicious host from spoofing or
16 taking over another host's IP address by creating a binding table between the client's IP
and MAC address, port, and VLAN
Switch system should support 802.1P classification and marking of packet using the
following mechanisms, CoS (Class of Service), Differentiated Services Code Point, Source
17
physical interfaces, Source/destination IP subnet, Protocol types (IP/TCP/UDP)
&Source/destination TCP/UDP ports
18 The switch should support QOS & Priority Queueing
19 24 x 7 remote support with 5 years warranty

Page 220 of 333

 15.1.7. Management Switch
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
1 The Switch must be with 48 nos. Integrated 100M/1G-RJ45
2 4x 1/10 support for 1/10 gig module through transceiver
3 Switching bandwidth up to 128Gbps and stacking bandwidth 208 Gbps
4 Forwarding Rate up to 95Mpps
9 The Switches should support at least 1000 IEEE 802.1Q VLANs and MACSEC
10 The Switches should be offered with rack mount Kit
11 The Switch should support min MAC Address -32,00
12 Total IPV4 routes-14,000 and routing entries 4,000, multicast routing 1,000
13 Switch should support VLAN Trunking (802.1q)
The switch should support 802.3ad LACP protocol for communication with
14
downlink/uplink any third party switch or server
15 Switch should support basic Multicast IGMP v1, v2, v3
16 DRAM Supports- 4GB, Flash-4GB
17 Supports VLAN ID 4096, STP Virtual ports-13,000
Automation-NETCONF/RESTCON/YANG/PnP Agent/PnP Telemetry and visibility Model-
18
driven telemetry, sampled NetFlow/sflow, SPAN/RSPAN or equivalent
19 24 x 7 remote support with 5 years warranty

15.1.8. IP KVM Switch

Sl No Minimum specifications requirement

1 The KVM switch should have min 16 ports

2 The KVM should provide 2 concurrent port accesses through IP sessions.
3 KVM should have VGA/DVI digital local port for enhanced local administration
The KVM should provide an additional port session thru local port making the total port
4
access (2 Concurrent IP users + 1 through local port).
5 The KVM should be able to take control of servers from BIOS level.
6 The KVM should facilitate both in-band and out-of-band access.
The KVM should have the capability to integrate with intelligent PDU to on/off/recycle
7
power of remote device at port level.
KVM should be capable of connecting to Servers/Headless Servers/Serial Devices directly
8 or through additional connectivity modules. The necessary cables required for connecting
the servers to KVM switches should be provided.
9 KVM should have Dual power and dual Gigabit Ethernet with automatic failover.
10 KVM should support Virtual Media to remotely install OS and software.
KVM should connect directly through a non-converted interface module to Digital video
11
outputs such as DVI/HDMI/Display Port etc.
KVM should have the capability to provide audio over IP to monitor audio applications on
12
remote servers.
13 KVM should be capable of Absolute Mouse Synchronization out of the box.
It should support High Definition (HD) remote video resolution — 1920x1080, including
14
widescreen formats such as 1680x1050 and 1600x1200.

Page 221 of 333

 Sl No Minimum specifications requirement

KVM should be able to allow Server access from Windows, Linux, Sun or Mac desktops via
15
a wide range of Web browsers or standalone client.
KVM should have Tiering/ Cascading/ Daisy Channing capacity to access minimum 16 to
16
maximum 256 servers.
The KVM should be capable of providing view access of a connected server to multiple IP
17
users.
18 It should support 256-bit SSL AES or 128-bit RC4 encryption.

Single window access to all the equipment connected to the switch, equipment access logs,
19
and event history and should send email alerts based on log details as triggers.

It should have the capability to integrate with centralized management tool to give central
20
access to multiple devices i.e. KVM switches, Serial consoles and IPDUs.
19’’ TFT monitor/ Console Specifications
21 Form Factor - 1U 19-inch Rack mountable
22 Display Type - 19" LCD
23 Display Size -19" TFT
24 Video Input - VGA
25 Contrast Ratio - Min 1000:01:00
26 Display Colors - Min 16.7 million or better
27 Resolution - Min 1280x1024 @75 Hz or better
28 Keyboard - Notebook style
29 Number of Keys - 104 keys with number pad
30 Pointing Device - Integrated touchpad
31 Power - 110-240V, 50~60Hz, auto-sensing

15.1.9. Internet Router

Sr. No. Specifications Minimum Requirement
Should be modular in architecture with minimum 3 slots and should be a
Modular
single chassis solution, should support redundant Router
1 Architecture
processors/Routing engines and Redundant Power supply. All modules,
fan trays & Power supplies should be hot swappable
Should provide minimum 10 Gbps throughput from day 1 with minimum
2 Performance 65 Mbps with services on IPv4 and IPv6. Route Processors should have
minimum 4GB of flash memory.
Minimum 8 x Gigabit Ethernet routing ports with copper transceivers
Interface
3 and 4x Gigabit Ethernet Ports (Supporting long haul and short haul SFP)
support
should support 4 x 10G ports.
QoS classification, policing and shaping, NAPT64/NAT, ACL, Router
4 Other features
should support hardware encryption capabilities.
IP Address
Should support 250K IPv4 and 250k IPv6 Routes, 100k MAC addresses,
5 Scalability and
1000 VRFs and should have 32K Multicast route.
Support

Page 222 of 333

Sr. No. Specifications Minimum Requirement
Should support RIPv2, OSPF, IS-1S and BGP4, LDP, BFP routing protocols
6 Protocols & IP multicast routing protocols: PIM, IGMP, MPLS, FRR, VPLS, NAT, PAT,
RADIUS, TACACS+,
Security Should support IPv6 for IPSec encryption for data confidentiality, 3DES
7
Features and AES encryption standards
8 Management SNMP V1 and V2, Telnet, TFTP
9 Certification EAL3/ NDPP or above Certified
10 Warranty 24 x 7 remote support for 5 years

15.1.10. FC SAN Switch

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The switch should have complete non-blocking architecture with 48 ports
1 in a single domain concurrently active 24 Port at 32 Gbps full duplex and with no
oversubscription.
2 The switch should support auto-sensing 8,16 and 32 Gbps capabilities.
3 The switch should be rack mountable in 1 RU form factor
All 48 autosensing Fibre Channel ports should be capable of speeds of 8,16 and 32 Gbps,
4
with 32 Gbps of dedicated bandwidth for each port.
5 FC buffer credits available for data frames should be up to min. 56 per port
The switch should support non disruptive software upgrade and configuration file
installation on newly deployed switches. Additionally, it provides intelligent diagnostics,
6
protocol decoding, network analysis tools for added reliability, faster problem resolution,
and reduced service costs.
The switch should protect SAN and End devices from corrupted frames (inbuilt CRC and
7
Slow Drain detection and Mitigation)
The switch must be equipped with congestion control mechanisms such that it is able to
8
throttle back traffic away from a congested link.
The switch must be capable of creating multiple hardware-based isolated Virtual Fabric
(ANSI T11) instances. Each Virtual Fabric instance within the switch should be capable of
9
being zoned like a typical SAN and maintains its own fabric services, zoning database, Name
Servers and FSPF processes etc. for added scalability and resilience
Switch management, the management software must support both Fabric wide and Device
10 level management without the additional purchase of
software.
The switch must be able to load balance traffic through an aggregated link with Source ID
11 and Destination ID. The support for load balancing
utilizing the Exchange ID must also be supported.
Offered SAN switch shall support services such as Quality of Service (QoS)
to help optimize application performance in consolidated, virtual environments. It should
12
be possible to define high, medium and low priority QOS zones to expedite high-priority
traffic
The switch using FSPF protocol, the switch must be able to load balance up to 16 equal cost
13
paths across the SAN network
The switch should have USB port which should be able to provision the switch in addition
14
to storing log files, firmware images and configuration

Page 223 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The switch should offer fabric wide, per-VSAN role-based authentication, authorization,
and accounting (AAA) services using RADIUS, Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
15
(LDAP), Microsoft Active Directory (AD), and
TACACS+.
SAN Switch should provide end to end visibility of fibre channel SAN traffic. It should
16 inspect I/O flow to bring out a unified view of the infrastructure irrespective of the
architecture or OEM of storage arrays, servers or operating systems.
Switch should provide proactive and predictive troubleshooting and capable of generating
17 automated alarms. Switch should monitor flows between the compute and storage layers,
including the read and the write transactions between a host and the backend storage.

15.1.11. Enterprise Storage (SAN 1 & SAN 2)

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification

The storage should have Symmetric or Asymmetric dual Active-Active Controller and
distributed cluster architecture where a LUN should be accessible by all the controllers
1
simultaneously. The storage should be quoted with minimum of four controllers and
storage system should be seamlessly scalable up to twelve controllers as single storage
The Storage system offered must be scale-out / clustered / federated storage system with
SAN (block) and/or NAS (File) workloads. The Storage supplied should be an appliance with
2
a Single Microcode offering all protocols and should not be based on server based General
Purpose Filesystems or Operating systems such as Linux, Windows etc.
3 The storage system should have minimum of 16 Cores processor or above
The Storage Systems should be of Enterprise Class range having data availability guarantee
supporting hybrid environment of SSD, SAS & NL-SAS drives in either in RAID 6 or RAID 5,
4
Single or Dual parity configuration depending on the application performance & reliability
factors.
The proposed storage should support minimum 3.8TB NVMe / 7.6TB SSD or higher, 1.2TB
5
SAS and 10TB NL-SAS drives as per the storage requirement.
6 This point has been removed
The Storage should be scalable to at least 6 PB usable capacity on the same set of controllers.
7 The proposed storage should provide both in-line and post process efficiency features such
as Compression and De-Duplication
The storage model offered should be provided 8 Lakhs of IOPS from Day One and capable
8 of supporting up to 40 Lakhs IOPS or above and a throughput of 20GB/s or more with sub-
milli seconds of response time for required IOPS
Storage System should have multiple Global Hot Spares. At least One Hot spare disk should
9
be provided.
Storage should support 24x32 Gbps or more FC ports for host connectivity and also
10
8x10Gbps Optical.
11 Storage should support at least 200 hosts per FC port
The storage system should have minimum 1 TB Global/ Federated cache and Expandable
up to 2 TB in scale out architecture. Write cache must be protected/ mirrored. Cache
12
memory should be delivered on DRAM, any other device or HDD should not be considered
as cache. No Read and Write reservations should be available in storage.
The storage should be with No Single Point of Failure (SPOF). All the components should be
13 redundant and hot swappable including power supply, fans, batteries etc. The proposed
storage must support non-disruptive replacement of hardware component.
Page 224 of 333
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The storage must provide non-disruptive firmware/micro code upgrade, device
14
reallocation and configuration changes.
The storage system should have support for multi-path configuration for redundant path to
15 connected hosts. Any Licenses (unlimited/frame based) required for this should be
provided with Storage.
The storage should have protection of cache data during a power failure by de-staging the
16 data in cache to non-volatile Memory or Disk. Adequate battery backup should be provided
to de-stage the data from cache to non-volatile Memory or Disk.
The storage should have Virtual/Thin provisioning and also support traditional raid group
17
provisioning for Storage allocation to hosts.
18 The storage should support dynamic LUN expansion while LUN is mounted on the host
The proposed storage system should support more than 24,000 LUNs or volumes to allocate
19
to hosts.
Storage array shall support storage virtualization (native/external). Storage should be
20 supplied with Unlimited capacity of virtualization license. In case of non-native/external
component used, it should be supplied in redundant mode with no single point of failure.
21 The point has been removed
The storage should be able to generate audit logs to record activities including host-
22
initiated actions, physical component changes, attempts blocked by security control.
The storage should support multiple operating systems and clusters such as Windows, Unix,
23
Linux, Solaris etc. on a single port
Storage should support virtual Storage APIs for Array Integration for offloading the storage
24
tasks, including but not limited to VMWare, Microsoft, Containers, Open Stack, etc.
The storage should be supplied with Storage management, virtual/thin provisioning,
25 snapshot, clone, and other required software to meet the technical requirements. Licenses
to be supplied for Unlimited capacity.
The storage should be able to provide Quality or Service (QOS) to ensure bandwidth is
26 allocated to desired servers or ports, storage should be capable of restricting IOs or
throughput to LUNs or Volumes.
The storage should support in-system replication such as snapshots and clones. Minimum
27 number of snapshots for each lun should be at least 500, total system should support at
least 50,000 snapshots. Minimum 6 clone copies of each lun should be supported.
The storage should support both Synchronous and Asynchronous Data Replication to
28 remote site. The Storage should also capable of supporting 3-Way Disaster Recovery with
Zero Data Loss Delta Resync.
Centralized Storage management software should be browser based/ web enabled
29
accessible over IP
Storage management software should have roles-based access for user accounts to manage
30
and monitor the storage system
Storage management software should be able to integrate with Active Directory/ LDAP for
31
user authentication
Storage management software should be able to integrate with 3rd party enterprise
32
management system via RESTFul API
Storage management software should provide simplified user interface and wizards to
33
perform configuration operations like create LUNs, Pools, Tiers, present LUNs to host, etc.
Storage management software should be able to Orchestrate and Automate storage
34
configuration operations.
Storage management software should be able to Automate Replication Operations and
35 monitor local and remote replication operations including 3DC or Active-Active Storage
replication.

Page 225 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Storage Management software should be able to define storage-centric data replication
36
policies and automate the storage-based replications.
Storage management software should be able to monitor alerts for automated or manually
37
set performance thresholds.
38 Storage management software should be able to send notifications for alerts
Proposed solution should have cloud based monitoring enabled which provides visibility
39 into proposed storage infrastructure and applications. Which should help in monitoring,
troubleshooting applications across entire technology stack.
Storage management software should be able to generate trending, Predictive Analysis,
40
forecasting of Performance and Capacity of the complete Storage Infrastructure
Storage management software should be able to group infrastructure servers, applications
41
together to provide application-centric reporting for capacity and performance.
Storage management software should be able to identify performance bottleneck, Root
42 Cause Analysis at host, SAN and storage level and should be able to troubleshoot storage
performance problems.
43 This line has been removed
For SAN 1 & SAN 2 :- The storage should be supplied with usable capacity of 2 PB (Peta
Byte) & 500 TB respectively from day one. Both the storage should having the configuration
of 70% SSD + 30% SAS 10K OR 100 % SSD from day one. It should be occupied with
44
adequate controller to support usable capacity of storage up to 6 Peta Byte (Excluding any
RAID overhead, Hot spare, Controller OS overhead etc.) in RAID 5/6 or higher. One Global
spare should be provided for every 30 Drives.

15.1.12. Network Attached Storage (NAS)

Sr. No. Specifications Minimum Requirement

2 x Intel Xeon 4-core processor running @ 2.4 GHz clock speed or
1 Processor
higher
2 Memory 16 GB DDR4 RAM or higher and expandable to 64 GB
3 Network ports 6 or more (2 x 10GbE, 4 x 1GbE or more)
4 Protocols support SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, SNMP, iSCSI and WebDAV or equivalent
Storage should be provided from day one with 500 TB usable capacity
5 Usable capacity or higher on RAID 6 with SATA drives of 7.2K RPM and it should be
scalable upto 1 PB usable capacity
6 Reliability System should support RAID 1+0, RAID 5 and RAID 6 level or higher
Supported client Should support Windows 10, Windows Server Operating System &
7 and server OS Linux Server environments.
environments
8 Power Supply Redundant power supply
9 Form Factor 2U or more
Hypervisor
10 VMware vSphere, Microsoft Hyper-V, OpenStack
support
Storage should support data protection features of Snapshots &
11 Data protection
clones.
Storage efficiency Storage should have storage efficiency features like de-duplication &
12
features compression
13 Encryption Storage should support hardware encryption.
14 Replication Storage should support replication of data for disaster recovery.
15 Warranty 24 x 7 remote support for 5 years

Page 226 of 333

 15.1.13. Link Load balancer

Sr. No. Specifications Minimum Requirement

Architecture The proposed Network Function Appliance should be multi-tenanted
appliance and have capabilities to support multiple independent virtual
instance of Network functions with dedicated Hardware resources for
1 future requirements and scalability in the same appliance. Each virtual
instance contains a complete and separated environment of resources,
configuration, management, OS and have capability to host open source
virtual network functions to incorporate new technologies.
Interface The appliance should have minimum 8 x 10G SFP+ interfaces with
support compatibility to 1G/10G and required transceivers should be provided
to support copper connectivity too as per solution requirement and 2 x
40G interfaces from day one and all port should be populated from day
2 one. Should have built in 64 GB RAM, 4 TB Hard disk or equivalent SSD
and capability to create at least 16 virtual Network functions from Day
1. Device to provide 50 Gbps throughput from Day1. Device should have
minimum 1*SSL ASICS/FGPA/cards with network virtual function
support
The appliance should provide application delivery controllers with
features like round robin, weighted round robin, least connection,
Persistent IP, Hash IP, Hash Cookie, consistent hash IP, shortest
response, proximity, SNMP, SIP session ID, hash header etc. and support
for policy nesting at layer 7 and layer 4, Should also have Script based
3 Other Features functions support for content inspection, traffic matching and
monitoring of HTTP, SOAP, XML, diameter, generic TCP, TCPS. Load
balancer should support ePolicies to customize new features in addition
to existing feature/functions of load balancer. The solution should
support 10M L7 request per second and 120M L4 concurrent
connections, minimum SSL transactions/sec 200000.
Authentication Device to have capabilities to support ADC as independent Network
support Function and not an integrated solution to ensure required performance.
4 Should also provide machine authentication based on combination of
HDD ID, CPU info and OS related parameters to provide secure access to
critical resources
High It shall support built-in failover decision/health-check conditions. It
Availability & shall also support failover and High Availability (HA) requirements. It
5 Failover shall have redundant power supplies. Shall support script-based
functions support for content inspection, traffic matching and
monitoring of HTTP, SOAP, XML, diameter, generic TCP, TCPS
Protocol Should provide comprehensive and reliable support for high availability
support with Active- active & active standby unit redundancy mode. Should
6
support both device level and VA level High availability for using
standard VRRP protocol.
7 Warranty 24 x 7 remote support with 5 years

Page 227 of 333

 15.1.14. Server Load Balancer

Sr. No. Specifications Minimum Requirement

The proposed Network Function Appliance should be multi-tenanted
appliance and have capabilities to support multiple independent virtual
instance of Network functions with dedicated Hardware resources for
1 Architecture future requirements and scalability in the same appliance. Each virtual
instance contains a complete and separated environment of resources,
configuration, management, OS and have capability to host open source
virtual network Functions to incorporate new technologies.
The appliance should have minimum 8 x 10G SFP+ interfaces with
compatibility to 1G/10G and required transceivers should be provided
to support copper connectivity too as per solution requirement and 2 x
40G interfaces from day one and all port should be populated from day
Interface
2 one. Should have built in 64 GB RAM, 4 TB Hard disk or equivalent SSD
support
and capability to create at least 16 virtual Network functions from Day
1. Device to provide 50 Gbps throughput from Day1. Device should have
minimum 1*SSL ASICS/FGPA/cards with network virtual function
support
The appliance should provide application delivery controllers with
features like round robin, weighted round robin, least connection,
Persistent IP, Hash IP, Hash Cookie, consistent hash IP, shortest
response, proximity, SNMP, SIP session ID, hash header etc. and support
for policy nesting at layer 7 and layer 4, Should also have Script based
3 Other Features functions support for content inspection, traffic matching and
monitoring of HTTP, SOAP, XML, diameter, generic TCP, TCPS. Load
balancer should support ePolicies to customize new features in addition
to existing feature/functions of load balancer. The solution should
support 10M L7 request per second and 120M L4 concurrent
connections, minimum SSL transactions/sec 200000.
Device to have capabilities to support ADC as independent Network
Function and not an integrated solution to ensure required performance.
Authentication
4 Should also provide machine authentication based on combination of
support
HDD ID, CPU info and OS related parameters to provide secure access to
corporate resources
It shall support built-in failover decision/health-check conditions. It
High shall also support failover and High Availability (HA) requirements. It
5 Availability & shall have redundant power supplies. Shall support script-based
Failover functions support for content inspection, traffic matching and
monitoring of HTTP, SOAP, XML, diameter, generic TCP, TCPS
Should provide comprehensive and reliable support for high availability
Protocol with Active- active & active standby unit redundancy mode. Should
6.
support support both device level and VA level High availability for using
standard VRRP protocol.
7 Warranty 24 x 7 remote support with 5 years

Page 228 of 333

 15.1.15. IPS- Intrusion Prevention System

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification

NIPS solution should have 40 Gbps of real world throughput including 5 Gbps SSL
1
throughput.
Should be a standalone independent IPS appliance and not a subset of UTM/NGFW and Load
Balancer OEM, IPS and Firewall should be separate solution.
2 The appliance should have minimum of 8 x 1G ethernet ports, 8 x 10 Gigabit SFP+ with Short
Range transceivers and should have capability to add 4 x 40 Gigabit QSFP interfaces in
futures.
Solution must have capability to integrate with VA scanners (Qualys, Rapid 7, Nessus) to
3
fine tune the IPS policy
Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) should be based on purpose-built platform that has Field
Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs)/ multicore CPU architecture with a hardened 64 bit
4
operating system to support higher memory and dual plane architecture for Data and
control plane and NIPS should be independent standalone solution
The proposed IPS must be able to operate in Asymmetric traffic environment with
5
signatures/Filters protection
The proposed IPS solution must support Layer 2 Fallback option to bypass traffic even with
6 the power on, in event of un-recoverable internal software error such as firmware
corruption and memory errors
Should intercept and inspect SSL traffic for any malicious content without performance
7
degradation
Should have 100 million legitimate concurrent Sessions/Concurrent connections and
8
600,000 new Connections per second from day one.
The proposed IPS must be able to support 'VLAN Translation' feature which allows IPS to
9 be deployed on a stick (out of line) but still protect all Inter-VLAN traffic in the same way as
in-line deployment

10 This clause has been removed

11 This clause has been removed

Should be able to manage locally independently without any centralized management
12
server
13 Latency <40 microseconds and information should be publicly available and documented
14 Should protect all Inter-VLAN traffic in the same way as in-line deployment.
Support firmware, signature upgrade/Reboot without require downtime & support for File
15 reputation/type on the basis of application protocol including Http, Https, FTP, SMB (no file
must be sent to cloud)
16 The proposed IPS must have the capability to convert other OEM's signature (such as snort)
IPS solution should have machine learning to detect exploit kit landing page & The device
must have the ability to block connection to or from outside based on the reputation of the
17 IP address that is trying to communicate with the network using OEM own threat
intelligence and should have dedicated centralized management hardened hardware
appliance.
18 Should bypass traffic for IPS internal issues i.e. memory hang, firmware crash etc.

Page 229 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
IPS must provide bandwidth rate limit to control the unwanted traffic such as P2P, Online
19
Game, etc.
IPS must have a power failure bypass modular that can support hot swappable function
which allows traffic to bypass even after a modular get unplugged out of IPS Box during the
20
RMA procedure & IPS filter must support network action set such as block (drop packet),
block (TCP reset), permit, trust, notify, trace (packet capture), rate limit and quarantine.
The proposed IPS solution must support Adaptive Filter Configuration (AFC) or equivalent
21
which will alert or disable ineffective filter in case of noisy filters.
The proposed management system shall support 'threat insights' dashboard that show
22 correlated data such as how many breached host, how many IOC data, 3rd party VA scan
integration data and how many pre-disclosed vulnerability discovered

23 The proposed IPS must be able to support GTP inspection for GPRS/3G mobile networks

The proposed IPS must be able to control the known bad host such as spyware, botnet C2
24
server, spam and so on based on country of origin, exploit type and the reputation score

The proposed management system shall also be able to provide a customized 'At-a-glance-
25
Dashboard' to provide overall status of the network traffic and attack going through

The proposed IPS system must support SNMP and a private MIB that can be utilized from
26
an Enterprise Management Application such as HP OpenView, MRTG, etc.

The central management server should serve as a central point for IPS security policies
27
management including versioning, rollback, import and export (backup) tasks.

The management server must provide rich reporting capabilities include report for All
28 attacks, Specific & Top N attack, Source, Destination, Misuse and Abuse report, Rate limiting
report, Traffic Threshold report, Device Traffic Statistics and Advance DDoS report
The management server must support the archiving and backup of events and export to
29 NFS, SMB, SCP and sFTP and must allow the report to be exported into other format such as
PDF, HTML, CSV, XML etc.
The proposed IPS should have simulation engine to submit unknown samples for simulation
30 and create IOC's on real time basis as per analysis and revert back to NIPS to block threats
for zero day threat protection.
Should have at least inbuilt 15000 signatures/Filters pertaining to security and applications
31
apart from user define signatures/filters
32 Proposed solution should not be declared end of sale and end of support for coming 5 years
33 Solution should be in Gartner leader's quadrant as per latest report.

Page 230 of 333

 15.1.16. WAF – Web Application firewall
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The proposed appliance should provide integrated functionalities web application
1 Firewall. It should have the capability to host open source virtual network function and
CentOS & Ubuntu to incorporate new technologies
The Appliance should support minimum 8 x 10G SFP+ ports and All SFPs prepopulated
with compatibility to 1G/10G and required transceivers should be provided to support
2
copper connectivity too in case required. The appliance should have min 4 TB HDD or
equivalent SSD from day 1
3 The proposed appliance should provide minimum L7 throughput of 30 Gbps
The proposed appliance must support minimum SSL TPS of 33,000 with RSA 2048 bits
4
keys and SSL TPS of 18000
The proposed appliance should support minimum 18 Gbps of Hardware or Software based
5
compression throughput
6 The proposed appliance should support minimum 18 Gbps of SSL throughput
The proposed appliance should support L4 concurrent connections of minimum 22 million
7
or higher and should support the 8M of L7 request per second
The proposed solution must be able to perform TCP multiplexing and TCP optimization,
8 SSL offloading with SSL session mirroring and persistence mirroring, hardware based
compression, caching etc. in active-passive mode.
The proposed solution must offer out of band /Logical programming for control plane
9 along with data plane scripting for functionalities like content inspection and traffic
management
Proposed solution should provide SSL offloading with the SSL connection and persistence
mirroring during the HA failover for all connections which are offloaded on the device so
10
that existing SSL connections are not lost during a failover event Or Should support both
device level and VA level High availability using standard VRRP protocol.
The proposed appliance should support centralized Security policies enforcement, SSL
11
Certificates management for workloads on Private DC and public cloud
The solution must support automatic upgradation of certificate bundles of CA installed on
12
it to reduce administrative workload and simply SSL certificate management.
The solution must support Constrained Certificate delegation which will allow the device
13 to generate SSL certificates on behalf of the application servers which then can be used to
authenticate customers for which SSL certificate based authentication has been enabled.
Device should support File Upload Violation & scanning for malicious content in Uploads
14
through ICAP/PBR integration or any built-in Anti-Virus engine
The proposed solution must provide comprehensive security at application level using
15
Web Application Firewall
16 Solution must be able to protect against all threats listed in OWASP TOP 10 2021
Geolocation IP address database to identify the source of the attack origin and IP
17 Reputation Mechanism to identify the Blacklisted TOR Networks or Proxy IP address to
Block the request immediately, this feature should be available from day one
Must have both positive and negative security model with machine learning capabilities to
18 detect and prevent vulnerabilities and anomalies in application traffic and unknown
attacks. Machine learning should be based on true ML algorithms or equivalent.
New modules of applications should be learnt dynamically, and WAF should also provide
19 the option of deploying the rules learnt dynamically for these new modules without
manual intervention.
WAF correlation should also identify complex attack chains, and not just aggregate events
20 based on attacks or sources along with advanced BOT detection mechanism based on
smart combination of signature-based and heuristic analysis
Must be able to take threat intelligence feed to reveal inbound communication with
21
malicious IP addresses and enable granular threat reporting and automated blocking.

Page 231 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Support File Upload Violation & scanning for malicious content in Uploads through
22
ICAP/PBR or equivalent integration OR should support anti web defacement protection.
System should be able to encrypt the user credentials in real time so as to protect the
credentials especially password/National Identity number or fingerprint or any other
sensitive parameter as defined by the organization to protect from key loggers and
23
credential stealing malware residing in the end user system or The solution should provide
machine authentication based on combination of HDD ID, CPU info and OS related
parameters to provide secure access to corporate resources
24 Should support SSL offloading using both RSA and ECC based keys
Solution must be able to detect the presence of Remote Access Trojans (RATs) residing or
25
equivalent in the user's web browser.
Solution should perform comprehensive countermeasure to protect against Zero day
26 attack, Challenge – Response Mechanism, which should be able to detect and protect
attacks in real time through inbuilt Captcha Mechanism or equivalent.
Must have advanced L7 DOS protection features like L7 behavioural DOS or Stress Based
27
DOS or other DOS Protections
28 Solution should support API protection within the box or out of the box (on premise)
29 Web application firewall should be ICSA certified.

15.1.17. D2D Backup Appliance

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Proposed disk-based backup appliance should be able to interface with various industry
1 leading server platforms, operating systems and Must support LAN & SAN based D2D
backup and VTL backup simultaneously via NFS v3, CIFS, FC and OST protocols.
Proposed appliance should support inline and global data duplication using automated
2
variable block length deduplication technology.
Proposed appliance should be offered with protocols like VTL, OST, CIFS and NFS. All of
3 the protocols should be available to use concurrently with Deduplication capability.
Proposed appliance should support industry leading backup software like Dell
Networker, Veritas NetBackup, Commvault and Microfocus data protector etc. and
4
should support source deduplication at backup server/ host / application level so that
only changed blocks travel through network to backup device.
Proposed appliance should be sized appropriately for capacity of min 200 TB usable
5 capacity at day one and scalable upto min 500 TB usable capacity.
Proposed appliance should have the ability to perform different backup, restore,
replication jobs simultaneously and must supports communications and data transfers
6 through 16GB SAN, 10 Gb & 1 Gb ethernet LAN over copper and SFP+. The proposed
backup appliance should be offered with min. 4 x 10Gbps SFP+, 4 x 10GBaseT/2x25Gbps
and 2x 16Gbps FC ports

Page 232 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Proposed appliance should support backup throughput of 8TB/hr. or higher and backup
7
window shouldn't exceed the 7 hours in day.
Proposed appliance should support bi-directional, many-to-one, one-to-many, and one-
8
to-one replication.
9 Product should be offered with 5 years 24x7 onsite warranty.

Page 233 of 333

 15.1.18. EMS, NMS & HMS Solution

Sr. No. Technical Specifications for EMS, NMS and Helpdesk

General requirements
The Proposed EMS, NMS and Helpdesk solution shall cover Network & Server Monitoring
including Application and Database monitoring, service management to provide
comprehensive fault management, performance management, Traffic Analysis, IT help
desk \trouble ticketing system, and SLA monitoring functionality.
1
The proposed solution should with support of EMS Solution for 600 server OS monitoring
instances (Physical & VMs), 200 Network nodes monitoring, 10 nos. Concurrent users for
Helpdesk Management and Application Performance Monitoring (APM) licenses for 55
critical applications
The proposed Alarm Correlation and Root Cause Analysis system shall integrate network,
server and database performance information and alarms in a single console and provide
2
a unified reporting interface for network components. The current performance state of
the entire network & system infrastructure shall be visible in an integrated console.
The implementation of proposed EMS solutions needs to be done by OEM or Premium
3 Authorized Service Partner of the OEM. The bidders need to submit valid certificates as a
proof of documentation.
The proposed EMS solution must support deployment on Windows or Linux Operating
4 Systems latest versions and should be 64-bit application to fully utilize the server
resources on which it is installed
The proposed EMS solution should have a single pane of glass for KPI insights across the
entire IT environment. This dashboard will provide service status, performance view,
5
response-time data etc based on role-based access and provides a single framework for
streaming metrics across systems, applications, networks, topology & event data
All the required modules should be from same OEM and should be tightly integrated for
6
single pane of view for enterprise monitoring
The proposed solution must be Information Security Management System certified with
7
ISO/IEC 27001:2013 and ISO 9001 certificates.
Server Infrastructure Monitoring
The solution should provide both Agent-based and Agent less Monitoring in a single
solution architecture – that will allow an organization to choose the level of management
8 required and deploys the right-sized solution to meet those requirements. The agents
should be able to set polling interval as low as 1 second with low overhead on target server
infrastructure
The solution should be able to monitor the availability and performance of the servers,
9
business applications, databases, applications using one single solution.
The proposed Enterprise Management tools must be able to monitor end-to-end
performance of Server Operating Systems & Databases and Should be able to manage
10
distributed, heterogeneous systems – Windows, UNIX & LINUX from a single management
station.
Should be able to monitor bare metal, Hypervisor, KVM, Open stack, VMware, RedHat
11
Virtualization environment.
Solution should provide a web based Central Monitoring Administration console for
12
management, deployment and configuration of monitoring Agents.
Central Monitoring Administration web console should also provide downtime
13 configuration feature to schedule planned outages. The solution should auto calculate the
SLA without scheduled planned outages and approved downtime.
The solution should provide self-monitoring and notifications capability via sms, email
14
etc.

Page 234 of 333

Sr. No. Technical Specifications for EMS, NMS and Helpdesk
The system should have context-based analysis and forecasting based on performance
15 data with automated policy deployment with detailed, intelligent monitoring of
performance and availability data collection.
The solution should support Service Impact modelling with automated Event to Monitor
16
association.
The solution should have the ability to automate probable cause analysis by automatically
grouping events together based on the time that they occur, the business service that they
17
affect and then relating the two to the normal/abnormal behavior of each performance
metrics to identify the likely cause of downtime.
18 The root cause analysis (RCA) should require no manual intervention.
It should have capability to perform cross-domain correlation with alarm correlation from
19
Network Monitoring tool, Systems monitoring tool and other domain monitoring tools.
Multiple dashboards can be created by each user – giving them a streamlined view of what
20
matters most to them, without the noise.
21 The solution should provide detailed Event and Performance Data reporting capabilities.
The solution should have OOTB remediation workflows for scenarios like Disk Full, Host
22 Down, ESX not responding, and DB Tablespace Full etc. which can be triggered manually
or automatically.
The solution must be able to collect following Server Monitoring Parameters:
a. Disk failure/utilization
b. CPU Failure/utilization
c. RAM failure/utilization
d. Event logs
e. OS Monitoring
f. CPU Utilization
23 g. Disk Utilization
h. Cluster Monitoring
i. Process Monitoring
j. Hardware Monitoring
(i) Disks - RAID controllers, hard disks, RAIDs, Volume etc.
(ii) Environment - temperature, power supplies, fans etc.
(iii) Critical components: processors, memory modules etc.
k. Customized reports on performance parameters as when required.
The monitoring systems should have APIs that allow easy integration with third party
24 tools, for Single consolidated dashboard. These should include: a. SNMP adapters, b.
parsing log file, c. TCP/UDP Client Server, d. Windows Event logs, e. REST APIs.
25 It should provide the ability to relate infrastructure topology to business services.
The solution should be fully integrated with the proposed service desk to view the root
cause of the issue, the business service affected and the CI that caused the downtime from
26
with the Service desk. Post Integration with a service desk tool should be able to view the
ticket number in the events data.
The monitoring solution should be fully integrated with the proposed CMDB to relate
27 event data to the service models in the CMDB to provide visibility into the business impact
of downtime.
Database Monitoring & Storage Monitoring through integration with Storage OEM
element management system
Monitoring of standard RDBMs (community and enterprise version) like Oracle, MS-SQL,
28 DB2, MySQL, Sybase, Postgres, MariaDB etc. in standalone and cluster mode. Solution
should be able to monitor storage infrastructure and performance.
i) Solution must provide failure and performance monitoring for multivendor (Hitachi,
29
Netapp, HP, IBM, Dell EMC, Pure etc) storage devices.
ii) Solution must provide monitoring of all layers of a storage device (controllers, volumes,
storage pools etc.) and provide GUI to easily detect issues.
iii) Solution must monitor following in Disk Arrays, Fiber Switches and Tape Libraries

Page 235 of 333

Sr. No. Technical Specifications for EMS, NMS and Helpdesk
iv)Monitors the environment (temperature, fans, power supplies).
v) Monitoring of fiber links.
vi) Customized reports on performance parameters as when required.
The tool should provide ability to easily collect and analyse specific information, including
30
information on:
i) Buffer pools, Locks and other details about lock resources, Tablespaces / Data files / Log files,
Database Usage, Database Errors, Database Status, Database File Group Space Usage Level,
31 Database Mirroring Status, Database Transaction Log Usage Level, Database Transaction State,
Server SQL Query Performance, Server Query Tuning, Active Connections.
ii) Microsoft SQL Server Connection Check, Microsoft SQL Server Documents, Mirroring Status,
32 Network Statistics, Processes Blocked, Replication Agent Status, Replication Latency, Transactions
Active.
iii) Database Server Status, Server key events, Server CPU Usage by SQL, Server Replication Status,
33 Server Transaction Rate, File group Space Usage.
34
iv) Workload metrics such as CPU utilization, transaction throughput.
35
v) SQL related performance indicators such as percent sorts in memory, disk-sort rate.
The solution should be able to monitor the performance of all the above database and
36 their instances against the defined performance counters and usage of different system
resources.
37 The solution should be able to monitor locks and deadlocks for the instances.
Should proactively identify database problems before they affect end-users and ensure
38
high availability of mission critical databases.
Should monitors SQL statements to identify resource-intensive, inefficient and
problematic SQL statements to facilitate SQL query optimization and tuning.
39 Network Fault Management
NMS should provide integrated fault, performance Monitoring, Configuration &
40
compliance Management together in one tool.
NMS should support Industry-leading support for physical, virtual, and SDN-enabled
41
devices like Cisco ACI, VMWare NSX, Viptela, Big Switch Networks, etc.
NMS should support out of the box monitoring of at least 2000+ devices from at least 100+
42
vendors.
NMS should provide network Trap Analytics out of the box and should provide diagnostic
43 Analytics providing change-Correlated Performance Views and should show the
difference either in either a side-by-side, or line-by-line presentation.
NMS should have built-in audit and compliance policies for industry best practices/ Gov.
44
regulations like PCI, NIST, NVD and other OEM specific standards.
45 NMS should provide Automated Network Operations and Orchestration.
The solution shall provide information regarding capacity utilization and error statistics
46
for WAN links.
The solution should support IPv4, IPV6 and SNMP v1, v2c and SNMP v3 and/ or latest
47
version to provide added security.
The solution should process events using consolidation, filtering, normalization,
enrichment, correlation, and analysis techniques. Then it should notify the appropriate IT
48
operations personnel of critical events. Solution should also automate corrective action
wherever possible.
It shall be able to capture, track & analyse traffic flowing over the network via different
49
industry standard traffic capturing methodologies viz. NetFlow, jflow, sFlow, IPFIX etc.
It shall collect the real-time network flow data from devices across the network and
50 provide reports on traffic based on standard TCP/IP packet metrics such as Flow Rate,
Utilization, Byte Count, Flow Count, TOS fields etc.
The proposed system should be able to administer configuration changes to network
51 elements by providing toolkits to automate the following administrative tasks of effecting
configuration changes to network elements: a) Capture running configuration; b) Capture

Page 236 of 333

Sr. No. Technical Specifications for EMS, NMS and Helpdesk
start-up configuration; c) Upload configuration; d) Write start-up configuration; e) Upload
firmware.
The proposed fault management solution must able to perform real-time or scheduled
52
capture of device configurations.
The solution should allow for discovery to be run on a continuous basis which tracks
53 dynamic changes near real-time; in order to keep the topology always up to date. This
discovery should run at a low overhead, incrementally discovering devices and interfaces.
The solution must allow topology maps to be created for network areas; it should
54 automatically detect and displays links between devices and any change in particular
network elements or links status.
The solution must generate accurate ("as-built") physical Layer 2 and Layer 3 diagrams
55
with the push of a button.
The tool should automatically discover different type of heterogeneous devices (all SNMP
supported devices i.e. Router, Switches, LAN Extender, Servers, Terminal Servers, Thin-
Customer and UPS etc.) and map the connectivity between them with granular visibility
56
up to individual ports level. The tool shall be able to assign different icons/ symbols to
different type of discovered elements. It should show live interface connections between
discovered network devices.
Network Performance Management
The solution should Collect, analyse and summarize management data from LAN/WAN,
57 MIBII interfaces, various systems and services for performance management. It should
allow identifying trends in performance in order to avert possible service problems.
The solution should provide Performance of Network devices like CPU, memory & buffers
58
etc., LAN and WAN interfaces, Network segments and VLANs.
The solution should give user flexibility to create custom reports, on the basis of time
59
duration, group of elements, custom elements etc.
The solution should provide web-based reports both near real time and historical data for
60 the systems and network devices and should provide reports through e-mail to pre-
defined user with pre-defined interval.
The solution should provide Real time network monitoring and Measurement of end-to-
61 end Network/ system performance & availability to define service levels and further
improve upon them.
The solution should identify how device resources are affecting network performance,
62 document current network performance for internal use and service level agreements
(SLA).
Executive Summary report that gives an overall view of a group of elements, showing
63
volume and other important metrics for the technology being viewed.
The tool should provide an integrated performance view for all the managed systems and
networks along with the various threshold violations alarms in them. It should be possible
64
to drill-down into the performance view to execute context specific reports Reporting and
Dashboards.
System must support a large number reports in a wide range of categories - Activity,
65
availability, inventory, etc.
System must provide a custom-report generation tool that allows the creation of custom
66
reports via a "drag and drop" web interface.
It shall be able to monitor and report on availability, delay of target IP nodes – i.e. router
67 interfaces - and also monitor and provide reports on historical utilization of CPU, memory,
bandwidth for Network devices.
Top N Utilization, Capacity prediction, Availability, Performance, CPU and Memory
utilized, Interface errors, Trend report based on Historical Information, Custom report,
68
SLA Reporting, Automated Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Quarterly and Yearly SLA reports,
Availability and Uptime - Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Yearly Basis.

Page 237 of 333

Sr. No. Technical Specifications for EMS, NMS and Helpdesk
Business owners should have a clear view of the extent of impact to their business services
69
and if need be the reason behind the impact.
The IT organization and business stakeholders should be able to view their tickets by
70
business service and impact from the same solution.
For each section, user should be able to select the time frame to report on data. This could
71
be monthly, quarterly, half yearly, yearly or custom dates.
Service Management Framework
The solution should have IT Service Management documentation/ guidelines in built
based on ITIL best practices and must be ITIL V4 certified by Pink Elephant on at least 6
processes like Incident Management, Problem Management, Change Management,
72 Knowledge Management, Service Level Management, Service Configuration Management,
Service Request Management or Request Fulfilment, IT Asset Management, Problem
Management.
The copy of certification must be submitted.
The solution should have a Single Architecture and leverage a single application instance
across ITIL processes, including unique data and workflows segregated by business unit,
73
cost centre, and user role for Incident, Problem, Change, Release, Knowledge
Management, Asset Management and CMDB.
74 The solution should have a single CMDB across ITSM and Asset Management system.
Solution should support multi-tenancy with complete data isolation as well as with ability
75
for analysts based on access rights to view data for one, two or more organizational units.
Provide option for approval engine so that any customized applications developed could
76 incorporate the hierarchy, role based, level based ad-hoc approval structure. Include
notification and escalation capability if approval is not performed.
The solution should have the ability to operate all functionality available in the incident,
77
problem, change, assets etc. via a mobile app on iPhone or Android phone.
The support person can interact with the end users through chat in built and add those
78
chat transcripts in the ticket.
79 This point has been removed
Should provide for Service Requests Workflows and Fulfilment definitions for commonly
80
used IT/Non-IT services.
The solutions should allow effectively creating and managing a shared services catalogue
for all service request with flexible entitlement controls. The solution should have wizard/
81
graphical workflow editors allowing definition of new request in minutes – without any
programming.
Integrates with any underlying service management including Service Desk, Change
82
Management, Service Level Management and CMDB for request fulfilment.
Beyond mobile iOS and Android apps, Self Service App should be available on any device
83
with an HTML5 browser.
Self Service App should provide a snapshot of your day, displaying your activities feed
84 with upcoming appointments, pending requests, unresolved issues, and alerts from
systems you use in your daily work.
Service / Help Desk (Incident and Problem Management)
Service Desk solution should provide classification to differentiate the criticality of the
85
security incident via the priority levels, severity levels and impact levels.
The solution should provide embedded and actionable best practices workflows i.e., best
86
practices process & views based upon implementations.
It should allow SLA to be associated with a ticket based on priority, severity, incident type,
requestor, asset, location or group individually as well as collectively. The tool itself can
87 be able to calculate SLA based on configured parameters automatically (deducting the
total downtime and maintenance time under different category) with detailed summary
and consolidated reports as per requirement.

Page 238 of 333

Sr. No. Technical Specifications for EMS, NMS and Helpdesk
The Helpdesk solution should provide analytics feature which intelligently displays an
interactive diagram indicating the hot topics among recent incidents so that users can
88 easily discover incident trends and their relative impacts and identify problem
candidates. This enables Process Managers and other IT Users to proactively identify
trends that can be used to drive action.
Auto assignment must be based on logic for ticket allocation, Engineers geo-location,
89 availability of engineer; as per shift & as per ongoing repairs for resolution, skillset
required for the trouble ticket.
The tool should integrate with a directory system to enable recording and accessing user
records of information with capability to integrate with multiple LDAP.
90 Change & Release Management
The tool should facilitate the identification of the change type and associated workflow
91
for example: standard, normal, and emergency.
Change management should have fields to record impact analysis and simulate impact,
92
backout plans, within the change record.
The tool should facilitate ability of authorized roles to reject changes For example, status
93
of reject, ability to record reason for rejects notification.
Change management should be capable of integrating with CMDB to facilitate access to CI
94
attributes and relationships to enable change assessment and authorization.
Knowledge Management
The tool should integrate with knowledge management OOB - knowledge databases to
95 support investigations, diagnoses, root cause analysis techniques, and creating / updating
workarounds, temporary fixes and resolutions.
The tool should allow the creation of different access levels (i.e. Read only, write, create,
96
delete) to knowledge management system.
The tool should have a powerful search engine to sort, retrieve and search using advanced
97 search options, search content in multiple formats and also search within knowledge
records.
Configuration Management Database (CMDB)
Should Provide a single shared view of services supporting Service Design, Transition and
98
Operations stages of the lifecycle.
Should automatically create Service models to describe how IT infrastructure supports
99
business services. Shall support automated relationships between discovered IT assets.
The CMDB should have built-in drift management capabilities to capture and report on
100
infrastructure drift based on infrastructure attributes like RAM, memory, etc.
Service level Management
Solution should support comprehensive SLA management platform that cuts across
Infrastructure Management and Service Management. For e.g. monitors and reports
101 across different KPIs like infrastructure (CPU utilization, disk space), response times ,
resolution times (eg. incident closed on 2 hours) performance and custom parameters of
an enterprise.
Real-time visualization of service level targets, agreement compliance data, penalties and
102
rewards.
The service level management (SLM) tool should facilitate creation and maintenance of
103 SLAs, OLAs and Supplier / Underpinning Contracts For example: scope, supplier, contact
names, contact method, support hours, service level targets.
The module should link available support hours to service levels when calculating
104 deadlines as well as suspend SLA calculation for certain criteria – e.g. ‘pending
information from customer’.
The service management software should have the ability to tightly integrate
105 (bidirectionally) with enterprise management systems for auto-creation/closing /
reporting of events/incidents/trouble tickets Data Centre Discovery.

Page 239 of 333

Sr. No. Technical Specifications for EMS, NMS and Helpdesk
The solution should be able to do a complete discovery of IT environment across
distributed (i.e., physical, virtual, network, application, middleware, storage, databases)
106 and heterogeneous environment and provide a clear and visual mapping of IT
infrastructure to business services and should work without requiring agent installation
(that is, agent-less discovery) while discovery Layers 2 through Layers 7 of OSI model.
The solution should automatically build visualizations that shows dependency between
switches, routers, physical/virtual host, storages, cluster software, business applications
107
and other entities and should use Industry-standard protocols such as WMI, SNMP, JMX,
SSH to perform discovery without requiring the installation of an agent.
The Discovery solution should come with real-time dashboards that collate and present
108 data that allows organizations to make decision on consolidation, re-use of infrastructure,
detecting infrastructure that has never been used etc.
The solution should be able to automatically detect software’s that are end of support, end
109
of extended support and end of life.
110 Network & Server Patch Management, Configuration and Compliance Management
The system should be able to clearly identify configuration changes / policy violations /
111
inventory changes across multi-vendor network tool.
The proposed system should be able to administer configuration changes to network
elements by providing toolkits to automate the following administrative tasks of effecting
112 configuration changes to network elements: a) Capture running configuration; b) Capture
start-up configuration; c) Upload configuration; d) Write start-up configuration; e) Upload
firmware.
The proposed fault management solution must able to store historical device
configurations captured in the database and thereby enable comparison of current device
113
configuration against a previously captured configuration as well as compare the current
configuration against any user- defined standard baseline configuration policy.
The proposed system should be able to monitor compliance & enforce change control
114 policies within the diverse infrastructure by providing data & tools to run compliance
reports, track & remediate violations, and view history of changes.
Solution should map network assets and vulnerabilities detected in a vulnerability scan
to the network devices and should provide a dashboard for vulnerability detected and
115 vulnerability patched. Based on identified vulnerabilities, system should be able to
download the patches/updates from OEM's website or NVD, validate and deploy them on
required systems automatically.
The proposed system should also provide end to end change management and approval
116
process automation for any patch or update activity.
Using the automatic remediation of common IT tasks, the fix should be handled
117 automatically after the problem is detected and a service desk ticket has been created and
recorded.
NMS should support 3-Dimensional Compliance Model - Configuration, Software, Running
118
State and provides out of the box Risk Visibility Dashboards of network infrastructure.
Should Detect, collect and maintain information about Managed Servers, including
119
packaged, unpackaged software, runtime state, host/guest relationships and more.
Defines server build sequences for provisioning, incorporating operating systems,
120 patches, and software policies. Supports Solaris, Linux, and Windows®. Supports
provisioning of VMware Hypervisor and Solaris Zones.
Identifies server vulnerabilities quickly and easily and reduces the time needed to patch
multiple servers. Enables patch policy creation and flexible patch deployments. Supports
121
native patch formats for all major operating systems. Provides out-of-the-box integration
with Microsoft® Patch Network and Red Hat Enterprise Linux.
Improves automation efficiency by managing remote systems and executing tasks from a
122 command line interface. Also supports Windows PowerShell to provide a command line
interface (CLI) to Windows servers.

Page 240 of 333

Sr. No. Technical Specifications for EMS, NMS and Helpdesk
123 This point has been removed.
Enables code and application deployment on servers in single or multiple instances
without proprietary packaging. Imports files, objects, and scripts to define configuration
124 best practices with graphical user interface (GUI) ordering or deployment and uninstall.
Uses a granular permissions model to share applications with developers and
administrators.
Provides dynamic, real-time, and historical reports into hardware, software, patches, and
operations activities in complex, heterogeneous data Centres. Includes out-of-the-box
125 compliance reports and at-a-glance compliance status with actionable links to servers,
policies, and other objects. Exports reports to HTML and comma-separated values (CSV)
formats.
The audit trails should be stored centrally and should either be digitally signed or stored
126
with encryption to prevent tampering
127 The Service desk tool shall be sized for minimum 10 nos. of concurrent users.
OEM Criteria
EMS/NMS OEM must be an industry standard, enterprise grade solution and shall be in
128 the present in any Quadrant of Forrester / Gartner / IDC report for ITSM in the last 3
published reports.
Proposed NMS solution MUST have at least 2 deployments in Indian Government/ Public
129 Sector, monitoring & managing 2500+ nodes in each of such deployments. Customer
names, solution details and OEM undertaking needs to be provided at the time of bidding.
The Proposed EMS, NMS, Helpdesk solution and Application performance monitoring
130
tool should be from the single OEM
Technical Specifications for Application Performance Management
The proposed solution should support provision of Single platform architecture and Web
1
UI to address various dimensions of Application Performance Management.
The proposed solution should have the capability to automatically discover business
2
transactions and components including backends (DB, Web Services etc).
The proposed solution should have provision to auto Identify for Slow transactions,
3
Error transactions, Components & backends.
The proposed solution should enable operators to identify, prioritize and resolve
4 defective transactions before they impact end-users through real-time visibility into
transactions and should be able to track end user response time.
The proposed solution should proactively monitor all user transactions for any web-
5 application hosted in the application server; detect failed transactions; gather evidence
necessary for triage and diagnosis of problems that affect user experience.
The proposed solution should determine if the cause of performance issues is inside the
6
application, in connected back-end systems or at the network layer.
The proposed solution should measure the end users' experiences based on real
7
transactions.
The proposed solution should provide visibility into user experience without the need to
8
install agents on end user desktops.
The proposed solution should be deployable as software-based system acting as a
9
passive listener on the network or agent based on the web server.
The proposed solution should have ability to detect user impacting defects and
10 anomalies and reports them in real-time for Slow Response Time, Fast Response time,
Low Throughput, Partial Response, Missing component within transaction
The proposed solution should have ability to pro-actively determine exactly which real
11
users were impacted by transaction defects, their location and status.
The proposed solution should have ability to provide user usage analysis and show how
12 user's success rate, average time and transaction count has changed over a specific
period of time such as current week versus previous week.

Page 241 of 333

Sr. No. Technical Specifications for EMS, NMS and Helpdesk
The proposed solution should be integrated with the application software component of
portal software that measures performance of system against the following SLA
13 parameters:
i. Response times of Portal.
ii. Transaction handling capacity of application server in terms of number of concurrent connects.
Auto generation of alerts based on exceptions in business-critical transactions of the end
14
users on real time basis.
The solution should support store and replay session information for the real user along
15
with snapshots and text pattern events.
Data, reports and views from the synthetic monitoring solution should be able to be
16 incorporated into common dashboard views along with real user monitoring and
infrastructure monitoring.
Solution should be able to detect "Stopped Pages" ie if the client has chosen to cancel the
17 loading for a web page (if its taking too long for loading) the APM solution should be able
to detect this aspect.
The solution must be able to scale to reflect performance and availability from many
18 geographical locations where business services are accessed without a significant
increase in solution

Page 242 of 333

 15.1.19. Server Virtualization Hypervisor Solution
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Server Virtualization Hypervisor Management Software
Virtualization management software console shall provide a single view of all virtual
machines, allow monitoring of system availability and performance with automated
1
notifications with email alerts. Proposed software should include the Hybrid Cloud
Management & Container Management capability.
Virtualization management software should have integrated Physical Host and Virtual
2 Machine performance monitoring including CPU, Memory, Disk, Network, Power, Storage
Adapter, Storage Path, Cluster services, Virtual machine data stores.
Virtualization management software console shall provide reports for performance and
3 utilization of Virtual Machines. It shall co-exist and integrate with leading systems
management vendors.
Virtualization management software should support user role and permission assignment
4
(RBAC)
Virtualization management software should allow you to deploy and export virtual
5
machines, virtual appliances in Open Virtual Machine Format (OVF).
Virtualization management software should allow reliable and non-disruptive migrations
6 for Physical & Virtual machines running Windows and Linux operating systems to virtual
environment.
Virtualization management software should be able to integrate with Enterprise
7
Management System (EMS)
The management solution for hypervisor should provide Single-Sign-On capability which
should enable administration by allowing users to log in once to access all instances or
8
layers of management (wherever access is provided to the user) without the need for
further authentication
9 Support : 5 Years 24 x 7 remote support.
Server Virtualization Hypervisor Software
Bare Metal Solution: Sits directly on the bare metal server hardware with no dependence
1
on a general-purpose OS and no dependency for greater reliability & security.
Guest OS Support: Heterogeneous Guest OS support and certification for namely Windows,
2
Red hat & SUSE Linux Enterprise (SLES).
Virtual Machine Live Migration: Allows live migration of VMs from one host server to
3
another with no disruption to users or loss of service
Storage Live Migration: Live migration of virtual machine disk from one storage array to
4
another without any VM downtime.
5 High Availability: Automatically restarts your VMs following physical machine failure
Virtual machine based replication: Enables efficient, array-agnostic replication of VM data
6
over the LAN or WAN, and simplifies management by enabling replication at the VM level.
Security: Supports TPM 2.0 hardware modules and adds a virtual TPM device to shield a
7 guest OS from operator or in-guest attacks & should provide enhanced security
compliance.
8 Storage support: Support boot from iSCSI or FC SAN or CSI capabilities.
Storage APIs & Integration: Improves performance, reliability and scalability by leveraging
9 efficient array-based operations and third-party storage OEM multipath software
capabilities.
Storage Policy based management: Allows common management across storage tiers and
10
dynamic storage class-of-service automation via a policy-driven control plane
11 Support : 5 Years 24 x 7 remote support.

Page 243 of 333

 15.1.20. DLP – Data loss prevention
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Bidder to propose Network & Endpoint DLP solution for minimum 500 users need to be
1 provided from day one. All corresponding hardware and Operating system to be provided
by the bidder to ensure proper functioning of the solution
The solution should cover both Active and passive FTP including fully correlating
transferred file data with control information and have the ability to monitor popular IM
2 protocols (AIM, Yahoo, MSN, IRC or equivalent) and properly classify tunneled IM traffic
(HTTP). Proposed solution should be inclusive of data leakage prevention and other related
OS also.
The solution must have Identity and Role Based policy capabilities that integrate with
AD/LDAP/HR database. The solution should be capable of role-based access based
3 Enforcement of Information Security and the solution should enforce "Automatic Access
Control" on Data and Information so that each role can have defined access to sensitive data.
The solution must be able to apply different policies to different employee groups. The
4 solution should have a comprehensive data classifier for identifying sensitive data that
would be readily deployable.
The solution should have Built-in Ontologies on International PII and PCI- DSS capabilities
and has the ability to add or customized new Ontologies to cater to specific Government or
5 Defense parameters. The solution should have rule or policy-based capabilities such as
assigning access rights, restricting where users can store or send sensitive data, and so forth
The solution should have Ability to detect and protect new or unseen documents, which
content is similar to the data categorization, which has been taught via data categorization.
6
The solution should have Ability to detect scanned documents, which contains sensitive
data in text form
Proposed solution should have no restriction to the size of the document for inspection &
7
Classification.
The solution should be able to classify structured & unstructured data, namely
word/excel/PowerPoint/pdf documents etc. and MS Outlook emails. The solution should
8 be able to detect data classification label the documents in headers/footers with a pre-
selection capability for either header or footer or both. The solutions should be able to read
metadata tags in the documents and emails
The solution should support the ability to warn or prevent users from sending password-
protected Microsoft Office documents via email. (The metadata in password-protected
Office documents is encrypted, so this capability provides an alternative way to enforce
9
policy.) The solution should provide a pre-built starter set of reports for the reporting
database (in Excel/Word/pdf) and Views and documentation to enable customers to write
their own reports.
The Proposed DLP Solution must be GDPR Compliant. The solution should enforce policies
to detect low and slow data leaks. The solution should be able to do full binary fingerprint
10 of files and also should be able to detect even if partial information gets leaks from
fingerprinted files or folders. Also, the solution should be able to detect, and block
encrypted, and password protected files without reading the encrypted content.
The solution should be able to monitor data copied to network file shares and should
enforce structured and unstructured fingerprint policies even when disconnected from
corporate network. The endpoint would be able to store both structured and unstructured
11 fingerprints on the endpoint itself and should perform all analysis locally and not contact
and network components to reduce WAN overheads. The solution should be able to enforce
different policies for desktops and laptop.

Page 244 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The DLP Solution must be able to encrypt data when business classified data is sent to
removable media drives. The encryption solution can be built-in, or 3rd party solution
needs to be factored to meet the requirement. The solution should support the multiple
12 Endpoint Profile Creation for the Better Security between the different departments.
Encryption Keys are also should be isolated between the different departments. The
endpoint installed should have the capability to create the Bypass ID after validation by the
administrator by generating the Passcode.
Solution should provide Reports on user activity from endpoints, Enforcement / Warning
13 for Print of Documents & Email. Solution should have levels of actions Force, Warn, Log &
Ignore classification.
The system should allow automatic movement or relocation of file, delete files during
discovery. Solution should display the original file location and policy match details for files
14 found to violate policy & should leave the "last accessed" attribute of scanned files
unchanged so as not to disrupt enterprise backup processes & the system should support
incremental scanning during discovery to reduce volumes of data to be scanned.
Solution must protect at least 10 million rows of specific content from a database of
15 sensitive information without relying on keywords or patterns
The solution must be present in the Gartner's leader quadrant for Data Loss Prevention for
16 the last Gartner report & OEM should have own technical support center in India.

15.1.21. Web Security Solution

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification

The solution should have complete license for web security, Antivirus, SSL, and content
inspection and Cloud application control should be built in solution for user base from the
1
first day in same appliance. The Solution should intercept user requests for web
destinations (HTTP, HTTPs and FTP) for web security and in-line AV scanning. .
The solution should provide proxy, caching, on box malware inspection, content filtering,
SSL inspection, protocol filtering, DLP with more then 1800+ predefined templates and
2 inline AV in block mode on the same hardware Appliance with the visibility to provide the
sanctioned and unsanctioned application visibility and control. The appliance should be
capable to handle 500 users from day one & scalable upto 2000 users
Solution should be provided with hardware proxy appliance with minimum 64 GB RAM, 6
3
x RJ-45 Ethernet Ports
Solution should provide the visibility and protection for the information leaks over the data
4
theft via the textual data in image over HTTP/HTTPs
Solution should provide data protection over web channel in form of partial/exact match
5
fingerprints, keywords, dictionaries, machine learning, destination URL category wise.
Solution should support pre-defined templates including region & Industry specific, India
6
IT Act, Adhaar No, GDPR etc.
7 The solution should provide the SSL offloading capability within the appliance itself.
The Solution should be designed for user base request to server in active-active or active-
8 passive mode with the appliance, managed through centralized management console on
server platform.
The solution should provide a Web UI to manage Internet usage policies, it should also
9 support delegated administration and reporting capabilities so different roles can be
created to manage policies and view reports.
The solution should be capable of dynamically blocking a legitimate website which has
10 become infected and unblock the site in real time when the threat has been removed for
below mentioned security categories and vulnerabilities.
Page 245 of 333
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Solution should provide the detection and protection for the malware based information
11
leaks in slow and low volume.
Solution should provide the inbuilt templates to provide the information leaks via malicious
12
dissemination, encrypted uploads and many more.
The solution should have ability to block anonymizer sites or proxy avoidance tools. Below
mentioned tools should be blocked from first day and should be provided in default protocol
13
database Ghost surf, Google web accelerator, Hoopster, Jap, Real tunnel, Socks online,
Tongtongtong, Toonel, Tor, Yourfreedom etc.
The solution should have an application program interface (API) is provided to create
categories and populate them with URLs and IP addresses for use in policy enforcement.
14 The solution also support all decrypted HTTPS traffic to a physical network interface to
allows a trusted service device to inspect and analyze the decrypted data for its own
purpose, without adding extra decryption products
Solution should support advanced features like RBI (Remote Browser Isolation) for min 25
15 users from day 1 with the smart isolation for intelligent auto switching between secure
streaming and secure rendering based on content and real time threat score
The solution should support credential caching (for transparent and explicit proxy) to
16
reduce load on domain controllers.
Solution should provide the details and reports for the data exfilteration happening in the
17
password and encrypted files uploads over the web.
Solution vendor should ensure to provide below mentioned security categories from day1
with automatic database updates for security categories- Advanced malware command and
18
control, Advanced malware payloads, Bot networks, Compromised websites, key loggers,
Phishing and other frauds, Spywares
The solution should have ability to protect the sensitive data exfiltration based on geo-
19
location.
The solution should have at least 40+ million websites in its URL filtering database and
should have pre-defined URL categories and application protocols along with YouTube,
20 Facebook and linked-in controls. Solution vendor should ensure that 120+ predefined
categories & 150+ pre-defined protocols should be available on product from day-1, also in-
addition solution should have ability to configure custom categories for organization.
The solution should have partnerships or third party inputs for web threat ratings from
21
Virus total or Facebook
The solution must detect and block outbound Botnet and Trojan malware communications.
22 The solution must log and provide detailed information on the originating system sufficient
to enable identification of infected units for mitigation
The solution should provide, Expanded Internet access for off-site users in real time for the
23
Hybrid Offsite Roaming users from day 1
The solution should support same policy enforcement in real time policy sync for users even
when they access Internet outside the corporate network, this should be enforced through
24 an agent deployment on roaming endpoints (MAC and Windows). And this solution should
be on premises or with the help of SAAS i.e. roaming user traffic should redirect to on-cloud
solution for policy checks.
The agent on the roaming user machines should be tamperproof, for example, the agent
cannot be uninstalled by the user even with admin rights to the system or the user cannot
25 stop the services. The solution should allow off-site users to access URLs that would
otherwise be blocked means to exclude roaming users from certain policy restrictions,
giving them wider Internet access when not in the office.
Solution should provide separate Management server which can push policies for
centralized management and reporting in case of multiple site solution deployment.
26 Management console should provide automatic policy sync to all the remote boxes when
the change is made to central console. Centralized management and centralized reporting
console can be appliance based or software server hardware based

Page 246 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Roaming user and Onsite user policy access management will be done from single Policy
27
Management console.
MAC OS X 11.x and MS Windows 10 support for roaming laptop users web filtering client.
28 The solution should also support for certain scenario like A geographical firewall prevents
proxy use.
The solution should have cloud application usage and associated risk visibility and blocking
29
the malicious cloud app.
The solution should apply security policy to more than 100 protocols in multiple categories
more than 15. This includes the ability to allow, block, log, and assign quota time for IM,
P2P, and streaming media and solution should provide at least below mentioned security
30 categories as below RIGHT FROM FIRST DAY: 1) Advanced Malware Command and Control
category 2) Advanced Malware payload detection category 3) Malicious embedded links
and iframe detection category 4) Mobile malware category 5) Key logger and Spyware
category 6) P2P software database from day 1 to control/block the below P2P protocols.
The solution should filter out embedded objectionable or unproductive content, this
31 includes examination of the source server, URL, page content, and active content. The
solution should have functionality to control web 2.0 and real time content categorization.
The solution should have granular control over popular social web applications like
32 Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, YouTube, and others. The solution should have social control
Video UPLOADS to Facebook and YouTube applications.
The solution must provide below mentioned categories or similar to functionally for
Facebook control from day 1 Facebook Posting: Facebook function that enables a user to
33 share a post, status or link, Facebook Commenting, Facebook Friends, Facebook Photo
Upload, Facebook Mail, Facebook Events, Facebook Apps, Facebook Chat, Facebook
Questions, Facebook Video Upload, Facebook Groups etc.
The solution should have built-in or custom policies for identifying and segregate You Tube
34 traffic for Education only over browser and Other irrelevant non-compliance video, It
should simplify design and implementation of policy to ensure user compliance.
The solution should provide geo-location awareness for security incidents. The solution
35 should provide inbuilt capability malicious content of password and unknown encryption
files.
The solution should be able to manage the complete solution through centralized
36
management and reporting console which should be software or appliance based.
The solution should have authentication options for administration, the specific
37 permissions available depend on the type of administrator and Administrator activity is
logged and available for auditing or troubleshooting.
The solution should have authentication options for users/groups. It should support
38 authentication of users via Integrated Windows Authentication (Kerberos), NTLM (NTLM
v1 and v2 in Session Security), and LDAP.
The solution should have support of multiple domains, the administrators can specify the
39 sequence (Domain controllers checked first, second, next, etc.) used to authenticate users
who login from different locations.
The solution should have Multi-Domain authentication to allow the admin to create rules
40
that authenticate against multiple domain controllers in a sequence
The solution should support real time graphical and chart based dashboard for the
41 summary of web filtering activities. The solution should pre-built report templates which
the administrator can use for generating reports.
The solution should be able to consolidate reports from multiple boxes for centralized
42 logging and reporting. The solution should provide detailed information on security
incidents to comprehensively investigate individual threat events
The solution should be integrated to third-party SIEM applications like syslog/CEF (Arc
43
Sight), syslog key-value pairs (Splunk and others), syslog LEEF (QRadar), and Custom.

Page 247 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The solution should provide native system health monitoring, alerting and troubleshooting
44
capabilities. The solution should provide reports based on hits, and bandwidth.
The Solution should have inbuilt reporting feature like real time monitoring, reporting
templates and investigation drill down report. The solution should have reporting on the
45
user agent strings of applications to provide details on application usage and version details
including browser version reports.
The solution must provide malware, anti-virus, anti-bot etc. scanning though in-built AV
46 scanning engine in appliance also Solution should provide on cloud APT with full system
emulation capability
The solution should support Client Certificate Authentication (Content Gateway) Certificate
47
authentication for use with roaming and other personal devices.
The solution should have capabilities to automatically deliver reports based on schedule to
48
selected recipients. The solution should support custom report creation in Excel and PDF.
The solution should support configuring scheduled automatic backup of system
49 configuration. The solution should support automatic download of available patches or
fixes
The OEM Should in the Gartner leaders/challenger Quadrant for Secure web gateway
50
solution last SWG Report only. The OEM should have own TAC center in India.

15.1.22. HIPS- Host Intrusion Prevention System

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification

The solution must provide a single platform for complete server protection over physical,
1
virtual & cloud.
Should provide layered defense against advanced attacks and shields against known
2
vulnerabilities in web and enterprise applications and operating systems.
3 Should prevent access to malicious web sites
4 Should have the capability to Monitor inter-VM traffic and protects Hypervisor.
Should protects a wide range of platforms: Windows, Linux, Solaris, HP-UX, AIX, VMware,
5
Citrix, Hyper-V, and Amazon.
Should provide self-defending servers; with multiple integrated modules below providing
6
a line of defense at the server: firewall, Anti-Malware, HIPS etc.
Solution should have state full Inspection Firewall, Anti-Malware, Deep Packet Inspection
7 with HIPS, Integrity Monitoring and Recommended scan in single module or an in single
agent.
8 Proposed solution must have a dashboard to display multiple information.
Proposed solution must have a web-based management system for administrators to access
9
using web browsers
Management server should have option to install on Windows based server & RHEL server
10
and centralized management for physical, virtual & cloud environment.
Management console should provide Firewall Events to view activities on computers with
11
the firewall enabled (typically includes dropped or logged packets).
The solution should display exploits detected, either resulting in dropped traffic (Prevent
12
Mode) or logging of events (Detect Mode).
Management console should provide System Events to view a summary of security- related
13 events, primarily for the Management server and also including Agents' system events. All
administrative actions should be audited within the System Events.

Page 248 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The proposed solution must be able to provide Web Reputation filtering to protect against
14
malicious web sites.
Solution should have feature a high-performance deep packet inspection engine that
15 examines all incoming and outgoing traffic for protocol deviations, content that signals an
attack, or policy violations.
Solution should be ABLE to operate in detection or prevention mode to protect operating
16
systems and enterprise application vulnerabilities.
Solution should provide detailed events with valuable information, including who attacked,
17 when they attacked, and what they attempted to exploit. Administrators can be notified
automatically via alerts when an incident has occurred.
Solution should have out-of-the-box vulnerability protection for over 100 applications,
18
including database, Web, email, and FTP services etc.
Solution should include exploit rules to stop known attacks and malware and are similar to
19 traditional antivirus signatures in that they use signatures to identify and block individual,
known exploits
Solution should automatically shield newly discovered vulnerabilities within hours,
20
pushing protection to large number of servers in minutes without a system reboot.
Solution should cover of all IP-based protocols (TCP, UDP, ICMP, GGP, IGMP, etc.) and all
21 frame types (IP, ARP, etc.) with fine-grained filtering (IP and MAC addresses, ports) and
basic prevention of denial of service (DoS) attack
Solution should be able to detect and protect from reconnaissance scans and solution
22
should have simulation for zero day threat protection
Solution should provide virtual protection which shields vulnerable systems that are
23 awaiting a security patch. Automatically shields vulnerable systems within hours and
pushes out protection to thousands of VMs/physical servers within minutes.
The solution should support Application control, behavior monitoring & Ransomware
24
protection.
The solution be on premises with zero day attack prevention along with customize
25
simulation engine as per infrastructure
Solution should support at least Windows 10, Windows Server 2008, 2012, 2016, RHEL 32
26
bit and 64 bit, CentOS, Debian, Ubuntu, AIX, HP-UX, Oracle Linux, and SUSE.
Provides out of the box compliance support for PCI & NIST and OEM should provide
27 engineer (Direct from OEM) with at least 5 working days during implementation to perform
audit on product and help out during implementation
28 The solution must be certified to Common Criteria EAL 4+ at any point of time.
29 Offered Solution should be in recommended list as per latest IDC report on Server Security

Page 249 of 333

 15.1.23. Backup Software/Tool

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification

To protect the backup server from the growing Ransomware attacks. The proposed
1 backup solution master server/ controller server must be installed on Windows/Linux or
Unix platform.
The proposed backup solution should be available on various OS platforms such as
Windows/ Linux and UNIX platforms and be capable of supporting SAN based backup /
2
restore from various platforms including HP-UX, Linux, Open VMS, NetWare and
Windows.
The proposed backup solution must support integration of backup and restore with
3 hardware cloning and snapshot features into the GUI, eliminating the traditional need to
write user scripts
The proposed backup solution should support tape mirroring of the same job running
4
concurrently with primary backup.
The proposed backup solution should allow creating tape clone facility after the backup
5
process.
The proposed backup solution supports the capability to write up to 32 data streams to a
6 single tape device or multiple tape devices in parallel from multiple clients to leverage the
throughput of the drives using multiplexing technology.
The proposed backup solution support de-multiplexing of data cartridge to another set of
7
cartridge for selective set of data for faster restores operation to client/servers.
Backup software should be Common Methodology for IT Security Evaluation (Version 3.1)
8
for conformance to the Common Criteria for IT Security Evaluation certified
9 The backup software should support the Open SSL FIPS or equivalent
The backup software should support Encrypted Control Communication. Centralizes
10 command execution ensures that both control and data are sent over a secure TLS
channel, which guarantees data integrity.
11 The Backup software and the clients should be connected via secure peering model

12 The backup software should be capable to supporting 99,999 backup sessions in day one

13 The backup software should be capable of supporting min 1000 concurrent sessions
The proposed backup solution has certified “hot-online” backup solution for different type
of databases such as of Microsoft Exchange Server, Microsoft SQL Server, Microsoft
14 SharePoint Server, Oracle, Informix Server, SAP R/3, SAP MaxDB, Lotus Notes/Domino
Server, IBM DB2 UDB, Sybase database objects, SAP HANA, VMware vSphere, Hyper-V
objects etc.
The proposed backup solution must be able to rebuild the backup database/catalogue
15
from tapes in the event of catalogue loss/corruption.
16 The proposed backup solution shall provide granularity of single file restore.
The proposed backup solution shall support synthetic full backup so that an incremental
17 forever approach may be implemented, where an actual full backup is no longer necessary
as it can be constructed directly from the disk based incremental backups.
18 The proposed backup solution shall also support disk based virtual full backup approach.

The proposed backup software should be able to integrate with the existing backup
19
software media / devices also.

Page 250 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The proposed backup software should support Reporting which helps in fine-tuning
20 backup procedures by providing both historical and predictive information and serve as
effective tools for analysis and optimization
The proposed backup software to use the secure SMTP protocol for sending reports and
21
notifications that are configured with Email (SMTP)
The proposed backup software should enhance the Microsoft 365 Exchange Online
22
integration
The proposed backup software should support software-based deduplication device that
23
ensures efficient use of storage space and network bandwidth
Backup Solution should have the capability to provide back up to cloud and all the licenses
24
to be in use and effective from day one
The proposed backup software solutions should be MAKE IN INDIA (more than 51 %
25
make in India)

Page 251 of 333

15.1 Technical Specification for Non-IT Equipment

15.2.1. Air-conditioning system

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification

1 Capacity – 2 TR. With Remote control

2 Cooling Capacity – COP- 3.01

3 Compressor – Hermetically Sealed Swing Type

4 Power Supply – One Phase, 230 V, 50 Hz

5 Air Flow Rate – minimum 614 CFM

6 Noise Level -34- 46 dB

Wall hanging Automatic Voltage Stabilizer having Delay timer, power indicator with Volt-
7
Meter

8 Propose the machine having robust performance with 5 year onsite support & service

15.2.2. IT Racks & PDUs

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Server and Network Racks of 42U and 800mm width x 1000mm depth for the datacentre
1
area
2 42U Server and network rack dimension would be (WDH) 800mmX1000mm
All components should be self-grounded. Not wire connection among or to the frame except
3
the doors.
4 Two set of EIA rail should be fully depth adjustable as per device requirement
Two number of PDU/Cable manager with full height, multiple standard hole pattern for tool
5 less accessories mounting should be part of the rack. They should have capability to hold
two Rack PDUs each.

6 Side panels should be split type with single locking slam latch.

7 The racks should be UL Approved or comply to EIA-310, REACH and RoHS.

The front and rear doors should open a minimum of 120 degrees to allow easy access to the
8
interior
9 Minimum 10 nos. of tool-less blanking panels to avoid air recirculation
10 Racks should have a provision for cable entry from the top and bottom
Rack frame shall support 1200kg static weight load, 1022kg dynamic (non- transit) weight
11
load.
Rack PDUs
Each rack should have two PDUs with different chassis color for source identification, and
1
each PDU should support the load from 4kW to 8 kW.
Each PDU must have circuit breakers to protect the PDU and IT devices from damage caused
2
by overload or short circuits

Page 252 of 333

 Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
It should support High Operating temperature of 0 to 45 deg C to take care of high operating
3
temperature at back of Rack.
PDU should have LED indicators for each outlet and shall have different colors to show the
4
state of the outlet
5 The PDU should have approvals from CE /VDE/ RoHS/UL.
6 The PDU input cable should have approvals from IEC, CE, EN and UL

7 Sockets should be preferably coloured to clearly identify different circuits.

15.2.3. IP Based CCTV System

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
2 megapixel (1920 x 1080) resolution Indoor Camera with 1/2.9" 2.19M CMOS or better ,
Lens- 3.2 ~ 10mm varifocal lens or better ,Min 30fps@all resolutions (H.264), H.264, MJPEG
1 codec supported, Multiple streaming and User Access 6 users at unicast , Auto Day & Night
,WDR -120dB or better, Tampering, Motion detection, Micro SD/SDHC memory slot Min
support 32GB, PoE , Hallway view, IR Range 20m
24CH, 256Mbps network camera recording, Transmission Bandwidth 500Mbps, Support 4K
video out on HDMI monitor, Simultaneous Playback Min 16CH Support Dual monitor video
2 out, Support H.265, H.264, MJPEG compression, 8 internal HDDs support e-SATA / iSCSI
external storage, backup from camera SD card & Failover support, Operating Temperature
+0°C ~ +40°C, Humidity 20% ~ 85% RH or better.
The cameras shall be complete with the latest state of the art optical systems, filters, light
sensitive pickup systems suitable for capturing images with very low light levels, video
3 codecs and synchronization facilities and any interfacing adapters as required, with all
systems of that type suitable for a compact, durable, distortion free and clear image
processing type camera
4 The preset accuracy for the camera shall be +/- 0.1degree maximum
The cameras shall be provided with a local power distribution junction box, with local
5 isolation switches and fuses to isolate each of the power circuits of the camera related to
main camera power, and other circuits related to Pan & Tilt head, cooling fan, blower etc.

15.2.4. Network Video Recorder (NVR)

Sr.
Minimum Requirement Specification
No.
The NVR Network Video Recorder shall have minimum 400 images/sec viewing speed as well
1
as minimum 40 images / sec recording speed
The recorder shall have a minimum of 32 video inputs. It shall also have looping inputs for
2
all 32 inputs
The recorder shall provide PAL , the following recording resolutions shall be possible 320 x
3
288 / 640 x 288 / 640 x 576 / 352 x 288 / 704 x 288 / 704 x 576
The recorder shall support instant playback and shall have programmable favorite channel
4
selection.
5 The NVR shall be compatible to the cameras.
Page 253 of 333
 Sr.
Minimum Requirement Specification
No.
The NVR shall be in a position to display 32 video images simultaneously on the NVR or the
6
remote client from Multiple NVRS on the LAN.
7 The recorder shall support simultaneous playback and record full duplex operation.
The recorder shall have the feature of an internal hardware watchdog. The reorder shall have
8
an internal hard disc capacity of 3 TB and shall be possible to connect a RAID 5 back up.
Remote workstation shall be in a position to administer / view live images / search and view
9 playback
images
The recorder shall provide 24 dry contact outputs, each of which shall be associated
10
with any or all of the camera inputs and/or alarm inputs.
The recorder shall provide the ability to manually ‘back up’ recorded data to hard disk or
11 DVD / RAID
while the unit continues to record.

15.2.5. Integrated Building Management System (IBMS)

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The IBMS shall perform the following important functions
• Building Management & Control
• Serve as operator Man – Machine interface
• Data Collection & Historisation
1
• Alarm Event & Management
• Trending Reports & MIS Generation
• Maintenance & Complaint Management
• Integration of several sub systems and related protocols.
The following minimum systems (but not limited to) has to be integrated
i. Precision AC Units
ii. Temperature monitoring and controls at all specified positions/locations.
iii. LT Panel Energy Monitoring.
iv. UPS Monitoring.
2 v. Fire Alarm System Integration.
vi. VESDA (Very Early Smoke Detection Alarm) System Integration.
vii. Access Control & Surveillance System Integration.
viii. Gas Suppression System integration
ix. DG Set on MODBUS Protocol with RS 485 Communication Port
x. Energy Meter on MODBUS Protocol with RS 485 Communication Port

3 This point has been removed

The proposed system shall be based on Distributed Networkable Intelligent system. The
4 system shall be microprocessor based Direct Digital Controllers (DDC) shall interface with
relays, sensors, actuators and safety & utility systems
System architectural design shall eliminate dependence upon any single device for alarm
5 reporting and control execution. Each DDC Controller shall operate independently by
performing its own specified control, alarm management, operator I/O and data collection.
Page 254 of 333
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The failure of any single component or network connection shall not interrupt the execution
of control strategies at other operational devices.
DDC Controllers shall be able to access any data from any other DDC Controller or
combination of controllers on the network without dependence upon a central processing
6
device. DDC Controllers shall also be able to send alarm reports to multiple operator
workstations without dependence upon a central processing device.
The BMS system shall utilize industry standard protocols like BACnet, LON, KNX, OPC,
7 DALI,M-Bus and thereby support various third party systems using standard hardware and
software to link various functional nodes into a single integrated system.
The database shall be scalable. The data sources of the web server can be from the local
nodes or from different computers on the network and via DSL/ ADSL/ ISDN. Archiving
8 should be capable of being done based on time, data quantity or manually. The database
should contain alarm and event data from the process level, event data from the controller
level and management level, trends, user log data
It should be possible to regulate activities and processes based on working and operating
9 times as well as legal and personal holidays. It should be possible to implement switching
circuits across various controllers and networks.
Apart from the time based scheduling, it should be possible to switch and operate circuits
10 based on specific events. It should be possible to combine several events and conduct batch
type switching.
It should be possible to document chronologically and monitor real time data (online) and
11 past process data (offline). All monitored data shall be recorded and shall be available in
graphical format for viewing on screen or printing.
Control Level DDC Controllers shall be at least a 32 Bit Microprocessor. They shall also be
multi-tasking, multi-user, real-time digital control processors consisting of modular
hardware within a protective enclosure for ease of maintenance. Controller size shall be
sufficient to fully meet the requirements of this specification and the attached point list. The
system shall be both compact, i.e. DDC‟s with on board inputs and modular with Capability
of adding additional Input/ Output modules as required. Overall, the system shall permit
12 expansion of both capacity and functionality through the addition of sensors, actuators, DDC
Controllers, Application Specific Controllers and operator devices. The DDC‟s shall have be
onboard Ethernet interface. The controllers should also have an option of connecting to
other controllers through a high speed network/ bus. They should be available with
interfaces to 3rd party equipment using standard protocols like BACnet, Modbus, M-Bus,
KNX. The DDC controller shall have an Integral Display which should display all parameters
and allow overriding of outputs.
Online configuration The DDC‟s shall support remote configuration and operation. All
configurations shall be permissible while the system is on-line without interruption to
monitoring and control on other channels. Systems that require going off line for
13
programming/ configuration shall not be acceptable. The configuration tool must be web
based and be easily deployable. It should contain all modules necessary for configuring the
controller.
All products (PCU's, TDCU's and ID's) shall contain LonWorks/ BACNet/ Modbus
14
networking elements to allow ease of integration of devices from multiple vendors.
Reports and Logs. Provide a reporting package that allows the operator to select, modify, or
15
create reports. Each report shall be definable as to data content, format, interval, and date.

Page 255 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Report data shall be archived on the hard disk for historical reporting. Provide the ability
for the operator to obtain real time logs of designated lists of objects. Reports and logs shall
be stored on the PC hard disk in a format that is readily accessible by other standard
software applications including spreadsheets and word processing. Reports and logs shall
be readily printed to the system printer. Data shall be able to transferable to other software
packages so as to create custom reports
Web Browser Access: The DDC system shall provide total integration of the facility
infrastructure systems with user access to all system data, either locally over a secure
16
Intranet within the building or by remote access by a standard Web Browser over the
Internet.
The system shall include a graphical object-oriented programming function which shall be
used to create all control sequences utilized in programmable nodes (PN). The graphical
object-oriented programming function shall provide programming elements to be
17 connected together to create a logic diagram. The graphical object-oriented programming
function shall include elements for mathematical, logical, timing, set point, display and
input/output functions to create logic diagrams that represent sequences of operation for
PNs.
DDC programs are to be provided to meet the control strategies as called for in the sequence
of operation sections of these specifications. Each PN shall have available a full library of
DDC algorithms, intrinsic control operators, arithmetic, trigonometric, logic, Proportional
18 Control, Proportional plus Integral (PI), Proportional plus Integral plus Derivative (PID),
and relational operators for implementation of control sequences. 2-POSITION, FLOATING,
STANDARD I/O AND COUNTER INPUTS, TIME BASED DATA, CURVE FIT FUNCTION,
PSYCHOMETRIC FUNCTIONS, INTEGRATION.
DDC controllers shall be capable of fully “stand- alone” operation i.e. in the event of loss of
19 communication with other DDC’s or Control Station, they shall be able to function on their
own. The controllers shall be LonWorks/BACNet/Modbus based products
The controllers shall consist of minimum single 32-bit microprocessors for reliable
20
throughput, based with EEPROM based operating system (O.S.).
The memory available to the controller board as working space for storage of the Operating
21 system software and data files shall be decided on the basis of number of points being
controlled by them.
The Controllers shall have proportional control, Proportional plus Integral (PI) Control,
Proportional plus Integral plus Derivative (PID) Control, Two Position Control and Time
Proportioning Control and algorithms etc., all in its memory and all available for use by the
user, i.e. all the control modes shall be software selectable at any time and in any
22
combination. The analog output of Proportional Control, PI Control, and PID Control shall
continuously be updated and output by the program shall be provided. Between cycles the
analog output shall retain its last value. Enhanced integral action in lieu of Derivative
function shall not be acceptable.
The microprocessor based DDC’s shall be provided with power supply, A/D and D/A
converters, memory, and capacity to accommodate a maximum of 18 input/output (I/O)
23
hardware points (with or without an expansion board). DDC’s with a lower capacity of
points shall preferably be provided at the locations with relatively less input/output points
The DDC’s shall have 15% spare capacity (digital/analog input/output) to give flexibility
24
for future expansion.

Page 256 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
All DDC controllers shall be capable of handling voltage, mili-ampere, resistance or open
25
and closed contacts inputs in any mix, if required.
The communication between controllers shall be via a dedicated communication network
as per LonWorks/ BACNet/ Modbus recommended standards. Controllers microprocessor
26
failures shall not cause loss of communication of the remainder of any network. All
networks shall support global application programs, without the presence of a host PC.
Each controller shall have equal rights for data transfer and shall report in its
predetermined time slot. There shall be no separate device designated as the
27 communication’s master. Those systems using dependent controllers shall be pointed out
by the contractor and a dual redundant transmission media with automatic switching and
reporting in the event of line faults will have to be provided.
The communication network shall be such that
a) Every DDC must be capable of communicating with all DDC’s
28 b) Network connected devices with no messages to transmit shall indicate “No failure”
message each cycle. Lack of this message after successive retries shall constitute a
communication or device failure

Page 257 of 333

15.2.6. Fire Alarm System
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
The main FACP Central Console shall contain a microprocessor based Central Processing
Unit (CPU). The CPU shall communicate with and control the following types of equipment
1 used to make up the system: intelligent addressable smoke and thermal (heat) detectors,
addressable modules, control circuits, and notification appliance circuits, local and remote
operator terminals, printers, annunciators, and other system controlled devices.
Information is critical to fire evacuation personnel, and it contains large 640-
character/320-character Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) presents vital information to
operators concerning a fire situation, fire progression, and evacuation details. A host of
2
other options are available, including single- or Multichannel voice; firefighter’s telephone;
LED, LCD, or PC based Graphic annunciators; fire or integration networking; advanced
detection products for challenging environments, and many additional options
The control panel(s) shall be a multi-processor based networked system designed
specifically for fire, one-way and two-way emergency audio communications, smoke
control, extinguishing agent releasing system if necessitated, with integration modules for
BMS or any third party control/annunciation. The control panel shall be UL/FM listed The
3 control panel shall include all required hardware, software and site specific system
programming to provide a complete and operational system. The control panel(s) shall be
designed such that interactions between any applications can be configured, and modified.
The control panel(s) operational priority shall assure that life safety takes precedence
among the activities coordinated by the control panel.
The control panel shall contain a standby power supply that automatically supplies
4 electrical energy to the system upon primary power supply failure. The system shall include
a charging circuit to automatically maintain the electrical charge of the battery.
The network of control panels shall include the following features:
• Ability to download all network applications and firmware from the configuration
computer from the configuration computer from a single location on the system
• Provide electronic addressing of analog/addressable devices.
• Provide an operator interface control/display that shall annunciate command and
control system functions
• Provide an internal audible signal with different programmable patters to
distinguish between alarm, supervisory, trouble and monitor conditions
• Provide a discreet system control switch provided for reset, alarm silence, panel
silence, drill switch, previous message switch, next message switch and details
5 switch
• Provide system reports that provide detailed description of the status of system
parameters for corrective action or for preventative maintenance programs
• Reports shall be displayed by the operator interface or capable of being printed on
a printer. Provide an authorized operator with the ability to operate or modify
system functions like system time, date, passwords, holiday dates; restart the
system and clear control panel event history file
• Provide an authorized operator to perform test functions within the installed
system.
• The control panel shall contain a standby power supply that automatically supplies
electrical energy to the system upon primary power supply failure. The system shall

Page 258 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
include a charging circuit to automatically maintain the electrical charge of the
battery.
Reports
The system shall provide the operator with system reports that give detailed description of
the status of system parameters for corrective action, or for preventative maintenance
programs. The system shall provide these reports via the main LCD, and shall be capable of
being printed on any system printer.
6 The system shall provide a report that gives a sensitivity listing of all detectors that have
less than 75% environmental compensation remaining. The system shall provide a report
that provides a sensitivity (% Obscuration per foot) listing of any particular detector.
The system shall provide a report that gives a listing of the sensitivity of all of the detectors
on any given panel in the system, or any given analog/addressable device loop within any
given panel.
Field Mounted System Components
Multi-sensor Photo Thermal Detector: the Multi sensor or multi tech smoke detector which
will have both photoelectric as well as thermal detection elements shall have inbuilt
microprocessor, and shall be capable of taking an independent alarm decision. The
scattering of smoke particles shall activate the photo sensor. Each intelligent addressable
smoke detector's sensitivity shall be capable of being programmed electronically from
Control Panel without any extra tools as: most sensitive, more sensitive, normal, less
sensitive or least sensitive. In addition to the five sensitivity levels the detector shall provide
a pre-alarm sensitivity setting, which shall be settable in 5% increments of the detector's
alarm sensitivity value. The detector should continue to give TRUE alarms even if the loop
7
controller on the main panel fails. Alarm condition shall be based upon the combined input
from the photoelectric and thermal detection elements. Each detector shall be capable of
transmitting pre-alarm and alarm signals in addition to the normal, trouble and need
cleaning information. It shall be possible to program control panel activity to each level.
Each smoke detector may be individually programmed to operate at any one of five (5)
sensitivity settings. Each detector microprocessor shall contain an environmental
compensation algorithm that identifies and sets ambient "environmental thresholds
approximately six times an hour. The microprocessor shall monitor the environmental
compensation value and alert the system operator when the detector approaches 75% and
100% of the allowable environmental compensation value.
Detector Bases
The bases shall be easy to install and mount and shall be of standard type or isolator base
8 type or sounder base type. The sounder base shall be used where local or group alarm
signaling is required. The sounder base emits a audible alarm when there is fire. The base
shall, contain no electronics and support all series detector types.
Manual Stations
The fire alarm station shall be of polycarbonate construction and incorporate an internal
9
toggle switch. A locked test feature shall be provided. The station shall be finished in red
with silver "PULL IN CASE OF FIRE" lettering.
Intelligent Modules
The personality of multifunction modules shall be programmable at site to suit conditions
10
and may be changed at any time using a personality code downloaded from the Analog Loop
Controller. The modules shall have a minimum of 2 diagnostic LEDs mounted behind a

Page 259 of 333

 Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
finished cover plate. A green LED shall flash to confirm communication with the loop
controller. A red LED shall flash to display alarm status. The module shall be capable of
storing up to 24 diagnostic codes, which can be retrieved for troubleshooting assistance.
Input and output circuit wiring shall be supervised for open and ground faults.
Control Relay Module:
The Control Relay Module shall provide one form "C" dry relay contact rated at 2 amps @
11 24 Vdc to control external appliances or equipment shutdown. The control relay shall be
rated for pilot duty and releasing systems. The position of the relay contact shall be
confirmed by the system firmware.
Isolator Module:
Provide intelligent fault isolators modules. The Isolator Module shall be capable of isolating
12
and removing a fault from a class A data circuit while allowing the remaining data loop to
continue operating.
Monitor Module:
13 The Monitor Module shall be factory set to support one (1) supervised Class B Normally-
Open Active Non-Latching Monitor circuit.

15.2.7. Diesel Generator Set

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
DIESEL ENGINE
Turbo charged after cooled vertical inline / ‘V’ Shape cylinders, water cooled diesel engine
1 developing minimum 608 BHP @ 1500 RPM conforming to BS: 5514 with capacity of 10%
over loading for one hour in twelve hours duration. The engine should comply with the
latest CPCB Norms of the country.
STANDARD SCOPE OF SUPPLY
• Air cleaner
• Exhaust Silence
• Expansion bellow
• Lube oil cooler
• Lube oil filter (Spin-on type)
• Fuel Filter (Spin-on type)
2
• Radiator with pusher type fan and mounting
• Air to air charge air cooler
• Fuel injection pump with suitable governor and fuel feed pump
• Flywheel with starter ring§ Flywheel housing
• Exhaust gas turbocharger
• 24 Volt electric starter motor
• Gen set Controller
ALTERNATOR:
Alternator of 500 KVA capacity, rated at 0.8 p.f. [lag], 415 V , 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 cycles/sec,
1500 RPM, self-excited and self-regulated with Brushless Excitation, Band of voltage
3
regulation + or - 1.0% of rated voltage from no-load to full load, Class `H' Insulation with
Temperature rise as per Class `H', foot mounted, suitable for tropical climate and generally
conforming to IS: 4722 / BS:2613. All six terminals shall be brought out in a separate

Page 260 of 333

Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
terminal box & star point shall be formed in the terminal box. Each alternator shall be
provided with Automatic Voltage Regulator. Permissible overload of 10% for one hour in
12 hours of operation required.
Base Frame:
Base frame is fabricated in sheet metal. The base frame is rugged in construction and
designed for mounting KOEL engine and KG brush less alternator close coupled, with cross
4
members mounted on AVM. The base frame shall have provision for mounting of acoustic
enclosure & control panel on it. The base frame is having provision of lifting hook for
convenient lifting of complete set, i.e. along with canopy, engine and alternator.
Fuel Tank:
Removable Fuel tank suitable for minimum 12 hours of operation shall be fabricated out of
5 14SWG CRCA MS sheet and is part of base frame. It is duly painted and fitted with inlet and
outlet connections and mechanical fuel gauge. Fuel tank can be easily removed for cleaning
or any maintenance.
BATTERY SET:
6 Dry uncharged, 12 volts suitably rated batteries, of EXIDE / STANDARD / TATA GREEN
make with one set of leads.
AVM PADS
One set of AVM pads are included and built along with the base frame - Mounts are spring
7
type and 99% efficient, suitable for gen set application. These mounts are placed between
the engine - alternator and the base frame
DRAWINGS AND MANUALS:
Set of foundation & layout drawings shall be submitted on receipt of order. Set of operations
8
& maintenance manuals with spare parts catalogue for engine and alternator shall be
provided with the DG Set.
Genset Controller
9 Micro-processor based Genset controller having the following monitoring and diagnostic
features.
Monitoring Features
• Phase Voltages & Currents,
• Frequency,
• Reverse power,
• Genset kVA, KW, KVAr, KWH,
• Power Factor
10
• Canopy Temperature
• Lube oil Pressure,
• Engine Temperature,
• RPM, Run Hours,
• Number of starts, Fuel Level, Auto / Manual Stop
• Battery charge condition
Diagnostic Features – Battery charging failure, Over/Under speed, Over Current , Over /
Under Voltage, Over KW, Phase Seq, Phase missing, Mains Under voltage, Earth Fault trip,
11 Fuel usage Alarm, Low lube oil Pressure, High Engine Temperature, Low/High battery
voltage, Low Fuel Level, Over Crank protection, Routine maintenance indicator, Genset Test
Facility, Mains Frequency
12 Technical specification of Acoustic Enclosure:
Page 261 of 333
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
Acoustic enclosure shall be powder coated and fabricated out of CRCA sheet. The silent
canopy shall be of nut bolt type construction. Critical processes of punching is done on CNC
machines to maintain dimensional accuracy of holes within 0.1 mm. Powder coating is done
after seven-tank surface preparation process of sheet metal. Canopy panel and doors shall
have inside lining of FIRE-RETARDANT foam as acoustic material. Four hinged doors shall
be provided to canopy, one door shall have glass window for control panel.
Thermal Insulation:
13 The hot chamber of the canopy is properly insulated by mineral wool and aluminum foil to
prevent excess heat radiation on the engine and safe for operator.
14 Surface Treatment-Painting:
The enclosure surface shall be suitably treated for degreasing, derusting and phosphating.
The canopies are passed through seven-tank treatment thoroughly.
Canopy fabricated on CNC machines with dimensional accuracy of 0.1mm so as to increase
its durability.
Special designed supporting ribs/ structures so as to give sturdiness and to reduce the
vibrations of the DG sets if any.
Cooling package for which it can also perform at 45 deg C ambient temperature.
Canopy shall be powder coated after passing through seven tank processes and with
Polypropylene powder for the longevity of the color.
Canopy should be lined with world-class higher density acoustic foam, which is Fire
Retardant (confirming to BS 4735/BIS 7888) that is having high noise absorption
properties
No grouting required on the ground, only a level surface capable of withstanding the DG
weight.
Designed for installation in open-air conditions.
Stainless steel door locks and aluminum die cast hinges to avoid rusting.
Lockable fuel filling arrangement provided external to the canopy.
Externally accessible emergency stop button is provided to stop the DG sets as and when
need.
The exhaust gases are to be taken out through a suitable flexible pipe to prevent any back
pressure on the engine.
Removable lifting hooks are provided so as that the former can be removed after completion
of installation. Rope catchers are also provided on the rooftop so that there is no damage to
the canopy while loading/ unloading.
Rooftops of canopies shall be designed like box structure so as to give rigidity and with
slopes so that there is no water accumulation on the rooftop.
All parts / components shall be inter changeable (replaceable)

Page 262 of 333

15.2.8. Video Screen 55" (3x2) (Wall Mount)

Sr. No. Parameters Minimum Requirement Specification

The displays shall utilize direct LED lit LCD panel
technology with 100,000 Hours Lifetime of LED, with a
1 Overview Display matrix of 3(C) and 2(R), All panels shall of 55” diagonal size
with Screen gap <0.88mm, the LCD panel must be of native
resolution of 1920 x 1080 with aspect Ratio of 16:9
The “Typical” Luminance specification must be 500 Cd/m2
2 Brightness (nits) or higher with a “Typical” Static Contrast Ratio of
1500:1 or greater in normal operation.
Each display shall utilize a high contrast screen (anti-glare)
with sizes of 55” diagonal. The screen shall have a H 178°/V
3 Viewing angle
178° viewing angle or greater with a screen “haze” value of
28% or greater for wide viewing angles for operators.
4 Connectivity 2 DP, 2 HDMI , 2 USB , 2 LAN (Ethernet) and HDCP included
Redundant Power Inbuilt Dual Redundant Power supply for Fail safe
5
supply Operations
6 Service Front Access only
Operating
System shall be operated properly under 0ºC to 40ºC
7 Temperature &
Temperature & humidity 80% (non-condensing)
Humidity
Each LCD panel shall be equipped with two (2) built-in
8 Automatic calibration sensors, permitting the brightness level of each LED
Backlight to be controlled and adjusted automatically.
The Display Modules, Display Mount, Display Controller &
9 Modules
Software should be from a single OEM
CONTROLLER
10 Memory min. 32 GB RAM and expandable upto 64 GB DDR4 or higher
RAID-1 redundant setup with 2x 1000GB 2.5” HDD Hard
11 Hard Disk
disk
12 Cooling Should be equipped with dual FAN for cooling
13 Outputs Up to 10 HD displays
4ch Graphic Card with Max resolution of 3840 x 2160 @ 60
14 Graphics Card
Hz
Windows 10 64-bit IoT Enterprise or higher, Professional
15 Operating System
grade windows-10 is not acceptable
16 Tampering Alarm Controllers cover opening alarm
17 Output DP/DVI/HDMI
H.264, MPEG2/4, MxPEG, MJPEG, V2D, H.263 Along with 4
18 Input
Hard wired Inputs and 2x 1Gb/s LAN
19 Dimensions 19” Rack mount

Page 263 of 333

Sr. No. Parameters Minimum Requirement Specification

20 Operating Conditions 100-240V ,10-5A , 50/60Hz, Redundant Power supply

Operating
0° to 40°C | 32° to 104°F And
21 Temperature &
Humidity Max. 80% Rh(non-condensing) @ 40°C
Humidity
Regulation UL, CB, BIS,FCC,CE ,IEC 60950, IEC 62368 .Supporting
22
Compliance documents to be enclosed along with bid
The operator should be also possible to show Laptop Or
23 Wireless Android/IoS phone over the video screen without
disturbing the existing network over wireless
The software should be able to preconfigure various display
24 Software layouts and access them at any time with a simple mouse
click or schedule/timer based.
The software should be able display multiple sources
anywhere on video screen in any size.
Key features of Video screen management Software
• Central configuration database
25 Software
• Browser based user interface
• Auto-detection of network sources
• Online configuration of sources, displays and system
variables
Video screen Control Software shall allow commands on
wall level or cube level or a selection of cubes:
• Switching the entire display wall on or off.
• Setting all projection modules to a common brightness
26 Software
target, which can be either static (fixed) or dynamic to
always achieve maximum (or minimum) common
brightness between projection modules.
• Fine-tune colour of each cube
The Software should be able to share layouts b/w available
27 Software different video screen on same network as well as preview
of sources on the workstation

Page 264 of 333

15.2.9. UPS Modules for existing UPS Frames
Sr. No. Minimum Requirement Specification
1 Rating/Sizing: 2X25 KVA Modules – 2 sets
Product/Solution Description
There is 2 set of UPS systems, each to be connected in one path of power to the datacentre.
The UPS are modular in nature with vertical and horizontal expandability. The frame size is
125 KVAX 2 Nos per path and Module size shall be 25 kW. Each UPS should have N+1
modules. Failure of one module in each Frame shall not take down entire Frame but only
for the failed module capacity. This is applicable for UPS Frames of operating in parallel
2
configuration i.e. only the failed module capacity shall be isolated with remaining modules
in parallel frames operating normally. The 3 Phase UPS modules comprising of rectifier,
Inverter, charger etc. must be hot swappable. It shall be possible to plug out the Heathy or
Faulty UPS sub module from the frame in normal Online Double Conversion operation.
The proposed modules should easily integrate with the existing UPS frame without any
wiring retrofit.
Efficiency on Online mode to be ≥ 98.5 % along with PF Correction to Unity at Input &
3 Harmonic Correction (THDI) to < 3% at Input and simultaneously Battery Charging also.
From load range of 50 to 100%.
4 Input Power Factor must be 0.99 at load >25%

5
Total current harmonic distortion to be 3% or less at 100% rated load
Each pluggable type, swappable and user replaceable Power module should have its own
6
full rated rectifier, full rated inverter & battery charging circuit.
The Modules should have Redundant variable speed fans and capable of maintaining the
7
system in event of single fan failure.
The Modules should be mounted on to safe back plane of separate AC and DC power without
8
use of any interconnecting power cables.
The 3 Phase UPS modules comprising of rectifier, Inverter, charger etc. must be hot
9 swappable. It shall be possible to plug out the Heathy or Faulty UPS sub module from the
frame in normal Online Double Conversion operation.
Battery bank to be VRLA (SMF) type. Each UPS must have battery backup for 15 minutes
10
considering load power factor of 0.9 till end of 5th year.

Page 265 of 333

16 High Level Network Architecture for JHSDC2.0
Following is a conceptual High Lever Network Architecture for JHSDC2.0, Bidder may propose their High
level network architecture as per their solution in their solution document for review and approval.

Fig -1 : High Level Network Architecture for JHSDC2.0

Page 266 of 333

17 Existing Server, Storage & Application Detail
17.1 Current Server Infra Detail - JHSDC

Current JHSDC Server Infra Detail

Total Total Assigned Total Assigned
Sr. No of
Description No of CPU CPU Memory in Memory in
No. VM
Servers Cores Cores GB GB
1 CLOUD 5 40 102 2560 388 17
2 INFRA -DCO 5 40 60 2560 364 7
3 NEW-CLOUD-2019 5 40 209 2560 448 30
4 INFRA-EMS 5 144 225 1088 537 23
5 STAGING 9 208 149 1536 382 37
6 WEB 9 576 446 9216 1236 57
7 APPLICATION 9 576 661 9216 2228 101
8 DATABASE 20 1280 1281 20480 4794 80
9 BACKUP 2 64 64 512 512 0
10 DEMO 2 128 128 2048 2048 0
Total 71 2904 3105 49216 10297 352

17.2 Current Storage Infra Detail - JHSDC

SAN Capacity (Hitachi HUSVM) under Current JHSDC
Total
Allocate Utilize Total Total
Free Utilize
d d Allocate Free
Volume Volum d
S. Volume Volum d Volum
Cluster Name Server Name Name on e Volum
No SAN e Volume e
Cluster Size e
Size Size Size Space
(TB'S) space
(TB'S) (TB's) (TB'S) (TB'S)
(TB'S)
Infra EMS JHDCR27DCO New Volume
1 3.000 1.980 1.020
Cluster 05 (G:)
JHDCR04CLD Volume1 2.000 0.810 1.190
01,
Volume2 2.000 0.080 1.920 15.000 6.950 8.050
Infra Cloud JHDCR04CLD
2 Volume3 3.000 0.800 2.200
Cluster 02,
JHDCR04CLD
Volume4 5.000 3.280 1.720
03
JHDCR28DBS
01,
JHDCR28DBS
02,
3 Database Cluster Volume1 3.000 0.300 2.700 3.000 0.300 2.700
JHDCR28DBS
03,
JHDCR28DBS
04
HUSNAS &
4 All Server Quorum Disk 5.000 3.240 1.760 5.000 3.240 1.760
Quorum
10.49 12.51
Total 23.000
0 0

Page 267 of 333

 SAN Capacity (Hitachi VSP G1500) under current JHSDC
Allocat Total
Utiliz Free Total Total
ed Utilize
ed Volu Allocat Free
Volum d
SL. Volume Name Volu me ed Volum
Cluster Name Server Name e Volum
No. on Cluster me Size Volum e
SAN e
Size (TB'S e Size Space
Size space
(TB's) ) (TB'S) (TB'S)
(TB'S) (TB'S)
JHDCR27EMS VSPG1500-
5.000 3.170 1.830
01 LUN01
JHDCR27EMS
02
JHDCR27EMS VSPG1500-
7.000 5.260 1.740
03 LUN02
1 EMS Cluster 29.000 22.710 6.290
JHDCR27EMS
04
VSPG1500-
7.000 5.690 1.310
JHDCR27DCO LUN01(H:)
05 VSPG1500-
10.000 8.590 1.410
LUN02 (I:)
JHDCR04CLD VSPG1500-
7.000 4.910 2.090
01 LUN01
JHDCR04CLD
02
JHDCR04CLD
2 Cloud Cluster 12.000 7.360 4.640
03 VSPG1500-
5.000 2.450 2.550
JHDCR04CLD LUN02
04
JHDCR04CLD
05
JHSDCR04IN VSPG1500-
10.000 2.910 7.090
F01 LUN01
JHSDCR04IN
F02
JHSDCR04IN
3 INFRA Cluster 20.000 3.660 16.340
F03 VSPG1500-
10.000 0.750 9.250
JHSDCR04IN LUN02
F04
JHSDCR04IN
F05
JHSDCR05CL VSPG1500-
5.000 2.800 2.200
D01 LUN01
JHSDCR05CL
D02
New Cloud JHSDCR05CL
4 10.000 4.380 5.620
Cluster D03 VSPG1500-
5.000 1.580 3.420
JHSDCR05CL LUN02
D04
JHSDCR05CL
D05
JHDCR28APP VSPG1500-
10.000 8.730 1.270
01 LUN01
JHDCR28APP
02 VSPG1500-
5.000 0.750 4.250
JHDCR28APP LUN02
03
VSPG1500-
5.000 0.950 4.050
Application JHDCR04APP LUN01
5 62.000 30.320 31.680
Cluster 01 VSPG1500-
10.000 7.080 2.920
JHDCR04APP LUN02
02 VSPG1500-
10.000 7.490 2.510
JHDCR04APP LUN03
03 VSPG1500-
10.000 2.200 7.800
LUN04
JHDCR30APP VSPG1500-
2.000 0.710 1.290
01 LUN01

Page 268 of 333

 SAN Capacity (Hitachi VSP G1500) under current JHSDC
JHDCR30APP
02 VSPG1500-
10.000 2.410 7.590
JHDCR30APP LUN02
03
JHDCR28WE VSPG1500-
10.000 9.201 0.799
B01 LUN01
JHDCR28WE
B02 VSPG1500-
5.000 0.000 5.000
JHDCR28WE LUN02
B03
JHDCR29WE
B01
JHDCR29WE VSPG1500-
6 Web cluster 5.000 1.630 3.370 22.000 10.881 11.119
B02 LUN01
JHDCR29WE
B03
JHDCR30WE
B01
JHDCR30WE VSPG1500-
2.000 0.050 1.950
B02 LUN01
JHDCR30WE
B03
VSPG1500-
12.000 9.660 2.340
LUN01
JHDCR28DBS VSPG1500-
10.000 6.920 3.080
01 LUN02
JHDCR28DBS VSPG1500-
10.000 5.690 4.310
02 LUN03
JHDCR28DBS VSPG1500-
15.000 12.14 2.860
03 LUN04
JHDCR28DBS VSPG1500-
04 10.000 6.000 4.000
LUN05
VSPG1500-
10.000 8.550 1.450
LUN06
JHDCR29DBS VSPG1500-
10.000 8.070 1.930
01 LUN01
JHDCR29DBS
02
JHDCR29DBS
03
JHDCR29DBS VSPG1500-
10.000 7.850 2.150
04 LUN02
Database JHDCR29DBS 112.00
7 73.320 38.680
Cluster 05 0
JHDCR29DBS
06
JHSDCR05DB
S01
JHSDCR05DB
S02
JHSDCR05DB
S03 VSPG1500-
10.000 7.260 2.740
JHSDCR05DB LUN01
S04
JHSDCR05DB
S05
JHSDCR05DB
S06
JHSDCR30DB VSPG1500-
5.000 0.700 4.300
S03 LUN01
JHSDCR30DB
S04 VSPG1500-
10.000 0.480 9.520
JHSDCR30DB LUN02
S05

Page 269 of 333

SAN Capacity (Hitachi VSP G1500) under current JHSDC
JHSDCR30DB
S06
267.00 152.6 114.3
Total
0 31 69

Page 270 of 333

17.3 Current Application Detail - JHSDC

Department
Sn. Application Name URL Status
Name
Dept of Labour.
1 Employment & CLMS Portal https://shramadhan.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Training
2 Dept of Law Advocate General https://advocategeneral.jharkhand.gov.in Production
3 Dept of Law vidhi Portal https://vidhi.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Dept of State
Urban Property Tax
4 https://suda.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Development Application
Agency
Dept of Land &
5 MRR Application https://mrr.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Revenue
Dept of Mines &
6 JIMMS Application https://minerals.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Geology
Dept of Mines &
7 JIMMS Portal https://mineralsportal.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Geology
Dept of Mines &
8 JIMMS Services https://servicesminerals.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Geology
Dept of Mines &
9 JIMMS Vehicle https://jimmsvehicle.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Geology
Dept of Mines &
10 JIMMS API https://jimmsapi.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Geology
Dept. of Mines &
11 VTS Application https://minesvts.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Geology
Dept of IT & e-
12 AUA API https://aua.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Gov
Dept of CM
13 CM Portal https://cm.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Office
Dept of
14 Jharkhand JTDCL Application https://tourism.jharkhand.gov.in/ Production
Tourism
Dept of
15 Jharkhand JTDCL Portal https://tourismportal.jharkhand.gov.in/ Production
Tourism
Dept of Food,
Public
16 Distribution & PDS Application http://pds.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Consumer
Affairs
Dept of Food,
Public
17 Distribution & PDS Food service http://foodservices.jharkhand.gov.in:8080 Production
Consumer
Affairs
Dept of Food,
Public
18 Distribution & PDS Web service https://pdsservices.jharkhand.gov.in:8080 Production
Consumer
Affairs
Dept of Food,
19 Uparjan Portal https://uparjan.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Public

Page 271 of 333

 Department
Sn. Application Name URL Status
Name
Distribution &
Consumer
Affairs
Dept of Food,
Public
20 Distribution & Aahar Web service https://aahar.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Consumer
Affairs
Dept of Food,
Public
21 Distribution & UJJAWALA https://ujjwala.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Consumer
Affairs
Dept of Food,
Public
22 Distribution & JSFSS Application https:// jsfss.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Consumer
Affairs
Dept of Food,
Public
23 Distribution & PDS Dealer Application https://dlms.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Consumer
Affairs
Dept of
24 food.(Weight & elegalmetrology Portal https://elegalmetrology.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Measures)
Dept of
25 Jharkhand Spermit Application https://spermit.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Transport
Dept of
26 Jharkhand Speed Governor https://sld.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Transport
Dept of
27 Jharkhand Black Spot https://blackspot.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Transport
Dept of
28 Jharkhand Vahan API https://vahanapi.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Transport
Dept. of Rural
29 Rural Development https://applyrdd.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Development
Jharkhand
30 Academic JAC Application https://jac.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Council
Jharkhand
Combined
Entrance
31 JCECEB Application https://jceceb.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Competitive
Examination
Board
Jharkhand State
Building
32 JSBCCL Application https://jsbccl.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Construction Co.
Ltd.

Page 272 of 333

 Department
Sn. Application Name URL Status
Name
State Drugs
33 Control SDCD Portal https://sdcd.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Directorate
Dept. of Social
34 Social Welfare Portal https://socialwelfare.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Welfare
Dept. of
35 National Health NPRT Application https://poshantathya.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Mission
Dept. of
36 National Health MTC Application https://mtc.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Mission
MGM
37 E-library application https://mgmlibrary.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Jamshedpur
MGM
38 E-library application https://mgmadmin.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Jamshedpur
Domain name
39 DNS-1 https://ns1.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Server-1
Domain name
40 DNS-2 https://ns2.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Server-2
41 JHSDC VPN 1 VPN-1 vpn1.jharkhand.gov.in Production
42 JHSDC VPN 2 VPN-2 vpn2.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Jharkhand
43 Education e-VIDYA Application https://evidyavahini.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Project Council
Jharkhand
44 Education e-VIDYA API https://api-evidyavahini.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Project Council
Jharkhand
https://biometric-
45 Education e-VIDYA BioMetric Production
evidyavahini.jharkhand.gov.in
Project Council
Jharkhand
46 Education DISHA https://disha.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Project Council
Jharkhand
47 Education JEPC Website https://jepc.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Project Council
Dept of school
48 education & DoSE&L Website https://schooleducation.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Literacy
Dept of school
49 education & DoSE&L Website https://edu.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Literacy
Dept of school
50 education & DoSE&L Website https://education.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Literacy
Jharkhand state
Mineral
Sand Mgmt
51 Development https://cgw-sand.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Application-1
Corp.
Ltd(JSMDC)
Jharkhand state
Sand Mgmt
52 Mineral https://jsmdc-vtrack.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Application-2
Development

Page 273 of 333

 Department
Sn. Application Name URL Status
Name
Corp.
Ltd(JSMDC)
Jharkhand state
Mineral
Sand Mgmt
53 Development https://jsmdc-sand.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Application-3
Corp.
Ltd(JSMDC)
Jharkhand state
Mineral
54 Development Sand Management API https://api-sand.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Corp.
Ltd(JSMDC)
Dept of
Jharkhand State
55 JSWM-RDIF Application https://jswmridf.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Watershed
Mission
Dept of
Jharkhand State
56 JJY Application https://jjy.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Watershed
Mission
Dept. of School
57 Education & Digi School Application https://jharkhanddigischool.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Literacy
Dept of women
,child
58 Sukanya project https://sukanya.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Development &
Social Security
Jharkhand
Agency
59 Promotion for ILMS Application http://Ilms.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Information
Technology
Dept. of School
60 Education & ILMS DOSL Application http://Ilmsdosl.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Literacy
Dept. of Higher
61 Technical ILMS HTE Application http://Ilmshte.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Education
Dept. of
ILMS Comtax
62 Commercial http://ilmscommtax.jharkhand.gov.in/ Production
Application
Taxes
Jharkhand
63 National Health E-Hospital https://ehospital.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Mission
Dept of women
,child Child Protection
64 https://cpmis.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Development & Application
Social Security
Jharkhand State
65 Election Election Application https://sec.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Commission
Jharkhand
66 Education RTE Application https://rte.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Project Council

Page 274 of 333

 Department
Sn. Application Name URL Status
Name
Dept. of
67 Revenue and RCMS Application https://erevenuecourt.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Land Reforms
State Urban
68 Development BPAMS Application http://jhbpams.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Agency
Dept. of
69 Agriinput license https://agriinputlicense.Jharkhand.gov.in Production
Agriculture
Dept. of
70 coopregistration https://coopregistration.Jharkhand.gov.in Production
Agriculture
Dept. of
71 Animal Husbandry https://animalhusbandryjharkhand.gov.in Production
Agriculture
Dept. of
72 JRFRY https://jrfry.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Agriculture
Dept. of
73 JKRMY https://jkrmy.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Agriculture
Dept. of
74 MSRY https://msry.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Agriculture
Dept of
75 JVAT Application https://digigovctax.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Commercial tax.
Dept of
76 JVAT Application https://misctax.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Commercial tax.
Dept of
77 JVAT Application https://ctax.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Commercial tax.
Dept of
78 JVAT Application https://esevactax.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Commercial tax.
Dept of
79 Gst prime https://gstprime.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Commercial tax.
Jharkhand space
80 application Election GIS http://electiongis.jharkhand.gov.in Production
center
Jharkhand space
81 application Mines GIS http://minesgis.jharkhand.gov.in Production
center
Dept of
Revenue,
82 Jharbhoomi https://jharbhoomi.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Registration and
Land Reforms
Dept of
Revenue,
83 Jharbhoomi API https://jharbhoomiapi.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Registration and
Land Reforms
Dept of
Revenue,
84 Jharbhulagan https://jharbhulagan.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Registration and
Land Reforms
Dept of
Revenue,
85 Jharbhunaksha https://jharBhunaksha.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Registration and
Land Reforms
Dept of
Revenue,
86 Jharmutation https://jharmutation.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Registration and
Land Reforms

Page 275 of 333

 Department
Sn. Application Name URL Status
Name
Dept of
Revenue,
87 JharBasudha https://jharBasudha.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Registration and
Land Reforms
Dept. Of
88 RTGSA Application http://rtgsa.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Personnel
Dept of Excise
89 excise https://liquortracker.jharkhand.gov.in Production
and Prohibition
Dept of Excise
90 excise http://trackliquor.jharkhand.gov.in Production
and Prohibition
Dept of Excise
91 excise https://excise.jharkhand.gov.in Production
and Prohibition
Dept of Excise
92 jelons https://jelons.jharkhand.gov.in Production
and Prohibition
Dept of Excise
93 jsbcl https://jsbcl.jharkhand.gov.in Production
and Prohibition
Dept of Excise
94 jsbcl-mis https://jsbclmis.jharkhand.gov.in Production
and Prohibition
95 Dept of Health MHID https://jmhidpcl.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Jharkhand
Agency
96 Promotion for eoffice https://eoffice.jharkhand.gov.in Production
Information
Technology
97 Dept. of JREDA pmkrms https://pmkrms.jharkhand.gov.in Production
98 Dept. of JREDA pmkusum https://pmkusum.jharkhand.gov.in Production
99 Dept. of JREDA pmklive https://pmklive.jharkhand.gov.in Production
10
Dept. of JREDA pmkapi https://pmkapi.jharkhand.gov.in Production
0
10
Dept. of health Ayush Application https://ayush.jharkhand.gov.in Production
1
10
Dept. of JCERT cqube Application https://cqube.jharkhand.gov.in Production
2
10
Dept. of JCERT Saral Application https://saral.jharkhand.gov.in Production
3
10
Dept. of JCERT JCERT Application https://jcert.jharkhand.gov.in Production
4
Building
10
Construction BCD Application https://bcd.jharkhand.gov.in Production
5
Department
Urban
10 Development &
UDHD https://udhdorc.jharkhand.gov.in Production
6 Housing
Department
10
Dept. of health Ayush Medical Council https:://amc.jharkhand.gov.in Production
7
10
Dept. of health Ayush Yoga https://ayushyoga.jharkhand.gov.in Production
8
Development
10
and Housing Jharera Application https://jharera.jharkhand.gov.in Production
9
Department

Page 276 of 333

 Department
Sn. Application Name URL Status
Name
11 Dept of planning
DDO Secondary https://jhrddo.jharkhand.gov.in Production
0 cum Finance.
11 Dept of planning
DDO Secondary https://jhrddo.jharkhand.gov.in/npayslips/ Production
1 cum Finance.
11 Dept of planning
DDO Portal Primary https://ddo.jharkhand.gov.in Production
2 cum Finance.
11 Dept of planning https://ddo.jharkhand.gov.in/kubercommonser
DDO Portal Primary Production
3 cum Finance. vices
11 Dept of planning
kuber Portal https://jkuber.jharkhand.gov.in Production
4 cum Finance.
11 Dept of planning
kuber Portal https://jkuber.jharkhand.gov.in/emp Production
5 cum Finance.
11 Dept of planning
kuber Portal https://jkuber.jharkhand.gov.in/ifmsjhar/ Production
6 cum Finance.
11 Dept of planning
kuber Portal https://jkuber.jharkhand.gov.in/treasurymis/ Production
7 cum Finance.
11 Dept of planning
kuber Portal https://jkuber.jharkhand.gov.in/budgetjhr/ Production
8 cum Finance.
11 Dept of planning
kuber Portal https://jkuber.jharkhand.gov.in/jpension/ Production
9 cum Finance.
12 Dept of planning
Finance Portal https://finance.jharkhand.gov.in Production
0 cum Finance.
12 Dept of planning
Finance Portal https://finance.jharkhand.gov.in/pfms/ Production
1 cum Finance.
12 Dept of planning
JE Grass https://finance.jharkhand.gov.in/jegrass Production
2 cum Finance.
12 Dept of planning
Treasury https://treasury.jharkhand.gov.in Production
3 cum Finance.
12 Dept of planning
SFTP Server 103.97.108.14/ not assigned Production
4 cum Finance.
12 Dept of planning
Kuber UAT https://jkuberuat.jharkhand.gov.in UAT
5 cum Finance.
Jharkhand
Agency
12
Promotion for e-Office Application https://eofficetraining.jharkhand.gov.in UAT
6
Information
Technology
Jharkhand
Agency
12
Promotion for ILMS Application Url not assigned Staging
7
Information
Technology
Dept of Food,
Public
12
Distribution & PDS UAT Url not assigned Staging
8
Consumer
Affairs
12
Dept of Law Vidhi Portal Url not assigned Staging
9
13
Dept of Law District Court(Vidhi) Url not assigned Staging
0
Jharkhand
13
Academic JAC Application Url not assigned Staging
1
Council

Page 277 of 333

 Department
Sn. Application Name URL Status
Name
13 Dept of Labour
CLMS Application Url not assigned Staging
2 Management
13 Dept of
eSevactax Url not assigned Staging
3 Commercial tax.
13 Dept of
MISctax & Digigovctax Url not assigned Staging
4 Commercial tax.
Dept of
13 Revenue,
Jharbhoomi srvr01 Url not assigned Staging
5 Registration and
Land Reforms
13 Dept of Excise
Excise Url not assigned Staging
6 and Prohibition
13 Dept of Excise
Excise(Track & Trace) Url not assigned Staging
7 and Prohibition
13 Dept of Dept of
ASA Application Url not assigned Staging
8 IT & e-Gov
Dept of women
13 ,child
Sukanya project Url not assigned Staging
9 Development &
Social Security
14 Dept of Mines&
JIMMS Application Url not assigned Staging
0 Geology
14 Dept of Mines&
JIMMS Website Url not assigned Staging
1 Geology
Dept of State
14 Urban
P-TAX Application Url not assigned Staging
2 Development
Agency
Dept. of
14 Election dept
Jharkhand Url not assigned Staging
3 Application
Election Dept.
Dept of State
14 Urban
BPAMS Application Url not assigned Staging
4 Development
Agency
Dept of State
14 Urban
RMC Application Url not assigned Staging
5 Development
Agency
14
Dept of Energy eJhar Energy Url not assigned Staging
6
Dept of
14 Jharkhand
e-VIDYA Application Url not assigned Staging
7 Education
Project Council
Dept of
14
Jharkhand JTDCL Website Url not assigned Staging
8
Tourism
Dept of
14
Jharkhand JTDCL Portal Url not assigned Staging
9
Tourism
Dept of
15
food.(Weight & Elegalmetrology Portal Url not assigned Staging
0
Measures)

Page 278 of 333

 Department
Sn. Application Name URL Status
Name
15 Dept of CM
CM Portal Url not assigned Staging
1 Office
15 Dept of Land &
MRR Application Url not assigned Staging
2 Revenue
15 Dept. Of
RTGSA Application Url not assigned Staging
3 Personnel
15 Dept. Of
Url not assigned Staging
4 Personnel HRMS
15 Dept. Of
DOP Url not assigned Staging
5 Personnel
Dept. of
Jharkhand
15 JMHIDPCL Web
Medical and Url not assigned Staging
6 Application
Health
Infrastructure
State Drugs
15
Control SDCD Url not assigned Staging
7
Directorate
15
Dept. of JCERT Saral Application Url not assigned Staging
8
Building
15
Construction BCD Application Url not assigned Staging
9
Department
Urban
16 Development &
UDHD Url not assigned Staging
0 Housing
Department
16
Finance Dept. DBT Portal Url not assigned Staging
1
16
Finance Dept. e-Gazette Url not assigned Staging
2
Savitribai Phule
16
Kishori Samridhi SPKSY Url not assigned Staging
3
Yojana
16 Election
Data-Collection Url not assigned Staging
4 Department
16 Aspirational Aspirational District
Url not assigned Staging
5 District Program Application
Board of
16 Board of Revenue
Revenue Url not assigned Staging
6 Application
Application

Page 279 of 333

18 Proforma and Schedules
18.1 Proforma 1: Proposal Covering Letter

PROPOSAL COVERING LETTER

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Subject: Request for Proposal (RFP): Selection of System Integrator for Upgradation, Operation
and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0).

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Sir,

We have examined the RFP, the receipt of which is hereby duly acknowledged, we, the
undersigned, offer to provide best of quality goods and professional services as required and
outlined in the RFP for the Selection of System Integrator for Upgradation, Operation and
Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0) to meet such requirements and
provide such services as required are set out in the RFP.

We attach hereto the technical response as required by the RFP, which constitutes our proposal.
We undertake that, if our proposal is accepted, to adhere to the Project Timeline and Service
Levels given in the RFP for various activities.

If our proposal is accepted, we will obtain a performance bank guarantee in the given format in
the RFP document issued by a Scheduled Commercial Bank in India, acceptable to JAPIT, for a
sum equivalent to 10% of the total price quoted in our financial proposal for the due
performance of the contract.

We agree for unconditional acceptance of all the terms and conditions set out in the RFP
document and also agree to abide by this tender response for a period of 180 days from the bid
opening date and it shall remain binding upon us with full force and virtue, until within this
period a formal contract is prepared and executed, this tender response, together with your
written acceptance thereof in your notification of award, shall constitute a binding contract
between us and JAPIT.

Page 280 of 333

We have studied the Clause relating to Service Tax and hereby declare that if any Income Tax,
Surcharge on Income Tax, Professional Tax and other Corporate Tax is altercated under law,
we shall pay the same.

We confirm that the information contained in this proposal or any part thereof, including its
exhibits, schedules, and other documents and instruments delivered or to be delivered to JAPIT
is true, accurate, and complete. This proposal includes all information necessary to ensure that
the statements therein do not in whole or in part mislead JAPIT as to any material fact.

We agree that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any tender response you may receive.
We also agree that you reserve the right in absolute sense to reject all or any of the products /
services specified in the tender response.

We declare that our bid prices are for the entire scope of the work as specified in the technical
specification and bid documents. These prices are indicated as per the bid form attached with
our proposal as part of the Financial Bid.

It is hereby confirmed that we are entitled to act on behalf of our corporation/ company/ firm
/ organization and empowered to sign this document as well as such relevant documents, which
may be required in this connection.

Dated this ____________ Day of 2023

(Signature) (In the capacity of)

Having the Power of Attorney & duly authorized to sign the Tender Response for and on
behalf of:

(Name and Address of Company) Seal/Stamp of Bidder

Witness Signature:

Witness Name:

Witness Address:

Page 281 of 333

Page 282 of 333
 18.2 Proforma 2: Authorization Certificate
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

CERTIFICATE AS TO AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

<Bidder’s Name>__________________________________________, <Designation>

_______________________________ is hereby authorized to sign relevant documents on behalf of the
company in dealing with Tender of reference RFP Number - JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 &
<Date> ________________________________. He is also authorized to attend meetings & submit
technical & commercial information as may be required by you in the course of processing
above said tender.

Thanking you,

Authorized Signatory _________________________________

Name: ___________________________________

Designation: _____________________________

UID No. of the Authorized Signatory ___________________________________

Company's Name & Seal :

Authorizer’s Signature & Date : ______________________

Authorizer Name _______________________

Authorizer Designation _______________________

Page 283 of 333
Page 284 of 333
 18.3 Proforma 3: Declaration of Acceptance of Terms & Conditions and
SLA of RFP

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

DECLARATION OF ACCEPTANCE OF TERMS & CONDITIONS AND SERVICE LEVEL

AGREEMENT

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Sir,
I have carefully gone through the Terms & Conditions contained in the RFP Document
[JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2021] regarding RFP for the Selection of System Integrator for
Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0) at
JAPIT Campus, Dhurva, Ranchi.
I declare that all the provisions of this tender document read along with the proposal submitted
by my Company along with my all partners. I certify that I am an authorized signatory of my
company and therefore, competent to make this declaration. I further certify that,
interpretation made by JAPIT technical committee is the final and binding on me.
We as Implementing Agency do hereby undertake that we shall monitor, maintain, and comply
with the service levels stated in the RFP to provide quality service to JAPIT. However, if the
proposed resources, Non-IT Infrastructure and ICT components are found to be insufficient in
meeting the RFP scope and/or the service level requirements given by JAPIT, then we will
augment and commission the same without any additional cost to JAPIT.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 285 of 333

18.4 Proforma 4: Pre-qualification Compliance Cover Letter
(Company Letter head)

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT(JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Sub: Submission of the pre-qualification compliance in response to the RFP No. JAPIT/JH-
SDC2.0/01/2023dated DD/MM/YYY, RFP for the Selection of System Integrator for
Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0)
Dear Sir,
We, the undersigned, offer to the supply and installation approach in response to the Request
for Proposal No. JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 dated DD/MM/YYYY for the “Selection of System
Integrator for Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0
(JHSDC 2.0)”. We are hereby submitting our pre-qualification compliance in response of the
request.
We hereby declare that all the information and statements made in this eligibility criteria are
true and accept that any misinterpretation contained in it may lead to our disqualification.
We undertake, if our Proposal is accepted, to initiate the Implementation services related to the
assignment not later than the date indicated in Fact Sheet.
We agree to abide by all the terms and conditions of the RFP and related
corrigendum(s)/addendum(s). We would hold the terms of our bid valid for 180 days as
stipulated in the RFP.
We hereby declare that as per RFP requirement, we have not been black-listed/debarred by
any Central/State Government during last five (5) years.
We understand that you are not bound to accept any Proposal, you received.

Yours sincerely,
(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 286 of 333

 18.5 Proforma 5: Pre-qualification Compliance Checklist
(Company Letter head)

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Proposal
S. Documentary Compliance
Eligibility Criteria Reference
No. Evidence (Yes/No)
(Page No.)
The Bidder should be incorporated or
registered under Companies Act, 1956 or
as amended 2013 or LLP
firm/Partnership firm register under LLP
Act 2008 since last five financial years as
on March 31, 2022

NB: - A bid submitted by a Bidder who has

acquired a Company/Division/Business
Unit of a company OR subsidiary
company of its parent organisation OR
1. a bidder organisation undergone
name changes, shall also be considered
for evaluation if the eligibility and
technical evaluation criteria is met jointly
by the bidder and the parent
Company/Division/ Business Unit
acquired.
For a bidder to be eligible to use the
credentials of its parent company; the
parent company should hold at least
70% ownership in the subsidiary
company (bidder).
At least 5 years of Operations in India as
on bid submission date.
2.

The Bidder should have an average

annual turnover min INR 500 Crores in
last five financial year (i.e. FY 2016-17 to
3
FY 20-21 OR FY 2017-18 to FY 21-22)

Page 287 of 333

 Proposal
S. Documentary Compliance
Eligibility Criteria Reference
No. Evidence (Yes/No)
(Page No.)
Bidder should have the Positive Net-
worth in last five financial years in (i.e. FY
2016-17 to FY 20-21 OR FY 2017-18 to FY
4
21-22)

The Bidder’s should have the average

annual turnover (INR) 300 crores in last
five financial years (i.e. FY 2016-17 to FY
20-21 OR FY 2017-18 to FY 21-22) from
below element -
ICT infrastructure/IT System Integration
i.e. from System Integration of Data
Centre Services OR Sale of IT system
(like Networking systems, Servers, Cloud
5 Computing System, Cyber Security
systems, Storage Systems, Tape Library,
Backup solution, SAN or other ICT
Infrastructure components) etc.
OR/AND
ICT infrastructure/IT System Services
(Consulting / Facility Management
Services/IT Support etc.)

The Bidder should have experience of

implementation / completion or
operation of project having Data
Centre/Data centre projects (Other than
SDC/NDC project) having IT & NON-IT
components for any Central / State
Governments / PSUs / Banking &
6 Financial Institutions, Telecom and IT
companies in India during the last Seven
(7) Financial years to as on date of bid
submission
a) One project of value min 100 Crores
which includes the DC component value
min 25 Cr OR

Page 288 of 333

 Proposal
S. Documentary Compliance
Eligibility Criteria Reference
No. Evidence (Yes/No)
(Page No.)
b) Two projects of value min 70 Crores
which includes the DC component value
min 20 Cr. Each

The Bidder should have experience of

implementation / completion or
operation of min one State/National Data
Centre project/Disaster Recovery
7 Centre (NDC/SDC/DRC) for any Central
/ State Governments / PSUs in India with
the project value of more than INR 25 Cr.
during the last seven (7) years as on the
last date of bid submission.
The Bidder should have the following
Certifications at the time of bidding,
a. ISO 9001:2015 or latest
8
b. ISO/IEC 20000-1:2018 or latest
c. ISO/IEC 27001:2013 or latest
The Bidder should have on its pay roll at
least 100 technically qualified
professionals in the ICT domains i.e.
Cyber security, networking, storage,
Backup solution, cloud solution who
have prior the experience in providing
the Data Centre Infrastructure
maintenance services as on bid
submission date.
9 Bidder should have at least following
technical manpower on its role.
i. At least fifty (50) resources should be
B.E/B. Tech/MCA or equivalent.
ii. At least Twenty five (25) resources
should be OEM certified like CCNA/
CCNP/ITIL/ OCP/DB2
MCP/MCSE/RHCE/
AWSE/RHCE/VCP/CISA/CISSP or
equivalent
Page 289 of 333
 Proposal
S. Documentary Compliance
Eligibility Criteria Reference
No. Evidence (Yes/No)
(Page No.)
iii. At least five (5) Project management
professionals with PMP or Prince-2
certified or equivalent
The Bidder should have an office in
Ranchi, Jharkhand. However, if the
presence is not there in the state, the
10 Bidder should give an undertaking for
establishment of an office, within one
month of award of the contract.
The Bidder should not have been black-
listed/ debarred by any Central/State
11 Government or any government agency
as on bid submission date.
The bidder should provide a Solvency
12 Certificate indicating its financial
capacity of INR 100 Crore.
Specific Power of Attorney in favour of
Authorised Signatory signing the bid and
Board Resolution in favour of person
granting the Power of Attorney (on Non-
13 judicial stamp paper of INR 100/- or
such equivalent amount and document
duly notarized), who shall sign the
Contract Agreement.
Bidder should do a comprehensive site
visit to assess the existing Civil, IT &
Non-IT infrastructure and the running
solution under JHSDC. Bidder should
14 have the Site visit Certificate, signed &
stamped by JAPIT & upload the same in
the Bid. Any bid without the site visit
certificate will be summarily rejected.
Bidder should provide the proposed
manpower detail given in the performa-
15 20, as per the requirement of this RFP
mentioned the section 13.7.3

Page 290 of 333

 Proposal
S. Documentary Compliance
Eligibility Criteria Reference
No. Evidence (Yes/No)
(Page No.)
Bidder should provide the CV’s of the
proposed manpower as per the format
given in Performa -20

We hereby confirm that all the above information and statements made in this eligibility
criteria are true and accept that any misinterpretation contained in it may lead to our
disqualification.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 291 of 333

 18.6 Proforma 6: Technical Bid Cover Letter
(Company Letter head)

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT(JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Sub: Submission of the Technical bid in response to the RFP No. JAPIT/JH-
SDC2.0/01/2023dated DD/MM/YYY, RFP for the Selection of System Integrator for
Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0)

Sir,
We, the undersigned, offer to the supply and installation approach in response to the Request
for Proposal No. JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 dated DD/MM/YYYY for the “Selection of System
Integrator for Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0
(JHSDC 2.0)”. We are hereby submitting our Technical Bid in response of your request.
We undertake, if our Technical Proposal is accepted, to initiate the Implementation services
related to the assignment not later than the date indicated in Data sheet.
We agree to abide by all the terms and conditions of the RFP document. We would hold the
terms of our bid valid for 180 days as stipulated in the RFP document.
We hereby declare that we are not insolvent, in receivership, bankrupt or being wound up, our
affairs are not being administered by a court or a judicial officer, our business activities have
not been suspended and we are not the subject of legal proceedings for any of the foregoing.

We understand you are not bound to accept any Proposal you receive.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________
Page 292 of 333
 18.7 Proforma 7: Technical Qualification Compliance Checklist
(Company Letter head)

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Marks
Documentary Proposal
S. Obtained
Technical Qualification Evidence Reference
No. (Self-
(Y/N) (Page No.)
evaluation)
The Bidder average annual turnover in
1. last five years in (i.e. FY 2016-17 to FY
20-21 OR FY 2017-18 to FY 21-22)
The Bidder’s average annual turnover in
last five financial years from below
elements –

IT /ICT Infrastructure Integration

i.e. from System Integration of
Data Centre Services OR Sale of IT
system (like Networking systems,
Servers, Cloud Computing System,
2.
Cyber Security systems, Storage
Systems, Tape Library, Backup
solution, SAN or other Data
Centre ICT Infrastructure
components) etc.

OR/AND
IT/ICT Services (Consulting / Facility
Management Services/IT Support etc.)
The Bidder experience of
implementation / completion and
operation of project having Data
Centre/Data centre projects (Other than
SDC/NDC project) having IT & NON-IT
components for any Central / State
3 Governments / PSUs / Banking &
Financial Institutions, Telecom and IT
companies in India during the last Seven
(7) years as on the last date of bid
submission

The Bidder experience of

4
implementation / completion and
Page 293 of 333
 Marks
Documentary Proposal
S. Obtained
Technical Qualification Evidence Reference
No. (Self-
(Y/N) (Page No.)
evaluation)
operation of National/State Data Centre
project/Disaster Recovery Centre
(NDC/SDC/DRC) for any Central / State
Governments / PSUs in India with the
project value of more than INR 25 Crore
during the last Seven (7) years as on the
last date of bid submission
Total technically qualified manpower
(Graduate + OEM certified like
CCNA/CCNP/ITIL/ OCP/DB2
MCP/MCSE/RHCE/
5 AWSE/RHCE/VCP/CISA/CISSP or
equivalent) strength working with the
organization in India on company payroll
for past 1 Year

The Bidder should have a registered/Site

6 office in Ranchi.

Technical Presentation for Project

7 execution

We hereby confirm that all the above information and statements made in this technical
qualification compliance are true and accept that any misinterpretation contained in it may lead
to our disqualification.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 294 of 333

Page 295 of 333
 18.8 Proforma 8: Format for furnishing Earnest Money Deposit
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT

Whereas _______________ (hereinafter called the “tenderer”) has submitted their offer
dated DD/MM/YYY for the Selection of System Integrator for Upgradation, Operation
and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0) hereinafter called the
“tender”) against the purchaser’s tender enquiry No. JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated
DD/MM/YYY KNOW ALL MEN by these presents that We ______________< Bank Name> of
__________________ _______________________having our registered office at _______________
_____________________________ are bound unto ___________________ _________________________
(hereinafter called the “Purchaser) in the sum of ______________ _____________________________
for which payment will and truly to be made to the said Purchaser, the Bank binds itself,
its successors and assigns by these presents.

Sealed with the Common Seal of the said Bank this ___ day of _____ , 2018.

THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE:

(1) If the tenderer withdraws or amends, impairs or derogates from the tender in any
respect within the period of validity of this tender.

(2) If the tenderer having been notified of the acceptance of his tender by the purchaser
during the period of its validity:-

a. If the tenderer fails to furnish the Performance Security for the due performance of the
contract.

b. Fails or refuses to accept/execute the contract.

We undertake to pay the Purchaser up to the above amount upon receipt of its first
written demand, without the Purchaser having to substantiate its demand, provided
that in its demand the Purchaser will note that the amount claimed by it is due to it
owing to the occurrence of one or both the two conditions, specifying the occurred
condition or conditions.
Page 296 of 333
This guarantee will remain in force up to and including 180 days from the last date of
tender submission date/ tender validity date and any demand in respect thereof should
reach the Bank not later than the above date.

______________________________________

(Signature of the authorized officer of the Bank)

_______________________________________

Name and designation of the officer

____________________________________

Seal, name & address of the Bank and address of the Branch

Page 297 of 333

 18.9 Proforma 9: Format for Company Profile of Bidder
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

COMPANY PROFILE OF THE BIDDER

Requirements Details Remarks

Name of the Company/Firm
Details of Incorporation of the
Company
Date of Incorporation
Registration Number &
Registering Authority
Details of Commencement of the
Business
Date of Commencement of
Business
Nature of Business of Company in
India
GST and PAN No.
Legal Status of the Company in
India
(Public Ltd Company/ Private /
Partnership Firm)
Address of the Registered Head
Office in India
Address of the Registered office
/Site Office of the firm in
Jharkhand (If any)
Active ISO/ SEI CMMI Level
status (Enclosed Certificate)
Details of the Authorised Person
in reference to this Tender-
Name:
Designation:
E-mail id:
Phone & Fax number:
Website & e-mail ID
for any grievance

Page 298 of 333

We hereby confirm that all the above information and statements made in this eligibility
criteria are true and accept that any misinterpretation contained in it may lead to our
disqualification.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 299 of 333

18.10 Proforma-10: Format for Pre-Bid queries /Request for Clarification

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Bidders requiring specific points of clarification may submit queries in MS excel or MS word
documents only using the following format:

CLARIFICATION /PRE-BID QUERIES REQUEST

Request for clarification / Pre-bid queries

RFP Document Reference(s) Content of RFP
S. Points of Clarification
requiring
No. Section Number Page Number Required
Clarification
1.
2.
3.

Note: The name of the organization and the date shall appear in each page of such as
document/email in the header or footer portion.

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Contact Number: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________
Date: _________________

Page 300 of 333

 18.11 Proforma 11: Format for Undertaking on Non-Blacklisted
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

(To be executed on Non – judicial stamp paper of INR 100/-or such equivalent amount
and document duly attested by notary public)

UNDERTAKING ON NON-BLACKLISTED

This is to certify that << COMPANY NAME >> is not blacklisted by the Government of Jharkhand
or any of its agencies for any reasons whatsoever and not blacklisted by Central / any other
State/UT Government or its agencies for indulging in corrupt or fraudulent practices or for
indulging in unfair trade practices and not backed out from executing the work after award of
the work as on the tender submission date.

Yours sincerely,

Company Secretary / Statutory Auditor/ Chartered Accountant

Name of Signatory:

Name of Firm:

Location: _____________________________________ Date: ________________

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 301 of 333

 18.12 Proforma 12: Format for Undertaking on Land Border
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

UNDERTAKING ON LAND BOERDER

We M/s ------------- << Company Name with Head office Address >> hereby declare that we have
read the clause regarding restrictions on procurement from a OEM/Supplier/Dealer of a
country which shares a land border with India as per office memorandum dated 23 July 2020
Rule 144(xi) in General Financial Rule (GFRs), 2017 and all addendums and clarifications issued
by Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure, Public Procurement Division, Government
of India (F. No. 6/18/2019-PPD).

We certify that our all the quoted products in this tender/RFP (RFP Number - JAPIT/JH-
SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated DD/MM/YYYY) are not from such a country and fulfills all
requirements in this regard and is eligible to be considered.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 302 of 333

 18.13 Proforma 13: Format for Manufacturer/OEM Authorization Letter
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Reference: Supply of equipment/software/License for the project Upgradation, Operation and

Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0).

Sir,

We _______________________, (name and address of the manufacturer) who are established and
reputed manufacturers of __________________ having factories at __________________ (addresses of
manufacturing locations) do hereby authorize M/s _______________________ (name and address of
the Bidder) to bid, negotiate and conclude the contract with you against the above mentioned
tender for the above equipment manufactured by us.

Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of M/s ________________________ (Name of the manufacturer)

Seal & Signature of OEM _________________________________

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Designation :________________________ Date: ________________

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________
Note: This letter of authority should be on the letter head of all the hardware manufacturer
(OEM) and should be signed by the person (from OEM Side) competent and having the power
of attorney to bind the manufacturer.

Page 303 of 333

 18.14 Proforma 14: Format for OEM’s Support Form
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Subject: Supply of equipment/software/license for the project Upgradation, Operation and

Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0).

Sir,

We _______________________, (name and address of the manufacturer) who are established and
reputed manufacturers of __________________ having factories at __________________ (addresses of
manufacturing locations) do hereby assure that we would support our
equipment/software/license and freely upgrade them for a period of Five Years of Operations
and Maintenance, from the date of FAT of the project, by M/s _______________________ (name and
address of the Bidder) who has proposed to use for the project Upgradation, Operation and
Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0) or his successor. We would also
adhere to the timelines for maintenance as indicated in this RFP by closely working with the
Bidder or his successor for a period of Six Years from the date of supply of the equipment. We
abide by the commercials quoted by the Bidder towards AMC charges for five years from the
date of successful commissioning of equipment(s) i.e. FAT.
We confirm that the products quoted will not be end of life for next Five Years from the date of
FAT and the proposed equipment/device model is not being introduced in the market later than
2 years back as on date of the bid submission.

Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of M/s ________________________ (Name of the manufacturer)

Seal & Signature of OEM _________________________________

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Designation :________________________ Date: ________________
Page 304 of 333
(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Note: This letter of authority should be on the letterhead of the concerned manufacturer and
should be signed by a person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the
manufacturer.

Page 305 of 333

 18.15 Proforma 15: Warranty Certificate
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

(On Bidder’s Letterhead)

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Sir,

We warrant that the equipment(s) supplied under the contract would be newly manufactured,
free from all encumbrances, defects and faults in material or workmanship or manufacture,
shall be of the highest grade and quality, shall be consistent with the established and generally
accepted standards for materials of the type ordered, shall be in full conformity with the
specifications, drawings of samples, if any, and shall operate as designed. We shall be fully
responsible for its efficient and effective operation. We also warrant that the services provided
under the contract shall be as per the Service Level Agreement (SLA) with GoJ/JAPIT.

The obligations under the warranty expressed above shall include all costs relating to labour,
spares, maintenance (preventive as well as unscheduled), and transport charges from site to
manufacturer’s works / service facilities and back for repair or modification or replacement at
site of the equipment or any part of the equipment, which under normal care and proper use
and maintenance proves defective in design, material or workmanship or fails to operate
effectively and efficiently or conform to the specifications and for which notice is promptly
given by GoJ/JAPIT to us (Bidder). We shall provide on-site support for all the equipment and
services supplied hereunder during the warranty period of 5 years from the date of FAT and
also provide the entire services for this period.

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 306 of 333

 18.16 Proforma 16: Format for Annual Turnover & Net worth Detail
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

(On the Applicant Statutory Auditors Letterhead)

ANNUAL TURNOVER & NET WORTH DETAIL

This is to certify that we M/s------------------------ are the statutory Auditors of M/s----------------

and that the below mentioned calculations are true as per the Audited Financial Statements of
M/s-------------- for the below mentioned years.

Average Annual
S. No. Financial Year Annual Turnover
Turnover
(INR Crores)
(INR Crores)
1 Financial Year 2016-17
2 Financial Year 2017-18
3 Financial Year 2018-19
4 Financial Year 2019-20
5 Financial Year 2020-21
6 Financial Year 2021-22
Note: The audited Financial Statements for the corresponding year (Which ever would be
applicable for the bidder) have to be enclosed.

S. No. Financial Year Annual Net Worth

(INR Crores)
1 Financial Year 2016-17
2 Financial Year 2017-18
3 Financial Year 2018-19
4 Financial Year 2019-20
5 Financial Year 2020-21
6 Financial Year 2021-22
Note: The audited Financial Statements for the corresponding year (Which ever would be
applicable for the bidder) have to be enclosed.

Company Secretary / Statutory Auditor /Chartered Accountant

Name of Signatory:

Page 307 of 333

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 308 of 333

 18.17 Proforma 17: Statement of Deviation from Requirement Specifications
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Sir,

We hereby declare that there are no technical deviations (null deviations) from the
requirement specifications of tendered items and schedule of requirements. The entire work
shall be performed as per your specifications and documents. OR (Strike out whatever is not
applicable) Following is the exhaustive list of technical deviations and variations from the
requirement specifications of tendered items and schedule of requirements. Except for these
deviations and variations, the entire work shall be performed as per your specifications and
documents.

Statement of
Specification OEM/
Sl. Specification deviations
Item Name Reference (Page Bidder
No. Description and
& Line No) Name
variations

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 309 of 333

 18.18 Proforma 18: Local Presence of Bidder
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Sir,

We hereby declare that the below is our local Office/establishment address and detail.

S Phone/ Operation
Location Full Address GST No.
No. Fax since

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 310 of 333

 18.19 Proforma 19: Citations Format
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Sl. No. Item Detail

General Information
Customer Name/ Government
1.
Department
Details of Contact Person
• Name:
2. • Designation:
• Email:
• Phone: & Fax:
• Mailing Address:

Project Details
3. Name of the project
4. Government/Non-government
5. Start Date & Completion Date
Current Status

6. (Work in Progress /PAT/FAT/Go-

Live/ completed or Extended after
completion)
7. Period of extension (If Extended)
8. Contract Tenure
9. Area of the Data Centre Work
Effort involved in
10 Payroll person-months in the
complete project
Order Value of the
11.
project (in Crores)
Please provide copies of Work
Order or Certificate of Completion
12.
for completed projects from the
customer

Page 311 of 333

Note:- More than one same table content shall be provided for more than one project detail.

I do hereby acknowledge that the details provided above are true to best of my knowledge.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 312 of 333

 18.20 Proforma 20: Format for providing detail & CVs of Key Personnel
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Detail of Proposed Manpower

The bidder shall provide the summary table of details of the human resource that will be
deployed on this project during the implementation phase.

Highest Academic
Qualifications and Years of
S Type of Name of Key
Certifications(e.g. Relevant
No Resource Resources Responsibilities
PMP/CDCP Experience
/ATD/CCNA/ITIL)
1 Data Center
Manager

2 ---

3 ---

4 ---

5 ---

6 ---

---

I hereby declare that the above mentioned resource would be available for the project as per
RFP.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________
Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________
Page 313 of 333
 Curriculum Vitae (CV) format for proposed manpower

The bidder shall provide the CVs of the proposed human resource that will be deployed on this
project during the implementation phase.

1. Name of the person: ___________________________________________________________________

2. Proposed Role in the Project: __________________________________________________________

3. Academic Qualifications
Degree Year of Passing Institution/ Specialization (If Any)
From - To University

4. Professional Certifications with ID (if any): __________________________________________

5. Total Experience (Years): ________________________________________________________________

6. Summary of the Professional Experience: ______________________________________________

7. Previous Project Experiences

Project details & Work Done in Brief

8. Employment Record: ____________________________________________________________________

9. Certification: I, the undersigned, certify that to the best of my knowledge

and belief, this CV correctly describes my qualifications and
experience

Name: Signature:

Page 314 of 333

 18.21 Proforma 21: Format for Performance for Bank Guarantee (PBG)

Ref. No._____________________________

Bank Guarantee No _____________ Dated______________

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Dear Sir,
In consideration of Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT, JAPIT, Ranchi – 8340004, Jharkhand,
India, (hereinafter referred to as ‘JAPIT’, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context
or meaning thereof, include all its successors, administrators, executors and assignees) after
receipt of the Letter of Intent (LOI) dated _______________ with M/s __________________________ having
it’s registered / head office at ________________________________________________ (hereinafter referred to
as the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR) which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or
meaning thereof include all its successors, administrators, executors and assignees) and JAPIT
having agreed that the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall furnish to JAPIT a performance guarantee for
10% of the Total Project Cost (TPC) for the faithful performance of the entire contract.

We (name of the bank) ______________________________ registered under the laws of _______ having head
/ registered office at __________________________ (hereinafter referred to as "the Bank", which
expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include all its successors,
administrators, executors and permitted assignees) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay
immediately on first demand in writing any / all moneys to the extent of 10% of the Total Project
Cost without any demur, reservation, contest or protest and / or without any reference to the
SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR. Any such demand made by JAPIT on the Bank by serving a written notice
shall be conclusive and binding, without any proof, on the bank as regards the amount due and
payable, notwithstanding any dispute(s) pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any
other authority and / or any other matter or thing whatsoever, as liability under these presents
being absolute and unequivocal. We agree that the guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable
and shall continue to be enforceable until it is discharged by JAPIT in writing. This guarantee shall
not be determined, discharged or affected by the liquidation, winding up, dissolution or insolvency
of the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR and shall remain valid, binding and operative against the bank.

The Bank also agrees that JAPIT at its option shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee against the
Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance, without proceeding against the SYSTEM
INTEGRATOR and notwithstanding any security or other guarantee that JAPIT may have in

Page 315 of 333

relation to the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR’s liabilities.

The Bank further agrees that JAPIT shall have the fullest liberty without our consented without
affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the
said contract or to extend time of performance by the said SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR(s) from time
to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time exercise of any of the powers vested in
JAPIT against the said SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and
conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason
of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR(s) or for any
forbearance, act or omission on the part of JAPIT or any indulgence by JAPIT to the said SYSTEMS
INTEGRATOR(s) or any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties
would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.

The Bank further agrees that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force during the
period that is taken for the performance of the contract and all dues of JAPIT under or by virtue of
this contract have been fully paid and its claim satisfied or discharged or till JAPIT discharges this
guarantee in writing, whichever is earlier.

This Guarantee shall not be discharged by any change in our constitution, in the constitution of
JAPIT or that of the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR.

The Bank confirms that this guarantee has been issued with observance of appropriate laws of the
country of issue.

The Bank also agrees that this guarantee shall be governed and construed in accordance with
Indian Laws and subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of Indian Courts of JAPIT.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein above, our liability under this Guarantee is limited to
Indian Rs. (in figures) ______________ (Indian Rupees (in words) ____________________) and our
guarantee shall remain in force until ______________________ (indicate JAPIT date of expiry of bank
guarantee). Any claim under this Guarantee must be received by us before the expiry of this Bank
Guarantee. If no such claim has been received by us by the said date, the rights of JAPIT under this
Guarantee will cease. However, if such a claim has been received by us within the said date, all the
rights of JAPIT under this Guarantee shall be valid and shall not cease until we have satisfied that
claim.

In witness whereof, the Bank through its authorized officer has set its hand and stamp on this
_________ Day of _______________ 2023 at ________________

Regards,

Authorized Signature(s)

Page 316 of 333

 18.22 Proforma 22: Detail Timeline and Work Plan with proposed Manpower
Strength

The Bidder is supposed to specify a detailed work plan for all activities that will be carried out
during the project implementation phase and proposed engagement of manpower strength on
monthly basis.

Planned Activities, Months & Manpower Strength during Implementation

# Activities 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1

10

11

12

Above table is indicate some of the main activities of the assignment, including delivery of
reports (e.g. inception, interim and final reports) and other benchmarks such as Customer
approvals. Duration of activities shall be indicated in the form of a bar chart.

Page 317 of 333

Please specify other activity (Addition or Deletion), if not listed in the table (as per bidder
solution).

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 318 of 333

 18.23 Proforma 23: Format for Unpriced Bill of Material
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Product Detail Part Code

S. Make & Remarks
(Parent and UoM Qty.
No. Model (If Any)
(Parent & it’s Child) Child Item)

1.
1.1
1.2
…..
2.
2.1
2.2
….
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
…

Attach detailed specifications and provide reference number in remarks column.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 319 of 333

 18.24 Proforma 24: Financial Proposal Cover Letter
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Subject: Submission of Financial proposal for “Selection of System Integrator for Upgradation,
Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0)”.

Sir,

We, the undersigned Bidder, having read and examined in detail the tender documents for “RFP
for Selection of System Integrator for Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand
State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0)”. I / we do hereby propose to provide services as specified in
the Tender documents number JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated __/__/______

1. PRICE PROPOSAL AND VALIDITY

All the prices mentioned in our Tender are in accordance with the terms as specified in the
Tender documents. All the prices and other terms and conditions of this Tender are valid for a
period of 180 days as desired in the tender

We hereby confirm that our Tender prices include all taxes. However, all the taxes are quoted
separately under relevant sections.

We hereby declare that if any income tax, surcharge on Income Tax, Professional and any other
corporate Tax in altercated under the law, we shall pay the same.

2. UNIT RATES

We have indicated in the relevant schedules enclosed the unit rates for the purpose of on
account of payment as well as for price adjustment in case of any increase to / decrease from
the scope of work under the contract.

3. DEVIATIONS

We declare that all the services shall be performed strictly in accordance with the Tender
documents except for the variations and deviations, all of which have been detailed out

Page 320 of 333

exhaustively in the following statement, irrespective of whatever has been stated to the
contrary anywhere else in our proposal. Further, we agree that additional conditions, if any,
found in the Tender documents, other than those stated in deviation schedule, shall not be given
effect to.

4. TENDER PRICING

We further confirm that the prices stated in our proposal are in accordance with your
Instruction to Bidders included in Tender documents.

5. QUALIFYING DATA

We confirm having submitted the information as required by you in your Instruction to Bidders.
In case you require any other further information/documentary proof in this regard before
evaluation of our Tender, we agree to furnish the same in time to your satisfaction.

6. PROPOSAL PRICE

We declare that our Proposal Price is for the entire scope of the work as specified in the
Schedule of Requirements and Tender documents.

7. PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE BOND

We hereby declare that in case the contract is awarded to us, we shall submit the PBG bond in
the form prescribed in Proforma of Bank Guarantee towards PBG and as per General Conditions
of Contract. We hereby declare that our tender is made in good faith, without collusion or fraud
and the information contained in the tender is true and correct to the best of our knowledge
and belief. We understand that our tender is binding on us and that you are not bound to accept
a Tender you receive. We confirm that no technical deviations are attached here with this
commercial offer.

Yours sincerely,

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the System Integrator)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 321 of 333

 18.25 Proforma 25: Financial Bid Proposal

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Subject: Submission of Financial Bid proposal for “Selection of System Integrator for
Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0)”.

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Sir,
We, the undersigned, offer to provide above service in accordance with your RFP. Our
financial proposal for project is given as below:

Format for Financial Proposal

Total
Unit Price
Price
(Exclusive Tax at
S.N Item Description Make Model UOM Qty (Inclusive
of all Unit Price
of all
taxes)
taxes)

Page 322 of 333

 Total
Unit Price
Price
(Exclusive Tax at
S.N Item Description Make Model UOM Qty (Inclusive
of all Unit Price
of all
taxes)
taxes)

Total

Total Amount in Rupees (In figures) _________________________________

(In Words) ____________________________________________________________

Yours sincerely,

Authorized Signature [In full and initials]: _________________

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________
Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 323 of 333

 18.26 Proforma 26: Undertaking on Exit Management and Transition
(On the Bidder’s Letterhead)

Undertaking on Exit Management and Transition

To,

The CEO,
Jharkhand Agency for Promotion of IT (JAPIT)
Ranchi, Jharkhand

Sub: Undertaking on Exit Management and Transition

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Sir,

1. I/We hereby undertake that at the time of completion of our engagement with JAPIT, either
at the End of Contract or termination of Contract before planned Contract Period for any
reason, we shall successfully carry out the exit management and transition of this Project to
JAPIT or to an agency identified by JAPIT to the satisfaction of JAPIT. I/We further undertake
to complete the following as part of the Exit management and transition:

a. We undertake to complete the updation of all Project documents and other artefacts
and handover the same to JAPIT before transition.

b. We undertake to design standard operating procedures to manage system (including

application and IT systems), document the same and train JAPIT personnel on the
same.

c. If JAPIT decides to take over the operations and maintenance of the Project on its
own or identifies or selects any other agency for providing operations &
maintenance services on this Project, then we shall provide necessary handholding
and transition support, which shall include but not be limited to, conducting detailed
walkthrough and demonstrations for the IT Infrastructure, handing over all relevant
documentation, addressing the queries/clarifications of the new agency with respect
to the working / performance levels of the ICT components , conducting Training
sessions etc.
2. I/We also understand that the Exit management and transition will be considered complete
on the basis of approval from JAPIT.

Page 324 of 333

Yours sincerely,

Authorized Signature [In full and initials]: _________________

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________
Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 325 of 333

 18.27 Proforma 27: Site Visit Certificate
Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Site Visit Certificate

This is to certify that _________________________________________________________ has visited Jharkhand

State Data Center premises ___/___/______ to obtain all the necessary information regarding the
existing Civil, IT & Non-IT infrastructure and the running solution under JHSDC that may be
necessary for preparing the bid document and as compulsory pre-qualifying criteria for
“Selection of System Integrator for Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of Jharkhand State
Data Centre 2.0 (JHSDC 2.0)”.

The following members of the above firms were involved in this Site Visit.

1. ____________________________________________________

2. ____________________________________________________

3. ____________________________________________________

4. ____________________________________________________

(Seal & Signature of the Authorized signatory of the JAPIT)

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________

Location: _____________________________________

Date: _________________

Page 326 of 333

 18.28 Proforma 28: Documentary Evidence to be submitted
The document to be submitted in Pre-Qualification Bid:

SN Parameter Documentary Evidence

1. Bidding document Proof of submission
fees (Tender fee)
2. EMD Proof of submission
3. Legal Entity A) Certification of Incorporation
B) Certificate of Commencement
C) Certificate consequent to change of name (if applicable)
D) PAN Card
E) GST registration
4. Operation in India Valid Supportive Document having proof of 5 years of Operations in
India on organization letter head
5. Financial: Turnover A) Certificate from the Statutory Auditor/ Company Secretary/CA
with CA’s Registration Number/ Seal on turnover details for
the last five (5) financial years (i.e. FY 2016-17 to FY 20-21 OR
FY 2017-18 to FY 21-22) AND
B) Copy of audited profit and loss account and balance sheet of
the same.
6. Financial: Net worth Calculated Net worth certified from Statutory Auditor/ Company
Secretary/CA of last five (5) financial years (i.e. FY 2016-17 to FY
20-21 OR FY 2017-18 to FY 21-22) along with the Audited Balance
Sheets of the same.
7. Turnover: IT/ ICT Certificate from statutory auditor or Company Secretary OR CA
Infra Certificate stating the company turnover from ICT infrastructure &
services
8. Project Experience: A) Copy of Work Order /Purchase Order/ Contract Agreement
Data Centre (Other AND
than NDC/SDC B) Certificate of Completion or Go Live or FAT Certificate by
project) customer/end client
9. Project Experience – A) Copy of Work Order /Purchase Order/ Contract Agreement
SDC/NDC
AND
B) Certificate of Completion or Go Live or FAT Certificate by
customer or end client
10. Bidder’s Certifications Should have the below certifications
A) Copy of ISO 9001:2015 or latest Certificates
B) Copy of ISO/IEC 20000:2018 or latest Certificate
C) Copy of ISO/IEC 27001:2013 or latest Certificate
11. Technical Manpower A) Certificate from bidder’s Head of HR Department for the 100
Strength number of Technically Qualified professionals employed by the

Page 327 of 333

 SN Parameter Documentary Evidence
company in the following format as mentioned in Pre-
qualification criteria table.
B) HR certificate on company’s letterhead stating the points with
employee Name, Qualification, Certification to be submitted
along with copy of the relevant valid certificate as on date of bid
submission
12. Presence in State A) Rent Agreement/ownership papers
B) Establishment license from local municipal authorities/Lease
Agreement on the name of firm.
13. Mandatory As per this RFP Performa-11
Undertaking: Non-
Black-listed
14. Mandatory Certificate: Bidder shall submit Banker's Solvency Certificate of the same
Solvency Certificate value.
15. Mandatory As per this RFP Performa -2
Authorization
16. Site Visit A) Letter of authorization by the organization on the company
letter head for the persons for site visit.
B) As per this RFP Performa -27

Page 328 of 333

The document to be submitted in Pre-Qualification Bid for Consortium partner (If Opted for the
BID):

SN Parameter Documentary Evidence

1. The consortium partner should also Certification of Incorporation
be registered under company’s act
1956.
2. The consortium partner shall have A) PAN Card
registration under labour laws & B) GST registration
contract act
3. The consortium partner should not As per this RFP Performa-11 (Mandatory
Black listed by any Govt. dept. Undertaking)
/agency in India
4. MoU/Contract between Prime Agreement Copy
Bidder (Bidder) & consortium
partner
5. Declaration from Consortium Declaration from Consortium Partner
partner for connected with only one
Bidder

The document to be submitted in Technical Bid:

Sl. No Technical Qualification Criteria Credentials Required

1 The Bidder average annual turnover A) Certificate from the Statutory Auditor/
in last five years in (i.e. FY 2016-17 Company Secretary/CA with CA’s Registration
to FY 20-21 OR FY 2017-18 to FY Number/ Seal on turnover details for the last
21-22) five (5) financial years (i.e. FY 2016-17 to FY
20-21 OR FY 2017-18 to FY 21-22)
AND
B) Copy of audited profit and loss account and
balance sheet of the same.
2 The Bidder’s average annual turnover Certificate from statutory auditor or Company
in last five financial years from below Secretary OR CA Certificate stating the company
elements – turnover detail for last five (5) financial years from
defined elements as per this clause
IT /ICT Infrastructure Integration
OR/AND
IT/ICT Services (Consulting / Facility
Management Services/IT Support
etc.)

3 The Bidder experience of Copy of Work Order(s) /Purchase Order/Contract

implementation / completion and agreement

Page 329 of 333

 Sl. No Technical Qualification Criteria Credentials Required
operation of project having Data AND
Centre/Data centre projects (other
Certificate of Completion or Go Live or FAT
than SDC/NDC project) having IT &
Certificate by customer
NON-IT components for any Central /
State Governments / PSUs / Banking AND
& Financial Institutions, Telecom and Self-certificate for validation of actual project value
IT companies in India during the last (Certified by the Statutory Auditor/Company
seven (7) years as on the last date of Secretary)
bid submission
4 The Bidder experience of Copy of work order/Contract Agreement/ Go-Live
implementation / completion and Certificate / Completion Certificate signed by end
operation of National/State Data user.
Centre (NDC/SDC) project for any
AND
Central / State Governments / PSUs
in India with the project value of Self-certificate for validation of actual project value
more than INR 25 Crore during the (Certified by the Statutory Auditor/Company
last seven (7) years as on the last date Secretary)
of bid submission

5 Total technically qualified manpower HR Certificates along with employee ID, Name and
(Graduate + OEM certified like CCNA DOJ
/ CCNP/ITIL/ OCP/DB2 MCP/
MCSE/RHCE/ AWSE/RHCE/
VCP/CISA/CISSP or equivalent)
strength working with the
organization in India on company
payroll for past 1 Year
6 The Bidder should have a registered A) Rent Agreement/ownership papers
office in Ranchi. B) Establishment license from local municipal
authorities/Lease Agreement on the name of
firm.
7 Technical Presentation for Project Technical Presentation with clearly mentioned all
execution the requested aspects for validation and marking.

The document to be submitted in Financial Bid:

SN Parameter Documentary Evidence

1. Financial Bid cover letter (to be On bidder’s letter head duly signed by authorized
submitted by the bidder on his letter signatory
head)
2. Financial Bid format As per the format provided under this tender

Page 330 of 333

18.29 Proforma 29: JHSDC Site Visit Request Form

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Mandatory to be filled and Submit to JAPIT office by the Bidders for

visiting the site Jharkhand State Data Centre (JHSDC)

Regulations and Requirements for Site Visit

SN Requirements Details Compliances Remarks

Request for Site Official request to CEO JAP-IT for Site
Visit visit with Date and Time detail for
approval
Submission of Tender fee for JHSDC 2.0
2 Tender Fee Project
Proof of Tender Proof of Tender fee for JH-SDC2.0 Project
3 Fee Submission to be shared/ submitted before the
scheduled visit.
Visitor Name, Designation, Phone No,
4 Visitors’ Detail Copy of Government Identity Card and
Company ID Card should be submitted to
JAP-IT before scheduled visit.
Visitors’ All the visitors must bring original copy
5 verification at of Government Identity Card &
the time of visit Company ID Card for verification of
visitors
Bidders will be permitted to visit the
Site Visit premises for better understanding of
6 Protocol required Civil, IT and Non-IT works
mentioned under this RFP, and will not
be to capture any confidential
information / data of any device.
Visitors will not be allowed to carry
7 Accessibility mobile, laptop, camera or any electronic
devices during the visit. Photography
strictly prohibited

Site Visit Submission of Hard copy of ‘Site Visit

8
Certificate Certificate’ as per proforma - 27 under
RFP.

Note :-

1. Maximum Three visitors from one organization will be allowed for site visit.
2. During the site visit authorized person of JAPIT will accompany the
organization.
3. Any queries related to site visit will entertained at the time of site visit. No
Page 331 of 333
 queries will be response after the site visit.
4. Site visit shall be allowed only after tender fee. If Bidders who already visited
the site and wish to re-visit the site, needs to re-submit the tender fee again.
5. The Bidders must submit the “JHSDC Site Visit Request Form” at least one
day prior to proposed date of site visit at IAP-IT office in hardcopy format
along with the tender fee and the copy of all the relevant document mentioned
above.

Yours sincerely,

Authorized Signature [In full and initials]: _________________

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________
Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 332 of 333

18.30 Proforma 30: Confirmation of submission of Cost Sheet in V-2

Reference: RFP Number :- JAPIT/JH-SDC2.0/01/2023 Dated: DD/MM/YYYY

Details cost sheets is enclose as “Cost Bid format V-2.xls”

Important instruction:
1. Commercial bid must be submitted in the BoQ uploaded with Pre-Bid Queries Response
Corrigendum
2. Cost sheet (filled and dully signed) as per Performa-30 of the RFP V-2.0 must be
submitted in the PDF format and other required document (if any) in PDF format along
with the BoQ under finical Bid cover.
3. Bidders are advised to read the RFP carefully before filling the cost sheet.

Yours sincerely,

Authorized Signature [In full and initials]: _________________

Name and Title of Signatory: ___________________
Name of Firm: ________________
Address: _______________________
Location: _____________________________________ Date: _________________

Page 333 of 333